As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2019.

 

Registration Statement No. 333-

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   3942   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road

Huli District, Xiamen, China 361009

86-592-228-0081

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Puglisi & Associates

850 Library Avenue, Suite 204

Newark, DE 19711

302-738-6680

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to :

 

Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Matthew Ogurick, Esq.

Hillary O’Rourke, Esq.

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131-2399

Telephone: 305-539-3300

Fax: 305-358-7095

 

Louis Taubman, Esq.

Guillaume de Sampigny, Esq.

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

1450 Broadway, 26 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

Telephone: 917-512-0827

Fax: 212-201-6380

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act: Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered Amount to be registered Proposed Maximum Aggregate Price Per Share Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1) Amount of Registration Fee (2)
Ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share (3)  5,175,000 US$4.00 US$20,700,000 US$2,508.84
Underwriters’ Warrants (4) - - - -
Ordinary shares underlying Underwriters’ Warrants (5)  450,000 US$4.80 US$2,160,000 US$261.79
Total  5,625,000 US$22,860,000 US$2,770.63

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price attributable to additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(3) In accordance with Rule 416(a), we are also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.
(4) We have agreed to issue, on the closing date of this offering, warrants, or the underwriters' warrants, to the representative of the underwriters, ViewTrade Securities, Inc., in an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares sold by us in this offering. The exercise price of the underwriters' warrants is equal to 120% of the price of our ordinary shares offered hereby. The underwriters' warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

     

 

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, DATED March 4, 2019

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

4,500,000 Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

We are offering 4,500,000 ordinary shares. This is the initial public offering of our ordinary shares. The offering price of our ordinary shares in this offering is expected to be $4.00 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares.

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BHAT.” There is no assurance that such application will be approved, and if our application is not approved, this offering may not be completed.

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our ordinary shares in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Foreign Private Issuer” for additional information.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
 

PER SHARE

TOTAL

Initial public offering price  $      $
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)  $      $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $      $
     
 

(1) We have agreed to issue, on the closing date of this offering, underwriters’ warrants to the representative of the underwriters, ViewTrade Securities, Inc., in an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares sold by us in this offering. For a description of other terms of the underwriters’ warrants and a description of the other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting” beginning on page 108.

 

We expect our total cash expenses for this offering (including cash expenses payable to our underwriters for their out-of-pocket expenses) to be approximately $618,021, exclusive of the above commissions. In addition, we will pay additional items of value in connection with this offering that are viewed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, as underwriting compensation. These payments will further reduce proceeds available to us before expenses. See “Underwriting.”

 

     

 

 

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter, ViewTrade Securities Inc., is obligated to take and pay for all of the shares if any such shares are taken. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days after the closing of this offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of our ordinary shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable will be $1,449,000 based on an assumed offeri ng price of $ 4.00 per ordinary share, and the total gross proceeds to us, before underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses, will be $20,700,000. If we complete this offering, net proceeds will be delivered to us on the closing date. We will not be able to use such proceeds in China, however, until we complete capital contribution procedures which require prior approval from each of the respective local counterparts of China’s Ministry of Commerce, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. See remittance procedures in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 39.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares against payment as set forth under “Underwriting”, on or about     , 2019.

 

 

 

The date of this prospectus is , 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Prospectus Summary 3
Risk Factors 15
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 37
Industry and Market Data 38
Use of Proceeds 39
Dividend Policy 40
Capitalization 41
Dilution 42
Exchange Rate Information 43
Corporate History and Structure 44
Selected Consolidated Financial Data 49
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 50
Business 67
Management 89
Related Party Transactions 92
Principal Shareholders 93
Description of Share Capital and Governing Documents 94
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 101
Material Income Tax Considerations 103
Underwriting 108
Expenses of this Offering 114
Legal Matters 115
Experts 115
Enforcement of Liabilities 116
Where You Can Find Additional Information 118
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell our ordinary shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or the sale of any ordinary shares.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and a majority of our outstanding securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, we currently qualify for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

Until and including , 2019 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

  i  

 

 

CONVENTIONS THAT APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to the terms “Blue Hat,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology and its subsidiaries, its variable interest entity and the subsidiaries of its variable interest entity.

 

“PRC” or “China” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this prospectus, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau. “RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China and “$”, “US$” or “U.S. Dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States.

 

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

Our functional currency is Renminbi, or RMB. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. We use U.S. dollars as the reporting currency in our consolidated financial statements and in this prospectus. Assets and liabilities denominated in Renminbi are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange as of the balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated using the average rate of exchange in effect during the reporting period. With respect to amounts not recorded in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, unless otherwise stated, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars were made at RMB 6.8680 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate on September 30, 2018, as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On February 22, 2019, the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System was RMB 6.7112 to US$1.00.

 

 

 

  ii  

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our ordinary shares. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, in each case included in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Business” before making an investment decision.

 

Overview

 

We are a producer, developer and operator of augmented reality (AR) interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features. Our mobile-connected entertainment platform enables us to connect physical items to mobile devices through wireless technologies, creating a unique interactive user experience. Our goal is to create a rich visual and interactive environment for users through the integration of real objects and virtual scenery. We believe this combination provides users with a more natural form of human-computer interaction and enhances users’ perception of reality, thus providing a more diversified entertainment experience. By leveraging our strong technological capabilities and infrastructure, we are able to deliver a superior user experience and conduct our operations in a highly efficient manner.

 

The core of our business is our proprietary technology. Our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights serve to distinguish our products, protect our products from infringement, and contribute to our competitive advantages. T o secure the value of our technology and developments, we are aggressive in pursuing a combination of patent, trademark and copyright protection for our proprietary technologies. As of January 31, 2019, our intellectual property portfolio includes 161 authorized patents, 40 patents in various stages of the patent application process, 14 applications for Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, international patents, 56 registered trademarks, 645 copyrights for art work and 25 software copyrights.

 

We strive to create an engaging, interactive and immersive community for users of our products. The majority of our users are among the young Chinese generation between the ages of 3 and 23, although many of our products appeal to users outside of this demographic. We intend to further penetrate the Chinese market with new products that will target users ages 14 and above. Specifically, our strategies include marketing Fidolle, a ball-jointed “smart doll”, and QI, a gaming and entertainment platform designed for both family home use and amusement arcades. We believe our high-quality content is a magnet for users with common interests to connect and share their passions on our platform, which helps to cultivate a strong sense of belonging, effectively strengthening our user retention.

 

Our Business

We currently offer four primary AR interactive product lines: AR Racer, AR Need a Spanking, AR 3D Magic Box and AR Picture Book.

AR Racer

 

AR Racer provides an innovative way for users to interact and play a traditional game. AR Racer is a car-racing mobile game with a small physical toy car that is placed onto the user’s mobile device screen. AR Racer allows users to virtually race one another via a simulated racing track and to also engage in individual races. The physical toy car uses non-adhesive materials to stick to a designated area of the mobile device. Our photosensitive recognition technology allows the toy car to be used as a controller such that when a player encounters an obstacle in the mobile game, the toy car will respond with entertaining actions, such as flashing lights and vibrations that enhance the user experience. AR Racer accounted for approximately 57% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

AR Need a Spanking

 

AR Need a Spanking is an exciting combat game with a ladybug shaped electronic toy. AR Need a Spanking lets the user physically control the outcome of the game. Our infrared induction technology allows the user’s mobile device to serve as a control panel by which the user controls the movement of the toy for game play in battle dynamics, while simultaneously moving the toy in reality. The user’s mobile device shows a display of virtual enemies while also capturing the position of the toy in the real world, allowing the user to approach or escape its combatants. The program embedded in the toy is used to establish a variety of fun, unique game play mechanics. AR Need a Spanking accounted for approximately 31% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

  3  

 

 

AR 3D Magic Box

 

AR 3D Magic Box has the unique ability to transport children’s drawings into diverse backgrounds, giving the user a discovery based experience. AR 3D Magic Box uses AR recognition technology to allow children to draw shapes or objects onto a physical card while the mobile game captures the drawings and animates them in a set background, for example, under the sea. AR 3D Magic Box is an educational toy with built in quizzes and games targeted for users between the ages of 3 and 9. AR 3D Magic Box accounted for approximately 0.08% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

AR Picture Book

 

AR Picture Book is a new and exciting way to introduce children to the rich and diverse world we live in. AR Picture Book provides an educational and interactive experience that allows stories to come to life. AR Picture Book is an AR platform that allows mobile devices to read aloud the pages of a physical book while the users interact with the pictures and graphics on the pages of the book. AR Picture Book reads the story back to the users as the mobile device recognizes the pages of the book. AR Picture Book is designed for children between the ages of 3 and 5 and has been adopted for use by several kindergarten schools in China. There are two series of AR Picture Book: a 12-book Chinese Core Values series and a Sexual Harassment Prevention Series. The Sexual Harassment Prevention Series was initially developed with the China Teenagers and Children Development Service Center and the Municipal Procuratorate of Tong’an District Xiamen City. AR Picture Book educates children on interpersonal skills, logical thinking and more specific topics, such as sexual harassment. AR Picture Book is used in over ten kindergartens in Xiamen and accounted for approximately 0.16% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

We plan to continue to invest significant amounts of our resources towards product development and bringing new products to the market. We believe our current reserves are sufficient for product development for the next three to five years. We intend to introduce two new products in 2019, Fidolle and QI, and two new products in 2020. We intend to launch new generations of our four existing products within the next three years. We are currently developing two additional product lines, Fidolle and QI.

 

Industry Background

 

According to market research data, the total retail sales of toys and games in China have soared from RMB 111.8 billion in 2012 to RMB 276.5 billion in 2017, registering an average annual growth rate of 19.9%. In 2017, retail sales of traditional toys and games increased by 7.4% annually to RMB 74.43 billion, representing 26.9% of total market turnover, while retail sales of electronic toys and games increased by 24.1% annually to RMB 202.07 billion, accounting for 73.1% of total market turnover.

 

As incomes of urban residents in China continue to rise and quality of life continues to improve, toy demands are beginning to change. There is a shift away from traditional, medium- to low-end battery-operated toys, construction sets and decorative toys, towards innovative electronic toys and intelligent toys. Despite this economic and cultural shift, many industry players believe that toy and game companies continue to underestimate the spending power of China’s low-income groups. With average income rising at a rate of 8%-11% annually in China, wage earners are enjoying higher disposable incomes, which we believe will lead to an increase in demand for toys and games in China, particularly innovative and exciting products.

 

  4  

 

 

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths will continue to contribute to our success in the AR interactive toy and game market:

 

Advanced AR Technology in Interactive Entertainment – Our business model centers around toys, mobile games, and original intellectual property. By focusing on the development of our superior AR technologies, we differentiate ourselves from traditional toy companies that lack the technological sophistication required to enter the AR interactive toy industry. Our core technological advantage lies in the superiority of our image recognition and motion capture technologies.
Community-Based Platform – We build gaming communities that integrate online and offline relationships and activities. We promote gaming events by hosting national gaming competitions, such as the AR Racer Championship 2017, and by attending at least two gaming exhibitions per year. These activities allow us to attract new users.
Multi-Platform Coverage – Our products cover multiple platforms including PCs, iOS and Android. Such multi-platform approach allows us to attract a broad base of users with diverse entertainment preferences.
Highly Engaged and Interactive Community – We build our brand and retain our users by promoting frequent interactions between users. Our content is highly dynamic, as our users are able to interact with each other which in turn bolsters their overall entertainment and the social experience offered by our platform.
Strong Research and Development – We believe the key to success in the AR interactive toy market is research and development. As such, we invest substantially in the research and development of AR technologies.
Superior Intellectual Property – The core of our business is our proprietary technology. Our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights serve to distinguish our products, protect our products from infringement, and contribute to our competitive advantages.
Variety of Products and Comprehensive Business Model - We currently offer four primary product lines, each of which extends to several derivative products and mobile games. Our comprehensive business model, integrating research and development of AR technologies, original content design, and promotion and sales encourages our sustained growth in the marketplace.
Strong Sales and Marketing Distribution - Our sales and marketing team is experienced and has fostered successful, long-term relationships with our partnered distributors.
Experienced Management Team – Our management team consists of seasoned executives with several years of experience in broad management roles. We foster and encourage a highly committed management team that includes employees specialized in AR technology and equipment, as well as sales and marketing.
Award Winning and Recognized Brand –In March 2012, we were appointed as vice-chairman of the Animation Game Industry in the Fujian Province. In February 2014, we were approved as a Xiamen Technology-based Medium and Small-Sized Enterprise of 2014. We were named Xiamen Intellectual Property Pilot Enterprise of 2014-2015. In May 2016, Blue Hat Fujian was officially listed on the New Third Board in China. China’s over-the-counter stock market, and was subsequently delisted in May 2018, per Blue Hat Fujian’s request. These accolades contribute to our brand recognition.

 

Our Strategy

Our mission is to provide high quality, cutting edge interactive entertainment products and services to our users and we aspire to become one of the most popular technology-enabled entertainment communities for the young generation in China.

 

  5  

 

 

We intend to continue to focus our efforts on our AR interactive toys to combine technology, physical toys and mobile application games to add interactive gameplay to traditional toys. We plan to pursue the following growth strategies to expand our business and further extend our position in the AR interactive toy market in China:

 

Enhance Game Content –As a direct result of our advanced AR technologies, we are, and must continue to be, able to alter game content quickly to adapt to the fast changing market.
Substantial Investment in Research and Development – We intend to continue to increase our investment in research and development and improve our research and innovation capacity.
Increase the Variety of AR Entertainment Products – We intend to devote significant resources to enhancing our current products and developing new products.
Enhance Sales and Marketing – In September 2018, we opened our first physical experience store in Xiamen, China. We plan to open two additional stores in Xiamen in the first half of 2019.

 

To implement our growth strategy, we intend to hire talented personnel to enrich our management team and strengthen our business.

 

Corporate History

 

We are a holding company incorporated on June 13, 2018, under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“Blue Hat Cayman”). We have no substantive operations other than holding all of the issued and outstanding shares of Brilliant Hat Limited (“Blue Hat BVI”) established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on June 26, 2018.

 

Blue Hat BVI is also a holding company holding all of the outstanding equity of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat HK”) which was established in Hong Kong on June 26, 2018. Blue Hat HK is also a holding company holding all of the outstanding equity of Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat WFOE”) which was established on July 26, 2018 under the laws of the PRC.

 

We, through our variable interest entity (“VIE”), Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (“Blue Hat Fujian”), a PRC company, and through its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat Hunan”) and Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat Shenyang”), each a PRC company, engage in designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide.

 

On September 18, 2017, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Xiamen Youth Education Development Co., Ltd. and Youying Wang, contributing a 48.5% equity interest in Fujian Youth Hand in Hand Educational Technology Co., Ltd. (“Fujian Youth”), a PRC company. As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, Fujian Youth has no operations.

 

On January 25, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian established its wholly owned subsidiary, Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat Chongqing”) a PRC company. As of September 30, 2018, Blue Hat Chongqing has no operations.

 

On September 10, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian established its wholly owned subsidiary, Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat Pingxiang”), a PRC company. Blue Hat Pingxiang also engages in designing, producing, promoting and selling interactive toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide.

 

On September 20, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Fujian Jin Ge Tie Ma Information Technology Co., Ltd., contributing a 20.0% equity interest in Xiamen Blue Wave Technology Co. Ltd. (“Xiamen Blue Wave”), a PRC company.

On October 16, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Development Co. Ltd., contributing a 49% ownership interest in Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Propagation Co. Ltd. (“Renchao Huyu”), with the remaining 51% ownership owned by Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Development Co. Ltd.

 

On November 13, 2018, Blue Hat Cayman completed a reorganization of entities under common control of its then existing shareholders, who collectively owned a majority of the equity interests of Blue Hat Cayman prior to the reorganization. Blue Hat Cayman, Blue Hat BVI, and Blue Hat HK were established as the holding companies of Blue Hat WFOE. Blue Hat WFOE is the primary beneficiary of Blue Hat Fujian and its subsidiaries, and all of these entities included in Blue Hat Cayman are under common control which results in the consolidation of Blue Hat Fujian and subsidiaries which have been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control at carrying value. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis as if the reorganization became effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

  6  

 

 

The charts below summarize our corporate legal structure and identify our subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries:

 

 

 

  7  

 

 

Name   Background   Ownership
Brilliant Hat Limited  

•      A British Virgin Islands company

•      Incorporated on June 26, 2018 

•      A holding company

  100% owned by Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology
Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.  

•      A Hong Kong company

•      Incorporated on June 26, 2018

•      A holding company

  100% owned by Brilliant Hat Limited
Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company and deemed a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”)

•      Incorporated on July 26, 2018

•      Registered capital of $ 736,073 (RMB 5,000,000)

•      A holding company

  100% owned by Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.
Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company

•      Incorporated on January 7, 2010

•      Registered capital of $4,697,526 (RMB 31,054,000)

•      Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  VIE of Blue Hat Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.
Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company

•      Incorporated on October 19, 2017

•      Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•      Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company

•      Incorporated on July 27, 2017

•      Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•      Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company

•      Incorporated on January 25, 2018

•      Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•      Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company

•      Incorporated on September 10, 2018

•      Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•      Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
         
                 

 

  8  

 

 

Contractual Arrangements

 

Due to legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in, among other areas, the production, development and operation of AR interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features, we operate our businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited in the PRC through certain PRC domestic companies. As such, Blue Hat Fujian is controlled through contractual arrangements in lieu of direct equity ownership by us or any of our subsidiaries. Such contractual arrangements consist of a series of three agreements, along with shareholders’ powers of attorney (“POAs”) and irrevocable commitment letters (collectively, the “Contractual Arrangements”), which were signed on November 13, 2018.

 

The significant terms of the Contractual Arrangements are as follows:

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement between Blue Hat WFOE and Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat WFOE has the exclusive right to provide Blue Hat Fujian with technical support services, consulting services and other services, including technical support, technical assistance, technical consulting, and professional training necessary for Blue Hat Fujian’s operation, network support, database support, software services, business management consulting, grant use rights of intellectual property rights, lease hardware and device, provide system integration service, research and development of software and system maintenance, provide labor support and to develop the related technologies based on Blue Hat Fujian’s needs. In exchange, Blue Hat WFOE is entitled to a service fee that equals to all of the consolidated net income after offsetting previous year’s loss (if any) of Blue Hat Fujian. The service fee may be adjusted by Blue Hat WFOE based on the actual scope of services rendered by Blue Hat WFOE and the operational needs and expanding demands of Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement, Blue Hat WFOE has the unilateral right to adjust the service fee at any time, and Blue Hat Fujian has no right to adjust the service fee. We believe that such conditions under which the service fee may be adjusted will be primarily based on the needs of Blue Hat Fujian to operate and develop its business in the AR market. For example, if Blue Hat Fujian needs to expand its business, increase research input or consummate mergers or acquisitions in the future, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to decrease the amount of the service fee, which would allow Blue Hat Fujian to have additional capital to operate and develop its business in the AR market. 

 

The exclusive business cooperation agreement remains in effect for 10 years until November 13, 2028 and shall be automatically renewed for one year at the expiration date of the validity term. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate this agreement upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

Call Option Agreements

 

Pursuant to the call option agreements, among Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian, such shareholders jointly and severally grant Blue Hat WFOE an option to purchase their equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian. The purchase price shall be the lowest price then permitted under applicable PRC laws. Blue Hat WFOE or its designated person may exercise such option at any time to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian until it has acquired all equity interests of Blue Hat Fujian, which is irrevocable during the term of the agreements.

 

The call option agreements remains in effect for 10 years until November 13, 2028 and shall be automatically renewed for one year at the expiration date of the validity term. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate these agreements upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

 

Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement among the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian, such shareholders pledge all of the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian to Blue Hat WFOE as collateral to secure the obligations of Blue Hat Fujian under the exclusive business cooperation agreement and call option agreements. These shareholders are prohibited or may not transfer the pledged equity interests without prior consent of Blue Hat WFOE unless transferring the equity interests to Blue Hat WFOE or its designated person in accordance to the call option agreements.

 

The equity pledge agreement shall come into force the date on which the pledged interests is recorded, which is three days after signing of the Agreement on November 13, 2018, under Blue Hat Fujian’s register of shareholders and is registered with competent administration for industry and commerce of Blue Hat Fujian until all of the liabilities and debts to Blue Hat WFOE have been fulfilled completely by Blue Hat Fujian. Blue Hat Fujian and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian shall not terminate these agreements in any circumstance for any reason. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate these agreements upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

  9  

 

 

Shareholders’ POAs

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ POAs, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian give Blue Hat WFOE an irrevocable proxy to act on their behalf on all matters pertaining to Blue Hat Fujian and to exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian, including the right to attend shareholders meetings, to exercise voting rights and all of the other rights, and to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfillment of the obligations under the call option agreements and the equity pledge agreement. The POAs shall remain in effect while the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian hold the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letters

 

Pursuant to the irrevocable commitment letters, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian commit that their spouses or inheritors have no right to claim any rights or interest in relation to the shares that they hold in Blue Hat Fujian and have no right to impose any impact on the daily managing duties of Blue Hat Fujian, and commit that if any event which refrains them from exercising shareholders’ rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to them, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian will take corresponding measures to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of the Contractual Arrangements. The letters are irrevocable and shall not be withdrawn without the consent of Blue Hat WFOE.

 

Based on the foregoing contractual arrangements, which grant Blue Hat WFOE effective control of Blue Hat Fujian and enable Blue Hat WFOE to receive all of their expected residual returns, we account for Blue Hat Fujian as a VIE. Accordingly, we consolidates the accounts of Blue Hat Fujian for the periods presented herein, in accordance with Regulation S-X-3A-02 promulgated by the SEC and Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10, Consolidation.

 

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our ordinary shares. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

We depend upon the Contractual Arrangements in conducting our business in China, which may not be as effective as direct ownership;

 

We operate in a highly competitive market and the size and resources of many of our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively than we can, preventing us from achieving profitability;

 

Issues with products may lead to product liability, personal injury or property damage claims, recalls, withdrawals, replacements of products, or regulatory actions by governmental authorities that could divert resources, affect business operations, decrease sales, increase costs, and put us at a competitive disadvantage, any of which could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition;

 

As a developer and seller of consumer products, we are subject to various government regulations and may be subject to additional regulations in the future, violation of which could subject us to sanctions or otherwise harm our business;

 

If we are not able to adequately protect our proprietary intellectual property and information, and protect against third party claims that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, our results of operations could be adversely affected; and

 

Uncertainties with respect to China’s legal system could adversely affect us.

 

  10  

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Foreign Private Issuer

 

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

             being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our filings with the SEC;

 

             not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

             reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

             exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our ordinary shares pursuant to this offering. However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and acknowledge such election is irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

 

  11  

 

 

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC. As a result, in accordance with the rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq, we may comply with home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than complying with Nasdaq corporate governance standards. We may choose to take advantage of the following exemptions afforded to foreign private issuers:

  • Exemption from filing quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence.
  • Exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders, which will provide less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Exchange Act.
  • Exemption from the Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic issuers requiring disclosure within four business days of any determination to grant a waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics to directors and officers. Although we will require board approval of any such waiver, we may choose not to disclose the waiver in the manner set forth in the Nasdaq rules, as permitted by the foreign private issuer exemption.
  • Exemption from the requirement that our board of directors have a remuneration committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.
  • Exemption from the requirements that director nominees are selected, or recommended for selection by our board of directors, either by (1) independent directors constituting a majority of our board of directors’ independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate, or (2) a committee comprised solely of independent directors, and that a formal written charter or board resolution, as applicable, addressing the nominations process is adopted.

 

Furthermore, Nasdaq Rule 5615(a)(3) provides that a foreign private issuer, such as us, may rely on our home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules in the Nasdaq Rule 5600 Series and Rule 5250(d), provided that we nevertheless comply with Nasdaq's Notification of Noncompliance requirement (Rule 5625), the Voting Rights requirement (Rule 5640) and that we have an audit committee that satisfies Rule 5605(c)(3), consisting of committee members that meet the independence requirements of Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii). If we rely on our home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules of Nasdaq, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. If we choose to do so, we may utilize these exemptions for as long as we continue to qualify as a foreign private issuer.

 

Although we are permitted to follow certain corporate governance rules that conform to Cayman Island requirements in lieu of many of the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we intend to comply with the Nasdaq corporate governance rules applicable to foreign private issuers. 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive office is located at 7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road, Huli District, Xiamen, China 361009. Our telephone number is 86-592-2280081. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the office of Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands.

 

Our agent for service of process in the United States is Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Ave., Suite 204, Newark, DE 19711. Our website is located at http://www.bluehatgroup.net. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and shall not be incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

 

  12  

 

 

The Offering

 

Securities being offered

 

4,500,000 ordinary shares on a firm commitment basis.

   
Initial offering price We estimate the initial public offering price will be between $4.00 per ordinary share.
   
Number of ordinary shares outstanding before the offering 33,000,000 ordinary shares.
   
Number of ordinary shares outstanding after the offering

37,500,000 ordinary shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding 450,000 ordinary shares underlying the underwriters’ warrants.

 

Use of proceeds We intend to use approximately 40% of the net proceeds of this offering for research and development, including expanding our research and development team and continuing to invest in and develop our products, approximately 40% for selling and marketing, particularly strengthening our sales channels and establishing physical experience stores, and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. For more information on the use of proceeds, see “Use of Proceeds” on page 39.
   
 Lock-up

All of our directors and officers and our principal shareholders (5% or more shareholders, provided that the representative of the underwriters may in its discretion require a lower percentage threshold) have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of 12 months after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Indemnification Escrow

Net proceeds of this offering in the amount of $600,000 shall be used to fund an escrow account for a period of 24 months following the closing date of this offering, which account shall be used in the event we have to indemnify the underwriters pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement with the underwriters.

 

Underwriters’ Warrants Upon the closing of this offering, we will issue to ViewTrade Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters, underwriters’ warrants entitling the representative to purchase 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued in this offering. The underwriters’ warrants will be exercisable for a period of five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
   
Proposed Nasdaq Symbol: We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BHAT”.
   
Risk factors: Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. As an investor you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 15.

 

  13  

 

 

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the summary consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and September 30, 2018 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, and included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Exchange Rate Information” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,     For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
    US$     US$     US$     US$  
Consolidated Statements of Income and
Comprehensive Income:
                               
Revenues     9,632,860       6,316,574       14,144,894       9,352,650  
Cost of revenues     (3,536,760 )     (2,549,650 )     (5,300,087 )     (4,577,319 )
Gross profit     6,096,100       3,766,924       8,844,807       4,775,331  
Operating expenses     (2,462,006 )     (1,692,724 )     (2,900,349 )     (1,957,108 )
Income from operations     3,634,094       2,074,200       5,944,458       2,818,223  
Other non-operating income, net     60,661       62,081       135,709       241,752  
Provision for income taxes     (435,325     (294,540     (955,194     (485,658
Net income     3,259,430       1,841,741       5,124,973       2,574,317  

Other comprehensive

Income (Loss)

    (1,308,285 )     438,956       958,667       (364,997 )
Comprehensive Income     1,951,145       2,280,697       6,083,640       2,209,320  
Earnings per share, basic and diluted     0.10       0.06       0.16       0.08  
Weighted average ordinary Shares outstanding     33,000,000       33,000,000       33,000,000       33,000,000  

 

 

    September 30, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    (Unaudited)              
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:   US$     US$     US$  
Current assets     25,594,519       29,243,641       10,409,749  
Total assets     31,983,431       33,582,177       12,482,213  
Current liabilities     8,110,189       11,594,387       5,527,445  
Total liabilities     8,221,523       11,771,414       5,527,445  
Total equity     23,761,908       21,810,763       6,954,768  

 

 

  14  

 

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. In these circumstances, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history. There is no assurance that our future operations will result in profitable revenues. If we cannot generate sufficient revenues to operate profitably, we may suspend or cease operations.

Given our limited operating history, there can be no assurance that we can build our business such that we can earn a significant profit or any profit at all. The future of our business will depend upon our ability to obtain and retain customers and when needed, obtain sufficient financing and support from creditors, while we strive to achieve and maintain profitable operations. The likelihood of success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays encountered in connection with the operations that we undertake. There is no history upon which to base any assumption that our business will prove to be successful, and there is significant risk that we will not be able to generate the sales volumes and revenues necessary to achieve profitable operations. To the extent that we cannot achieve our plans and generate revenues which exceed expenses on a consistent basis, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be materially adversely affected.

Our management team has limited public company experience. We have never operated as a public company in the United States and several of our senior management positions are currently held by employees who have been with us for a short period of time. Our entire management team, as well as other company personnel, will need to devote substantial time to compliance, and may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. If we are unable to effectively comply with the regulations applicable to public companies or if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, which may result in material misstatements in our financial statements or possible restatement of financial results, our stock price may be materially adversely affected, and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq. Any such failures could also result in litigation or regulatory actions by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, loss of investor confidence, delisting of our securities, harm to our reputation and diversion of financial and management resources from the operation of our business, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Additionally, the failure of a key employee to perform in his or her current position could result in our inability to continue to grow our business or to implement our business strategy.

We operate in a highly competitive market and the size and resources of many of our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively than we can, preventing us from achieving profitability.

The market for animated toys is highly competitive, particular in China, where our operations are located. Competition may result in pricing pressures, reduced profit margins or lost market share, or a failure to grow our market share, any of which could substantially harm its business and results of operations. We compete directly against manufacturers of games and toys, including large, diversified entertainment companies with substantial market share. In addition, we compete with other companies who are focused on building their brands across multiple product and consumer categories. Across our business, we face competitors who are constantly monitoring and attempting to anticipate consumer tastes and trends, seeking ideas which will appeal to consumers and introducing new products that compete with our products for consumer acceptance and purchase. Many of our competitors have significant competitive advantages, including longer operating histories, larger and broader customer bases, less-costly production, more established relationships with a broader set of suppliers, greater brand recognition and greater financial, research and development, marketing, distribution and other resources than we do.

In addition to existing competitors, the barriers to entry for new participants in the entertainment industry and in the consumer products industry are low, and the increasing importance of digital media, and the heightened connection between digital media and consumer interest, has further increased the ability for new participants to enter our markets, and has broadened the array of companies we may compete with. New participants with a popular product idea or entertainment property can gain access to consumers and become a significant source of competition for our products in a very short period of time. These existing and new competitors may be able to respond more rapidly than us to changes in consumer preferences. Our competitors’ products may achieve greater market acceptance than our products and potentially reduce demand for our products, lower our revenues and lower our profitability.

  15  

 

 

Our business depends significantly on our ability to maintain an efficient distribution network for our products. Failure by us to maintain such distribution network could adversely affect our financial condition, competitiveness and growth prospects.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain efficient distribution methods for our products. We primarily sell our products in China through local China-based distributors. In 2017, we primarily relied on five Chinese distributors for the sale of our products, which accounted for 41.7% of our total revenue. In 2017, approximately 96.0% of our products were sold in China and, of these sales in China, approximately 97.6% were generated from Chinese distributors.

The impact of economic conditions on any of our distributors, such as bankruptcy, could result in sales channel disruption. In the event our distributors fail to sell our products in sufficient amounts, such failure could have a material adverse effect on our revenue. We intend to expand our distribution network; however, we cannot make any assurances that we will be successful in doing so or if such relationships will be on favorable terms. Moreover, the functioning of our products distribution could be disrupted for reasons either within or beyond the our control, including: extremes of weather or longer-term climatic changes; accidental damage; disruption to the supply of material or services; product quality and safety issues; systems failure; workforce actions; or environmental contamination. Such disruption or failures may materially adversely affect our ability to sell products and therefore materially adversely affect our financial condition, competitiveness and growth prospects.

Our business depends in large part on the success of our vendors and outsourcers, and our brand and reputation may be harmed by actions taken by third-parties that are outside of our control. In addition, any material failure, inadequacy, or interruption resulting from such vendors or outsourcings could harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

We rely on vendor and outsourcing relationships with third parties for services and systems including manufacturing, transportation and logistics. Any shortcoming of a vendor or outsourcer, particularly an issue affecting the quality of these services or systems, may be attributed by customers to us, thus damaging our reputation and brand value, and potentially affecting our results of operations. In addition, problems with transitioning these services and systems to or operating failures with these vendors and outsourcers could cause delays in product sales, and reduce efficiency of our operations, and significant capital investments could be required to remediate the problem.

Issues with products may lead to product liability, personal injury or property damage claims, recalls, withdrawals, replacements of products, or regulatory actions by governmental authorities that could divert resources, affect business operations, decrease sales, increase costs, and put us at a competitive disadvantage, any of which could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition.

We may experience issues with products that may lead to product liability, personal injury or property damage claims, recalls, withdrawals, replacements of products, or regulatory actions by governmental authorities. Any of these activities could result in increased governmental scrutiny, harm to our reputation, reduced demand by consumers for products, decreased willingness by retailer customers to purchase or provide marketing support for those products, adverse impacts on our ability to enter into licensing agreements for products on competitive terms, absence or increased cost of insurance, or additional safety and testing requirements. Such results could divert development and management resources, adversely affect our business operations, decrease sales, increase legal fees and other costs, and put us at a competitive disadvantage compared to other companies not affected by similar issues with products, any of which could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is seasonal and therefore our annual operating results will depend, in large part, on our sales during the relatively brief holiday shopping season.

Sales of our toys are seasonal, with a majority of sales occurring during the period from August through December in anticipation of the holiday season. This seasonality in our industry has increased over time, as retailers become more efficient in their control of inventory levels through quick response inventory management techniques. The majority of retail sales of toys generally occur in the fourth quarter, close to the holiday season.

  16  

 

 

If we or our customers determine that one of our products is more popular at retail than was originally anticipated, there may not be sufficient time to produce enough additional products to fully meet consumer demand. Additionally, the logistics of supplying more and more product within shorter time periods increases the risk that we, or our third-party providers, will fail to achieve tight and compressed shipping schedules, which also may reduce our sales and harm our financial performance. This seasonal pattern requires accurate forecasting of demand for products during the holiday season in order to avoid losing potential sales of popular products or producing excess inventory of products that are less popular with consumers. Our failure to accurately predict and respond to consumer demand, resulting in our under producing popular items and/or overproducing less popular items, would reduce our total sales and harm our results of operations. In addition, as a result of the seasonal nature of our business, we would be significantly and adversely affected, in a manner disproportionate to the impact on a company with sales spread more evenly throughout the year, by unforeseen events such as a terrorist attack or economic shock that harm the retail environment or consumer buying patterns during our key selling season, or by events such as strikes or port delays that interfere with the shipment of goods during the critical months leading up to the holiday shopping season.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our executive team listed in the section entitled “Management” located elsewhere in this prospectus, the loss of whose services may adversely impact the achievement of our objectives. Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees for our business, including scientific and technical personnel, will also be critical to our success. Competition for skilled personnel is intense and the turnover rate can be high. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous companies for individuals with similar skill sets. The inability to recruit or loss of the services of any executive or key employee could adversely affect our business.

We will need to expand our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of January 31, 2019, we had 100 full-time employees. As our company matures, we expect to expand our employee base to increase our sales and marketing department. Future growth would impose significant additional responsibilities on our management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional employees, consultants and contractors. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Future growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of our existing or future product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and grow revenue could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.

We intend to physically expand our business by opening or franchising experience stores, and we may experience difficulties in successfully achieving such expansion, which could harm our ability to effectively operate our business. 

In September 2018, we opened our first physical experience store in Xiamen, China. We plan to open two additional stores in Xiamen in the first half of 2019. By 2021, we intend to have opened or franchised over 100 physical experience stores across China to increase our physical presence in China and strengthen our brand recognition. Our strategy is to initially capture the AR market in China’s first tier, or largest, cities, where consumers typically have the strongest purchasing power, and then expand to other cities in China. 

The anticipated material steps involved in our physical expansion strategy include, among other things, location selection, staff recruitment, purchase of equipment, execution of leases, and conducting renovations. We currently expect to invest approximately RMB 300,000 ($43,680) per store in such endeavors. 

Successful expansion depends on several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including effective control of management and operations, reasonable rent levels, appropriate labor costs, and adequate financial support. The realization of any of these risks could cause the implementation of our expansion plan to be put on hold or cease altogether, which could harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

Failure of beneficial owners of our shares who are PRC residents to comply with certain PRC foreign exchange regulations could restrict our ability to distribute profits, restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activities and subject us to liability under PRC law.

The State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, has promulgated regulations, including the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents' Investment and Financing and Round-Trip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37, and its appendices. These regulations require PRC residents, including PRC institutions and individuals, to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents' legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in Circular 37 as a "special purpose vehicle", or SPV. The term "control" under Circular 37 is broadly defined as the operation rights, beneficiary rights or decision-making rights acquired by the PRC residents in the offshore SPVs by such means as acquisition, trust, proxy, voting rights, repurchase, convertible bonds or other arrangements. Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the SPV, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a SPV fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that SPV may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the SPV may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiaries. Further, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for foreign exchange evasion.

  17  

 

 

These regulations apply to our direct and indirect shareholders who are PRC residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions or share transfers that we make in the future if our shares are issued to PRC residents. However, in practice, different local SAFE branches may have different views and procedures on the application and implementation of SAFE regulations, and there remains uncertainty with respect to its implementation. We cannot assure you that these direct or indirect shareholders of our company who are PRC residents will be able to successfully update the registration of their direct and indirect equity interest as required in the future. If they fail to update the registration, our PRC subsidiary could be subject to fines and legal penalties, and SAFE could restrict our cross-border investment activities and our foreign exchange activities, including restricting our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain loans denominated in foreign currencies from, our company, or prevent us from contributing additional capital into our PRC subsidiary. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefits plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. If we fail to make contributions to various employee benefit plans and to comply with applicable PRC labor-related laws in the future, we may be subject to late payment penalties. We may be required to make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

We depend upon the Contractual Arrangements in conducting our business in China, which may not be as effective as direct ownership.

Our affiliation with Blue Hat Fujian is managed through the Contractual Arrangements, which agreements may not be as effective in providing us with control over Blue Hat Fujian as direct ownership. The Contractual Arrangements are governed by and would be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC. If Blue Hat Fujian fails to perform the obligations under the Contractual Arrangements, we may have to rely on legal remedies under the laws of the PRC, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages. There is a risk that we may be unable to obtain any of these remedies. The legal environment in the PRC is not as developed as in other jurisdictions. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce the Contractual Arrangements, or could affect the validity of the Contractual Arrangements.

We may not be able to consolidate the financial results of some of our affiliated companies or such consolidation could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

All of our business is conducted through Blue Hat Fujian, which is considered a VIE for accounting purposes, and we, through Blue Hat WFOE, are considered the primary beneficiary, thus enabling us to consolidate our financial results in our consolidated financial statements. In the event that in the future a company we hold as a VIE no longer meets the definition of a VIE under applicable accounting rules, or we are deemed not to be the primary beneficiary, we would not be able to consolidate line by line that entity’s financial results in our consolidated financial statements for reporting purposes. Also, if in the future an affiliate company becomes a VIE and we become the primary beneficiary, we would be required to consolidate that entity’s financial results in our consolidated financial statements for accounting purposes. If such entity’s financial results were negative, this would have a corresponding negative impact on our operating results for reporting purposes.

Because we rely on the Contractual Arrangements for our revenue, the termination of these agreements would severely and detrimentally affect our continuing business viability under our current corporate structure.

We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through the Contractual Arrangements. Blue Hat Fujian may terminate the Contractual Arrangements for any or no reason at all. Because neither we, nor our subsidiaries, own equity interests of Blue Hat Fujian, the termination of the Contractual Arrangements would sever our ability to receive payments from Blue Hat Fujian under our current holding company structure. While we are currently not aware of any event or reason that may cause the Contractual Arrangements to terminate, we cannot assure you that such an event or reason will not occur in the future. In the event that the Contractual Arrangements are terminated, this would have a severe and detrimental effect on our continuing business viability under our current corporate structure, which, in turn, may affect the value of your investment.

  18  

 

 

Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our VIE owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year when the transactions are conducted. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the VIE contractual arrangements were not entered into on an arm’s-length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust the income of our VIE in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our VIE for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase its tax liabilities without reducing our subsidiary's tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our VIE for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our VIE’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.  

We conduct our business through Blue Hat Fujian by means of Contractual Arrangements. If the PRC courts or administrative authorities determine that these contractual arrangements do not comply with applicable regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties and our business could be adversely affected. In addition, changes in such PRC laws and regulations may materially and adversely affect our business .

There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws, rules and regulations, including the laws, rules and regulations governing the validity and enforcement of the contractual arrangements between Blue Hat WFOE and Blue Hat Fujian. We have been advised by our PRC counsel, Beijing Dentons Law Offices, LLP (“Dentons”), based on their understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations, that (i) the structure for operating our business in China (including our corporate structure and contractual arrangements with Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat Fujian and their shareholders) will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and (ii) the contractual arrangements among Blue Hat WFOE and Blue Hat Fujian and their shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations concerning foreign investment in the PRC, and their application to and effect on the legality, binding effect and enforceability of the contractual arrangements. In particular, we cannot rule out the possibility that PRC regulatory authorities, courts or arbitral tribunals may in the future adopt a different or contrary interpretation or take a view that is inconsistent with the opinion of our PRC legal counsel.

If any of our PRC entities or their ownership structure or the Contractual Arrangements are determined to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws, rules or regulations, or any of our PRC entities fail to obtain or maintain any of the required governmental permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

         revoking the business and operating licenses;
         discontinuing or restricting the operations;
         imposing conditions or requirements with which the PRC entities may not be able to comply;
         requiring us and our PRC entities to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations;
         restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds from this offering to finance our business and operations in China; or
         imposing fines.
     

The imposition of any of these penalties would severely disrupt our ability to conduct business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

  19  

 

 

The shareholders of our VIE may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The shareholders of our VIE may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may refuse to sign or breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIE, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and these shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

The draft Foreign Investment Law proposes sweeping changes to the PRC foreign investment legal regime and will likely to have a significant impact on businesses in China controlled by foreign invested enterprises primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.

On January 19, 2015, the PRC Ministry of Commerce or MOFCOM published a draft of the PRC Law on Foreign Investment (Draft for Comment), or the Foreign Investment Law, which was open for public comments until February 17, 2015. At the same time, MOFCOM published an accompanying explanatory note of the draft Foreign Investment Law (or the Explanatory Note), which contains important information about the draft Foreign Investment Law, including its drafting philosophy and principles, main content, plans to transition to the new legal regime and treatment of business in China controlled by foreign invested enterprises or FIEs, primarily through contractual arrangements. The draft Foreign Investment Law is intended to replace the current foreign investment legal regime consisting of three laws: the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law, as well as their respective detailed implementing rules. The draft Foreign Investment Law, if enacted as proposed, may materially impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations in many aspects. The draft Foreign Investment Law expands the definition of foreign investment and introduces the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered a FIE. The draft Foreign Investment Law specifically provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors will be treated as FIEs, whereas an entity set up in a foreign jurisdiction would nonetheless be, upon market entry clearance by MOFCOM, treated as a PRC domestic investor provided that the entity is “controlled” by PRC entities and/or citizens. Once an entity is determined to be a FIE, it will be subject to the foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions set forth in a “catalogue of special administrative measures for foreign investments,” which is classified into the “catalogue of prohibitions” and the “catalogue of restrictions”, to be separately issued by the State Council later. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in any sector set forth in the catalogue of prohibitions. However, unless the underlying business of the FIE falls within the catalogue of restrictions, which calls for market entry clearance by MOFCOM, prior approval from governmental authorities as mandated by the existing foreign investment legal regime would no longer be required for establishment of the FIE.

The specifics of the draft Foreign Investment Law’s application to variable interest entity structures have yet to be proposed, but it is anticipated that the draft Foreign Investment Law will regulate variable interest entities. MOFCOM suggests both registration and approval as potential options for the regulation of variable entity structures, depending on whether they are “Chinese” or “foreign-controlled”. One of the core concepts of the draft Foreign Investment Law is “de facto control”, which emphasizes substance over form in determining whether an entity is “Chinese” or “foreign-controlled”. This determination requires considering the nature of the investors that exercise control over the entity. “Chinese investors” are natural persons who are Chinese nationals, Chinese government agencies and any domestic enterprise controlled by Chinese nationals or government agencies. “Foreign investors” are foreign citizens, foreign governments, international organizations and entities controlled by foreign citizens and entities. Blue Hat Fujian is majority controlled by Xiaodong Chen, our chief executive officer and director, who is a PRC resident, therefore, it increases the likelihood that our company may be deemed “Chinese” controlled. In its current form, the draft Foreign Investment Law will make it difficult for foreign financial investors, including private equity and venture capital firms, to obtain a controlling interest of a Chinese enterprise in a foreign restricted industry. However, under the proposed new law, we may no longer need to hold interests in our operating affiliate through contractual arrangements and may be able to have control through direct equity ownership.

  20  

 

 

On December 26, 2018, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress reviewed Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China (Draft) and published it to solicit public opinions. According to Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China (Draft) , it has revised the stipulation in Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China (Exposure Draft) which treated “control domestic enterprises or hold equity in domestic enterprises by contracts, trust or other ways” as “foreign investments”. It is Dentons’ understanding that, according to the current stipulation of Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China (Draft) , even after its entry into force, it would not constitute a negative impact on our structure or business. However, there are still substantial uncertainties regarding the draft Foreign Investment Law, including, among others, what the actual content of the law will be as well as the adoption timeline or effective date of the final form of the law. While such uncertainties exist, we cannot determine whether the new foreign investment law, when it is adopted and becomes effective, will have a material positive or negative impact on our corporate structure and business.

If any of our affiliated entities becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding, we may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by such entity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently conduct our operations in China through our Contractual Arrangements. As part of these arrangements, substantially all of our assets that are significant to the operation of our business are held by our affiliated entities. If any of these entities becomes bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if any of our affiliated entities undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its equity owner or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights relating to some or all of these assets, which would hinder our ability to operate our business and could materially and adversely affect our business, our ability to generate revenue and the market price of our ordinary shares.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are not able to adequately protect our proprietary intellectual property and information, and protect against third party claims that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The value of our business depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and information, including our trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, and rights under agreements with third parties, in China and around the world, as well as our customer, employee, and consumer data. Third parties may try to challenge our ownership of our intellectual property in China and around the world. In addition, our business is subject to the risk of third parties counterfeiting our products or infringing on our intellectual property rights. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. We may need to resort to litigation to protect our intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. If we fail to protect our proprietary intellectual property and information, including with respect to any successful challenge to our ownership of intellectual property or material infringements of our intellectual property, this failure could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, or if we are accused of infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our success in obtaining and maintaining issued patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights in China and elsewhere and protecting our proprietary technology. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technologies or the goodwill we have acquired in the marketplace and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability.

We cannot provide any assurances that any of our patents have, or that any of our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products, any additional features we develop for our products or any new products. Other parties may have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our system, may have filed or may file patent applications and may have received or may receive patents that overlap or conflict with our patent applications, either by claiming the same methods or devices or by claiming subject matter that could dominate our patent position. Our patent position may involve complex legal and factual questions, and, therefore, the scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims that we may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Patents, if issued, may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated or circumvented. Proceedings challenging our patents could result in either loss of the patent or denial of the patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent application. In addition, such proceedings may be costly. Thus, any patents that we may own may not provide any protection against competitors. Furthermore, an adverse decision in an interference proceeding can result in a third party receiving the patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to commercialize our products.

  21  

 

 

Though an issued patent is presumed valid and enforceable, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our patents, or develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods. We may be unable to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, suppliers, vendors, former employees and current employees.

Our ability to enforce our patent rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It may be difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components that are used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor's or potential competitor's product. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded if we were to prevail may not be commercially meaningful.

In addition, proceedings to enforce or defend our patents could put our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Such proceedings could also provoke third parties to assert claims against us, including that some or all of the claims in one or more of our patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable. If any of our patents covering our products are invalidated or found unenforceable, or if a court found that valid, enforceable patents held by third parties covered one or more of our products, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain, and we cannot ensure that:

any of our patents, or any of our pending patent applications, if issued, will include claims having a scope sufficient to protect our products;
any of our pending patent applications will issue as patents;
we will be able to successfully commercialize our products on a substantial scale, if approved, before our relevant patents we may have expire;
we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications;
we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;
others will not develop similar or alternative technologies that do not infringe our patents; any of our patents will be found to ultimately be valid and enforceable;
any patents issued to us will provide a basis for an exclusive market for our commercially viable products, will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties;
we will develop additional proprietary technologies or products that are separately patentable; or
our commercial activities or products will not infringe upon the patents of others.

 

We rely, in part, upon unpatented trade secrets, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. Further, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors.

Litigation or other proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could require us to spend significant time and money and could prevent us from selling our products or affect our stock price.

  22  

 

 

Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. We do not always conduct independent reviews of patents issued to third parties. In addition, patent applications in China and elsewhere can be pending for many years before issuance, or unintentionally abandoned patents or applications can be revived, so there may be applications of others now pending or recently revived patents of which we are unaware. These applications may later result in issued patents, or the revival of previously abandoned patents, that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our products. Third parties may, in the future, assert claims that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization, including claims from competitors or from non-practicing entities that have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patent portfolio may have no deterrent effect. As we continue to commercialize our products in their current or updated forms, launch new products and enter new markets, we expect competitors may claim that one or more of our products infringe their intellectual property rights as part of business strategies designed to impede our successful commercialization and entry into new markets. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technology involved, and the uncertainty of litigation may increase the risk of business resources and management's attention being diverted to patent litigation. We have, and we may in the future, receive letters or other threats or claims from third parties inviting us to take licenses under, or alleging that we infringe, their patents.

Moreover, we may become party to future adversarial proceedings regarding our patent portfolio or the patents of third parties. Patents may be subjected to opposition, post-grant review or comparable proceedings lodged in various foreign, both national and regional, patent offices. The legal threshold for initiating litigation or contested proceedings may be low, so that even lawsuits or proceedings with a low probability of success might be initiated. Litigation and contested proceedings can also be expensive and time-consuming, and our adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we can. We may also occasionally use these proceedings to challenge the patent rights of others. We cannot be certain that any particular challenge will be successful in limiting or eliminating the challenged patent rights of the third party.

Any lawsuits resulting from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

stop making, selling or using products or technologies that allegedly infringe the asserted intellectual property;

lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others; incur significant legal expenses;
pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;
pay the attorney's fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive and infeasible; and
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, or from third parties who may attempt to license rights that they do not have.

Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If we are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages (which may be increased up to three times of awarded damages) and/or substantial royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. We could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

  23  

 

 

In addition to patent protection, we also rely upon copyright and trade secret protection, as well as non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our confidential and proprietary information. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

Third parties may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop.

Third parties may in the future make claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property. We incorporate licensed technology in some of our products. Any infringement claims or lawsuits, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and time consuming to defend, divert management’s attention and resources, require us to redesign our products and services, if feasible, require us to pay royalties or enter into licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies, and/or may materially disrupt the conduct of our business.

In addition, we may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees, contractors or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are not successful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our exclusive rights in that intellectual property. Either outcome could harm our business and competitive position.

Third parties may assert that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets.

We may employ individuals who previously worked with other companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property or personal data, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims or settling those claims, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Our computer systems and operations may be vulnerable to security breaches .

We expect that the cloud-based applications embedded in our toys will be an important foundation for establishing our company as a leading source of technology. For that reason, among others, the safety of our network and our secure transmission of information over the internet will be essential to our operations and our services. Our network and our computer infrastructure are potentially vulnerable to physical breaches or to the introduction of computer viruses, abuse of use and similar disruptive problems and security breaches that could cause loss (both economic and otherwise), interruptions, delays or loss of services to our users. It is possible that advances in computer capabilities or new technologies could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect user transaction data. A party that is able to circumvent our security systems could misappropriate proprietary information, cause interruptions in our operations or utilize our network without authorization. Security breaches also could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss, litigation and possible liability. We cannot guarantee you that our security measures will prevent security breaches.

  24  

 

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Changes in China's economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Substantially all of our assets and operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to a reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustment, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Uncertainties with respect to China’s legal system could adversely affect us.

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy. These uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal requirements and our ability to enforce our contractual rights or tort claims. In addition, the regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited or frivolous legal actions or threats in attempts to extract payments or benefits from us.

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

We must remit the offering proceeds to China before they may be used to benefit our business in China, and we cannot assure that we can finish all necessary governmental registration processes in a timely manner.

The proceeds of this offering must be sent back to China, and the process for sending such proceeds back to China may take several months after the closing of this offering. In utilizing the proceeds of this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds,” as an offshore holding company of our PRC subsidiary, we may make loans to our PRC subsidiary, or we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary. Any shareholder loan or additional capital contribution are subject to PRC regulations. For example, loans by us or making additional capital contribution to our subsidiaries in China, which are FIEs, to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits, while the shareholder loan must be also registered with the SAFE. The statutory limit for the total amount of foreign debts of a foreign-invested company is the difference between the amount of total investment as approved by MOFCOM or its local counterpart and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested company.

  25  

 

 

To remit the proceeds of the offering, we must take the steps legally required under the PRC laws.

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans by us to our PRC subsidiary or PRC consolidated VIE or with respect to future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiary. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds from this offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity, our ability to fund and expand our business and our ordinary shares.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are a holding company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. We conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, all our senior employees reside within China for a significant portion of the time and most are PRC residents. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. In addition, China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the Cayman Islands and many other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary for our cash requirements, including for services of any debt we may incur. Our PRC subsidiary's ability to distribute dividends is based upon its distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to its respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiary, our VIE and its subsidiaries are required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Our PRC subsidiary as a FIE is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at its discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated.

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Any funds we transfer to our PRC subsidiary, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration with relevant governmental authorities in China. According to the relevant PRC regulations on FIEs in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary are subject to the approval of the MOFCOM or its local branches and registration with other governmental authorities in China. In addition, (a) any foreign loan procured by our PRC subsidiary is required to be registered with SAFE or its local branches, and (b) our PRC subsidiary may not procure loans which exceed the statutory amount as approved by the MOFCOM or its local branches. Any medium-or long- term loan to be provided by us to our VIE must be approved by the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC and the SAFE or its local branches. We may not obtain these government approvals or complete such registrations on a timely basis, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us to our PRC subsidiary. If we fail to receive such approvals or complete such registration, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

  26  

 

 

In 2008, SAFE promulgated the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142. SAFE Circular 142 regulates the conversion by FIEs of foreign currency into Renminbi by restricting the usage of converted Renminbi. SAFE Circular 142 provides that any Renminbi capital converted from registered capitals in foreign currency of FIEs may only be used for purposes within the business scopes approved by PRC governmental authority and such Renminbi capital may not be used for equity investments within China unless otherwise permitted by PRC law. In addition, the SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of Renminbi capital converted from registered capital in foreign currency of FIEs. The use of such Renminbi capital may not be changed without SAFE approval, and such Renminbi capital may not in any case be used to repay Renminbi loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been utilized. On July 4, 2014, SAFE issued the Circular of the SAFE on Relevant Issues Concerning the Pilot Reform in Certain Areas of the Administrative Method of the Conversion of Foreign Exchange Funds by Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 36, which launched the pilot reform of administration regarding conversion of foreign currency registered capitals of FIEs in 16 pilot areas. According to SAFE Circular 36, some of the restrictions under SAFE Circular 142 will not apply to the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of an ordinary FIE in the pilot areas, and such FIE is permitted to use Renminbi converted from its foreign-currency registered capital to make equity investments in the PRC within and in accordance with the authorized business scope of such FIEs, subject to certain registration and settlement procedure as set forth in SAFE Circular 36. As this circular is relatively new, there remains uncertainty as to its interpretation and application and any other future foreign exchange related rules. On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Management Approach Regarding the Foreign Exchange Capital Settlement of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19. SAFE Circular 19 took effect as of June 1, 2015 and superseded SAFE Circular 142 on the same date. SAFE Circular 19 launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of FIEs and allows FIEs to settle their foreign exchange capital at their discretion, but continues to prohibit FIEs from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign exchange capitals for expenditure beyond their business scopes, providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between non-financial enterprises. Violations of these Circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties. SAFE Circular 19 may significantly limit our ability to use Renminbi converted from the net proceeds of this offering to fund the establishment of new entities in China by our VIE or its subsidiaries, to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies through our PRC subsidiary, or to establish new consolidated variable interest entities in the PRC, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China's foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, Renminbi is determined to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. In addition, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the Renminbi relative to U.S. dollars would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms regardless of any underlying change in our business or results of operations.

  27  

 

 

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited, and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure, or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company primarily relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of the SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary and VIE to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

Certain PRC regulations may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

Among other things, the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things, that the MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, issued by the State Council in 2008, are triggered. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC which became effective in 2008 requires that transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds must be cleared by the MOFCOM before they can be completed. In addition, PRC national security review rules which became effective in September 2011 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. We may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary's ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents' Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents' Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75, which ceased to be effective upon the promulgation of SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

  28  

 

 

Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore SPVs will be required to register such investments with the SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of a SPV is required to update its filed registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any material change. Moreover, any subsidiary of such SPV in China is required to urge the PRC resident shareholders to update their registration with the local branch of SAFE. If any PRC shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiary in China. On February 13, 2015, the SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of the SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of the SAFE.

We cannot assure you that all of our shareholders that may be subject to SAFE regulations have completed all necessary registrations with the local SAFE branch or qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37, and we cannot assure you that these individuals may continue to make required filings or updates on a timely manner, or at all. We can provide no assurance that we are or will in the future continue to be informed of identities of all PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our company. Any failure or inability by such individuals to comply with the SAFE regulations may subject us to fines or legal sanctions, such as restrictions on our cross-border investment activities or our PRC subsidiary's ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain foreign exchange-denominated loans from, our company or prevent us from making distributions or paying dividends. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, as these foreign exchange regulations are still relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, issued by the SAT in 2009 with retroactive effect from January 1, 2008, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (a) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (b) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, shall report to the competent tax authority of the PRC resident enterprise this Indirect Transfer.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued a Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or SAT Public Notice 7. SAT Public Notice 7 supersedes the rules with respect to the Indirect Transfer under SAT Circular 698, but does not touch upon the other provisions of SAT Circular 698, which remain in force. SAT Public Notice 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under SAT Circular 698. SAT Public Notice 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only Indirect Transfers set forth under SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Public Notice 7 provides clearer criteria than SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Public Notice 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a "substance over form" principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

  29  

 

 

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if our company is transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Circular 698 and SAT Public Notice 7. For transfer of shares in our company by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiary may be requested to assist in the filing under SAT Circular 698 and SAT Public Notice 7. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 698 and SAT Public Notice 7 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of third-party manufacturers to produce our products presents risks to our business.

For the foreseeable future, all of our products will be manufactured by third-party manufacturers, the majority of which are, and we expect will continue to be, located in China. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2018, our two largest suppliers, Fujian Wei Ya Culture Communication Co., Ltd. and Dongguan Hou Jie Sheng Ping Toy Factory, accounted for 47.0% and 46.5%, respectively, of our total production. If we were prevented or delayed in obtaining products or components for a material portion of our product line due to political, civil, labor or other factors beyond our control, including natural disasters or pandemics, our operations may be substantially disrupted, potentially for a significant period of time. This delay could significantly reduce our revenues and profitability and harm our business while alternative sources of supply are secured. Additionally, the suspension of the operations of a third-party manufacturer by government inspectors in China could result in delays to us in obtaining products and may harm sales.

Additional factors outside of our control related to doing business in China could negatively affect our business.

Additional factors that could negatively affect our business include a potential significant revaluation of the Renminbi, which may result in an increase in the cost of producing products in China, labor shortages and increases in labor costs in China as well as difficulties in moving products manufactured in China out of the country, whether due to port congestion, labor disputes, slow downs, product regulations and/or inspections or other factors. Prolonged disputes or slowdowns can negatively impact both the time and cost of transporting goods. Natural disasters or health pandemics impacting China can also have a significant negative impact on our business. Further, the imposition of trade sanctions or other regulations against products imported by us from, or the loss of “normal trade relations” status with, China, could significantly increase our cost of products exported outside of China and harm our business.

Risks Related to our Ordinary Shares and this Offering

There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares and an active trading market may never develop or be sustained.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. An active trading market for our ordinary shares may never develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active trading market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our ordinary shares and enter into strategic partnerships or acquire other complementary products, technologies or businesses by using shares of our ordinary shares as consideration. In addition, if we fail to satisfy exchange listing standards, we could be de-listed, which would have a negative effect on the price of our ordinary shares.

We expect that the price of our ordinary shares will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell the shares you purchase in this offering at or above the offering price.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our ordinary shares sold in this offering is determined by negotiation between the representative of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our ordinary shares following this offering. In addition, the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

  30  

 

 

the volume and timing of sales of our products;
the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or others in our industry;
disputes or other developments with respect to our or others' intellectual property rights;

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;
product liability claims or other litigation;

quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of others in our industry;
media exposure of our products or of those of others in our industry;

changes in governmental regulations or in reimbursement;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and
general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

 

In recent years, the stock markets generally have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our ordinary shares shortly following this offering. If the market price of shares of our ordinary shares after this offering does not ever exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In addition, in the past, class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in our stock price, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would hurt our financial condition and operating results and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

Our shares will initially trade under $5.00 per ordinary share and thus will be a penny stock. Trading in penny stocks has certain restrictions and these restrictions could negatively affect the price and liquidity of our ordinary shares.

Our stock is expected to trade below $5.00 per share upon listing. As a result, our stock would be known as a “penny stock”, which is subject to various regulations involving disclosures to be given to you prior to the purchase of any penny stock. The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define a “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Depending on market fluctuations, our ordinary shares could be considered to be a “penny stock”. A penny stock is subject to rules that impose additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell these securities to persons other than established Members and accredited investors. For transactions covered by these rules, the broker/dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase of these securities. In addition, a broker/dealer must receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the purchase and must also provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser. Consequently, the “penny stock” rules may restrict the ability of broker/dealers to sell our ordinary shares, and may negatively affect the ability of holders of shares of our ordinary shares to resell them. These disclosures require you to acknowledge that you understand the risks associated with buying penny stocks and that you can absorb the loss of your entire investment. Penny stocks generally do not have a very high trading volume. Consequently, the price of the stock is often volatile and you may not be able to buy or sell the stock when you want to.

If you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing our ordinary shares in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. As a result, investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $3.02 per share, representing the difference between our assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per share and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2018. For more information on the dilution you may experience as a result of investing in this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled "Dilution."

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future.
This could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that these sales may occur, could result in a decrease in the market price of our ordinary shares. Immediately after this offering, we will have outstanding 37,500,000 ordinary shares, based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2018. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. Of the remaining shares, 33,000,000 shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or 12 month lock-up agreements, but will be able to be sold beginning 12 months after the closing of this offering, unless held by one of our affiliates, in which case the resale of those securities will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

  31  

 

 

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

After this offering, our officers, directors and principal stockholders each holding more than 5% of our ordinary shares, collectively, will control approximately 63% of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to control the management and affairs of our Company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could attempt to delay or prevent a change in control of the Company, even if such change in control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their ordinary shares as part of a sale of the Company or our assets, and might affect the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares due to investors' perceptions that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. As a result, this concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds of this offering designated for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for research and development, including expanding our research and development team and continuing to invest in and develop our products, for selling and marketing, particularly strengthening our sales channels and establishing physical experience stores, and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including increasing our liquidity. Within those categories, we have not determined the specific allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. Our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering within those categories. Accordingly, investors in this offering have only limited information concerning management's specific intentions and will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds.

We expect to incur significant additional costs as a result of being a public company, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements that will become applicable to us as a public company, including rules and regulations of the SEC, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the Exchange Act, as well as the rules of the Nasdaq. These rules and regulations are expected to significantly increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain and maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Accordingly, increases in costs incurred as a result of becoming a publicly traded company may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal control, we may be unable to accurately report our operating results, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting.

  32  

 

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Generally, if we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, and harm our results of operations. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

Blue Hat Cayman has never declared or paid cash dividends. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our ordinary shares will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Securities analysts may not publish favorable research or reports about our business or may publish no information at all, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If a trading market for our ordinary shares develops, the trading market will be influenced to some extent by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our ordinary shares will have had relatively little experience with us or our industry, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports covering us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline and result in the loss of all or a part of your investment in us.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, may be required in connection with this offering under PRC law.

The M&A Rules purport to require offshore SPVs that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for the purpose of seeking a public listing on an overseas stock exchange through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies or assets to obtain CSRC approval prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by a SPV seeking CSRC approval of its overseas listings. The interpretation and application of the regulations remain unclear, and this offering may ultimately require approval from the CSRC. If CSRC approval is required, it is uncertain whether it would be possible for us to obtain the approval, and any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining CSRC approval for this offering would subject us to sanctions imposed by the CSRC and other PRC regulatory agencies.

  33  

 

 

Our PRC legal counsel has advised us that, based on its understanding of the current PRC laws and regulations, we will not be required to submit an application to the CSRC for the approval of the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on Nasdaq because (i) we established our WFOE by means of direct investment and not through a merger or acquisition of the equity or assets of a "PRC domestic company" as such term is defined under the M&A Rules; and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements under the Contractual Arrangements as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules.

However, our PRC legal counsel has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering, and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC legal counsel, and hence we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our ability to pay dividends outside of China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of the ordinary shares. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies also may take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares offered hereby. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ordinary shares.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Assuming that we obtain the requisite shareholder approval, we will adopt an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace our current memorandum and articles of association in its entirety immediately prior to the completion of this offering. It is expected that our directors will have discretion under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. Currently, we do not plan to rely on home country practice with respect to any corporate governance matter. To the extent we choose to follow home country practice with respect to corporate governance matters, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States.

  34  

 

 

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in China. In addition, most of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We do not plan to "opt out" of such exemptions afforded to an emerging growth company. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective data.”

We qualify as a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that permit less detailed and less frequent reporting than that of a U.S. domestic public company.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder. Therefore, our shareholders may not know on a timely basis when our officers, directors and principal shareholders purchase or sell our ordinary shares. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers also are exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

  35  

 

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to take advantage of certain provisions in the Nasdaq rules that allow us to follow our home country law for certain governance matters. Certain corporate governance practices in our home country, the Cayman Islands, may differ significantly from corporate governance listing standards. Currently, we do not plan to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete this offering. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they would otherwise enjoy under the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our ordinary shares.

A non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of "passive" income; or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Based on our current and expected income and assets (taking into account the expected cash proceeds and our anticipated market capitalization following this offering), we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with our conclusion or that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position. Fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years because the value of our assets for the purpose of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares. The composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. If we were to be or become a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. See “Taxation— Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences.”

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our ordinary shares are directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on this date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the Nasdaq rules. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange.

 

  36  

 

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue” and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements and opinions contained in this prospectus are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and, while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

our ability to develop and market new products;
the continued market acceptance of our products;
exposure to product liability and defect claims;
protection of our intellectual property rights;
changes in the laws that affect our operations;
inflation and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
our ability to obtain all necessary government certifications, approvals, and/or licenses to conduct our business;
continued development of a public trading market for our securities;
the cost of complying with current and future governmental regulations and the impact of any changes in the regulations on our operations; and
managing our growth effectively;
fluctuations in operating results;
dependence on our senior management and key employees; and
other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

You should refer to the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

  37  

 

 

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, as well estimates by our management based on such data. The market data and estimates used in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data and estimates. While we believe that the information from these industry publications, surveys and studies is reliable, the industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of important factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  38  

 

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of 4,500,000 ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $15,941,797, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per ordinary share. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $18,452,979, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per share wo uld increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ 4.1 million, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of ordinary shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $3.7 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The primary purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our shares for the benefit of all shareholders, retain talented employees, and obtain additional capital. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

approximately 40% for research and development, including expanding our research and development team and continuing to invest in and develop our products;
approximately 40% for selling and marketing, particularly strengthening our sales channels and establishing physical experience stores; and
the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes, including increasing our liquidity.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and prevailing business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and prevailing business conditions evolve. Predicting the cost necessary to develop product candidates can be difficult and the amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development, the status of and results from clinical trials, any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending any use described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, debt instruments.

 

We have agreed with the underwriters in this offering to establish an escrow account in the United States and to fund such account with $600,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during a 24 month period following the offering. The escrow account will not be interest bearing, and we will be free to invest the assets in securities. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires.

The net proceeds from this offering must be remitted to China before we will be able to use the funds to grow our business. The procedure to remit funds may take several months after completion of this offering, and we will be unable to use the offering proceeds in China until remittance is completed. See “Risk Factors” for further information.

 

  39  

 

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

Blue Hat Cayman has never declared or paid a dividend, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC, Hong Kong and British Virgin Islands regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC, Hong Kong and British Virgin Islands subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.

 

 

 

 

  40  

 

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2018 on:

an actual basis; and

 

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 4,500,000 ordinary shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per ordinary share after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this information together with our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Exchange Rate Information,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

  As of September 30, 2018 (unaudited)
  Actual       Pro Forma As
    Adjusted (1) 

Ordinary shares, $0.001 par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized; 33,000,000 shares issued and outstanding;

37,500,000 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

33,000        37,500
Additional paid-in capital 12,831,969        28,769,448
Statutory reserves 1,244,087        1,244,087
Retained earnings 10,443,940        10,443,940
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (791,088 )      (791,088)
           
Total 23,761,908        39,703,887

  

(1) Reflects the sale of ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that such net proceeds will be approximately $15,941,979.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per ordinary share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $4.1 million, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $3.7 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

  41  

 

 

 

DILUTION  

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share in this offering and the net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share. As of September 30, 2018, we had a historical net tangible book value of $19.4 million, or $0.59 per ordinary share. Our net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding on September 30, 2018.

After giving effect to the sale of 4,500,000 ordinary shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per ordinary share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2018 would have been $35.3 million, or $0.94 per ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $0.35 per ordinary share to existing investors and immediate dilution of $3.06 per ordinary share to new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering:

  Post- Offering (1)  

Full

Exercise

of Over-

allotment

Option

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share $4.00   $4.00
Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of September 30, 2018 $0.59   $0.59
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering $0.35   $0.40
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering $0.94   $0.99
Dilution per ordinary share to new investors in this offering $3.06   $3.01

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per ordinary share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2018 after this offering by approximately $0.11 per ordinary share, and would increase (decrease) dilution to new investors by $0.89 per ordinary share, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million ordinary shares in the number of ordinary shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2018 after this offering by approximately $0.08 per ordinary share, and would increase (decrease) dilution to new investors by approximately $0.08 per ordinary share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the estimate underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering would be $0 .99, the increase in net tangible book value per ordinary share to existing shareholders would be $0.40, and the immediate dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in this offering would be $3.01.  

The table and discussion above is based on 33,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2018.

To the extent that we issue additional ordinary shares in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

 

(1) Assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option has not been exercised.

 

  42  

 

 

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

Our business is primarily conducted in China, and the financial records of our subsidiaries in China are maintained in RMB, their functional currency. However, we use the U.S. dollar as our reporting and functional currency; therefore, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the then-current exchange rates, for the convenience of the readers. Our consolidated financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with ASC Topic 830, “Foreign Currency Matters.” The financial information is first prepared in RMB and then is translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates as to assets and liabilities and average exchange rates as to revenue and expenses. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transactions occurred. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

 

We make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar based on the exchange rates set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. These rates are provided solely for your reference and convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of RMB into U.S. dollars in this prospectus were made at the rate of RMB 6.8680 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate on September 30, 2018, as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. On February 22, 2019, the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System was RMB 6.7112 to US$1.00.

 

    Certified Exchange Rate      
Period   Period End     Average(1)     Low     High      
    (RMB per US$1.00)      
2013     6.2301           6.2990             6.2221         6.3879    
2014     6.2046           6.1704             6.0402         6.2591    
2015       6.4778           6.2869             6.1870         6.4896    
2016       6.9430            6.6549              6.4480         6.9430    
2017     6.5063           6.7350             6.4773         6.9575    
2018                                              
January         6.2841           6.4233             6.2841         6.5263      
February         6.3280           6.3183             6.2649         6.3471      
March     6.2726           6.3174             6.2685         6.3565      
April     6.3325           6.2967             6.2655         6.3340      
May     6.4096           6.3701             6.3325         6.4175      
June     6.6171           6.4651             6.3850         6.6235      
July     6.8038           6.7164             6.6123         6.8102      
August         6.8300           6.8453             6.8018         6.9330      
September     6.8680           6.8551             6.8270         6.8880      
October         6.9737           6.9191             6.8680         6.9737      
November         6.9558           6.9367             6.8894         6.9558      
December         6.8755           6.8837             6.8343         6.9077      
2019                                                    
January         6.6958           6.7863             6.6958         6.8708      
February (through February 22, 2019)         6.7112           6.7503             6.7112         6.7907      

(1) Annual averages were calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the relevant year. Monthly averages are calculated by using the average of the daily rates during the relevant month.

 

Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release

 

  43  

 

 

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Corporate History

 

We are a holding company incorporated on June 13, 2018, under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“Blue Hat Cayman”). We have no substantive operations other than holding all of the issued and outstanding shares of Brilliant Hat Limited (“Blue Hat BVI”) established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on June 26, 2018.

 

Blue Hat BVI is also a holding company holding all of the outstanding equity of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat HK”) which was established in Hong Kong on June 26, 2018. Blue Hat HK is also a holding company holding all of the outstanding equity of Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat WFOE”) which was established on July 26, 2018 under the laws of the PRC.

 

We, through our variable interest entity (“VIE”), Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (“Blue Hat Fujian”), a PRC company, and through its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat Hunan”) and Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat Shenyang”), each a PRC company, engage in designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide.

 

On September 18, 2017, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Xiamen Youth Education Development Co., Ltd. and Youying Wang , contributing a 48.5% equity interest in Fujian Youth Hand in Hand Educational Technology Co., Ltd. (“Fujian Youth”), a PRC company. As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, Fujian Youth has no operations.

 

On January 25, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian established its wholly owned subsidiary, Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat Chongqing”), a PRC company. As of September 30, 2018, Blue Hat Chongqing has no operations.

 

On September 10, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian established its wholly owned subsidiary, Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat Pingxiang”), a PRC company. Blue Hat Pingxiang also engages in designing, producing, promoting and selling interactive toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide.

 

On September 20, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Fujian Jin Ge Tie Ma Information Technology Co., contributing a 20.0% equity interest in Xiamen Blue Wave Technology Co. Ltd. (“Xiamen Blue Wave”), a PRC company.

On October 16, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Development Co. Ltd., contributing a 49% ownership interest in Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Propagation Co. Ltd. (“Renchao Huyu”), with the remaining 51% ownership owned by Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Development Co. Ltd.

 

On November 13, 2018, Blue Hat Cayman completed a reorganization of entities under common control of its then existing shareholders, who collectively owned a majority of the equity interests of Blue Hat Cayman prior to the reorganization. Blue Hat Cayman, Blue Hat BVI, and Blue Hat HK were established as the holding companies of Blue Hat WFOE. Blue Hat WFOE is the primary beneficiary of Blue Hat Fujian and its subsidiaries, and all of these entities included in Blue Hat Cayman are under common control which results in the consolidation of Blue Hat Fujian and subsidiaries which have been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control at carrying value. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis as if the reorganization became effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the consolidated financial statements.

  44  

 

 

The charts below summarize our corporate legal structure and identify our subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries:

 

 

  45  

 

 

Name   Background   Ownership
Brilliant Hat Limited  

•       A British Virgin Islands company

•       Incorporated on June 26, 2018 

•       A holding company

  100% owned by Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology
Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.  

•       A Hong Kong company

•       Incorporated on June 26, 2018

•       A holding company

  100% owned by Brilliant Hat Limited
Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company and deemed a WFOE

•      Incorporated on July 26, 2018

•      Registered capital of $ 736,073 (RMB 5,000,000)

•       A holding company

  100% owned by Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.
Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on January 7, 2010

•       Registered capital of $4,697,526 (RMB 31,054,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  VIE of Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.
Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on October 19, 2017

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on July 27, 2017

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on January 25, 2018

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on September 10, 2018

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

 

  46  

 

Contractual Arrangements

 

Due to legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in, among other areas, the production, development and operation of AR interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features, we operate our businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited in the PRC through certain PRC domestic companies. As such, Blue Hat Fujian is controlled through contractual arrangements in lieu of direct equity ownership by us or any of our subsidiaries. Such contractual arrangements consist of a series of three agreements, along with shareholders’ POAs and irrevocable commitment letters (collectively, the “Contractual Arrangements”), which were signed on November 13, 2018.

 

The significant terms of the Contractual Arrangements are as follows:

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement between Blue Hat WFOE and Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat WFOE has the exclusive right to provide Blue Hat Fujian with technical support services, consulting services and other services, including technical support, technical assistance, technical consulting, and professional training necessary for Blue Hat Fujian’s operation, network support, database support, software services, business management consulting, grant use rights of intellectual property rights, lease hardware and device, provide system integration service, research and development of software and system maintenance, provide labor support and to develop the related technologies based on Blue Hat Fujian’s needs. In exchange, Blue Hat WFOE is entitled to a service fee that equals to all of the consolidated net income after offsetting previous year’s loss (if any) of Blue Hat Fujian. The service fee may be adjusted by Blue Hat WFOE based on the actual scope of services rendered by Blue Hat WFOE and the operational needs and expanding demands of Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement, Blue Hat WFOE has the unilateral right to adjust the service fee at any time, and Blue Hat Fujian has no right to adjust the service fee. We believe that such conditions under which the service fee may be adjusted will be primarily based on the needs of Blue Hat Fujian to operate and develop its business in the AR market. For example, if Blue Hat Fujian needs to expand its business, increase research input or consummate mergers or acquisitions in the future, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to decrease the amount of the service fee, which would allow Blue Hat Fujian to have additional capital to operate and develop its business in the AR market.

 

The exclusive business cooperation agreement remains in effect for 10 years until November 13, 2028 and shall be automatically renewed for one year at the expiration date of the validity term. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate this agreement upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

Call Option Agreements

 

Pursuant to the call option agreements, among Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian, such shareholders jointly and severally grant Blue Hat WFOE an option to purchase their equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian. The purchase price shall be the lowest price then permitted under applicable PRC laws. Blue Hat WFOE or its designated person may exercise such option at any time to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian until it has acquired all equity interests of Blue Hat Fujian, which is irrevocable during the term of the agreements.

 

The call option agreements remains in effect for 10 years until November 13, 2028 and shall be automatically renewed for one year at the expiration date of the validity term. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate these agreements upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

 

Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement among the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian, such shareholders pledge all of the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian to Blue Hat WFOE as collateral to secure the obligations of Blue Hat Fujian under the exclusive business cooperation agreement and call option agreements. These shareholders are prohibited or may not transfer the pledged equity interests without prior consent of Blue Hat WFOE unless transferring the equity interests to Blue Hat WFOE or its designated person in accordance to the call option agreements.

 

The equity pledge agreement shall come into force the date on which the pledged interests is recorded, which is three days after signing of the Agreement on November 13, 2018, under Blue Hat Fujian’s register of shareholders and is registered with competent administration for industry and commerce of Blue Hat Fujian until all of the liabilities and debts to Blue Hat WFOE have been fulfilled completely by Blue Hat Fujian. Blue Hat Fujian and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian shall not terminate these agreements in any circumstance for any reason. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate these agreements upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

  47  

 

 

Shareholders’ POAs

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ POAs, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian give Blue Hat WFOE an irrevocable proxy to act on their behalf on all matters pertaining to Blue Hat Fujian and to exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian, including the right to attend shareholders meeting, to exercise voting rights and all of the other rights, and to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfillment of the obligations under the call option agreements and the equity pledge agreement. The POAs shall remain in effect while the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian hold the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letters

 

Pursuant to the irrevocable commitment letters, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian commit that their spouses or inheritors have no right to claim any rights or interest in relation to the shares that they hold in Blue Hat Fujian and have no right to impose any impact on the daily managing duties of Blue Hat Fujian, and commit that if any event which refrains them from exercising shareholders’ rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to them, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian will take corresponding measures to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of the Contractual Arrangements. The letters are irrevocable and shall not be withdrawn without the consent of Blue Hat WFOE.

 

Based on the foregoing contractual arrangements, which grant Blue Hat WFOE effective control of Blue Hat Fujian and enable Blue Hat WFOE to receive all of their expected residual returns, we account for Blue Hat Fujian as a VIE. Accordingly, we consolidate the accounts of Blue Hat Fujian for the periods presented herein, in accordance with Regulation S-X-3A-02 promulgated by the SEC, and ASC 810-10, Consolidation.

 

  48  

 

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our selected consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the summary consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), and included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair representation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

  For the Nine Months Ended September 30,   For the Years Ended December 31,  
  2018   2017   2017   2016  
  (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)          
  US$   US$   US$   US$  
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income:                        
Revenues   9,632,860     6,316,574     14,144,894     9,352,650  
Cost of revenues   (3,536,760 )   (2,549,650 )   (5,300,087 )   (4,577,319 )
Gross profit   6,096,100     3,766,924     8,844,807     4,775,331  
Operating expenses   (2,462,006 )   (1,692,724 )   (2,900,349 )   (1,957,108 )
Income from operations   3,634,094     2,074,200     5,944,458     2,818,223  
Other non-operating income, net   60,661     62,081     135,709     241,752  
Provision for income taxes   (435,325   (294,540   (955,194   (485,658
Net income   3,259,430     1,841,741     5,124,973     2,574,317  
Other comprehensive Income (Loss)   (1,308,285 )   438,956     958,667     (364,997 )
Comprehensive Income   1,951,145     2,280,697     6,083,640     2,209,320  
Earnings per share, basic and diluted   0.10     0.06     0.16     0.08  
Weighted average ordinary Shares outstanding   33,000,000     33,000,000     33,000,000     33,000,000  

 

    September 30, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    (Unaudited)              
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:   US$     US$     US$  
Current assets     25,594,519       29,243,641       10,409,749  
Total assets     31,983,431       33,582,177       12,482,213  
Current liabilities     8,110,189       11,594,387       5,527,445  
Total liabilities     8,221,523       11,771,414       5,527,445  
Total equity     23,761,908       21,810,763       6,954,768  

 

  49  

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We are a producer, developer and operator of augmented reality (AR) interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features. Our mobile-connected entertainment platform enables us to connect physical items to mobile devices through wireless technologies, creating a unique interactive user experience. Our goal is to create a rich visual and interactive environment for users through the integration of real objects and virtual scenery. We believe this combination provides users with a more natural form of human-computer interaction and enhances users’ perception of reality, thus providing a more diversified entertainment experience. By leveraging our strong technological capabilities and infrastructure, we are able to deliver a superior user experience and conduct our operations in a highly efficient manner.

 

The core of our business is our proprietary technology. Our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights serve to distinguish our products, protect our products from infringement, and contribute to our competitive advantages. T o secure the value of our technology and developments, we are aggressive in pursuing a combination of patent, trademark and copyright protection for our proprietary technologies. As of January 31, 2019, our intellectual property portfolio includes 161 authorized patents, 40 patents in various stages of the patent application process, 14 applications for PCT international patents, 56 registered trademarks, 645 copyrights for art work and 25 software copyrights.

 

We strive to create an engaging, interactive and immersive community for users of our products. The majority of our users are among the young Chinese generation between the ages of 3 and 23, although many of our products appeal to users outside of this demographic. We intend to further penetrate the Chinese market with new products that will target users ages 14 and above. Specifically, our strategies include marketing Fidolle, a ball-jointed “smart doll”, and QI, a gaming and entertainment platform designed for both family home use and amusement arcades. We believe our high-quality content is a magnet for users with common interests to connect and share their passions on our platform, which helps to cultivate a strong sense of belonging, effectively strengthening our user retention.

 

Our products resemble traditional children’s toys - including cars, ladybugs, picture books, and dolls - which are enabled with wireless technology to facilitate a broad variety of interactive functions. The interactive functionality of our products broadens the user experience, creates a communicative environment, and facilitates an ongoing relationship between us and our end users and between our end users and our products. We believe such an immersive entertainment experience allows our users to build strong emotional connections to our products, resulting in our products typically having longer life cycles than traditional toys.

 

Our proprietary technology, product research and development, marketing channels and brand operation are the cornerstones of our business. We focus on the combination of “online” and “offline” activity and the interaction between “entertainment” and “product” to create a high-tech entertainment platform combining mobile games and AR. With the help of computer graphics and visualization technologies, we are able to accurately “place” virtual objects into the physical world, thus creating a new and stimulating visual environment for our users.

 

We have grown rapidly since our inception. We generate revenues primarily from sales of our interactive toys, specifically our animation and game series, mobile games and animation design services. Our total revenues increased by $3,316,286, or 52.5%, to $9,632,860 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $6,316,574 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Our total revenues increased by $4,792,244, or 51.2%, to $14,144,894 for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $9,352,650 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  50  

 

 

In an effort to capture a substantive share of the AR interactive toy market in China, we have increased our investment in the research and development of our AR interactive toys and games from $159,186 in 2016 to $355,730 in 2017. We maintained a similar level of investment in research and development in the nine months ended September 30, 2018, totaling $175,016.

 

Key Factors that Affect Operating Results

 

Investment in technology and talent

 

We believe the key to success in the AR interactive toy market is research and development. We release new mobile applications annually, and intend to continue doing so, in an effort to extend the life cycle of our products. The advancement of our technology is critical as it enables us to retain and attract users. We must continue to innovate, develop and produce technologies in order to keep pace with the growth of our business and the industry. Therefore, we invest substantially in the research and development of AR interactive technologies. Our current research and development efforts are primarily focused on further advancement of the technology used in our products, including photosensitive induction technology, gesture-sensor technology, infrared induction technology and AR identification technology.

 

Our ability to build our brand and expand our sales distribution channel

 

Our distribution channels include domestic distributors, e-commerce platforms, supermarkets and export distributors. Approximately 96% of our products sold in 2017 were sold domestically in China, and 97.6% of those products sold in China were generated from Chinese distributors. We are in the process of expanding our e-commerce sales team, and we are transitioning from single, offline promotional activities to diversified, online interactive marketing and digital marketing. We intend to increase our branding and advertising activities via online communities, social media and television. Our revenue growth will be affected by our ability to effectively execute our shifting marketing strategies and expand our sales distribution channel through e-commence.

Our ability to expand our portfolio of products and business

We intend to pursue strategic acquisitions and investments in selective technologies and businesses that will enhance our technology capabilities, expand our offerings and increase our market penetration. We believe our strategic acquisition and investment strategy is critical for us to accelerate our growth and strengthen our competitive position. Our ability to identify and execute strategic acquisitions and investments will have an effect on our operating results.

 

PRC economy

 

Although the PRC economy has grown in recent years, the pace of growth has slowed, and growth rates may continue to decline. According to the PRC National Bureau of Statistics of China, the annual rate of growth in the PRC declined from 7.6% in 2014, to 7.0% in 2015, 6.8% in 2016, 6.9% in 2017 and 6.8% in 2018. A further slowdown in overall economic growth, an economic downturn, a recession or other adverse economic development in the PRC may materially reduce the purchasing power of Chinese consumers and thus lead to a decrease in the demand for our products. Such a decrease in demand may have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

Results of Operations

 

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

 

    For the Nine Months ended September 30,  
                      Percentage  
   

2018

(unaudited)

   

2017

(unaudited)

    Change     Change  
Revenues   $  9,632,860     $ 6,316,574     $ 3,316,286       52.5 %
Cost of revenues      (3,536,760 )     (2,549,650 )     987,110     38.7 %
Gross profit      6,096,100       3,766,924       2,329,176       61.8 %
Selling expenses      (578,199 )     (429,661 )     148,538       34.6 %
General and administrative expenses      (1,708,791 )     (1,042,166 )     666,625       64.0 %
Research and development      (175,016 )     (220,897 )      (45,881 )     (20.8 )%
Income from operations     3,634,094       2,074,200       1,559,894       75.2 %
Other income, net     60,661       62,081       (1,420 )     (2.3 )%
Provision for income taxes     (435,325 )     (294,540 )     140,785       47.8 %
Net income   $ 3,259,430       1,841,741       1,417,689       77.0 %

   

  51  

 

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues are derived from sales of interactive toys, animation and game series, mobile games and animation design services. Total revenues increased by $3,316,286, or 52.5%, to $9,632,860 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $6,316,574 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The overall increase was primarily attributable to the increase of our sales of interactive toys – game series, offset by the decrease of our sales of interactive toys – animation series.

 

Our revenue from each of our revenue categories is as follows:

 

   

For the Nine Months ended

September 30, 2018

(unaudited)

 

For the Nine Months ended

September 30, 2017

(unaudited)

  Change   Change (%)
                 
Revenues                                
Interactive toys - animation series   $ 470,838     $ 763,086     $ (292,248 )     (38.3 )%
Interactive toys - game series     9,142,521       5,525,788       3,616,733       65.5 %
Mobile games     19,501       27,700       (8,199 )     (29.6 )%
Total revenues   $ 9,632,860     $ 6,316,574     $ 3,316,286       52.5 %

Interactive Toys - Game Series

Revenues from sales of interactive toys - game series increased by $3.6 million or 65.5% from $5.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $9.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. This increase is a result of our business strategy to focus on higher profit margin products, and therefore shift away from interactive toys - animation series and towards interactive toys - game series, as interactive toys - games series generates higher profit margins, with an average gross profit percentage of 65.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to interactive toys – animation series, which had an average gross profit percentage of 27.1%. As a result, we intend to focus on promoting our interactive toys - games series.

Interactive Toys - Animation Series

Revenues from sales of interactive toys - animation series decreased by $0.3 million or 38.3% from $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. This increase is a result of our business strategy to shift away from interactive toys - animation series and towards interactive toys - game series, as interactive toys - games series generates higher profit margins, with an average gross profit percentage of 65.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to interactive toys – animation series, which had an average gross profit percentage of 27.1% for the same period. As a result, we intend to focus on promoting interactive toys - games series. The decrease in sales of interactive toys - animation series was also attributable to the decrease of export sales outside of the PRC which generally has a lower gross profit margin as compare to our PRC sales. We intend to promote more of our products in the PRC, and we believe that our mobile game platform will provide potential add-on revenues.

Mobile Games

Revenues from mobile games decreased by $8,000 or 29.6% from $28,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $20,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. We expected our mobile game revenues to fluctuate during 2017 and 2018 as our mobile game platform is in its early stages. As a result, the slight decrease or fluctuation in our mobile game revenues is within our expectations. In September 2018, we added another mobile game in our platform. As a result, we expect our mobile game revenues will increase in 2019.

 

  52  

 

Cost of Revenues

Total cost of revenues increased by $1.0 million, or 38.7%, to $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in cost of revenues is a direct result of our increase of revenues.

 

Our cost of revenues from each of our revenue categories is as follows: 

 

   

For the Nine Months ended

September 30, 2018

(unaudited)

 

For the Nine Months ended

September 30, 2017

(unaudited)

  Change   Change (%)
                 
Cost of revenues                                
Interactive toys - animation series   $ 343,292     $ 458,811     $ (115,519 )     (25.2 )%
Interactive toys - game series     3,177,216       2,076,340       1,100,876       53.0 %
Mobile games     16,252       14,499       1,753       12.1 %
Total cost of revenues   $ 3,536,760     $ 2,549,650     $ 987,110       38.7 %

 

Our cost of revenues from interactive toys – game series increased by $1.1 million or 53.0% from $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase in cost of revenues from interactive toys – game series is in line with our increase of revenues from interactive toys – game series as we shifted our business strategy to focus on higher profit margin products, our interactive toys – game series.

 

Our cost of revenues from interactive toys – animation series decreased by $0.1 million or 25.2% from $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to$0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The decrease in cost of revenues from interactive toys – animation series is in line with our decrease of revenues from interactive toys – animation series as we shifted our business strategy to focus on higher profit margin products, our interactive toys – game series.

 

Our cost of revenues from mobile games increased by $2,000 or 12.1% from $15,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $16,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. We implemented purchase options for virtual currency and/or virtual goods into our mobile game platform in late 2016. Players can purchase virtual goods in the mobile games, including characters, garments, tools and other accessories. We expected our mobile game revenue to fluctuate in 2017 and 2018 as our mobile game platform is in its early stages. As a result, the slight increase or fluctuation in our cost of mobile game revenues is within our expectations.

 

Gross Profit

 

Our gross profit from each of our revenue categories is as follows:

 

   

For the Nine Months ended

September 30,  2018

(unaudited)

   

For the Nine Months ended

September 30,  2017

(unaudited)

    Change     Change (%)  
                         
Interactive toys - animation series                                
Gross profit   $ 127,546     $ 304,275     $ (176,729 )     (58.1 )%
Gross margin     27.1 %     39.9 %     (12.8 )%        
                                 
Interactive toys - game series                                
Gross profit   $ 5,965,305     $ 3,449,448     $ 2,515,857       72.9 %
Gross margin     65.2 %     62.4 %     2.8 %        
                                 
Mobile games                                
Gross profit   $ 3,249     $ 13,201     $ (9,952     (75.4 )%
Gross margin     16.7 %     47.7 %     (31.0 )%        
                                 
Total                                
Gross profit   $ 6,096,100     $ 3,766,924     $ 2,329,176       61.8 %
Gross margin     63.3 %     59.6 %     3.6 %        

 

  53  

 

 

Our gross profit increased by $2.3 million, or 61.8%, to $6.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 from $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in gross profit is primarily due to the significant increase in revenues as a result of increased sales of the interactive toys – game series business line. This series of products generally has a higher gross profit percentage as compared to our other products.

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, our overall gross profit percentage was 63.3% and 59.6%, respectively. The increase in gross profit percentage was primarily due to the increase of revenues from our interactive toys – game series, which contributed 94.9% of our total revenues with a gross profit percentage of 65.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2017 where our interactive toys – game series contributed 87.5% of our total revenues. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our interactive toys – animation series contributed 12.1% of our total revenues with a gross profit percentage of 39.9% as compared to 62.4% for interactive toys – game series for the same period.

 

Gross profit percentage for our interactive toys – game series was 65.2% and 62.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase of gross profit percentage is mainly attributable to the 2018 reduction of the VAT rate from 17% to 16%. Because our customers are paying the same price for our products as they did when the higher VAT rate was included in the price, our gross profit percentage increased by 2.8%.

 

Gross profit percentage for our interactive toys – animation series was 27.1% and 39.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease of gross profit percentage was mainly attributable to a certain export tax credit that we normally receive in the nine months ended September 30, 2017, but did not get approved and refunded for in the nine months ended September 30, 2018, as the majority of our interactive toys – animation series sales are mainly exported outside of the PRC market, thus driving down gross profit percentage during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the same period in 2017 by 12.8%.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by $0.8 million or 45.4% from $1.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $2.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase is mainly attributable to the $0.1 million increase in selling expenses, the $0.7 million increase in general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses, and the $46,000 decrease in research and development (“R&D”) expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

The $0.1 million increase in selling expenses is attributable to the $0.1 million increase in salary and benefit expenses in our sales department, as we have increased our sales personnel to expand our marketing and promotional activities.

 

The $0.7 million increase in G&A expenses is mainly attributable to (i) a $2.0 million increase in salary and benefits as we required more employees to support our increased of operations in 2018, (ii) a $0.1 million increase in provision for doubtful accounts as we estimated to have more accounts receivable allowance incurred based on our historical collection pattern, (iii) a $0.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization expenses, and (iv) a $0.3 million increase in other various miscellaneous G&A expenses, such as expenses for meals and entertainment, retirement plan, accommodation, travel, toll charges, and a guarantee fee due to the increase of our operating needs.

 

The $46,000 decrease in R&D expenses is mainly attributable to management efforts in efficiency and cost control of our R&D expenses. We remain committed to the innovation, development and production of technologies in order to keep pace with the growth of our business and the industry. In addition to our existing internal R&D team, we plan to begin outsourcing our external R&D teams to develop cutting-edge technologies.

Other income, net

Total other income, net decreased by $1,000 or 2.3% from $62,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to $61,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The decrease in total income is mainly attributable to the $155,000 decrease in other income, as we did not generate any government subsidiaries during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $235,000 during the same period in 2017. The decrease is offset by the $80,000 increase in other miscellaneous income and the $134,000 increase in interest income as we invested in short-term investments of certificate deposits during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $235,000 during the same period in 2017.

 

  54  

 

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense amounted to $435,000 and $295,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The $140,000 increase is a result of our increase in income before income taxes.

Net income

 

Our net income increased by $1.4 million, or 77.0%, to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, from $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Such change was the result of the combination of the changes as discussed above.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

    For the Years ended December 31,  
                      Percentage  
    2017     2016     Change     Change  
Revenues   $ 14,144,894     $ 9,352,650     $ 4,792,244       51.2 %
Cost of revenues     (5,300,087 )     (4,577,319 )     722,768       15.8 %
Gross profit     8,844,807       4,775,331       4,069,476       85.2 %
Selling expenses     (629,424 )     (310,668 )     318,756       102.6 %
General and administrative expenses     (1,915,195 )     (1,487,254 )     427,941       28.8 %
Research and development     (355,730 )     (159,186 )     196,544       123.5 %
Income from operations     5,944,458       2,818,223       3,126,235       110.9 %
Other income, net     135,709       241,752       (106,043 )     (43.9) %
Provision for income taxes     (955,194 )     (485,658 )     469,536       96.7 %
Net income   $ 5,124,973       2,574,317       2,550,656       99.1  

Revenues

 

Our revenues are derived from sales of interactive toys, animation and game series, mobile games and animation design services. Total revenues increased by $4,792,244, or 51.2%, to $14,144,894 for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $9,352,650 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The overall increase is primarily attributable to the increase of our sales of interactive toys – game series and the increase of sales of mobile games, offset by the decrease of our sales of interactive toys – animation series and animation design services.

 

Our revenue from each of our revenue categories is as follows:

 

    For the Year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the Year ended
December 31, 2016
    Change     Change (%)  
                         
Revenues                                
Interactive toys - animation series   $ 1,060,330     $ 5,211,289     $ (4,150,959 )     (79.7) %
Interactive toys - game series     12,956,130       3,287,011       9,669,119       294.2 %
Mobile games     128,434       9,113       119,321       1,309.4 %
Animation design services     -       845,237       (845,237     (100.0) %
Total revenues   $ 14,144,894     $ 9,352,650     $ 4,792,244       51.2 %

 

Interactive Toys - Game Series

Revenues from sales of interactive toys - game series increased by $9.7 million or 294.2% from $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase is a result of our business strategy to focus on higher profit margin products, and therefore shift away from interactive toys - animation series and towards interactive toys - game series, as interactive toys - games series generates higher profit margins, with an average gross profit percentage of 64.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to interactive toys – animation series, which had an average gross profit percentage of 38.4% for the same period. As a result, we intend to focus on promoting our interactive toys - games series.

 

  55  

 

Interactive Toys - Animation Series

Revenues from sales of interactive toys - animation series decreased by $4.1 million or 79.7% from $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease is a result of our business strategy to shift away from interactive toys - animation series and towards interactive toys - game series, as interactive toys - games series generates higher profit margins, with an average gross profit percentage of 64.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to interactive toys – animation series, which had an average profit percentage of 38.4% for the same period. As a result, we intend to focus on promoting our interactive toys - games series. The decrease in sales of interactive toys - animation series was also attributable to the decrease of export sales outside of the PRC which generally has a lower gross profit margin as compared to our PRC sales. We also intend to promote more of our products in the PRC, and we believe that our mobile game platform will provide potential add-on revenues.

Mobile Games

Revenues from mobile games increased by $119,000 or 1,309.4% from $9,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $128,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase is a result of the implementation of purchase options for virtual currency and/or virtual goods into our mobile game platform in late 2016. Players can purchase virtual goods in the mobile games, including characters, garments, tools and other accessories. As a result, we have generated more mobile game revenues in 2017.

Animation Design Services

Revenues from animation design services decreased by $0.8 million or 100.0% from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2017 as we are no longer providing such services in 2017. Our sales strategy is now solely focused on our sales of interactive toys and mobile games business.

Cost of Revenues

Total cost of revenues increased by $0.7 million, or 15.8%, to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase is a direct result of our increase in revenues.

 

Our cost of revenues from each of our revenue categories is as follows:

 

 

    For the Year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the Year ended
December 31, 2016
    Change     Change (%)  
                         
Cost of revenues                                
Interactive toys - animation series   $ 653,118     $ 3,302,089     $ (2,648,971 )     (80.2) %
Interactive toys - game series     4,627,337       1,245,880       3,381,457       271.4 %
Mobile games     19,632       3,438       16,194       471.0 %
Animation design services     -       25,912       (25,912     (100.0) %
Total cost of revenues   $ 5,300,087     $ 4,577,319     $ 722,768       15.8 %

 

Our cost of revenues from interactive toys – game series increased by approximately $3.4 million or 271.4% from approximately $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to approximately $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in cost of revenues from interactive toys – game series is in line with our increase of revenues from interactive toys – game series as we shifted our business strategy to focus on higher profit margin products, our interactive toys – game series.

Our cost of revenues from interactive toys – animation series decreased by approximately $2.6 million or 80.2% from approximately $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in cost of revenues from interactive toys – animation series is in line with our increase of revenues from interactive toys – animation series as we shifted our business strategy to focus on higher profit margin products, our interactive toys – game series.

 

  56  

 

Our cost of revenues from mobile games increased by approximately $16,000 or 471.0% from approximately $3,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to approximately $19,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. We started incorporating the purchase of virtual currency and/or virtual goods option into our mobile game platform in late 2016. As a result, we have incurred more cost of mobile game revenues in 2017. 

 

Gross Profit

 

Our gross profit from each of our revenue categories is as follows:

 

    For the Year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the Year ended
December 31, 2016
    Change     Change (%)  
                         
Interactive toys - animation series                                
Gross profit   $ 407,212     $ 1,909,200     $ (1,501,988 )     (78.7 )%
Gross margin     38.4 %     36.6 %     1.8 %        
                                 
Interactive toys - game series                                
Gross profit   $ 8,328,793     $ 2,041,131     $ 6,287,662       308.0 %
Gross margin     64.3 %     62.1 %     2.2 %        
                                 
Mobile game                                
Gross profit   $ 108,802     $ 5,675     $ 103,127       1,817.3 %
Gross margin     84.7 %     62.3 %     22.4 %        
                                 
Animation design service                                
Gross profit   $ -     $ 819,325     $ (819,325     (100.0) %
Gross margin     - %     96.9 %     (96.9) %        
                                 
Total                                
Gross profit   $ 8,844,807     $ 4,775,331     $ 4,069,476       85.2 %
Gross margin     62.5 %     51.1 %     11.4 %        

 

Our gross profit increased by $4.1 million, or 85.2%, to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in gross profit is primarily due to the significant increase in revenues as a result of increased sales of the interactive toys – game series business line. This series of products generally has a higher gross profit percentage as compared to our other products.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, our overall gross profit percentage was 62.5% and 51.1%, respectively. The increase in gross profit percentage is primarily due to the increase in revenues from our interactive toys – game series, which contributed 91.6% of our total revenues with a gross profit percentage of 64.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 where our interactive toys – game series contributed 35.1% of our total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our interactive toys – animation series contributed 55.7% of our total revenues with a gross profit percentage of 36.6% as compared to interactive toys - game series which had a gross profit percentage of 62.1% in 2016.

 

Gross profit percentage for our interactive toys – game series was 64.3% and 62.1% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The 2.2% increase in gross profit percentage is mainly attributable to a slight increase in the price of our best selling product, AR Racer, which had an average selling price of $6.45 in 2017 as compared to $5.78 in 2016.

 

Gross profit percentage for our interactive toys – animation series was 38.4% and 36.6% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The 1.8% increase in gross profit percentage is mainly attributable to the decrease in sales of several animation series products typically sold outside of the PRC market that have lower gross profit percentages due to export tax.

Operating Expense s

Total operating expenses increased by $0.9 million or 48.2% from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase is mainly attributable to the $0.3 million increase in selling expenses, the $0.4 million increase in G&A expenses and the $0.2 million increase in R&D expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  57  

 

 

The $0.3 million increase in selling expenses is primarily attributable to (i) a $0.2 million increase in advertising expenses as a result of our efforts to build our brand and to attract more customers, and (ii) a $0.1 million increase in packing expenses as a result of the increase in products sold.

 

The $0.4 million increase in G&A expenses is primarily attributable to the $0.3 million increase in salary and benefit expenses, the $0.2 million increase in rental expenses is a result of our increased operations and overall growth, as we require more employees, office, and warehouse spaces., and the increase in amortization expenses by $0.1 million as a result of capitalized software development costs. This increase is offset by (i) the $0.1 million decrease in professional fees, as we incurred some professional fees in connection with our preparation to list as a public company in 2016, but our plans were paused in 2017 and resumed in 2018 and (ii) the decrease of $0.1 million in provisions for doubtful accounts.

 

The $0.2 million increase in R&D expenses is mainly attributable to increases in the salaries and benefits of our R&D team members.

Other income (expense), net

Total other income, net decreased by $0.1 million or 43.9% from $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease is primarily attributable to the increase in foreign currency exchange losses of $0.2 million, as we generated foreign currency exchange gains of $0.1 million in 2016 while also incurring foreign currency exchange losses of $0.1 million due to fluctuations in the currency exchange rate of our export sales. This decrease is offset by the increase of $0.2 million of interest income primarily attributable to interest from our short-term certificate deposits investments in 2017.

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense amounted to $955,000 and $486,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. This increase of $469,000 is a result of our increase in income before income taxes.

Net income

 

Our net income increased by $2.5 million, or 99.1%, to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Such change was the result of the combination of the changes as discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

In assessing our liquidity, we monitor and analyze our cash on-hand and our operating expenditure commitments. Our liquidity needs are to meet our working capital requirements and operating expenses obligations. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash flows from operations and short-term borrowing from banks.

 

As of September 30, 2018, our working capital was $17.5 million and cash and cash equivalents amounted to $11.8 million. Our current assets were $25.6 million and our current liabilities were $8.1 million with shareholders’ equity of $23.8 million as of September 30, 2018. We generated net income of $3.3 million and $1.8 million from our operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively and we generated net income of $5.1 million and $2.6 million from our operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We believe our revenues and operations will continue to grow and our current working capital is sufficient to support our operations for the next twelve months. 

 

We intend to use the funds raised from this offering to grow our business primarily by:

 

  expanding our R&D team and further strengthening the capacity of our independent R&D and innovation;

 

 

establishing physical experience stores and expanding our sales distribution channels; and

  investing in working capital purposes.

 

As of September 30, 2018, the following were outstanding balances on our short-term bank loans:

 

Bank Name Maturities Interest Rate Collateral/Guarantee September 30, 2018 (unaudited)
China Construction Bank March 2019 5.71%

Guarantee by Xiamen

Jingyuan Finance Guarantee

Co. Ltd.

$1,092,254
China Construction Bank March 2019 5.71%

Guarantee by Xiamen

Jingyuan Finance Guarantee

Co. Ltd.

$946,620

 

In April 2017, we entered into a line of credit agreement with China Construction Bank pursuant to which we may borrow up to $2,038,874 (RMB 14,000,000). The line of credit agreement will expire in April 2020. The line of credit agreement entitles us to enter into separate loan contracts under such line of credit. For each withdraw from the line of credit, a separate loan was entered into with a one year term from the credit line withdraw date. On March 1, 2018, we withdrew $1,092,254 (RMB 7,500,000) and $946,620 (RMB 6,500,000) under such line of credit and entered into two separate loan contracts with China Construction Bank which had one year terms. As at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we utilized all of this line of credit and recorded it as short term bank loan. We expect that the loan contracts that expired on March 1, 2019 will roll over into new loan contracts under the line of credit and we are in discussions with China Construction Bank to replace the loan contracts that expired on March 1, 2019 with new loan contracts under the line of credit.

 

In December 2018, we obtained a loan in the amount of $0.7 million from Industrial Bank Co. Ltd. with an annual interest rate of 6.1% to be due in December 2019. This loan is guaranteed by Xiamen Siming Technology Financing Guarantee Co. Ltd., Xiaodong Chen, Juanjuan Cai, and Yong Chen.

 

In December 2018, we obtained a loan in the amount of $0.4 million from Industrial Bank Co. Ltd. with an annual interest rate of 6.1% to be due in December 2019. This loan is guaranteed by Xiaodong Chen, Juanjuan Cai, and Yong Chen.

 

 

  58  

 

 

The anticipated material steps involved in our physical expansion strategy include, among other things, location selection, staff recruitment, purchase of equipment, execution of leases, and conducting renovations. In terms of the anticipated material costs involved in such expansion, we currently expect to invest approximately RMB 300,000 ($43,680) per store in such endeavors, consisting of approximately RMB 100,000 ($14,560) for equipment, approximately RMB 50,000 ($7,280) to RMB 80,000 ($11,648) for renovations, and approximately RMB 120,000 ($17,472) to RMB 150,000 ($21,840) for rental expenses.

 

Current foreign exchange and other regulations in the PRC may restrict our PRC entities, Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat Hunan, Blue Hat Shenyang, Blue Hat Chongqing, and Blue Hat Pingxiang, in their ability to transfer their net assets to the Company and its subsidiaries in Cayman Islands, British Virgin Islands, and Hong Kong. However, because we have no present plans to declare dividends, these restrictions will likely have no impact on us. Instead, we plan to use our retained earnings to continue to grow our business. These restrictions also have no impact on our ability to meet our cash obligations as all of our current cash obligations are due within the PRC.

 

The following summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,    

For the Years Ended

December 31,

    2018     2017     2017     2016
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)            
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

 

(1,102,713

 

)

 

$

 

702,338

    $ 6,989,680     $ 2,273,913
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  

 

12,671,169

   

 

2,557,161

      (15,814,920 )     (4,754,367)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  

 

(1,503,056

 

)

 

 

10,425,373

      10,167,330       2,043,824
Effect of exchange rate change on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash  

 

 

(641,206

 

 

)

 

 

 

378,520

      72,267       (69,965)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

 

9,424,194

 

 

$

 

14,063,392

    $ 1,414,357     $ (506,595)

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and was primarily attributable to (i) a $3.4 million increase in accounts receivables as we expanded our operations by providing more credit sales and (ii) the $3.6 million decrease in accounts payable, as we generated more timely cash flow to repay our vendors. This cash outflow is offset by (i) net income of $3.3 million, (ii) various non-cash items of $0.5 million, such as depreciation and amortization expense, and the provision for allowance for doubtful accounts, deferred income taxes expenses and loss on disposal of equipment, (iii) a $0.4 million decrease in inventories, as we improved inventory management in 2017 and now keep a minimal amount of inventories on hand, (iv) a $0.2 million decrease in prepayment due to obtaining a better credit term with our suppliers, (v) a $0.2 million increase in other payables and accrued liabilities due to payables to a software development vendor, and (vi) a $1.4 million increase in taxes payable, due to increased income and incurred value-added taxes.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was mainly due to (i) net income of $1.8 million, (ii) various non-cash items of $0.2 million, such as depreciation and amortization expense, and provision for allowance for doubtful accounts, and deferred income taxes benefit, (iii) a decrease in inventories of $0.3 million, as we improved inventory management in 2017 and now keep a minimal amount of inventories on hand, (iv) a $0.6 million increase in accounts payable as we incurred more payables on credit due to our increased operations, and (v) a $0.2 million increase in tax payables due to increased income and incurred value-added taxes. This cash inflow is offset by the $1.9 million increase in accounts receivable, as we expanded our operations by providing more credit sales, the $0.4 million increase in other receivables due to employee advances for business development purposes, and the $0.2 million decrease in other payables and accrued liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and was primarily attributable to (i) our net income of $5.1 million, (ii) various non-cash items of $0.3 million, such as depreciation and amortization expense and provision for allowance for doubtful accounts, and deferred income taxes benefit, (iii) a $0.4 million decrease in inventories as we improved inventory management in 2017 and now keep a minimal amount of inventories on hand, (iv) a $3.1 million increase in accounts payable, and (v) a $0.9 million increase in taxes payable. This increase is offset by a $2.3 million increase in accounts receivables as a result of our expanded operations, the provision of more credit sales and a $0.4 million increase in prepayments, as we were required to make prepayments to secure our raw materials purchase for the anticipated increase in sales orders in 2018.

  59  

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was mainly attributable to (i) our net income of $2.6 million, (ii) various non-cash items of $0.3 million, such as depreciation and amortization expense, provision for allowance for doubtful accounts and deferred income taxes benefit , (iii) a $0.3 million decrease in other receivables, as our employees returned the advances for business operations that we previously provided to them in 2016, (iv) a $0.3 million decrease in inventories, as we improved inventory management in 2016 and now keep a minimal amount of inventories on hand as compared to 2015, (v) a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable, (vi) a $0.2 million increase in other payables and accrued liabilities, as we incurred more payables on credit due to our expanded operations, and (vii) a $0.6 million increase in tax payables due to our increased income and incurred value-added taxes. This cash inflow was offset by a $1.2 million increase in accounts receivables as we expanded our operations by providing more credit sales and the increase of prepayments of $1.0 million, as we were required to make more prepayments to secure the purchase of our raw materials for the anticipated increase in sales order in 2017.

Investing activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $12.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and was primarily attributable to $17.3 million in proceeds from short-term investments of certificate deposits. This cash inflow is offset by a payment of $1.8 million on our 20% investment in Xiamen Blue Wave Technology Co. Ltd., a $0.4 million payment on intangible assets, and purchase of short-term investments of certificate deposits of $2.4 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was mainly attributable to $3.5 million in proceeds from short-term investments of certificate deposits. This cash inflow is offset by the $0.4 million payment on intangible assets and the $0.6 million in purchase of short-term investments of certificate deposits.

Net cash used in investing activities was $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and was primarily attributable to a $2.0 million payment on capitalized software development costs and $17.4 million in purchase of short-term investments for certificate deposits. This cash outflow is offset by $3.6 million in proceeds from short-term investments of certificate deposits.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 is primarily due to a $1.7 million payment on intangible assets and $4.1 million in purchase of short-term investments of certificate deposits. The cash outflow is offset by $1.1 million in proceeds from short-term investments of certificate deposits.

 

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was primarily attributable to $3.6 million in payments of short-term loans, offset by proceeds from short-term loans of $2.2 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 is mainly attributable to capital contributions from our shareholders of $8.8 million and proceeds from short-term bank loans of $3.5 million, offset by $1.8 million in payments of short-term bank loans.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 was a result of $8.8 million in capital contributions from our shareholders and proceeds from short-term bank loans of $3.5 million, offset by payments of short-term bank loans of $2.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 is mainly attributable to capital contributions from our shareholders of $2.3 million and proceeds from short-term bank loans of $2.6 million, offset by $2.8 million in payments of short-term bank loans.

 

  60  

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease commitments

 We have entered into four non-cancellable operating lease agreements for one office space, one research center and two employee housing. Our commitment for minimum lease payments under these operating leases as of September 30, 2018 for the next five years is as follow:

 

Twelve months ending September 30,   Minimum lease payment  
2019   $  318,200  
2020      284,587  
2021      278,904  
2022      101,959  
2023      8,954  
Thereafter     -  
Total minimum payments required   $ 992,604  

 

Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $252,834 and $243,951, respectively. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $314,718 and $153,069, respectively.

 

Contingencies

 From time to time, we are party to certain legal proceedings, as well as certain asserted and un-asserted claims. Amounts accrued, as well as the total amount of reasonably possible losses with respect to such matters, individually and in the aggregate, are not deemed to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

On February 11, 2015, Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. filed a lawsuit in Putian Intermediate People’s Court against Blue Hat Fujian on a sales contract dispute of which the subject matter amount is RMB 3,643,385 ($530,487). On April 7, 2015, Blue Hat Fujian submitted a Civil Pleading. On July 20, 2015, Putian Intermediate People’s Court issued a Civil Ruling Letter ([2015] Pu Min Chu Zi No.274), which granted the withdrawal of lawsuit of Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.

 

On August 12, 2015, Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. filed a lawsuit in Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court against Blue Hat Fujian on the aforesaid dispute, claiming compensation from Blue Hat Fujian for an economic loss of RMB 1,548,560 ($225,475). On August 31, 2015, Blue Hat Fujian filed a counter-claim in Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court, claiming continued performance of the contract involved and a default fine from Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.

 

On February 4, 2016, Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2015] Han Min Chu Zi No.2566), which (1) ruled that the notice of terminating purchase contract issued by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. to Blue Hat Fujian shall take effect; (2) rejected other claims of the Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.; (3) rejected claims of Blue Hat Fujian; and (4) stated that the case acceptance fee of claim of RMB 18,737 ($2,728) shall be borne by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd., and the case acceptance fee of counter-claim of RMB 9,150 ($1,332) shall be borne by Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. and Blue Hat both filed appeals with the Civil Judgement ([2015] Han Min Chu Zi No.2566) issued by Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court. On September 2, 2016, Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court issued a Civil Ruling Letter ([2016] Min 03 Min Zhong No.1067), which: (1) revoked the Civil Judgement ([2015] Han Min Chu Zi No.2566) issued by Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court; (2) and remanded the case to Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court for re-trial.

 

On May 8, 2018, Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2016] Min 0303 Min Chu No.3621), (a) declaring as effective, the notice of termination of purchase contract issued by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. to Blue Hat Fujian and that three purchase contracts and relevant supplemental agreements will be terminated as of January 14, 2015; (b) ordering Blue Hat Fujian to compensate Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. for its financial loss in the amount of RMB 967,727 ($140,904), to be paid within 5 days of the effective date of the judgement; (c) rejecting other claims of Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.; and (d) rejecting claims made by Blue Hat Fujian. The total case acceptance fee was RMB 18,737 ($2,728), RMB 4,769 ($694) of which to be paid by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd., and RMB 13,969 ($2,034) of which to be paid by Blue Hat Fujian. Blue Hat Fujian will also pay the property preservation measures fee of RMB 5,000 ($728). Blue Hat Fujian filed appeals to Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court. On October 16, 2018, Fujian Putian Intermediate People's Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2018] Min 03 Min Zhong No.2038), which ruled that (1) the appeal was rejected and the original judgment was affirmed; (2) the case acceptance fee of second instance of RMB 23,118 ($3,366) shall be borne by the appealer, Blue Hat Fujian, and (3) such judgement shall be final. As of September 30, 2018, we had accrued a loss of approximately $156,000 based on available information and management’s best estimates. On November 23, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian paid RMB 967,727 ($140,904) to Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. As of the date of this prospectus, the dispute has been concluded.

 

  61  

 

In addition, the Labor Contract Law of the PRC requires employers to assure the liability of severance payments if employees are terminated and have been working for at least two years prior to January 1, 2008. The employers will be liable for one month of severance pay for each year of the service provided by the employees. As of September 30, 2018, we estimated our contingency for severance payments to be approximately $0.3 million; these have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements because management cannot predict the actual payments, if any, that will be paid in the future.

Contractual Obligations

As of September 30, 2018, the future minimum payments under certain of our contractual obligations were as follows:

          Payments Due In
Contractual obligations   Total     Less than 1 year     1 – 3 years     3 – 5 years     Thereafter
Loans obligations $  2,038,874    2,038,874   -   -   -
Operating leases obligations    992,603      318,200     563,491     110,912     -
Due to related party    31,894      31,894     -     -     -
Long-term debt obligations*   195,806      81,023      114,783     -     -
Total $ 3,259,177   $  2,469,991   $  678,274   $ 110,912   $ -

 

*Represents future value of long-term debt obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements including arrangements that would affect our liquidity, capital resources, market risk support and credit risk support or other benefits.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements and accompanying notes requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial conditions and results of operations and require management's difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management's current judgments. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement, we believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Significant accounting estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements include the useful lives of plant and equipment and intangible assets, capitalized development costs, impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenue recognition, allowance for deferred tax assets and uncertain tax position, and inventory allowance. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by us.

 

  62  

 

 

The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels are defined as follow:

 

  Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
  Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.
  Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

 

Financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at face value or cost, which approximate fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rates of interest.

 

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Financial Assets  

Carrying Value 

as of 

September 30, 2018

    Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2018 (Unaudited)  Using Fair Value Hierarchy  
    (Unaudited)     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Short-term investments   $ 2,330,142     $ 2,330,142     $ -     $ -  

 

 

Financial Assets  

Carrying Value 

as of 

December 31, 2017

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017
Using Fair Value Hierarchy
 
          Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Short-term investments   $ 17,390,432     $ 17,390,432     $ -     $ -  

 

 

Financial Assets  

Carrying Value 

as of 

December 31, 2016

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016
Using Fair Value Hierarchy
 
          Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Short-term investments   $ 2,879,863     $ 2,879,863     $ -     $ -  

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when all of the following have occurred: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) the ability to collect is reasonably assured.

 

Sales of interactive toys

 

We recognize sales of interactive toys revenues upon shipment or upon receipt of products by the customer, depending on the terms, provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; persuasive evidence of an agreement exists documenting the specific terms of the transaction; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. Management assesses the business environment, the customer’s financial condition, historical collection experience, accounts receivable aging, and customer disputes to determine whether collectability is reasonably assured. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured at the time of sale, we do not recognize revenue until collection occurs. We routinely enter into arrangements with its customers to provide sales incentives, support customer promotions, and provide allowances for returns and defective merchandise. Such programs are based primarily on customer purchases, customer performance of specified promotional activities, and other specified factors such as sales to consumers. The costs of these programs are recorded as sales adjustments that reduce gross sales in the period the related sale is recognized.

 

The products sold in the PRC are subject to a Chinese value-added tax (“VAT”). VAT taxes are presented as a reduction of revenue.

 

  63  

 

 

Mobile games

 

We operate our mobile games as live services that allow players to play for free. Within these games, players can purchase virtual currency to obtain virtual goods to enhance the game-playing experience. On the platform, players purchase virtual currency and/or virtual goods through various widely accepted payment methods offered in the games, including Alipay or WeChat and online bank transfer service providers. Advance payments from customers for virtual goods that are non-refundable that specify our obligations are recorded to deferred revenue. All other advance payments that do not meet these criteria are recorded as advances from customers. For virtual goods purchases upon immediate use with no future game-playing benefits, we recognize such virtual goods purchase upon receipt of payment from the paying players. For virtual goods purchases for the conversion of future game-playing benefits or throughout the players’ playing life, we recognize such virtual goods purchases ratably over the estimated average playing period of paying players for the applicable game, starting from the point in time when virtual items are delivered to the players’ accounts and all other revenue recognition criteria are met. We record revenue generated from mobile games on a gross basis as we are acting as the principal to fulfill all obligations related to the game operation. Fees paid to distribution channels and payment channels are recorded as cost of revenues.

 

We consider the average period that players typically play the games and other game player behavior patterns, as well as various other factors, to arrive at the best estimates for the estimated playing period of the paying players for each game. On a quarterly basis, we determine the estimated average playing period for paying players by analyzing paying players for that game who made their first virtual goods purchase during that period and counting their cumulative login days for each game. We then average the time periods to determine the estimated paying playing period for that game. If a new game is launched and only a limited period of paying player data is available, then we consider other qualitative factors, such as the playing patterns for paying players for other games with similar characteristics and playing patterns of paying players, such as targeted players and purchasing frequency. While we believe our estimates to be reasonable based on available game player information, we may revise such estimates based on new information indicating a change in the game player behavior patterns and any adjustments are applied prospectively.

 

Based on our analysis, the estimated average playing period of paying players is approximately one to three months, and this estimate has been consistent since our initial analysis. No change has been made in such estimate during any of the periods presented. Future usage patterns may differ from historical usage patterns and therefore the estimated average playing periods may change in the future.

 

Animation design service

 

Revenue from fixed-price animation design service contract requires us to perform services for animation design based on customers’ specific needs. We recognize our animation design service revenues upon completion of the design after the acceptance by our customers with no more future obligation of the design project using completed contract method as the duration of the design period is short, usually approximately 3 months or less.

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable include trade accounts due from customers. Accounts are considered overdue after 30 days. In establishing the required allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers. Management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate, and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written-off against allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

Intangible assets

 

Our intangible assets with definite useful lives primarily consist of software development costs, patents and licensed software. We amortize our intangible assets with definite useful lives over their estimated useful lives and review these assets for impairment. We typically amortize our intangible assets with definite useful lives on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the contractual terms or the estimated useful lives of five to ten years.

 

  64  

 

 

Software development costs

We follow the provisions of ASC 350-40, “Internal Use Software” to capitalize certain direct development costs associated with internal-used software. ASC 350-40 provides guidance on capitalization of the costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for internal use. We expense all costs incurred during the preliminary project stage of its development, and capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs incurred relating to upgrades and enhancements to the application are capitalized if it is determined that these upgrades or enhancements add additional functionality to the application. The capitalized development cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is generally five years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

 

Impairment for Long-lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, we would reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized. 

 

Income taxes

 

We account for current income taxes in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. The charge for taxation is based on the results for the fiscal year as adjusted for items, which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

 

Deferred taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax basis used in the computation of assessable tax profit. In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it is related to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities.

 

An uncertain tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. No penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the period incurred. PRC tax returns filed in 2015 to 2017 are subject to examination by any applicable tax authorities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of recently issued accounting standards.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to interest rate risk while we have short-term bank loans outstanding. Although interest rates for our short-term loans are typically fixed for the terms of the loans, the terms are typically twelve months and interest rates are subject to change upon renewal.

 

  65  

 

 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk is controlled by the application of credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. We manage credit risk through in-house research and analysis of the Chinese economy and the underlying obligors and transaction structures. We identify credit risk collectively based on industry, geography and customer type. In measuring the credit risk of our sales to our customers, we mainly reflect the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and consider the current financial position of the customer and the current and likely future exposures to the customer.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

We are also exposed to liquidity risk which is risk that it we will be unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, we will turn to other financial institutions and related parties to obtain short-term funding to cover any liquidity shortage.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

While our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, almost all of our consolidated revenues and consolidated costs and expenses are denominated in RMB. All of our assets are denominated in RMB. As a result, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk as our revenues and results of operations may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and RMB. If the RMB depreciates against the U.S. dollar, the value of our RMB revenues, earnings and assets as expressed in our U.S. dollar financial statements will decline. We have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign exchange risk.

 

  66  

 

 

BUSINESS

Overview

 

We are a producer, developer and operator of augmented reality (AR) interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features. Our mobile-connected entertainment platform enables us to connect physical items to mobile devices through wireless technologies, creating a unique interactive user experience. Our goal is to create a rich visual and interactive environment for users through the integration of real objects and virtual scenery. We believe this combination provides users with a more natural form of human-computer interaction and enhances users’ perception of reality, thus providing a more diversified entertainment experience. By leveraging our strong technological capabilities and infrastructure, we are able to deliver a superior user experience and conduct our operations in a highly efficient manner.

 

The core of our business is our proprietary technology. Our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights serve to distinguish our products, protect our products from infringement, and contribute to our competitive advantages. T o secure the value of our technology and developments, we are aggressive in pursuing a combination of patent, trademark and copyright protection for our proprietary technologies. As of January 31, 2019, our intellectual property portfolio includes 161 authorized patents, 40 patents in various stages of the patent application process, 14 applications for PCT international patents, 56 registered trademarks, 645 copyrights for art work and 25 software copyrights.

 

We strive to create an engaging, interactive and immersive community for users of our products. The majority of our users are among the young Chinese generation between the ages of 3 and 23, although many of our products appeal to users outside of this demographic. We intend to further penetrate the Chinese market with new products that will target users ages 14 and above. Specifically, our strategies include marketing Fidolle, a ball-jointed “smart doll”, and QI, a gaming and entertainment platform designed for both family home use and amusement arcades. We believe our high-quality content is a magnet for users with common interests to connect and share their passions on our platform, which helps to cultivate a strong sense of belonging, effectively strengthening our user retention.

 

Our products resemble traditional children’s toys - including cars, ladybugs, picture books, and dolls - which are enabled with wireless technology to facilitate a broad variety of interactive functions. The interactive functionality of our products broadens the user experience, creates a communicative environment, and facilitates an ongoing relationship between us and our end users and between our end users and our products. We believe such an immersive entertainment experience allows our users to build strong emotional connections to our products, resulting in our products typically having longer life cycles than traditional toys.

 

Our proprietary technology, product research and development, marketing channels and brand operation are the cornerstones of our business. We focus on the combination of “online” and “offline” activity and the interaction between “entertainment” and “product” to create a high-tech entertainment platform combining mobile games and AR. With the help of computer graphics and visualization technologies, we are able to accurately “place” virtual objects into the physical world, thus creating a new and stimulating visual environment for our users.

 

We have grown rapidly since our inception. We generate revenues primarily from sales of our interactive toys, specifically our animation and game series, mobile games and animation design services. Our total revenues increased by $3,316,286, or 52.5%, to $9,632,860 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $6,316,574 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Our total revenues increased by $4,792,244, or 51.2%, to $14,144,894 for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $9,352,650 for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

 

Products

 

In an effort to capture a substantive share of the AR interactive toy market in China, we have increased our investment in the research and development of our AR interactive toys and games from $159,186 in 2016 to $355,730 in 2017. We maintained a similar level of investment in research and development in the nine months ended September 30, 2018, totaling $175,016. We currently offer four primary AR interactive product lines: AR Racer, AR Need a Spanking, AR 3D Magic Box and AR Picture Book. We release new mobile applications annually, and intend to continue doing so, in an effort to extend the life cycle of our products and create new, fun experiences for our users.

 

  67  

 

 

Products in the Market

 

AR Racer

 

AR Racer provides an innovative way for users to interact and play a traditional game. AR Racer is a car-racing mobile game with a small physical toy car that is placed onto the user’s mobile device screen. AR Racer allows users to virtually race one another via a simulated racing track and to also engage in individual races. The physical toy car uses non-adhesive materials to stick to a designated area of the mobile device. Our photosensitive recognition technology allows the toy car to be used as a controller such that when a player encounters an obstacle in the mobile game, the toy car will respond with entertaining actions, such as flashing lights and vibrations that enhance the user experience. AR Racer accounted for approximately 57% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

 

AR Need a Spanking

 

AR Need a Spanking is an exciting combat game with a ladybug shaped electronic toy. AR Need a Spanking lets the user physically control the outcome of the game. Our infrared induction technology allows the user’s mobile device to serve as a control panel by which the user controls the movement of the toy for game play in battle dynamics, while simultaneously moving the toy in reality. The user’s mobile device shows a display of virtual enemies while also capturing the position of the toy in the real world, allowing the user to approach or escape its combatants. The program embedded in the toy is used to establish a variety of fun, unique game play mechanics. AR Need a Spanking accounted for approximately 31% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

 

  68  

 

 

AR 3D Magic Box

 

AR 3D Magic Box has the unique ability to transport children’s drawings into diverse backgrounds, giving the user a discovery based experience. AR 3D Magic Box uses AR recognition technology to allow children to draw shapes or objects onto a physical card while the mobile game captures the drawings and animates them in a set background, for example, under the sea. AR 3D Magic Box is an educational toy with built in quizzes and games targeted for users between the ages of 3 and 9. AR 3D Magic Box accounted for approximately 0.08% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

 

AR Picture Book

 

AR Picture Book is a new and exciting way to introduce children to the rich and diverse world we live in. AR Picture Book provides an educational and interactive experience that allows stories to come to life. AR Picture Book is an AR platform that allows mobile devices to read aloud the pages of a physical book while the users interact with the pictures and graphics on the pages of the book. AR Picture Book reads the story back to the users as the mobile device recognizes the pages of the book. AR Picture Book is designed for children between the ages of 3 and 5 and has been adopted for use by several kindergarten schools in China. There are two series of AR Picture Book: a 12-book Chinese Core Values series and a Sexual Harassment Prevention Series. The Sexual Harassment Prevention Series was initially developed with the China Teenagers and Children Development Service Center and the Municipal Procuratorate of Tong’an District Xiamen City. AR Picture Book educates children on interpersonal skills, logical thinking and more specific topics, such as sexual harassment. AR Picture Book is used in over ten kindergartens in Xiamen and accounted for approximately 0.16% of our total revenues in 2017.

 

 

 

Products in Development

 

We plan to continue to invest significant amounts of our resources towards product development and bringing new and exciting products to the market. We believe our current reserves are sufficient for product development for the next three to five years. We intend to introduce two new products in 2019, Fidolle and QI, and two new products in 2020. We intend to launch new generations of our four existing products within the next three years. We are currently developing two additional products, Fidolle and QI.

 

  69  

 

 

Fidolle

 

Fidolle, a ball-jointed “smart doll”, is an educational, interactive product that we plan to launch 2019. We also plan to develop five additional unique Fidolle characters, with the second character expected to launch in 2020. We expect Fidolle to aid users in the development of communication and interpersonal skills. Fidolle is composed of a physical life-like “smart doll” and features a mobile game application and an online user community. Users will be able to influence the character of, and their relationship with, Fidolle by playing the game through the mobile application as well as by physically interacting with the doll. Fidolle contains multiple built-in sensor chips that will allow users to trigger challenges in the game through Bluetooth technology. Our next step in the development of Fidolle is to enable the doll to verbally communicate with users. We are also partnering with Zerodiv Inc., a Japanese company, through D&S Technology to design the mobile application to be high quality and user friendly. In addition, we intend to build a Fidolle community that will integrate online and offline relationships and activities. Users will have access to a dedicated communications forum where they will be able to interact with others in the community. We intend to promote frequent interactions between users through the Fidolle platform, including by hosting a variety of social games to provide further entertainment content for users.

 

The trend of collecting and interacting with ball-jointed dolls originated in Japan. We believe that the fans of ball-jointed dolls have formed a community in Japan as well as in China. We believe that customers in China have a preference towards ball-jointed dolls with Japanese elements. For this reason, we have cooperated with a Japanese company in developing Fidolle.

 

We believe that Fidolle will generate revenue through in-application purchases of virtual objects and sales of derivative products, such as clothing and merchandise. We do not believe that there are current products comparable to Fidolle in the major toy markets of Fuzhou, and we believe Fidolle will attract the large group of anime fans in China. The target demographic for Fidolle includes teenagers and adults between the ages of 18 and 35, although we also expect Fidolle to appeal to users outside of this demographic.

 

 

 

“QI” Platform

 

QI is a community-based gaming platform powered by multi-bus technology, designated self-organization technology and near field communication. We plan to launch QI in 2021. QI is composed of foundational network communication terminals with a chessboard layered above such foundation. QI is connected to a tablet computer for the online gaming aspect of the product. The foundational communication terminals will enable users to customize and adjust the chessboard settings, allowing users to play various different board games on the same mobile device. QI connects physical board game play with video game content and graphics, which will allow users to physically interact with one another as if they were playing a board game in reality, while enjoying the animation and sound effects of a video game. We believe QI will be popular among a variety of users, particularly users ages 14 and above, although we also expect QI to appeal to users outside of this demographic.

  70  

 

 

 

Manufacturing and Distribution

 

The initial design, appearance and structure of our products are created in our on-site studio located in Xiamen. We outsource the manufacture of our products to more than 20 factories through purchase contracts. We contract with multiple suppliers in an effort to mitigate any risk that our business will be restricted by a single supply shortage or manufacturing delay. In addition, our continuing relationships with multiple manufacturers allow us to quickly adjust to changing market demands.

 

Manufacturers are responsible solely for production of our products and rely on us for design and technology support, as we maintain all of the proprietary rights to our products. The standard production process, from initial design to final manufacture, typically takes between 35 to 40 days. Our three largest manufacturers in the year ended December 31, 2017 were Guangdong Eastcoms Intelligent Technology Co., Ltd., Dongguan Hou Jie Sheng Ping Toy Factory, and Fujian Wei Ya Culture Communication Co., Ltd., which accounted for 35.3%, 27.4%, and 26.1% of our total production, respectively.

 

Our distribution channels include domestic distributors, e-commerce platforms, supermarkets and export distributors. We intend to minimize direct selling and shift our focus towards selling to distributors and e-commerce platforms. Approximately 96% of our products sold in 2017 were sold domestically in China and the remaining 4.0% were exported overseas. Of our domestic sales in China, approximately 97.6% were generated from Chinese distributors, 1.9% were generated from supermarkets and 0.5% were generated from e-commerce sites. Our Chinese distributors are organized regionally by province, including Zhejiang, Hubei, Jiangsu, Hunan, Guizhou, Liaoning, and Shandong. Our products are sold in thousands of supermarkets and specialty stores, including Walmart, Carrefour, Toys-R-Us, Vanguard, Tesco and Lotus.

 

Our continuing partnerships with regional distributors allow us to penetrate the market in numerous provinces in China. Our five largest customers are all domestic distributors and each covers a provincial geological market – Zhejiang, Hubei, Jiangsu, Hunan and Shanxi. In 2017, each of our five largest domestic distributors accounted for approximately 7% to 9% of our annual revenue and together accounted for 41.7% of our total annual revenue. In addition, we primarily sell domestically within China. In 2017, 93% of our revenue was derived from domestic distributors, while 4% was derived from exported products.

 

  71  

 

 

We are in the process of expanding our brand to physical experience stores. We are leveraging our experience and insight into traditional toy and gaming park industries and our strength and superiority in AR technologies to build experience stores that provide customers with a variety of AR interactive activities, as well as a location to purchase AR interactive toys. We expect such stores will generate revenues from sales of membership cards and direct sales of our products. Five types of membership cards, (i) one-year cards, (ii) half-year cards, (iii) three-month cards, (iv) monthly cards and (v) one-time cards, may be purchased by customers, and, depending on the type of membership card purchased, customers may purchase multiple toys in the stores for the same value of the membership card. For example, if a customer purchased a one-year membership card, the customer may take home multiple toys from the stores up to the total price paid for the membership card. If the price of the toys exceeds the price of the membership card, the customer would pay the difference between the price of the toys and the price of the membership cards. As of January 31, 2019, no membership cards were officially sold yet.

 

Our Position

 

We have positioned our company as a leading producer, developer and operator of AR interactive entertainment games and toys as a result of the following key factors:

 

Market Expansion due to Two-Child Policy. The size of the toy market in China has increased significantly in the recent past. We believe this growth is a direct result of the implementation of China’s two-child policy. The Chinese government began to gradually disregard the one-child policy in the early 2010s and the two-child policy was fully implemented in 2016. According to Frost & Sullivan, China’s two-child policy is expected to drive an increase in the total population of the 0-14 age group from 230 million in 2016 to 262 million in 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 2.7%, compared to an overall expected population growth CAGR of 0.4% over the same period. Such a large increase in the 0-14 age population group necessarily indicates expansion and growth for those markets that cater to children and young adults.
Shift Towards Intelligent Toys. Chinese culture is experiencing a fundamental shift away from traditional, medium- to low-end toys towards intelligent, interactive and innovative toys and games.
Rapid AR Industry Growth. The global AR industry is still in its infancy, with many companies currently investing heavily in research and development. Digi-Capital predicts that by 2023, the global AR industry could reach $85 billion to $90 billion in revenue, compared to $10 billion to $15 billion for the virtual reality industry. Industry experts also believe that the Chinese AR industry could represent RMB 55 billion in 2020. While there are many varied forecasts and estimates on the future market size of the AR industry, we believe industry experts tend to agree that the industry will experience rapid growth in the coming years.
Supportive Economic Conditions in China. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, per capita annual disposable income of urban residents in China is expected to increase from RMB 33,616 in 2016 to RMB 48,620 in 2021, representing a CAGR of 7.7%. According to Frost & Sullivan, per capita expenditure on education, cultural and recreational activities of urban residents in China is expected to grow from RMB 2,638 in 2016 to RMB 4,233 in 2021 at a CAGR of 9.9%. Increases in annual disposable income and per capita expenditure correlate to increases in market growth for recreational, educational and leisure markets in China, such as the AR interactive toy market.
Few Direct Competitors in China. The AR interactive toy industry in China is new and evolving. We do not believe that large traditional toy companies, or companies that focus on high-tech toys and games, have captured a significant portion of the AR interactive toy market in China.

 

We have received a number of industry, trade association and governmental awards relating to our business and operations, which serve to enhance our brand and reputation, including:

 

Best Industrial Value Excellence Award in the Fifth International Animation Expo and the National First Animation and Derivatives Design and Development Competition (2010);
Vice-Chairman of Animation and Game Industry in Fujian Province by Fujian Association of Animation and Game Industry (2013);
High and New Technology Enterprises by Xiamen Municipal Bureau for Science and Technology, Finance Bureau of Xiamen, Xiamen Provincial Office of State Administration of Taxation and Xiamen Local Taxation Bureau (2015);
Leading Company As a Technology Small Giant by Fujian Provincial Department of Science and Technology, Fujian Development and Reform Commission, Fujian Provincial Commission of Economy and Information Technology, and Fujian Provincial Department of Finance (2016); and
The Best Growth Medium- to Small-Scaled Enterprises in Xiamen City by Xiamen Municipal Bureau for Economics and Informatization (2018).

 

  72  

 

 

Industry Background

 

Toy and Game Industry

 

The toy and game market in China can be classified broadly into electronic, mechanical, plastic and wooden toys. Electronic toys, models, licensed toys (including spin-off toys from movies and cartoon characters), dolls, high-tech toys, educational toys, internet-connected toys and toys for adult recreation and entertainment are increasingly being introduced to the market.

 

According to market research data, the total retail sales of toys and games in China have soared from RMB 111.8 billion in 2012 to RMB 276.5 billion in 2017, registering an average annual growth rate of 19.9%. In 2017, retail sales of traditional toys and games increased by 7.4% annually to RMB 74.43 billion, representing 26.9% of total market turnover, while retail sales of electronic toys and games increased by 24.1% annually to RMB 202.07 billion, accounting for 73.1% of total market turnover.

 

As incomes of urban residents in China continue to rise and quality of life continues to improve, toy demands are beginning to change. There is a shift away from traditional, medium- to low-end battery-operated toys, construction sets and decorative toys, towards innovative electronic toys and intelligent toys. Despite this economic and cultural shift, many industry players believe that toy and game companies continue to underestimate the spending power of China’s low-income groups. With average income rising at a rate of 8%-11% annually in China, wage earners are enjoying higher disposable incomes, which we believe will lead to an increase in demand for toys and games in China, particularly innovative and exciting products.

 

AR Industry

 

AR uses technology to add information — sounds, images and text — to the world we see. AR presents virtual information as reality and enables people to interact with the virtual environment. With AR, users perceive the real world with the addition of computer-generated sounds, images and text that are overlaid on specific objects. Users employ a mobile-connected device that is equipped with a camera, such as a smart phone or a tablet computer. The camera on the device scans the environment, feeding the mobile application’s image recognition capability. The mobile application’s AR content is triggered when specific images are recognized, such as quick response codes, borders and faces. For example, users manipulate the physical toy associated with the mobile game and the associated character in the mobile game will act accordingly. Regarding motion capture technology, the camera on the mobile device scans and captures the physical toy associated with the mobile game while the mobile game synchronizes the image of the physical toy in the mobile game, creating an immersive gaming experience. Location-based AR works in a similar manner, using devices equipped with a global positioning system or other location sensors. By using the device in a specific location or area, the mobile application’s AR content is triggered. AR seamlessly connects reality with virtual information by means of technology, and constructs virtual scenery.

 

The advancement and development of AR technology has brought additional creativity and engaging game play to traditional toy products. We believe the continued integration of AR technology into toys is a sustainable trend for the toy industry. We believe there are few direct competitors in the AR interactive toy market in China, and we hope to quickly seize the majority of this market share through our technological advantages and continued development and sales of our differentiated and innovative products.

 

We believe that China’s domestic environment is conducive to the development of the AR industry as a result of increases in annual disposable income and per capita expenditure and increases in the population aged 0-14 due to China’s two-child policy. Additionally, the Chinese government recently issued policies in support of the development of the AR industry. In December 2016, the State Council issued the 13th Five-Year National Informationization Plan (the “Informationization Plan”), which emphasizes strengthening basic research and development of new technologies, such as AR. The Informationization Plan stated that “[t]he new playing area must be built to lead the AR industry.” Chinese national macroeconomic policies also support the AR industry. In May 2017, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council issued the Outline of the National Plan for Cultural Development and Reform during the Period of the Thirteenth Five-year Plan. Pursuant to this outline, between 2017 and 2022, the Chinese government has indicated that it intends to vigorously support the development of the game industry and to promote and encourage companies to produce high-tech, as opposed to traditional, gaming products.

 

  73  

 

 

The global AR industry is a new and evolving market, and we believe several companies are currently investing heavily in AR research and development. Digi-Capital predicts that by 2023, the global AR industry could reach $85 billion to $90 billion in revenue, compared to $10 billion to $15 billion for the virtual reality industry. Industry experts also believe that the Chinese AR industry could represent RMB 55 billion in 2020. While there are several varied forecasts and estimates concerning the future market size of the AR industry, we believe industry experts tend to agree that the industry is expected to experience rapid growth in the coming years.

 

We believe the presence of AR in the education field is also expected to increase. We believe the immersive AR experience is particularly attractive to children as it requires more engagement, and is more entertaining, than traditional learning methods. We believe AR can be used to trigger subconscious memorization, which tends to be more permanent than the memorization of text and we believe this can lead to longer and more accurate information retention.

 

The integration of wireless networks, such as the 5G network, with big data, artificial intelligence, virtualization, AR and other technologies creates constant internet connectivity within society. The increasing popularity of smart phones and smart portable devices together with the development of mobile internet technologies has promoted the use of AR interactive toys in China. The 5G network provides a key infrastructure for the development of the AR game industry. As a next-generation communication technology, the 5G network will provide users with more real-life experiences, such as ultra-high-definition video, social networks, and immersive games, which promote upgraded human interaction and intensifies crossover between the online and offline world. By using 5G networks, AR technology redefines the way humans interact with information, with their internet devices, and with their communities.

 

We believe that AR interactive toys and games will likely continue to be more appealing to children than traditional toys and games as a result of the cultural shift towards high-tech toys and the increased use of mobile-connected platforms. As a result, we believe AR interactive toys will dominate a significant portion of the toy market in the near future. The AR interactive toy industry in China is new and evolving. We believe that our innovative products, favorable government policies, increases in annual disposable income and per capita expenditure, and our patent portfolio provide us with substantial opportunities for growth within the AR interactive toy market and the more generalized AR and toy and game markets.

 

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths will continue to contribute to our success in the AR interactive toy and game market:

 

Advanced AR Technology in Interactive Entertainment – Our business model centers around toys, mobile games, and original intellectual property. By focusing on the development of our superior AR technologies, we differentiate ourselves from traditional toy companies that lack the technological sophistication required to enter the AR interactive toy industry. Our core technological advantage lies in the superiority of our image recognition and motion capture technologies.
Community-Based Platform – We build gaming communities that integrate online and offline relationships and activities. We promote gaming events by hosting national gaming competitions, such as the AR Racer Championship 2017, and by attending at least two gaming exhibitions per year. These activities allow us to attract new users.
Multi-Platform Coverage – Our products cover multiple platforms including PCs, iOS and Android. Such multi-platform approach allows us to attract a broad base of users with diverse entertainment preferences.
Highly Engaged and Interactive Community – We build our brand and retain our users by promoting frequent interactions between users. Our content is highly dynamic, as our users are able to interact with each other which in turn bolsters their overall entertainment and the social experience offered by our platform.
Strong Research and Development – We believe the key to success in the AR interactive toy market is research and development. As such, we invest substantially in the research and development of AR technologies. We maintain two high quality research and development teams, responsible for hardware and software design.
Superior Intellectual Property – The core of our business is our proprietary technology. Our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights serve to distinguish our products, protect our products from infringement, and contribute to our competitive advantages. To secure the value of our technology and developments, we are aggressive in pursuing a combination of patent, trademark and copyright protection for our proprietary technologies.

  74  

 

 

Variety of Products and Comprehensive Business Model - We currently offer four primary product lines, each of which extends to several derivative products and mobile games and targets a large span of customers. We have created numerous original products that are well known and loved by our users such as “AR Need a Spanking”, “AR Racer”, and “AR 3D Magic Box.” We have also obtained the usage rights to various internationally well-known intellectual property designs. Using our expertise in AR technology, we are able to develop a variety of products that cater to the rapidly changing AR interactive toy and game market. We believe that our comprehensive business model, integrating research and development of AR technologies, original content and appearance design, and promotion and sales of AR interactive toys through various channels, including e-commerce, distributors and our newly launched experience stores, encourages our sustained growth in the marketplace.
Strong Sales and Marketing Distribution - Our sales and marketing team is experienced and has fostered successful, long-term relationships with our partnered distributors. We promote our brand through a series of marketing and public relationship activities, including traditional marketing means, including internet, outdoor displays, and events such as hosting a national gaming competition, the National AR Racer Championship 2017.
Experienced Management Team – Our management team consists of seasoned executives with several years of experience in broad management roles. We foster and encourage a highly committed management team that includes employees specialized in AR technology and equipment, as well as sales and marketing. Our management team also has a defined vision of the market and a directive growth strategy. Their global professional experience continues to propel us to the forefront of the AR interactive toy industry in China and set us apart from our peers. Our team’s collective experience and strong execution capabilities enable us to grow successfully, manage our operations, and promote our premium brand.
Award Winning and Recognized Brand –In March 2012, we were appointed as vice-chairman of the Animation Game Industry in the Fujian Province. In February 2014, we were approved as a Xiamen Technology-based Medium and Small-Sized Enterprise of 2014. We were named Xiamen Intellectual Property Pilot Enterprise of 2014-2015. In May 2016, Blue Hat Fujian was officially listed on the New Third Board in China. China’s over-the-counter stock market, and was subsequently delisted in May 2018, per Blue Hat Fujian’s request. These accolades contribute to our brand recognition.

Our Strategy

 

Our mission is to provide high quality, cutting edge interactive entertainment products and services to our users and we aspire to become one of the most popular technology-enabled entertainment communities for the young generation in China.

 

We intend to continue to focus our efforts on our AR interactive toys to combine technology, physical toys and mobile application games to add interactive gameplay to traditional toys. We plan to pursue the following growth strategies to expand our business and further extend our position in the AR interactive toy market in China:

 

Enhance Game Content –As a direct result of our advanced AR technologies, we are, and must continue to be, able to alter game content quickly to adapt to the fast changing market. We also intend to cater our product design towards children’s expressions, interests, creativity, memory, and logic, manipulation and physical coordination abilities. By enhancing game and product content, we hope to both retain existing customers and attract new ones.
Substantial Investment in Research and Development – We intend to continue to increase our investment in research and development and improve our research and innovation capacity by implementing a new product development plan to enhance the quality and novelty of our products, maintain and grow our intellectual property portfolio, and design our product appearances with images that are welcomed by children. We also intend to implement a technical innovation plan to increase our market share in the children’s toy market and to emphasize our research and development of (i) unique appearances and structural designs, (ii) technical optimization and (iii) maintenance of user-friendly operations.
Increase the Variety of AR Entertainment Products – We intend to devote significant resources to enhancing our current products and developing new products. We plan to expand our product lines on four fronts: (i) over the next two years, we intend to develop two complementary products to AR Racer: AR Plane and AR Tank; (ii) we intend to continue to obtain usage rights to various internationally well-known intellectual property designs from video games, comics and animations, and (iii) we intend to launch two new product lines: Fidolle and Qi.

  75  

 

 

Enhance Sales and Marketing – In September 2018, we opened our first physical experience store in Xiamen, China. We plan to open two additional stores in Xiamen in the first half of 2019. By 2021, we intend to have opened or franchised over 100 physical experience stores across China to increase our physical presence in China and strengthen our brand recognition. Our strategy is to initially capture the AR market in China's first tier, or largest, cities, where consumers typically have the strongest purchasing power, and then expand to other cities in China. We also plan to expand our e-commerce sales team in 2019, and to operate flagship e-commerce stores via large online retailers, such as Amazon, Alibaba, including Tmall.com and Taobao.com, and JD.com, to further penetrate the market. We expect e-commerce stores to synergize with physical experience stores. If consumers do not purchase our products in-store immediately after playing with our products in the experience store, they can easily place orders at home through e-commerce stores.

 

To implement our growth strategy, we intend to hire talented personnel to enrich our management team and strengthen our business.

 

The anticipated material steps involved in our physical expansion strategy include, among other things, location selection, staff recruitment, purchase of equipment, execution of leases, and conducting renovations. In terms of the anticipated material costs involved in such expansion, we currently expect to invest approximately RMB 300,000 ($43,680) per store in such endeavors, consisting of approximately RMB 100,000 ($14,560) for equipment, approximately RMB 50,000 ($7,280) to RMB 80,000 ($11,648) for renovations, and approximately RMB 120,000 ($17,472) to RMB 150,000 ($21,840) for rental expenses.

 

In the process of such expansion, we will inevitably face challenges, including discovering suitable locations, hiring knowledgeable staff and potentially facing increased competition from competitors. We believe that our competitive advantages in the AR market, including our proprietary technology and product lines, as well as effective control of key components of our business, such as research and development and sales, will assist in potentially overcoming challenges that we may face.

 

The successful expansion through physical experience stores depends on several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including effective control of management and operations, reasonable rent levels, appropriate labor costs, and adequate financial support. We recognize that these risks exist and understand that implementation of our expansion plan could be put on hold or cease altogether if any such risks are realized. In order to potentially mitigate such challenges, we have organized a devoted marketing team to conduct a due diligence study of each physical experience store, including location selection, staff recruitment and other details. Throughout the process, we intend to accumulate and study such experiences of opening or franchising stores in order to work towards achievement of our goal to have opened or franchised several physical experience stores across China by 2021.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our marketing operations consist of a planning department, a sales department, an e-commerce department and a product department. We are in the process of expanding our e-commerce sales team, and we are transitioning from single, offline promotional activities to diversified, online interactive marketing and digital marketing. We intend to increase our branding and advertising activities via online communities, social media and television, thus increasing our brand awareness.

 

We have an experienced sales team with more than 35 staff members, many of which several years of sales experience. Currently, our sales are primarily derived from developed regions in China such as Jiangsu and Zhejiang. We intend to expand into more diverse regions of China in an effort to increase our market share. Currently, we have four subsidiaries located in Chongqing, Hunan, Fujian and Shenyang, responsible for sales and marketing.

 

We intend to continue building our salesforce and enhancing our sales power. We plan to penetrate the market further through our physical presence in stores and our e-commerce platforms. We also plan to establish flexible and diversified sales channels. For sales in China, we plan to continue to use distributors and our sales team will engage e-commerce channels. We also intend to continue to partner with provincial Chinese distributors to expand both our online and offline sales channels and to further infiltrate sales regions.

 

We believe that the key factors influencing our sales patterns are as follows:

 

Consumer Groups – We believe that China’s extensive population base demonstrates the market potential in China. We believe that demand for AR interactive toys will continue to expand as China’s population continues to grow .
Consumption Patterns and Consumption Habits – We believe that the development and increasing popularity of mobile payment systems and applications, internet and e-commerce shopping, along with the rapid growth of the Chinese social economy have greatly impacted the consumption patterns of Chinese society. Increased consumption habits of the general public allow for significant growth of AR products as people are more likely to spend money on entertainment, particularly entertainment that operates on the same wireless technology platforms as their computers and mobile devices, such as our products.
Seasonal Factors – The majority of our sales typically occur in the second half of the year during traditional Chinese holidays due to promotional activities and increased sales that typically accompany holiday shopping.

 

Our long-term branding development plan centers around brand recognition and increasing our brand awareness through the use of branding strategies such as market surveys, series designs and after-sales investigations. Our goal is to obtain a thorough understanding of user preferences and purchasing trends in order to increase confidence in our product quality, heighten brand loyalty, and increase the overall value of our brand. We intend to alter our product designs to meet consumers’ needs and adjust to market changes accordingly.

 

As described above, we are in the process of expanding our brand to physical experience stores in order to engage consumers, create user loyalty and introduce new users to our products. We are leveraging our experience and insight into traditional toy and gaming industries and our strength and superiority in AR technologies to build experience stores that provide customers with a variety of AR interactive activities, as well as a location to purchase AR interactive toys.

 

  76  

 

 

Product Quality

 

We emphasize the importance of quality and safety in our products throughout our product life cycle. During the product development stage, our specialized quality control engineers submit sample products for inspection before the products leave our on-site studio. Each product design also undergoes stringent tests for sample confirmation and material selection before any orders are placed with suppliers. All product changes are repeatedly tested repeatedly and fully verified before production is altered accordingly.

 

Our manufacturers are selected based on their productivity and are then evaluated based on our production requirements, including management needs, technical skills, file management, quality control, and company size. After a supplier is examined and confirmed by each of our relevant departments, it will be included in our supplier directory. We also conduct field assessments of our long-term suppliers from time to time.

 

Our products also undergo a series of quality inspections throughout the manufacturing process, including material confirmation, initial workpiece inspection, process inspection and delivery inspection. All of our products currently comply with China 3C standards, China’s toy industry safety standards, as revised on January 1, 2016 by GB6675-2003 National Toy’s Safety Technical Specifications, and the American Society for Testing and Materials standards.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The core of our business is our proprietary technology. As a result, we strive to maintain a robust intellectual property portfolio. Our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights serve to distinguish and protect our products from infringement and contribute to our competitive advantages. T o secure the value of our technology and developments, we are aggressive in pursuing a combination of patent, trademark, and copyright protection for our proprietary technologies. As of January 31, 2019, we have 161 authorized patents, and 40 patents in various stages of the patent application process. We also currently have 645 copyrights of art work, 25 software copyrights and 56 registered trademarks.

 

Research and Development

 

We believe the key to success in the AR interactive toy market is research and development. As such, we have invested, and intend to continue to invest, substantial resources in the research and development of AR interactive technologies. We maintain two high quality research and development teams responsible for hardware and software design. Both research and development teams consist of 49 AR specialists, including many top talented individuals in the AR field, and are led by individuals with experience from China’s prominent internet game developers and operators. Approximately 28 members of our research and development team are based in Xiamen, mainly focusing on the research and development of electronic toys, AR games and products for licensing. Approximately 21 members of our research and development team are based at our Fuzhou branch, focusing on mobile games and AR game research and development. We also cooperate with several third party research and development teams. For example, we are partnering with Fujian Normal University Embedded Development Laboratory on the development of our Qi Platform. For example, we provide the funding for the project with Fujian Normal University, and in turn, we are able to use the facilities of Fujian Normal University and retain the intellectual property developed during the project.

 

Our research and development process for a new or enhanced product typically starts with our research and development team brainstorming with our marketing and sales team to create new ideas and designs containing popular elements. Our marketing and sales team will gather information about the market demand from distributors through exhibitions that they attend. Our marketing and sales team and our research and development team will hold meetings to discuss and summarize the information and determine which potential products they expect to be popular among existing and new customers. Our research and development team will then determine the feasibility of the proposed new products. From time to time, our research and development team will generate ideas for new products from a technological perspective and communicate such ideas with the marketing and sales team. These ideas are then presented to our senior management team for approval. If the proposal is approved by senior management, the company will officially establish the project of developing the new product.

 

Our standard research and development cycle per product is approximately eight months. Initial product development usually takes two to three months in order to produce quality product samples. For product samples put into production, it usually takes an additional four to eight months for further development and design.

 

  77  

 

 

Our research and development department is currently focusing on the further advancement of the technology used in our products, including photosensitive induction technology, gesture-sensor technology, infrared induction technology and AR identification technology. We have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in our research and development activities, including technology and game development.

 

Competition

 

Our business is characterized by innovation, rapid change and disruptive technology. We compete with AR interactive toy companies located around the world, and we may also face competition from new and emerging companies, including new competitors from the PRC. We consider our principal competitors to be those companies that provide educational AR game products to the market, including Shanghai Putao Technology Co., Ltd. and Sphero, Inc. We also compete with Nintendo of America Inc.’s amiibo product line.

Compared to our company, our current and potential competitors may have:

better established credibility and market reputations, longer operating histories, and broader product offerings;
significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, which may allow them to pursue design, development, manufacturing, sales, marketing, distribution and service support of their products;
more extensive customer and partner relationships, which may position them to identify and respond more successfully to market developments and changes in customer demands; and
multiple product offerings, which may enable them to offer bundled discounts for customers purchasing multiple products or other incentives that we cannot match or offer.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

brand recognition and reputation;
ability to build customer loyalty, retain existing users and attract new users;
continually-evolving innovation and research and development; and
the performance and reliability of products and platforms.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to the factors described above.

 

Facilities

Our principal executive office is located at 7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road, Huli District, Xiamen, China 361009, where we lease 15,336 square feet of office space. We lease this space under a lease that terminates on January 9, 2022. We also lease 2,314 square feet of office space located at Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Straight Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No. 84 South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen, China under a lease that terminates on January 5, 2020. In addition, we lease 23,343 square feet of factory space located at Building 3, Dong Wai Yi Road, East Industrial Park, Datong Road, Tongan District, Xiamen, China under a lease that terminates on December 19, 2022. In addition, we lease 5,166 square feet of office space located at Room 713-723, Floor 7, Building #34, District C, Fuzhou Software Park, No. 89 Software Avenue, Tong Pan Road, Fuzhou, China under a lease that terminates on July 24, 2019.

 

We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

 

Employees

As of January 31, 2019, we had 100 full-time employees.

 

We have also engaged subcontractors to assist us with our manufacturing. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment related work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

Legal Proceedings

On February 11, 2015, Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. filed a lawsuit in Putian Intermediate People’s Court against Blue Hat Fujian on a sales contract dispute of which the subject matter amount is RMB 3,643,385 ($530,487). On April 7, 2015, Blue Hat Fujian submitted a Civil Pleading. On July 20, 2015, Putian Intermediate People’s Court issued a Civil Ruling Letter ([2015] Pu Min Chu Zi No.274), which granted the withdrawal of lawsuit of Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.

 

  78  

 

 

On August 12, 2015, Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. filed a lawsuit in Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court against Blue Hat Fujian on the aforesaid dispute, claiming compensation from Blue Hat Fujian for an economic loss of RMB 1,548,560 ($225,475). On August 31, 2015, Blue Hat Fujian filed a counter-claim in Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court, claiming continued performance of the contract involved and a default fine from Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.

 

On February 4, 2016, Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2015] Han Min Chu Zi No.2566), which (1) ruled that the notice of terminating purchase contract issued by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. to Blue Hat Fujian shall take effect; (2) rejected other claims of the Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.; (3) rejected claims of Blue Hat Fujian; and (4) stated that the case acceptance fee of claim of RMB 18,737 ($2,728) shall be borne by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd., and the case acceptance fee of counter-claim of RMB 9,150 ($1,332) shall be borne by Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. and Blue Hat both filed appeals with the Civil Judgement ([2015] Han Min Chu Zi No.2566) issued by Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court. On September 2, 2016, Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court issued a Civil Ruling Letter ([2016] Min 03 Min Zhong No.1067), which: (1) revoked the Civil Judgement ([2015] Han Min Chu Zi No.2566) issued by Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court; (2) and remanded the case to Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court for re-trial.

 

On May 8, 2018, Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2016] Min 0303 Min Chu No.3621), (a) declaring as effective, the notice of termination of purchase contract issued by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. to Blue Hat Fujian and that three purchase contracts and relevant supplemental agreements will be terminated as of January 14, 2015; (b) ordering Blue Hat Fujian to compensate Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. for its financial loss in the amount of RMB 967,727 ($140,904), to be paid within 5 days of the effective date of the judgement; (c) rejecting other claims of Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd.; and (d) rejecting claims made by Blue Hat Fujian. The total case acceptance fee was RMB 18,737 ($2,728), RMB 4,769 ($694) of which to be paid by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd., and RMB 13,969 ($2,034) of which to be paid by Blue Hat Fujian. Blue Hat Fujian will also pay the property preservation measures fee of RMB 5,000 ($728).

 

Blue Hat Fujian filed appeals to Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court. On October 16, 2018, Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2018] Min 03 Min Zhong No.2038), which ruled that (1) the appeal was rejected and the original judgment was affirmed; (2) the case acceptance fee of second instance of RMB 23,118 ($3,366) shall be borne by the appealer, Blue Hat Fujian, and (3) such judgement shall be final.

.

As of September 30, 2018, we had accrued a loss of approximately $156,000 based on available information and management’s best estimates. On November 23, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian paid RMB 967,727 ($140,904) to Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. As of the date of this prospectus, the dispute has been concluded.

 

Other than the above mentioned dispute, we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of our management would have a material adverse effect on our business. However, from time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising out of our operations. Amounts accrued, as well as the total amount of reasonably possible losses with respect to such matters, individually and in the aggregate, are not deemed to be material to the consolidated financial statements. 

  79  

 

 

REGULATION

 

The following sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

 

Legal Regulations on Intellectual Property in the PRC

Copyright

Pursuant to the Copyright Law of the PRC, copyrights include personal rights such as the right of publication and that of attribution as well as property rights such as the right of production and that of distribution. Reproducing, distributing, performing, projecting, broadcasting or compiling a work or communicating the same to the public via an information network without permission from the owner of the copyright therein, unless otherwise provided in the Copyright Law of the PRC, shall constitute infringements of copyrights. The infringer shall, according to the circumstances of the case, undertake to cease the infringement, take remedial action, and offer an apology, pay damages, etc.

Trademark

Pursuant to the Trademark Law of the PRC, the right to exclusive use of a registered trademark shall be limited to trademarks which have been approved for registration and to goods for which the use of such trademark has been approved. The period of validity of a registered trademark shall be ten years, counted from the day the registration is approved. According to this law, using a trademark that is identical to or similar to a registered trademark in connection with the same or similar goods without the authorization of the owner of the registered trademark constitutes an infringement of the exclusive right to use a registered trademark. The infringer shall, in accordance with the regulations, undertake to cease the infringement, take remedial action, and pay damages, etc.

Patent

Pursuant to the Patent Law of the PRC, after the grant of the patent right for an invention or utility model, except where otherwise provided for in the Patent Law, no entity or individual may, without the authorization of the patent owner, exploit the patent, that is, make, use, offer to sell, sell or import the patented product, or use the patented process, or use, offer to sell, sell or import any product which is a direct result of the use of the patented process, for production or business purposes. And after a patent right is granted for a design, no entity or individual shall, without the permission of the patent owner, exploit the patent, that is, for production or business purposes, manufacture, offer to sell, sell, or import any product containing the patented design. Where the infringement of patent is decided, the infringer shall, in accordance with the regulations, undertake to cease the infringement, take remedial action, and pay damages, etc.

Domain Name

Pursuant to the Measures for the Administration of Internet Domain Names of China, "domain name" shall refer to the character mark of hierarchical structure, which identifies and locates a computer on the internet and corresponds to the internet protocol (IP) address of that computer. And the principle of "first come, first serve" is followed for the domain name registration service. After completing the domain name registration, the applicant becomes the holder of the domain name registered by him/it. Furthermore, the holder shall pay operation fees for registered domain names on schedule. If the domain name holder fails to pay the corresponding fees as required, the original domain name registrar shall write it off and notify the holder of the domain name in written form.

Legal Regulations on Labor Protection in the PRC

According to the Labor Law of the PRC, or the Labor Law, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on July 5, 1994, came into effect on January 1, 1995, and was amended on August 27, 2009, an employer shall develop and improve its rules and regulations to safeguard the rights of its workers. An employer shall develop and improve its labor safety and health system, stringently implement national protocols and standards on labor safety and health, conduct labor safety and health education for workers, guard against labor accidents and reduce occupational hazards. Labor safety and health facilities must comply with relevant national standards. An employer must provide workers with the necessary labor protection gear that complies with labor safety and health conditions stipulated under national regulations, as well as provide regular health checks for workers that are engaged in operations with occupational hazards. Laborers engaged in special operations shall have received specialized training and have obtained the pertinent qualifications. An employer shall develop a vocational training system. Vocational training funds shall be set aside and used in accordance with national regulations and vocational training for workers shall be carried out systematically based on the actual conditions of the company.

  80  

 

 

The Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on June 29, 2007, came into effect on January 1, 2008, and was amended on December 28, 2012, and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated on September 18, 2008, and became effective since the same day, regulate both parties through a labor contract, namely the employer and the employee, and contain specific provisions involving the terms of the labor contract. It is stipulated under the Labor Contract Law and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law that a labor contract must be made in writing. An employer and an employee may enter into a fixed-term labor contract, an un-fixed term labor contract, or a labor contract that concludes upon the completion of certain work assignments, after reaching agreement upon due negotiations. An employer may legally terminate a labor contract and dismiss its employees after reaching agreement upon due negotiations with the employee or by fulfilling the statutory conditions. Labor contracts concluded prior to the enactment of the Labor Law and subsisting within the validity period thereof shall continue to be honored. With respect to a circumstance where a labor relationship has already been established but no formal contract has been made, a written labor contract shall be entered into within one month from the effective date of the Labor Contract Law.

According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, the Regulations on Work Injury Insurance, the Regulations on Unemployment Insurance and the Trial Measures on Employee Maternity Insurance of Enterprises, enterprises in the PRC shall provide benefit plans for their employees, which include basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance. An enterprise must provide social insurance by processing social insurance registration with local social insurance agencies, and shall pay or withhold relevant social insurance premiums for or on behalf of employees. The Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, which was promulgated on October 28, 2010, and became effective on July 1, 2011, has consolidated pertinent provisions for basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance, and has elaborated in detail the legal obligations and liabilities of employers who do not comply with relevant laws and regulations on social insurance.

According to the Interim Measures for Participation in the Social Insurance System by Foreigners Working within the Territory of China, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security on September 6, 2011, and became effective on October 15, 2011, employers who employ foreigners shall participate in the basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, occupational injury insurance, and maternity leave insurance in accordance with the relevant law, with the social insurance premiums to be contributed respectively by the employers and foreigner employees as required. In accordance with such Interim Measures, the social insurance administrative agencies shall exercise their right to supervise and examine the legal compliance of foreign employees and employers and the employers who do not pay social insurance premiums in conformity with the laws shall be subject to the administrative provisions provided in the Social Insurance Law and the relevant regulations and rules mentioned above.

According to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was promulgated and became effective on April 3, 1999, and was amended on March 24, 2002, housing provident fund contributions by an individual employee and housing provident fund contributions by his or her employer shall belong to the individual employee.

The employer shall timely pay up and deposit housing provident fund contributions in full amount and late or insufficient payments shall be prohibited. The employer shall process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations with the housing provident fund administration center. With respect to companies who violate the above regulations and fail to process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations or open housing provident fund accounts for their employees, such companies shall be ordered by the housing provident fund administration center to complete such procedures within a designated period. Those who fail to process their registrations within the designated period shall be subject to a fine ranging from RMB 10,000 to RMB 50,000. When companies breach these regulations and fail to pay up housing provident fund contributions in full amount as due, the housing provident fund administration center shall order such companies to pay up within a designated period, and may further apply to the People's Court for mandatory enforcement against those who still fail to comply after the expiry of such period.

  81  

 

 

Legal Regulations on Tax in the PRC

Income Tax

In January 2008, the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law took effect. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law applies a uniform 25 percent enterprise income tax rate to both FIEs and domestic enterprises, except where tax incentives are granted to special industries and projects. Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation regulations, dividends generated from the business of a PRC subsidiary after January 1, 2008, and payable to its foreign investor may be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10 percent if the PRC tax authorities determine that the foreign investor is a Non-resident Enterprise, unless there is a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential withholding tax rate. Distributions of earnings generated before January 1, 2008, are exempt from PRC withholding tax.

In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, pursuant to which entities that have direct obligation to make certain payments to a nonresident enterprise shall be the relevant tax withholders for such Non-resident Enterprise. Further, the Non-resident Enterprises Measures provide that, in case of an equity transfer between two Non-resident Enterprises occurring outside China, the Non-resident Enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment shall, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at the place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred shall assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant Non-resident Enterprise. On April 30, 2009, the MOF and the SAT jointly issued the Notice on Issues Concerning Process of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59. On December 10, 2009, the SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening the Administration of the Enterprise Income Tax concerning Proceeds from Equity Transfers by Non-resident Enterprises, or Circular 698. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008. By promulgating and implementing these two circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a Non-resident Enterprise.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, to supersede existing provisions in relation to the Indirect Transfer as set forth in Circular 698, while the other provisions of Circular 698 remain in force. SAT Bulletin 7 introduces a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to capture not only Indirect Transfer as set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment, and placement in China, of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Bulletin 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company broadly. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the Indirect Transfer as they have to assess on whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly.

Where non-resident investors were involved in our private equity financing, if such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose, we and our non-resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and be taxed under Circular 698 and/or SAT Bulletin 7 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 and/or SAT Bulletin 7 or to establish that we should not be held liable for any obligations under Circular 698 and/or SAT Bulletin 7.

Business Tax

According to the Provisional Regulations on Business Tax, which was amended on November 10, 2008, and became effective on January 1, 2009, and the Detailed Implementing Rules on the Temporary Regulations on Business Tax, which was amended on October 28, 2011, and became effective on November 1, 2011, business tax is imposed on income derived from the furnishing of specified services and transferring of immovable property or intangible property at rates ranging from 3 percent to 20 percent, depending on the activity.

Value-Added Tax

According to the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was amended on November 10, 2008, and February 6, 2016, and the Detailed Implementing Rules of the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was amended on October 28, 2011, and became effective on November 1, 2011, all taxpayers selling goods, providing processing, repair or replacement services or importing goods within the PRC shall pay Value-Added Tax. The tax rate of 17 percent shall be levied on general taxpayers selling or importing various goods; the tax rate of 17 percent shall be levied on the taxpayers providing processing, repairing or replacement service; the applicable rate for the export of goods by taxpayers shall be nil, unless otherwise stipulated.

  82  

 

 

Furthermore, according to the Trial Scheme for the Conversion of Business Tax to Value-added Tax, which was promulgated by the MOF and the SAT, the PRC began to launch taxation reforms in a gradual manner in January 1, 2012, whereby the collection of value-added tax in lieu of business tax items was implemented on a trial basis in regions showing significant radiating effects in economic development and providing outstanding reform examples, beginning with production service industries such as transportation and certain modern service industries.

In accordance with a SAT circular that took effect on May 1, 2016, upon approval of the State Council, the pilot program of the collection of value-added tax in lieu of business tax shall be promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner starting May 1, 2016, and all taxpayers of business tax engaged in the building industry, the real estate industry, the financial industry and the life service industry shall be included in the scope of the pilot program with regard to payment of value-added tax instead of business tax.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

Foreign Currency Exchange

Pursuant to the Foreign Currency Administration Rules, as amended, and various regulations issued by SAFE and other relevant PRC government authorities, Renminbi is freely convertible to the extent of current account items, such as trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Capital account items, such as direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of investment, unless expressly exempted by laws and regulations, still require prior approval from SAFE or its provincial branch for conversion of Renminbi into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and remittance of the foreign currency outside of the PRC. Payments for transactions that take place within the PRC must be made in Renminbi. Foreign currency revenues received by PRC companies may be repatriated into China or retained outside of China in accordance with requirements and terms specified by SAFE.

Dividend Distribution

Wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Sino-foreign equity joint ventures in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, these FIEs may not pay dividends unless they set aside at least 10 percent of their respective accumulated profits after tax each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, until such time as the accumulative amount of such fund reaches 50 percent of the enterprise's registered capital. In addition, these companies also may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

Circular 37, issued by SAFE and effective on July 4, 2014, regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of SPVs by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing and conduct round trip investment in China. Under Circular 37, a SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore assets or interests, while "round trip investment" refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing FIEs to obtain the ownership, control rights and management rights. Circular 37 requires that, before making contribution into a SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with the SAFE or its local branch. SAFE Circular 37 further provides that option or share-based incentive tool holders of a non-listed SPV can exercise the options or share incentive tools to become a shareholder of such non-listed SPV, subject to registration with SAFE or its local branch.

  83  

 

 

PRC residents or entities who have contributed legitimate domestic or offshore interests or assets to SPVs but have yet to obtain SAFE registration before the implementation of the Circular 37 shall register their ownership interests or control in such SPVs with SAFE or its local branch. An amendment to the registration is required if there is a material change in the registered SPV, such as any change of basic information (including change of such PRC "resident's name" and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amounts, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 37, or making misrepresentation on or failure to disclose controllers of a FIE that is established through round-trip investment, may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant FIEs, including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject relevant PRC residents or entities to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. On February 13, 2015, SAFE further promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This SAFE Circular 13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing.

On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated Circular 19, which came into effect on June 1, 2015. According to Circular 19, the foreign exchange capital of FIEs shall be subject to the Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement. The Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement refers to the foreign exchange capital in the capital account of a FIE for which the rights and interests of monetary contribution has been confirmed by the local foreign exchange bureau (or the book-entry registration of monetary contribution by the banks) can be settled at the banks based on the actual operational needs of the FIE. The proportion of Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement of the foreign exchange capital of a FIE is temporarily determined to be 100%. The Renminbi converted from the foreign exchange capital will be kept in a designated account and if a FIE needs to make further payment from such account, it still needs to provide supporting documents and go through the review process with the banks.

SAFE issued the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or Circular 16, on June 9, 2016, which became effective simultaneously. Pursuant to Circular 16, enterprises registered in the PRC may also convert their foreign debts from foreign currency to Renminbi on a discretionary basis. Circular 16 provides an integrated standard for conversion of foreign exchange under capital account items (including foreign currency capital and foreign debts) on a discretionary basis which applies to all enterprises registered in the PRC. Circular 16 reiterates the principle that Renminbi converted from foreign currency-denominated capital of a company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope or prohibited by PRC laws or regulations, while such converted Renminbi shall not be provided as loans to its non-affiliated entities. As Circular 16 is newly issued and SAFE has not provided detailed guidelines with respect to its interpretation or implementations, it is uncertain how these rules will be interpreted and implemented.

Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies

According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the MOF and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are FIEs, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a FIE is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign- invested enterprise.

On January 11, 2017, the People's Bank of China promulgated the Circular of the People's Bank of China on Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9, which took effect on the same date. The PBOC Circular 9 established a capital or net assets-based constraint mechanism for cross-border financings. Under such mechanism, a company may carry out cross-border financings in Renminbi or foreign currencies at their own discretion. The total cross-border financings of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed an upper limit. The upper limit is calculated as capital or assets multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter.

  84  

 

 

In addition, according to PBOC Circular 9, as of the date of the promulgation of PBOC Circular 9, a transition period of one year is set for foreign-invested enterprises and during such transition period, FIEs may apply either the current cross-border financing management mode, namely the mode provided by Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the mode in this PBOC Circular 9 at its sole discretion. After the end of the transition period, the cross-border financing management mode for FIEs will be determined by the People's Bank of China and SAFE after assessment based on the overall implementation of this PBOC Circular 9.

According to applicable PRC regulations on FIEs, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered FIEs, may only be made when approval by or registration with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart is obtained.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment

Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are governed by the Guidance Catalog of Industries for Foreign Investment, or the Catalog, which was promulgated and is amended from time to time by the MOFCOM and the NDRC. The latest version of the Catalog became effective from July 28, 2017. The Catalog divides industries into three categories in terms of foreign investment: “encouraged”, “restricted” and “prohibited.” The purpose of the Catalog is to direct foreign investment into certain priority industry sectors while restricting or prohibiting investment in other sectors. If the investment falls within the “encouraged” category, foreign investment can be conducted through the establishment of a WFOE. If the investment falls within the “restricted” category, foreign investment may be conducted through the establishment of a WFOE if certain requirements are met or in some cases must be conducted through the establishment of a joint venture enterprise, with varying minimum shareholdings for the Chinese party, depending on the particular industry. If the investment falls within the “prohibited” category, foreign investment of any kind is not allowed. Any investment that occurs within an industry not falling into any of three categories is classified as a permitted industry for foreign investment.

Company Law

Pursuant to the PRC Company Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on December, 29 1993, effective as of July 1, 1994, and as revised on December 25, 1999, August 28, 2004, October 27, 2005 and December 28, 2013, the establishment, operation and management of corporate entities in the PRC are governed by the PRC Company Law. The PRC Company Law defines two types of companies: limited liability companies and limited stock companies.

Our PRC operating subsidiary is a limited liability company. Unless otherwise stipulated in the related laws on foreign investment, foreign invested companies are also required to comply with the provisions of the PRC Company Law.

Laws and Regulations on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests

Business operators in the business of supplying and selling manufactured goods or services to consumers, shall comply with the Law of the PRC on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests (the “Consumer Rights Protection Law”) promulgated by the SCNPC on October 31, 1993, and effective as of January 1, 1994, and revised on August 27, 2009 and October 25, 2013.

According to the Consumer Rights Protection Law, business operators must ensure that the goods or services provided by them meet the requirements for safeguarding personal and property safety. For goods and services that may endanger personal and property safety, consumers should be provided with a true description and an explicit warning, as well as a description and indication of the proper way to use the goods or accept the services and the methods of preventing the occurrence of a hazard. If the goods or services provided by the business operators cause personal injuries to consumers or third parties, the business operators shall compensate the injured parties for their losses.

Contract Law

All of our contracts are subject to the PRC contract law. Under PRC contract law, a natural person, legal person or other legally established organization shall have full capacity of civil right and civil conduct while entering into a contact. Except as otherwise required by other laws and regulations, the formation, validity, performance, modification, assignment, termination, and liability for breach of a contract are stipulated by PRC contract law. A contracting party who failed to perform or failed to fulfill its contractual obligation shall bear the responsibility of a continued duty to perform or to provide remedies and compensation as provided by PRC laws.

  85  

 

 

Product Quality Law

Pursuant to Product Quality Law of the PRC, promulgated on September 1, 1993 and amended in 2000 and 2009 respectively, producing or selling products that do not meet the standards or requirements for safeguarding human health or that constitute unreasonable threats to the safety of human life or property is prohibited. Where a defective product causes physical injury to a person or damage to his/her property, the injured party may claim compensation against the manufacturer or the distributor of such product.

Where any person produces or sells products that do not comply with the relevant national or industrial standards for safeguarding human health or constitute unreasonable threats to the safety of human life or property, the relevant authority will order the specific manufacturer or distributor to suspend the production or sale of defective products, confiscate the products produced or for sale, and impose a fine in an amount of up to three times the value of the defective products. Where illegal earnings were made or were involved, the relevant earnings will be confiscated accordingly. If the breach of regulation is serious, the business license of the relevant manufacturer and distributor may be revoked. If the relevant activities constitute a crime, the offender may be prosecuted.

PRC Laws and Regulations Relating to Advertising Business

The State Administration for Industry and Commerce (“SAI”) is the primary governmental authority regulating advertising activities in China. The Advertisement Law of the PRC, effective as of September 1, 2015, the Administrative Regulations for Advertising, effective as of December 1, 1987, and the Administrative Provisions on Registration of Publishing of Advertisements, effective as of December 1, 2016 are the relevant regulations that apply to advertising businesses.

According to the above laws, regulations and rules, a company engaged in advertising activities must obtain, from the SAIC or its local branches, a business license that specifically includes operating an advertising business in its business scope. Failure to do so may lead to orders to rectify, fines and other penalties. An enterprise engaging in advertising not need to apply for registration of releasing advertisement, provided that such enterprise is not a radio station, television station, newspaper or magazine publisher or any other entity otherwise specified in the relevant laws or regulations. A radio station, television station, newspaper, magazine publisher or any other entity otherwise specified in the relevant laws or regulations may be subject to penalties, including fines, confiscation of advertising income and orders to rectify if it conducts advertising releasing activities without completing the required registration. The business license of an advertising company is valid for the duration of its existence, unless the license is suspended or revoked due to a violation of any relevant laws or regulations. Foreign investors are permitted to own all equity interests in PRC advertising companies.

Regulations on Toy Recall System

Pursuant to Article 3 of the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys (Order No. 101 of the State Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine), the term "children's toys" refers to products processed, sold, and designed or intended for children under 14 years of age to play. “Defects” referred to in the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys refer to unreasonable dangers that are common in certain batches, models or categories of children's toys and that endanger children's health and safety due to design, production, instructions and other reasons. The term “recall” in the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys refers to a situation in which manufacturers and distributors must recall defective toys in accordance with prescribed procedures and requirements. The producer or the sellers organized by the producer can effectively prevent and eliminate the damage caused by defects by supplementing or amending the consumption instructions, returning goods, changing goods, repairing goods, and so on.

Article 12 of the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys stipulates that producers shall strengthen the management of information concerning the design of children's toys, the purchase of raw materials, the production and sale of toys and the labeling of products, as well as consumer complaints, product injury accidents, product injury disputes and recalls of products abroad, and establish and improve relevant information archives. Article 13 of the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys stipulates that sellers shall strengthen the management of children's toys, information management such as purchasing and sales, and proper preservation of consumer complaints, product injury accidents, product injury disputes and other information files.

Article 14 of the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys states that where the producer is aware that the children’s toy provided by him may be defective, the defect investigation shall be commence immediately to confirm whether there is a defect.

  86  

 

 

Article 19 of the Regulations on the Administration of Recall of Children's Toys states that where a defect in a children’s toy is confirmed by investigation, a risk assessment shall be made on the basis of the possibility, extent and scope of the damage to the child's health and safety caused by the defect in the child's toy, and a recall shall be carried out according to the result of the risk assessment.

Children's Toy Recall Information and Risk Assessment Management Method

Children's Toy Recall Information and Risk Assessment Management Method was formulated pursuant to the provisions of the Administrative Provisions on the Recall of Children's Toys, promulgated and enforced as of January 31, 2008. This method is formulated for the purposes of scientifically and orderly managing the defect investigation and risk assessment of children’s toys. The Defective Products Management Center of State Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine is in charge of the routine management of children’s toys recall, and mainly assists the State Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine to establish and maintain information system for recall management, to organize expert database, to select testing and experimental institution, organizing defect investigation and risk assessment, etc. In the event of children’s toys recall, its basic information, consumers' complaints, injury accidents, injury disputes and overseas recalls of its products, etc. shall be filed with the local quality supervision department by manufacturer in writing or electronically.

Law of the People's Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection

Law on Import and Export Commodity Inspection became effective on August 1, 1989 for the first time, and was later revised and enforced on April 27, 2018. Law on Import and Export Commodity Inspection is the legal basis for inspection and supervision of import and export commodities. This law is formulated for the purposes of improving and regulating the inspection of import and export commodities, guaranteeing the quality of commodities, promoting the smooth development of China's economic and trade relations with other countries. This law highlights the emphasis of inspection of import and export commodities, stipulates that commodity inspection agencies shall conduct compulsory inspection to import and export commodities which are listed in the Catalogue or required by other laws and regulations.

Law on Import and Export Commodity Inspection stipulates that import commodities subject to statutory inspection that have not been inspected must not be sold or used; export commodities subject to statutory inspection that have failed to pass the inspection must not be exported; packaging containers for dangerous export commodities shall apply for a test of the performance and use of such packaging containers, and no permission shall be granted for the export of dangerous commodities kept in packaging containers which have not passed the test. This Law applies to the management of 11 categories of import and export toy products, including soft toy, bamboo toy, plastic toy, ride-on toy, toy car, electric toy, paper toy, stationery like toy, soft modelling toy, ejecting toy and metal toy.

Implementation Regulations for the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection

Implementation Regulations for the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection was formulated pursuant to the provisions of the Law of the People's Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection, adopted at the 101st executive meeting of the State Council on August 10, 2005 and effective as of December 1, 2005, later revised and enforced on March 1, 2017.

This regulation applies to the management of 11 categories of import and export toy products, including soft toy, bamboo toy, plastic toy, ride-on toy, toy car, electric toy, paper toy, stationery like toy, soft modelling toy, ejecting toy and metal toy.

Standardization Law of the People’s Republic of China

Standardization Law of the People’s Republic of China was passed by the fifth session of the Standing Committee of the Seventh National People's Congress on December 29, 1988, and revised on November 4, 2017. This law is formulated for the purposes of developing socialist commodity economy, promoting scientific and technological advancement, improving the quality of products, adapting standardization work to the need for socialist modernization and external economic relationship development. This law applies to industrial product including toy product.

  87  

 

 

Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Certification and Accreditation

Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Certification and Accreditation became effective as of November 1, 2007, and was later revised on February 6, 2016. This regulation is formulated for the purposes of standardizing certification and accreditation, improving the quality of products and services and management standard. This regulation applies to all certification agencies, certification services and accreditation services in the PRC.

Administrative Regulations on Compulsory Product Certification

Administrative Regulations on Compulsory Product Certification was formulated pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Certification and Accreditation and other laws, regulations and relevant provisions of the State, was adopted by the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine on May 26, 2009 and became effective as of September 1, 2009. For products that are subject to compulsory product certification, the PRC will unify the product catalogue (hereinafter referred to as catalogue), the compulsory requirements, standards and conformity assessment procedures for technical specifications, the certification marks. The particular products specified by the PRC may not be delivered, sold, imported or used in other business activities until they are certified and labeled with a certification mark. The product catalogue includes manufactured toy product.

GB 6675-2014

To guarantee the safety and quality of children’s toy, protect children’s health and safety, the Standardization Administration of the People's Republic of China has revised GB 6675-2003 National Safety Technical Code for Toys and documented to GB 6675-2014 Safety of Toys National Standard 1-4 Parts, which were enforced as of January 1, 2016.

Four Mandatory National Standards are Part 1 of Safety of Toys: Basic Norm, Part 2 of Safety of Toys: Mechanical and Physical Properties, Part 3 of Safety of Toys: Flammability and <Part 4 of Safety of Toys: Migration of Specific Elements.

Since the date of enforcement, all toy products enter into Chinese mainland market shall meet the requirement of new Mandatory National Standards, and the old GB 6675-2003 National Safety Technical Code for Toys was invalidated with the enforcement of new Mandatory National Standards.

Measures for the Inspection, Supervision and Administration of Import and Export Toys

Measures for the Inspection, Supervision and Administration of Import and Export Toys was promulgated by the State Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine on March 2, 2009 and effective as of September 15, 2009, which formulates the entry conditions of import and export toys, the inspection of import and export toys, the registration of export toys, and the supervision and legal liability of import and export toys. This measure applies to the enterprises engaged in the production and trade of import and export toys and the inspection and quarantine institutions. This measure is formulated for the purposes of regulating the inspection and supervision of import and export toys, strengthening the administration of import and export toys and protecting the human health and safety of consumers.

 

  88  

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, the business address for our directors and executive officers is that of our principal executive offices at 7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road, Huli District, Xiamen, China 361009.

 

Name Age Position
Xiaodong Chen 51 Chief Executive Officer and Director
Caifan He 46 Chief Financial Officer and Director
Jianyong Cai 56 Chief Technology Officer and Director
Qinyi Fu(1) 33 Independent Director
Jun Ouyang(1)(2)(3) 36 Independent Director
Huibin Shen(3) 46 Independent Director
Can Su(1)(2) 30 Independent Director

 

(1) Member of audit committee.
(2) Member of remuneration committee.
(3) Member of nomination and governance committee.

 

Xiaodong Chen has served as chief executive officer of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018, as a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since its incorporation in June 2018 and as the chairman of the board of directors and general manager of Blue Hat Fujian since August 2015. Mr. Chen is a director of Victory Hat Limited, a shareholder of Blue Hat Cayman. From July 1987 to November 1989, Mr. Chen served as an office worker of the Inspection Department of Fuzhou Second People's Hospital. From December 1989 to June 1995, Mr. Chen served as the manager of Fuzhou Liming Footwear Co., Ltd. From December 1996 to January 2002, Mr. Chen served as a manager of Fuzhou Changdong Trading Co. Ltd. From February 2002 to January 2008, Mr. Chen served as general manager of Huanyu International Co. Ltd. From March 2008 to March 2015, Mr. Chen served as the general manager of Guangzhou Taihao Trading Co., Ltd. From January 2010 to March 2013, Mr. Chen served as the chairman and general manager of Xiamen Blue Hat Culture Communication Ltd. Mr. Chen received his EMBA from Renmin University of China. We believe Mr. Chen’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Caifan He has served as chief financial officer and a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018 . Mr. He has served as a director, deputy general manager and financial controller of Blue Hat Fujian since August 2015. Mr. He is a director of Celebrate Hat Limited, a shareholder of Blue Hat Cayman. Mr. He served as a middle school teacher in Cangchang Village from July 1994 to December 1996 in Anhua County. From January 1997 to January 2000, Mr. He served as the accountant, accounting supervisor and account manager of Guangzhou Changdong Industrial Co., Ltd. From February 2000 to March 2008, Mr. He served as the finance manager and financial director of Guangzhou Tiandixing Telecommunications Co., Ltd. From March 2008 to January 2012, Mr. He served as the finance manager of Guangzhou Taihao Trading Co., Ltd. From March 2013 to August 2015, Mr. He served as a director and financial controller of Blue Hat (Xiamen) Culture Communication Co., Ltd. Mr. He received a College Diploma in Finance from Hunan University of Finance and Economics. We believe Mr. He’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Jianyong Cai has served as chief technology officer and a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018 . Mr. Cai has served as a director, deputy general manager and chief engineer of Blue Hat Fujian since January 2010. Mr. Cai taught in the School of Optoelectronics and Information Engineering of Fujian Normal University from August 1983 to June 2002. Since July 2002, Mr. Cai has served as an associate professor at the School of Optoelectronics and Information Engineering at Fujian Normal University, where he mainly works on Data Communication Principles, Communication Network Foundation, Software Engineering and other undergraduate courses as well as Communication Network Theory and Technology, Computer Network Architecture and other postgraduate courses. Mr. Cai received a Bachelor’s Degree in Data Communication Principles, Communication Network Foundation and Software Engineering from University of Science and Technology of China. We believe Mr. Cai’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Qinyi Fu has served as a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018. Mr. Fu served as a auditor of Ernst & Young China Certified Public Accountants from October 2010 to January 2012.Mr. Fu served as a senior auditor of Deloitte China Certified Public Accountants from January 2012 to December 2015. Mr. Fu served as a partner of Ruihua Certified Public Accountants from December 2015 to May 2018. Mr. Fu has served as a partner of Dahua Certified Public Accountants since June 2018. Mr. Fu received a Bachelor’s Degree in International Economics and Trade and a Master’s Degree in International Economics from Xiamen University. We believe Mr. Fu’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Jun Ouyang has served as a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018. Mrs. Ouyang served as a professional teacher in the Department of Economic Management of Zhangzhou City College from August 2009 to August 2016. Mrs. Ouyang has been studying for a Ph.D. in Marketing from Xiamen University since September 2016. Mrs. Ouyang received a Bachelor’s Degree in Computer Science and Engineering from Xi'an University of Finance and Economics and a Master’s Degree in Management Science and Engineering from Fuzhou University. We believe Mrs. Ouyang’s extensive experience qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

 

Huibin Shen has served as a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018. Mr. Shen has served as the director of the capital market department of Beijing Jingshi Law Firm (Xiamen) since November 2017. Mr. Shen served as vice director of the capital market department of Beijing Dentons Law Offices, LLP (Xiamen) from March 2009 to November 2017. Mr. Shen is also an arbitrator of the Xiamen Arbitration Commission. Mr. Shen received a Bachelor’s Degree in Law from East China University of Political Science and Law and a Master’s Degree in Civic and Commercial Law from China University of Political Science and Law. We believe Mr. Shen’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Can Su has served as a member of the board of directors of Blue Hat Cayman since December 2018. Mr. Su has served as account manager of Xiamen Rural Commercial Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. since January 2018. Mr. Su served as account manager of Xiamen Rural Commercial Bank Asset Management Co., Ltd. from December 2015 to December 2017. Mr. Su received a Bachelor’s Degree in Logistics Management from Xiamen University Tan Kah Kee College and a MBA from High Point University. We believe Mr. Su’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

None of the events listed in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K has occurred during the past ten years that is material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Employment Agreements, Director Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

 

In December 2018, we entered into employment agreements with each of Xiaodong Chen, Caifan He and Jianyong Cai, pursuant to which such individuals agreed to serve as our executive officers until December 2023. Such terms will be automatically extended for six-month periods, unless the agreements are terminated in accordance with their terms. We may terminate the employment for cause at any time for certain acts, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may also terminate the employment without cause at any time upon 60 days’ advance written notice. Each executive officer may resign at any time upon 60 days’ advance written notice.

 

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential or proprietary information or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations. Each executive officer has also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all inventions, designs and trade secrets which he conceives, develops or reduces to practice during his employment with us and to assign all right, title and interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs and trade secrets.

 

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his employment and for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to: (i) engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise that is competitive with our business, (ii) solicit, divert or take away the business of our clients, customers or business partners, or (iii) solicit, induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor to terminate his or her employment or engagement with us. The employment agreements also contain other customary terms and provisions.

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. Under these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

 

We have also entered into director agreements with each of our directors which agreements set forth the terms and provisions of their engagement. 

 

Board of Directors

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, our board of directors has the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

convening shareholders' annual and extraordinary general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

 

declaring dividends and distributions;

 

appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;

 

exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

 

approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such shares in our share register.

 

  89  

 

 

Under Cayman Islands law, all of our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by any of our directors is breached. In limited exceptional circumstances, a shareholder may have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share Capital and Governing Documents — Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law” for additional information on the standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

Composition of our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Qinyi Fu, Jun Ouyang, Huibin Shen and Can Su is an “independent director” as defined under the Nasdaq rules. Our board of directors is composed of a majority of independent directors.

 

Family Relationships

 

Jianyong Cai, our chief technology officer and director, is the brother of Juanjuan Cai, a director and shareholder of Blue Hat Fujian and the wife of Xiaodong Chen, our chief executive officer and director. There are no other family relationships between any of Blue Hat Cayman’s executive officers and directors.

 

Committees of our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a remuneration committee and a nomination and governance committee, which have the responsibilities and authority necessary to comply with applicable Nasdaq rules. The audit committee is comprised of Qinyi Fu, Jun Ouyang, and Can Su. The remuneration committee is comprised of Jun Ouyang and Can Su. The nomination and governance committee is comprised of Jun Ouyang and Huibin Shen.

 

Audit Committee

 

Qinyi Fu, Jun Ouyang and Can Su serve as members of the audit committee. Qinyi Fu serves as the chair of the audit committee. All of the audit committee members satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Qinyi Fu possesses accounting or related financial management experience that qualifies him as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;
reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management's response;
discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and
monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

Jun Ouyang and Can Su serve as members of the remuneration committee. Jun Ouyang serves as the chair of the remuneration committee.  All of our remuneration committee members satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The remuneration committee will be responsible for overseeing and making recommendations to our board of our directors regarding the salaries and other compensation of our executive officers and general employees and providing assistance and recommendations with respect to our compensation policies and practices. 

 

Nomination and Governance Committee

 

Jun Ouyang and Huibin Shen serve as members of the nomination and governance committee. Jun Ouyang serves as the chair of the nomination and governance committee.  All of the nomination and governance committee members satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The nomination and governance committee will be responsible for identifying and proposing new potential director nominees to the board of directors for consideration and for reviewing our corporate governance policies.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, the composition of these committees will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees will comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements as they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, which will be applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees.

 

Foreign Private Issuer Exemption

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC. As a result, in accordance with the rules and regulations of Nasdaq, we may choose to comply with home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than complying with Nasdaq corporate governance standards. We may choose to take advantage of the following exemptions afforded to foreign private issuers:

  • Exemption from filing quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence.
  • Exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders, which will provide less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Exchange Act.
  • Exemption from the Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic issuers requiring disclosure within four business days of any determination to grant a waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics to directors and officers. Although we will require board approval of any such waiver, we may choose not to disclose the waiver in the manner set forth in the Nasdaq rules, as permitted by the foreign private issuer exemption.
  • Exemption from the requirement that our board of directors have a remuneration committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.
  • Exemption from the requirements that director nominees are selected, or recommended for selection by our board of directors, either by (1) independent directors constituting a majority of our board of directors’ independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate, or (2) a committee comprised solely of independent directors, and that a formal written charter or board resolution, as applicable, addressing the nominations process is adopted.

 

  90  

 

Furthermore, Nasdaq Rule 5615(a)(3) provides that a foreign private issuer, such as us, may rely on our home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules in the Nasdaq Rule 5600 Series and Rule 5250(d), provided that we nevertheless comply with Nasdaq's Notification of Noncompliance requirement (Rule 5625), the Voting Rights requirement (Rule 5640) and that we have an audit committee that satisfies Rule 5605(c)(3), consisting of committee members that meet the independence requirements of Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii). If we rely on our home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules of Nasdaq, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. If we choose to do so, we may utilize these exemptions for as long as we continue to qualify as a foreign private issuer.

Although we are permitted to follow certain corporate governance rules that conform to Cayman Island requirements in lieu of many of the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we intend to comply with the Nasdaq corporate governance rules applicable to foreign private issuers.

Other Corporate Governance Matters

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including us, to comply with various corporate governance practices. In addition, Nasdaq rules provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practice in lieu of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards, subject to certain exceptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities laws.

 

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our members of our board of directors, executive board members and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

 

Compensation of Director and Executive Officers

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we paid an aggregate of approximately RMB 1,437,220 ($209,263) in cash to our directors and executive officers.

We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our director and executive officers. Our subsidiaries and VIE are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee's salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

Equity Awards

We have not granted any equity awards to our executive officers or directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Incentive Compensation

 

The Company does not maintain any cash incentive or bonus programs.

 

2018 Director and Executive Officer Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned by our directors and our executive officers for service on our board of directors or as an executive officer during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Name

Fees Earned

in Cash

  All Other Compensation

 T ota l

Xiaodong Chen   RMB 686,700  ($99,985.44) - RMB 686,700 ($99,985.44)
Caifan He   RMB 475,800 ($69,277.81) - RMB 475,800 ($69,277.81)
Qinyi Fu   $10,000 (RMB 68,680) - $10,000 (RMB 68,680)
Jun Ouyang   $10,000 (RMB 68,680) - $10,000 (RMB 68,680)
Huibin Shen   $10,000 (RMB 68,680) - $10,000 (RMB 68,680)
Can Su   $10,000 (RMB 68,680) - $10,000 (RMB 68,680)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, Jianyong Cai did not receive any compensation.

 

Employees

 

As of January 31, 2019, we had 100 full-time employees.

We have also engaged, and may continue to engage, subcontractors to assist us with our manufacturing. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment related work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

  91  

 

 

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the last three years, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding share capital and their affiliates, which we refer to as our related parties:

 

As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we owed $31,894, $33,654 and $6,048, respectively, to Xiaodong Chen, our chief executive officer, director and a shareholder of Blue Hat Fujian, as a result of a lease payable. These loans are unwritten, interest free and due on demand. These amounts are included in the consolidated financial statements as related party payables. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

In February 2017, Xiaodong Chen and Blue Hat Fujian entered into a vehicle rental agreement which provides that Xiaodong Chen rents a self-owned vehicle to Blue Hat Fujian for office use. The rental fee was RMB 3,500 ($500) per month and the rental term was from February 3, 2017 to February 2, 2019. As of February 2, 2019, the vehicle was no longer being used and the parties do not intend to enter into a new vehicle rental agreement .

 

Xiaodong Chen and Juanjuan Cai, a director and shareholder of Blue Hat Fujian and the wife of Xiaodong Chen, were, and are, guarantors of certain of our short-term loans. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Note 10 and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Jianyong Cai, our chief technology officer and director, is the brother of Juanjuan Cai, the wife of Xiaodong Chen.

 

Contractual Arrangements with our VIE and its Shareholders
See “Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements.”
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has created an audit committee in connection with this offering which will be tasked with review and approval of all related party transactions. 

Employment Agreements, Director Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

 

In December 2018, we entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers pursuant to which such individuals agreed to serve as our executive officers.

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. Under these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

 

We have also entered into director agreements with each of our directors which agreements set forth the terms and provisions of their engagement.

  92  

 

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus for:

each beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares;
each of our directors and executive officers; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. Percentage ownership calculations are based on 33,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are ordinary shares and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of our directors, executive officers and named beneficial owners are in care of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology, 7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road, Huli District, Xiamen, China 361009, and our telephone number is 86-592-228-0081. 

    Number of Shares Beneficially Owned   Percentage of Shares Beneficially
Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner     Before Offering     After Offering
5% or Greater Shareholders:              
Victory Hat Limited(1)   13,089,153   39.66%     34.90 %  
Prosper Hat Limited(2)   6,373,227   19.31%     17.0%  
Shaohong Holding Limited(3)   2,232,659   6.77%     5.95%  
Directors and Executive Officers:              
Xiaodong Chen(4)   14,034,684   42.53%     37.43%  
Caifan He(5)   1,004,950   3.05%     2.68%  
Jianyong Cai(6)   -   -     -  
Qinyi Fu   -   -    
Jun Ouyang   -   -    
Huibin Shen   -   -    
Can Su   -   -    
All current directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (7 persons)   15,039,634   45.58%     40.11%  

 

*Less than 1%  

 

(1) The registered address of Victory Hat Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, is Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola,VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Xiaodong Chen, our chief executive officer and director, is the owner of Victory Hat Limited and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by Victory Hat Limited.

(2) The registered address of Prosper Hat Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, is Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola,VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Shaohong Chen is the owner of Prosper Hat Limited and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by Prosper Hat Limited. Shaohong Chen is a shareholder of Blue Hat Fujian.

(3) The registered address of Shaohong Holding Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, is Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola,VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Shaohong Chen is the owner of Shaohong Holding Limited and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by Shaohong Holding Limited. Shaohong Chen is a shareholder of Blue Hat Fujian.

(4) Includes the 13,089,153 ordinary shares held by Victory Hat Limited and the 945,531 ordinary shares held by Beautiful Scenery Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, with a registered address at Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Juanjuan Cai, a director and shareholder of Blue Hat Fujian and the wife of Xiaodong Chen, is the owner of Beautiful Scenery Limited. Juanjuan Cai holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by Beautiful Scenery Limited.

(5)   Represents the 1,004,950 ordinary shares held by Celebrate Hat Limited, a British Virgin Islands company with a registered address at Vistra (BVI) Limited of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Caifan He is the owner of Celebrate Hat Limited and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by Celebrate Hat Limited.

(6)   Jianyong Cai is the brother of Juanjuan Cai, the wife of Xiaodong Chen.

 

 

  93  

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

 

General

 

We are an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our affairs are governed by:

 

  Memorandum and Articles of Association;

 

  The Companies Law (2018 Revision) (as amended) of the Caymans Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below; and

 

  Common law of the Cayman Islands.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital is 50,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.001 per ordinary share. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 33,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

 

Assuming that we obtain the requisite shareholder approval, we will adopt our post-offering memorandum and articles of association which will become effective and replace our current memorandum and articles of association in its entirety immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We will include summaries of material provisions of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our share capital.

 

Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law

The Cayman Islands Companies Law is modeled after the corporate legislation of the United Kingdom but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States (particularly Delaware) and their shareholders.

 

    Delaware  

Cayman Islands

 

Title of Organizational Documents   Certificate of Incorporation Bylaws  

Certificate of Incorporation

Memorandum and

Articles of Association

 

Duties of Directors  

Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of the corporation’s employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the shareholders.

 

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, directors of Cayman Islands companies owe fiduciary duties to the their respective companies to, amongst other things, act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. Core duties are:

•    a duty to act in good faith in what the directors bona fide consider to be the best interests of the company (and in this regard, it should be noted that the duty is owed to the company and not to associate companies, subsidiaries or holding companies);

•   a duty not to personally profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;

•   a duty of trusteeship of the company’s assets;

•   a duty not to put himself in a position where the structures of a company conflict of his or her personal interest on his or her duty to a third party to avoid conflicts of interest; and

•    a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were conferred.

 

  94  

 

 

       

A director of a Cayman Islands company also owes the company a duty to act with skill, care and diligence. A director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience.

 

Limitations on Personal Liability of Directors  

Subject to the limitations described below, a certificate of incorporation may provide for the elimination or limitation of the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Such provision cannot limit liability for breach of loyalty, bad faith, intentional misconduct, unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful share purchase or redemption. In addition, the certificate of incorporation cannot limit liability for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such provision becomes effective.

 

 

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands does not limit the extent to which a company's memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers. However, as a matter of public policy, Cayman Islands law will not allow the limitation of a director's liability to the extent that the liability is a consequence of the director committing a crime or of the director's own fraud, dishonesty or willful default.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Agents, and Others

  A corporation has the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee, or agent of corporation who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party who acted in good faith and in a manner he believed to be in the best interests of the corporation, and if with respect to a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct would be unlawful, against amounts actually and reasonably incurred.  

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against the consequences of committing a crime, or against the indemnified person’s own fraud or dishonesty.

 

Interested Directors

 

Under Delaware law, a transaction in which a director who has an interest in such transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors are less than a quorum, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders, or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, a director could be held liable for any transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

 

Interested director transactions are governed by the terms of a company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

  95  

 

 

Voting Requirements  

The certificate of incorporation may include a provision requiring supermajority approval by the directors or shareholders for any corporate action.

 

In addition, under Delaware law, certain business combinations involving interested shareholders require approval by a supermajority of the non-interested shareholders.

 

For the protection of shareholders, certain matters must be approved by special resolution of the shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, including alteration of the memorandum or articles of association, appointment of inspectors to examine company affairs, reduction of share capital (subject, in relevant circumstances, to court approval), change of name, authorization of a plan of merger or transfer by way of continuation to another jurisdiction or consolidation or voluntary winding up of the company.

 

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands requires that a special resolution be passed by a super majority of at least two-thirds or such higher percentage as set forth in the memorandum and articles of association, of shareholders being entitled to vote and do vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting, or by unanimous written consent of shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting.

 

Voting for Directors  

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

 

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands defines "special resolutions" only. A company's memorandum and articles of association can therefore tailor the definition of "ordinary resolutions" as a whole, or with respect to specific provisions.

 

Cumulative Voting

  No cumulative voting for the election of directors unless so provided in the certificate of incorporation.  

No cumulative voting for the election of directors unless so provided in the memorandum and articles of association.

 

Directors' Powers Regarding Bylaws

 

The certificate of incorporation may grant the directors the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

The memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.

 

Nomination and Removal of Directors and Filling Vacancies on Board

 

Shareholders may generally nominate directors if they comply with advance notice provisions and other procedural requirements in company bylaws. Holders of a majority of the shares may remove a director with or without cause, except in certain cases involving a classified board or if the company uses cumulative voting. Unless otherwise provided for in the certificate of incorporation, directorship vacancies are filled by a majority of the directors elected or then in office.

 

 

Nomination and removal of directors and filling of board vacancies are governed by the terms of the memorandum and articles of association.

 

 

  96  

 

 

 

Mergers and Similar Arrangements  

Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation, exchange or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

 

 

Cayman Islands Companies Law provides for the merger or consolidation of two or more companies into a single entity. The legislation makes a distinction between a "consolidation" and a "merger." In a consolidation, a new entity is formed from the combination of each participating company, and the separate consolidating parties, as a consequence, cease to exist and are each stricken by the Registrar of Companies. In a merger, one company remains as the surviving entity, having in effect absorbed the other merging parties that are then stricken and cease to exist.  

    Delaware law also provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors, may merge with any subsidiary, of which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock without a vote by shareholders of such subsidiary. Upon any such merger, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.  

Two or more Cayman-registered companies may merge or consolidate. Cayman-registered companies may also merge or consolidate with foreign companies provided that the laws of the foreign jurisdiction permit such merger or consolidation.

Under the new rules, a plan of merger or consolidation shall be authorized by each constituent company by way of (i) a special resolution of the members of each such constituent company; and (ii) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

 

 

  97  

 

 

       

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

Save in certain circumstances, a dissentient shareholder of a Cayman constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting to a merger or consolidation. The exercise of appraisal rights will preclude the exercise of any other rights save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

• the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

• the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

• the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

• the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

 

 

  98  

 

 

       

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

Shareholder Suits

 

Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action. 

 

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

 

• a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

 

• the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

• those who control the company are perpetrating a "fraud on the minority.

 

Inspection of Corporate Records

 

Under Delaware law, shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right during normal business hours to inspect for any proper purpose, and to obtain copies of list(s) of shareholders and other books and records of the corporation and its subsidiaries, if any, to the extent the books and records of such subsidiaries are available to the corporation.

 

 

Shareholders of a Cayman Islands exempted company have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of a list of shareholders or other corporate records (other than the register of mortgages or charges) of the company. However, these rights may be provided in the company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

Shareholder Proposals

 

Unless provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which shareholders may bring business before a meeting.

  The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands does not provide shareholders any right to bring business before a meeting or requisition a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in the company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

  99  

 

  

Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent

 

Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by written consent signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of shareholders.

 

 

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands allows a special resolution to be passed in writing if signed by all the voting shareholders (if authorized by the memorandum and articles of association). 

Calling of Special Shareholders Meetings

 

Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.

 

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands does not have provisions governing the proceedings of shareholders meetings which are usually provided in the memorandum and articles of association.

 

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BHAT”. There is no assurance that such application will be approved, and if our application is not approved, this offering may not be completed.

Transfer Agent and Registrar of Shares

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is VStock Transfer, LLC . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598 .

 

  100  

 

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares, and while we have applied for approval to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that a significant public market for the ordinary shares will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public markets after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of our ordinary shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, after these restrictions lapse, future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares, including ordinary shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market in the United States, or the possibility of such sales, could negatively affect the market price in the United States of our ordinary shares and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the closing of the offering, we will have 37,500,000 outstanding ordinary shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Of that amount, 4,500,000 ordinary shares will be publicly held by investors participating in this offering, and 33,000,000 ordinary shares will be held by our existing shareholders, some of whom may be our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer.

All of the ordinary shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our "affiliates" in the United States without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Ordinary shares purchased by one of our "affiliates" may not be resold, except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below.

The ordinary shares held by existing shareholders are, and any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding following the completion of this offering will be, "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the United States only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are described below.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted or unrestricted securities, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Non-Affiliates

 

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

 

  • the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;
  • we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and
  • we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates   

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  101  

 

 

  • 1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 375,000  shares immediately after the closing of this offering based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2018; or
  • the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares in the form of ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six-month holding period of Rule 144, which does not apply to sales of unrestricted securities.

Rule 701  

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. If any of our employees, executive officers or directors purchase shares under a written compensatory plan or contract, they may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares would be required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling any such shares.

 

Regulation S

 

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Lock-up Agreements

Our directors, executive officers and other holders of 5% or more of our ordinary shares have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares or such other securities for a period of 12 months after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of ViewTrade Securities, Inc. See “Underwriting.”

 

  102  

 

 

 

MATERIAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion applies to U.S. Holders that purchase our ordinary shares pursuant to this offering and hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to specific U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or to U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as certain financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers or traders in securities or other persons that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt entities or governmental organizations, retirement plans, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, grantor trusts, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities, currencies or notional principal contracts, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, persons who hold our ordinary shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, persons that own directly, indirectly or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power of our ordinary shares, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences or any U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax consequences.

As used in this discussion, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source or (4) a trust (x) with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (y) that has elected under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in such ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it and its partners of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

Persons considering an investment in our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences

In general, a corporation organized outside the United States will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” (the “PFIC income test”), or (2) on average at least 50% of its assets, determined on a quarterly basis, are assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (the “PFIC asset test”). Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, rents, and gains from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. Assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income generally include cash, even if held as working capital or raised in a public offering, marketable securities, and other assets that may produce passive income. Generally, in determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC, a proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.

  103  

 

 

Although PFIC status is determined on an annual basis and generally cannot be determined until the end of a taxable year, based on the nature of our current and expected income and the current and expected value and composition of our assets, we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance given in this regard because the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our conclusion or that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position. 

If we are a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder could be liable for additional taxes and interest charges under the “PFIC excess distribution regime” upon (1) a distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our ordinary shares , and (2) any gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition, including a pledge, of our ordinary shares, whether or not we continue to be a PFIC. Under the PFIC excess distribution regime, the tax on such distribution or gain would be determined by allocating the distribution or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our ordinary shares. The amount allocated to the current taxable year (i.e., the year in which the distribution occurs or the gain is recognized) and any year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income earned in the current taxable year. The amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxed at the highest marginal rates in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, to ordinary income for each such taxable year, and an interest charge, generally applicable to underpayments of tax, will be added to the tax.

If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, we must generally continue to be treated as a PFIC by that holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds such ordinary shares, unless we cease to meet the requirements for PFIC status and the U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election with respect to our ordinary shares. If the election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to sell our ordinary shares it holds at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain recognized from such deemed sale would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime. After the deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares would not be treated as shares of a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares and one of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions by the lower-tier PFIC and on gain from the disposition of shares of the lower-tier PFIC even though such U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. Any of our non-United States subsidiaries that have elected to be disregarded as entities separate from us or as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes would not be corporations under U.S. federal income tax law and accordingly, cannot be classified as lower-tier PFICs. However, non-United States subsidiaries that have not made the election may be classified as a lower-tier PFIC if we are a PFIC during your holding period and the subsidiary meets the PFIC income test or PFIC asset test. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our non-United States subsidiaries.

If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions or gain recognized on our ordinary shares if a valid “mark-to-market” election is made by the U.S. Holder for our ordinary shares. An electing U.S. Holder generally would take into account as ordinary income each year, the excess of the fair market value of our ordinary shares held at the end of such taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder would also take into account, as an ordinary loss each year, the excess of the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the excess of amounts previously included in income over ordinary losses deducted as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss recognized as a result of the mark-to-market election. Any gain from a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income and any loss from such sale, exchange or other disposition would be treated first as ordinary loss (to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income) and thereafter as capital loss. If, after having been a PFIC for a taxable year, we cease to be classified as a PFIC because we no longer meet the PFIC income or PFIC asset test, the U.S. Holder would not be required to take into account any latent gain or loss in the manner described above and any gain or loss recognized on the sale or exchange of the ordinary shares would be classified as a capital gain or loss.

A mark-to-market election is available to a U.S. Holder only for “marketable stock.” Generally, stock will be considered marketable stock if it is “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. A class of stock is regularly traded during any calendar year during which such class of stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter.

  104  

 

 

Our ordinary shares will be marketable stock as long as they remain listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and are regularly traded. A mark-to-market election will not apply to the ordinary shares for any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but will remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year in which we become a PFIC. Such election will not apply to any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime with respect to any lower-tier PFICs notwithstanding the U.S. Holder’s mark-to-market election for the ordinary shares.

No stamp duty, capital duty, registration or other issue or documentary taxes are payable in the Cayman Islands on the creation, issuance or delivery of the ordinary shares. The Cayman Islands currently have no form of income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. There are currently no Cayman Islands' taxes or duties of any nature on gains realized on a sale, exchange, conversion, transfer or redemption of the ordinary shares. Payments of dividends and capital in respect of the ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of interest and principal or a dividend or capital to any holder of the ordinary shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax as the Cayman Islands currently have no form of income or corporation taxes.

The tax consequences that would apply if we are a PFIC would also be different from those described above if a U.S. Holder were able to make a valid qualified electing fund, or “QEF”, election. As we do not expect to provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election, prospective investors should assume that a QEF election will not be available.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. Prospective U.S. investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares of a PFIC.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion above under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences,” a U.S. Holder that receives a distribution with respect to our ordinary shares generally will be required to include the gross amount of such distribution in gross income as a dividend when actually or constructively received to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our current and/or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent a distribution received by a U.S. Holder is not a dividend because it exceeds the U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital and reduce (but not below zero) the adjusted tax basis of the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares. To the extent the distribution exceeds the adjusted tax basis of the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares, the remainder will be taxed as capital gain. Because we may not account for our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. Holders should expect all distributions to be reported to them as dividends.

Distributions on our ordinary shares that are treated as dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States for foreign tax credit purposes and generally will constitute passive category income. Such dividends will not be eligible for the “dividends received’’ deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations. Dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation’’ to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be are eligible for taxation at a reduced capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income provided that a holding period requirement (more than 60 days of ownership, without protection from the risk of loss, during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date) and certain other requirements are met. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends to its particular circumstances. However, if we are a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year (see discussion above under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences’’), we will not be treated as a qualified foreign corporation, and therefore the reduced capital gains tax rate described above will not apply.

Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder's income on the date of the depositary's receipt of the dividend. The amount of any dividend income paid in Cayman Islands dollars will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect to the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation with respect to any dividend it pays on ordinary shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.

  105  

 

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion above under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences,’’ a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized (i.e., the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received) on the sale, exchange or other disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain taxable at a reduced rate for non-corporate U.S. Holders or long-term capital loss if, on the date of sale, exchange or other disposition, the ordinary shares were held by the U.S. Holder for more than one year. Any capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares will generally be gain or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare Tax

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their net investment income, which may include their gross dividend income and net gains from the disposition of our ordinary shares. If you are a United States person that is an individual, estate or trust, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of this Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in our ordinary shares.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in our ordinary shares, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). As described above under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences”, each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder of a PFIC must file an annual report containing certain information. U.S. Holders paying more than $100,000 for our ordinary shares may be required to file IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) reporting this payment. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information reporting.

Dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares may be reported to the IRS unless the U.S. Holder establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to amounts subject to reporting if the holder (1) fails to provide an accurate U.S. taxpayer identification number or otherwise establish a basis for exemption, or (2) is described in certain other categories of persons. However, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

Cayman Taxation

Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any ordinary shares under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

 

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the ordinary shares. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

 

  106  

 

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, we have obtained an undertaking from the Governor of the Cayman Islands that no law enacted in the Cayman Islands during the period of 30 years November 16, 2018 imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and no such tax or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (directly or by way of withholding) on the ordinary shares, debentures or other obligations of ours.

 

PRC  

 

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, an enterprise established outside the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income as well as tax reporting obligations. Under the Implementation Rules, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management body” within China is considered a resident enterprise. The implementation rules define the term "de facto management body" as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation's general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its "de facto management body" in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in China; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise's financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in China; (iii) the enterprise's primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in China; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in China.

 

  107  

 

 

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as the representative and sole book-running manager, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of our ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:

Underwriters

Number
of Shares

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.  
 
Total 4,500,000

 

 

The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 675,000 additional ordinary shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ordinary shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The underwriters will offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers at the initial public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $0.16 per share. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No change in those terms will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

Commissions and Expenses

 

The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to 7% of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

The following table shows the per share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 675,000 ordinary shares.

 

 

Per Share

 

Total Without Exercise of Over-allotment Option

 

Total With Full Exercise of Over-allotment Option

Initial public offering price $   $   $
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us $   $   $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us $   $   $

 

 

  108  

 

 

We will also pay to the representative by deduction from the net proceeds of the offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of our ordinary shares.

 

We have agreed to reimburse the representative up to a maximum of $183,000 for out-of-pocket accountable expenses (including the legal fees and other disbursements as disclosed below).

 

We paid an expense deposit of $35,000 to the representative, within three days of the execution of the letter of intent between us and the representative, and an additional $35,000 upon receipt of the SEC’s first comments to this prospectus, for the representative’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses; any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

We have agreed to pay expenses relating to the offering, including, and up $175,000: (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares to be sold in this offering with the SEC and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by the representative or its counsel in connection with visits to, and examinations of, our company; (iii) translation costs for due diligence purpose; (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of such shares under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of representative’s counsel); (v) the costs of all mailing and printing of the placement documents, registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the shares and the fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such shares; and (vii) the reasonable cost for road show meetings and preparation of a power point presentation. In addition, we have agreed to pay the costs associated with “tombstone” advertisements, not to exceed $8,000.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $618,021, including a maximum aggregate reimbursement of $183,000 of representative’s accountable expenses.

 

In addition, we agreed, until the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with this offering, not to negotiate with any other broker-dealer relating to a possible private and/or public offering of the securities without the written consent of the representative. If, prior to the 12 month period following the effective date of our letter of intent with the representative, we (i) do not complete the offering and listing of the securities on a national securities exchange and enter into discussions regarding a letter of intent or similar agreement with a third party broker-dealer and enter into a new engagement letter, and/or (ii) effect a private and/or public offering of the securities with another broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the representative, we will be liable to the representative for the accountable expenses of $175,000; provided, however, that such fees shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D)(ii) and shall not apply if and to the extent the representative has advised us of the representative’s inability or unwillingness to proceed with this offering.

 

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BHAT”. There is no assurance that such application will be approved, and if our application is not approved, this offering may not be completed.

 

For a period of one year from the effective date of this prospectus, the representative shall have the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of our board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the representative and its counsel; and (ii) upon written notice to the representative, we may exclude such representative from meetings where, upon the written opinion of our counsel, such representative’s presence would compromise an attorney-client privilege.

 

  109  

 

 

Underwriters’ Warrants

 

In addition, we have agreed to issue warrants to the representative of the underwriters to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to 10% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering. Such warrants shall have an exercise price equal to 120% of the offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. The underwriters’ warrants may be purchased in cash or via cashless exercise, will be exercisable for five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The underwriters’ warrants and the underlying shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the underwriters’ warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, although the underwriter warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the underwriter warrants. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

 

We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.

 

Indemnification; Indemnification Escrow

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement, the Company will set up an escrow account with a third-party escrow agent in the United States and will fund such account with $600,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during a 24 month period following the offering. The escrow account will not be interest bearing, and we will be free to invest the assets in securities. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires. The Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the escrow agent.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our officers, directors and principal shareholders (5% or more shareholders, provided that the representative may in its discretion require a lower percentage threshold) have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to a twelve (12) month “lock-up” period from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with respect to the ordinary shares that they beneficially own, including the issuance of shares upon the exercise of convertible securities and options that are currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of twelve (12) months following the closing of the offering, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative.

 

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price of the shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

  110  

 

 

No Sales of Similar Securities

 

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our ordinary shares in this offering because such underwriter repurchases those shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our ordinary shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

 

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our ordinary shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

 

Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

  

  111  

 

 

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the shares or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

In addition to the public offering of the ordinary shares in the United States, the underwriters may, subject to applicable foreign laws, also offer the ordinary shares in certain countries.

 

  112  

 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The ordinary shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ordinary shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the People’s Republic of China

 

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph only, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan

 

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the ordinary shares in Taiwan.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

  113  

 

 

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions and non-accountable expense allowance, which are expected to be incurred in connection with the sale of ordinary shares in this offering. With the exception of the registration fee payable to the SEC, the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee and the filing fee payable to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, all amounts are estimates.

SEC registration fee US$ 2,771
The Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee   75,000
FINRA filing fee   4,250
Printing and engraving expenses   25,000
Legal fees and expenses   275,000
Accounting fees and expenses   50,000
Transfer agent and registrar fee and expenses   3,000
Miscellaneous   183,000
Total   $618,021*
* Estimated.

 

 

 

 

  114  

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by K&L Gates LLP with respect to certain legal matters of U.S. federal securities. The validity of our shares underlying our ordinary shares and certain other matters of Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Campbells. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Beijing Dentons Law Offices, LLP. The underwriters are being represented by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC in connection with this offering.

 

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The registered business address of Friedman LLP is 1700 Broadway, New York, New York 10019.

 

 

 

 

 

  115  

 

 

ENFORCEMENT OF LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection for investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies do not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, most of our directors and executive officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our executive officers and directors.

We have appointed Puglisi & Associates as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States in connection with this offering under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State in the United States.

Cayman Islands

We have been advised by Campbells, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, that the United States and the Cayman Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters and that there is uncertainty as to whether a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability provisions, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. This uncertainty relates to whether such a judgment would be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to be penal or punitive in nature.

We have also been advised by Campbells that, notwithstanding the above, a final and conclusive judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts under which a definite sum of money is payable as compensatory damages and not in respect of laws that are penal in nature (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided that: (a) the court that gave the judgment was competent to hear the action in accordance with private international law principles as applied by the courts in the Cayman Islands and the parties subject to such judgment either submitted to such jurisdiction or were resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and were duly served with process, (b) the judgment given by the foreign court was not in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations, (c) the judgment was final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, (d) the judgment was not obtained by fraud, and (e) the judgment was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or public policy in the Cayman Islands.

A Cayman Islands court may impose civil liability on us or our directors or officers in a suit brought in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands against us or these persons with respect to a violation of U.S. federal securities laws, provided that the facts surrounding any violation constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Cayman Islands law.

PRC

We have been advised by Dentons, our counsel as to PRC law, that the United States and the PRC do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters and that there is uncertainty as to whether a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability provisions, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would be enforceable in the PRC. This uncertainty relates to whether such a judgment would be determined by the courts of the PRC to be penal or punitive in nature.

  116  

 

 

We have also been advised by Dentons that, according to Civil Procedural Law of the People’s Republic of China, where a judgment or ruling made by a foreign court which has come into legal effect requires ratification and enforcement by a People's Court of the People's Republic of China, the parties concerned may submit an application directly to an intermediate People's Court of the People's Republic of China which has jurisdiction for ratification and enforcement, or the foreign court may, pursuant to the provisions of the international treaty concluded or participated by the country and the People's Republic of China or in accordance with the principle of reciprocity, request for ratification and enforcement by the People's Court. For a judgment or ruling made by a foreign court which has come into legal effect for which ratification and enforcement is applied or requested, where a People's Court concludes, upon examination pursuant to the international treaty concluded or participated by the People's Republic of China or in accordance with the principle of reciprocity, that the basic principle of the laws of the People's Republic of China or the sovereignty, security or public interest of the People’s Republic of China is not violated, the People's Court shall rule on ratification of the validity; where there is a need for enforcement, an enforcement order shall be issued and enforced pursuant to the relevant provisions of this Law. Where the People's Court deemed that the basic principle of the laws of the People's Republic of China or the sovereignty, security or public interest of the People’s Republic of China is violated, the judgment or ruling made by the foreign court shall not be ratified and enforced.

 

  117  

 

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Certain information is omitted and you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules for that information. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

 

You may review a copy of the registration statement, including exhibits and any schedule filed therewith, and obtain copies of such materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. Those reports may be inspected without charge at the locations described above. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

 

We maintain a website at http://www.bluehatgroup.net. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and shall not be incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

 

 

 

  118  

 

 

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     
Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and Nine Months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017   Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Financial Statements:    
Consolidated Balance Sheets   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Change in Shareholders’ Equity   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8

 

 

 

  F-1  

 

 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and

Shareholders of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

  

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology and Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

 

New York, New York

November 19, 2018, except for Note 14 and Note 16 which are dated January 15, 2019

 

  F-2  

 

 

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED Balance sheets 

    September 30,
2018
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
    (Unaudited)        
ASSETS                        
CURRENT ASSETS                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 11,794,477     $ 2,370,283     $ 484,480  
Restricted cash     —         —         471,446  
Short-term investments     2,330,142       17,390,432       2,879,863  
Accounts receivable, net     9,086,798       6,348,249       3,784,385  
Other receivables, net     239,681       233,883       151,537  
Inventories     221,184       598,199       898,009  
Prepayments, net     1,922,237       2,302,595       1,740,029  
Total current assets     25,594,519       29,243,641       10,409,749  
                         
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET     225,605       278,894       29,940  
                         
OTHER ASSETS                        
Prepayments     10,186       14,779       —    
Intangible assets, net     4,367,681       4,002,687       2,024,247  
Long-term investments     1,754,888       7,684       —    
Deferred tax assets     30,552       34,492       18,277  
Total other assets     6,163,307       4,059,642       2,042,524  
                         
Total assets   $ 31,983,431     $ 33,582,177     $ 12,482,213  
                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                        
                         
CURRENT LIABILITIES                        
Short-term loans - banks   $ 2,038,874     $ 3,611,279     $ 2,051,902  
Current maturities of long-term loans - third party     74,839       64,053       —    
Accounts payable     1,966,569       5,706,353       2,308,692  
Other payables and accrued liabilities     868,732       299,464       318,565  
Other payables - related party     31,894       33,654       6,048  
Customer deposits     94,154       110,853       85,168  
Taxes payable     3,035,127       1,768,731       757,070  
Total current liabilities     8,110,189       11,594,387       5,527,445  
                         
OTHER LIABILITIES                        
Long-term loans - third party     111,334       177,027       —    
Total other liabilities     111,334       177,027       —    
                         
Total liabilities     8,221,523       11,771,414       5,527,445  
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                        
                         
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                        
Ordinary shares, $0.001  par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 33,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016     33,000       33,000       33,000  
Additional paid-in capital     12,831,969       12,831,969       4,059,614  
Statutory reserves     1,244,087       913,739       382,870  
Retained earnings     10,443,940       7,514,858       2,920,754  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (791,088 )     517,197       (441,470 )
Total shareholders' equity     23,761,908       21,810,763       6,954,768  
                         
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 31,983,431     $ 33,582,177     $ 12,482,213  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-3  

 

   

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

    Nine Months Ended   Years Ended
    September 30,   December 31,
    2018   2017   2017   2016
    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)        
REVENUES   $ 9,632,860     $ 6,316,574     $ 14,144,894     $ 9,352,650  
                                 
COST OF REVENUES     3,536,760       2,549,650       5,300,087       4,577,319  
                                 
GROSS PROFIT     6,096,100       3,766,924       8,844,807       4,775,331  
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES:                                
Selling     578,199       429,661       629,424       310,668  
General and administrative     1,708,791       1,042,166       1,915,195       1,487,254  
Research and development     175,016       220,897       355,730       159,186  
Total operating expenses     2,462,006       1,692,724       2,900,349       1,957,108  
                                 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     3,634,094       2,074,200       5,944,458       2,818,223  
                                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                                
Interest income     166,224       32,583       161,382       4,799  
Interest expense     (112,128 )     (132,191 )     (183,291 )     (130,826 )
Other finance expenses     (2,437 )     (2,684 )     (3,473 )     (11,671 )
Other income, net     9,002       164,373       161,091       379,450  
Total other income, net     60,661       62,081       135,709       241,752  
                                 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES     3,694,755       2,136,281       6,080,167       3,059,975  
                                 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     435,325       294,540       955,194       485,658  
                                 
NET INCOME     3,259,430       1,841,741       5,124,973       2,574,317  
                                 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)                                
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (1,308,285 )     438,956       958,667       (364,997 )
                                 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   $ 1,951,145     $ 2,280,697     $ 6,083,640     $ 2,209,320  
                                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES                                
Basic and diluted     33,000,000       33,000,000       33,000,000       33,000,000  
                                 
EARNINGS PER SHARE                                
Basic and diluted   $ 0.10     $ 0.06     $ 0.16     $ 0.08  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-4  

 

   

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF change in shareholders’ equity

                             
    Ordinary shares       Retained earnings        
    Shares   Par value   Additional paid-in capital   Statutory reserves   Unrestricted   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   Total
BALANCE, December 31, 2015     33,000,000     $ 33,000     $ 1,803,872     $ 104,420     $ 624,887     $ (76,473 )   $ 2,489,706  
Capital contributions     —         —         2,255,742       —         —         —         2,255,742  
Net income     —         —         —         —         2,574,317       —         2,574,317  
Statutory reserve     —         —         —         278,450       (278,450 )     —         —    
Foreign currency translation     —         —         —         —         —         (364,997 )     (364,997 )
BALANCE, December 31, 2016     33,000,000       33,000       4,059,614       382,870       2,920,754       (441,470 )     6,954,768  
Capital contributions     —         —         8,772,355       —         —         —         8,772,355  
Net income     —         —         —         —         5,124,973       —         5,124,973  
Statutory reserve     —         —         —         530,869       (530,869 )     —         —    
Foreign currency translation     —         —         —         —         —         958,667       958,667  
BALANCE, December 31, 2017     33,000,000       33,000       12,831,969       913,739       7,514,858       517,197       21,810,763  
Net income     —         —         —         —         3,259,430       —         3,259,430  
Statutory reserve     —         —         —         330,348       (330,348 )     —         —    
Foreign currency translation     —         —         —         —         —         (1,308,285 )     (1,308,285 )
BALANCE, September 30, 2018 (Unaudited)     33,000,000     $ 33,000     $ 12,831,969     $ 1,244,087     $ 10,443,940     $ (791,088 )   $ 23,761,908  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-5  

 

   

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF cash flows

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  

For the Years Ended

December 31,

    2018   2017   2017   2016
    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)        
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                
Net income   $ 3,259,430     $ 1,841,741     $ 5,124,973     $ 2,574,317  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by                                
operating activities:                                
Depreciation of property and equipment     77,254       9,669       14,702       11,985  
Amortization of intangible assets     222,133       167,163       193,255       87,766  
Provision for doubtful accounts     190,154       63,424       93,348       225,395  
Deferred income taxes     2,252       (9,514 )     (14,431 )     (4,231 )
Loss on disposal of equipment     333       —         —         —    
Change in operating assets and liabilities                                
Accounts receivable     (3,427,077 )     (1,850,149 )     (2,299,311 )     (1,185,859 )
Other receivables     (19,007 )     (401,226 )     (73,345 )     336,025  
Inventories     364,454       319,105       346,821       323,177  
Prepayments     228,252       22,461       (385,782 )     (1,003,606 )
Prepaid expense     49,780       10,101       (71,639 )     (7,494 )
Accounts payable     (3,627,748 )     596,476       3,122,321       186,155  
Other payables and accrued liabilities     156,049       (181,573 )     (39,412 )     163,243  
Customer deposits     (11,492 )     (50,095 )     19,221       (21,180 )
Taxes payable     1,432,520       164,755       958,959       588,220  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (1,102,713 )     702,338       6,989,680       2,273,913  
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                
Purchases of property and equipment     (36,865 )     (20,023 )     (53,737 )     (25,738 )
Proceeds from disposal of equipment     77       —         —         —    
Purchase of intangible assets     (367,028 )     (361,514 )     (1,967,360 )     (1,718,440 )
Proceeds from short-term investments     17,348,096       3,549,805       3,574,969       1,057,192  
Purchase of short-term investments     (2,430,835 )     (611,107 )     (17,361,393 )     (4,067,381 )
Payments on long-term investments     (1,842,276 )     —         (7,399 )     —    
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     12,671,169       2,557,161       (15,814,920 )     (4,754,367 )
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                
Capital contributions     —         8,772,355       8,772,355       2,255,742  
Proceeds from other payables - related party     —         —         26,192       6,321  
Repayments of short-term loans - banks     (3,607,790 )     (1,799,953 )     (2,108,665 )     (2,814,527 )
Proceeds from short-term loans - banks     2,149,322       3,452,971       3,477,448       2,596,288  
Repayments of long-term loans - third party     (44,588 )     —         —         —    
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (1,503,056 )     10,425,373       10,167,330       2,043,824  
                                 
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH     (641,206 )     378,520       72,267       (69,965 )
                                 
NET CHANGE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH     9,424,194       14,063,392       1,414,357       (506,595 )
                                 
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of period     2,370,283       955,926       955,926       1,462,521  
                                 
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of period   $ 11,794,477     $ 15,019,318     $ 2,370,283     $ 955,926  
                                 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                                
Cash paid for income tax   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
Cash paid for interest   $ 112,128     $ 132,191     $ 183,291     $ 130,826  
                                 
SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:                                
Equipment acquired through long-term loans - third party   $ —       $ —       $ 198,756     $ —    
Intangible assets acquired through other payable   $ 460,569     $ —       $ —       $ —    

 

  F-6  

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the statement of financial position that sum to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

    September 30, 2018   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016
    (Unaudited)        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 11,794,477     $ 2,370,283     $ 484,480  
Restricted cash     —         —         471,446  
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows   $ 11,794,477     $ 2,370,283     $ 955,926  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-7  

 

 

 

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. Dollars, unless stated otherwise)

 

Note 1 – Nature of business and organization

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology (“Blue Hat Cayman” or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated on June 13, 2018, under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Company has no substantive operations other than holding all of the outstanding share capital of Brilliant Hat Limited (“Blue Hat BVI”) established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on June 26, 2018.

 

Blue Hat BVI is also a holding company holding all of the outstanding equity of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat HK”) which was established in Hong Kong on June 26, 2018. Blue Hat HK is also a holding company holding all of the outstanding equity of Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat WFOE”) which was established on July 26, 2018 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”).

 

The Company, through its variable interest entity (“VIE”), Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (“Blue Hat Fujian”), a PRC company, and through its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat Hunan”) and Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd. (“Blue Hat Shenyang”), each a PRC company, engages in designing, producing, promoting and selling interactive toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide.

 

On January 25, 2018, the Company established its wholly owned subsidiary, Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat Chongqing”), a PRC company. Blue Hat Chongqing also engages in designing, producing, promoting and selling interactive toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide. As of September 30, 2018, Blue Hat Chongqing has no operations.

 

On September 10, 2018, the Company established its wholly owned subsidiary, Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd. (“Blue Hat Pingxiang”), a PRC company. Blue Hat Pingxiang also engages in designing, producing, promoting and selling interactive toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features worldwide.

 

On November 13, 2018, Blue Hat Cayman completed a reorganization of entities under common control of its then existing shareholders, who collectively owned all of the equity interests of Blue Hat Cayman prior to the reorganization. Blue Hat Cayman, Brilliant BVI, and Blue Hat HK were established as the holding companies of Blue Hat WFOE. Blue Hat WFOE is the primary beneficiary of Blue Hat Fujian and its subsidiaries, and all of these entities included in Blue Hat Cayman are under common control which results in the consolidation of Blue Hat Fujian and subsidiaries which have been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control at carrying value. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis as if the reorganization became effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Blue Hat Cayman. 

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the activities of Blue Hat Cayman and each of the following entities:

 

  F-8  

 

 

Name   Background   Ownership
Brilliant Hat Limited  

•       A British Virgin Islands company

•       Incorporated on June 26, 2018 

•       A holding company

  100% owned by Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology
Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.  

•       A Hong Kong company

•       Incorporated on June 26, 2018

•       A holding company

  100% owned by Brilliant Hat Limited
Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.  

•      A PRC limited liability company and deemed a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”)

•      Incorporated on July 26, 2018

•      Registered capital of $ 736,073 (RMB 5,000,000)

•       A holding company

  100% owned by Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.
Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on January 7, 2010

•       Registered capital of $4,697,526 (RMB 31,054,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  VIE of Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.
Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on October 19, 2017

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on July 27, 2017

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on January 25, 2018

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.
Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd.  

•       A PRC limited liability company

•       Incorporated on September 10, 2018

•       Registered capital of $302,540 (RMB 2,000,000)

•       Designing, producing, promoting and selling animated toys with mobile games features, original intellectual property and peripheral derivatives features.

  100% owned by Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

  

  F-9  

 

 

Contractual Arrangements

 

Due to legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in, among other areas, the production, development and operation of AR interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features, the Company operates its businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited in the PRC through certain PRC domestic companies. As such, Blue Hat Fujian is controlled through contractual arrangements in lieu of direct equity ownership by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Such contractual arrangements consist of a series of three agreements, along with shareholders’ powers of attorney (“POAs”) and irrevocable commitment letters (collectively the “Contractual Arrangements”, which were signed on November 13, 2018).

 

The significant terms of the Contractual Arrangements are as follows:

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement between Blue Hat WFOE and Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat WFOE has the exclusive right to provide Blue Hat Fujian with technical support services, consulting services and other services, including technical support, technical assistance, technical consulting, and professional training necessary for Blue Hat Fujian’s operation, network support, database support, software services, business management consulting, grant use rights of intellectual property rights, lease hardware and device, provide system integration service, research and development of software and system maintenance, provide labor support and to develop the related technologies based on Blue Hat Fujian’s needs. In exchange, Blue Hat WFOE is entitled to a service fee that equals to all of the consolidated net income after offsetting previous year’s loss (if any) of Blue Hat Fujian. The service fee may be adjusted by Blue Hat WFOE based on the actual scope of services rendered by Blue Hat WFOE and the operational needs and expanding demands of Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement, Blue Hat WFOE has the unilateral right to adjust the service fee at any time, and Blue Hat Fujian has no right to adjust the service fee. We believe that such conditions under which the service fee may be adjusted will be primarily based on the needs of Blue Hat Fujian to operate and develop its business in the AR market. For example, if Blue Hat Fujian needs to expand its business, increase research input or consummate mergers or acquisitions in the future, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to decrease the amount of the service fee, which would allow Blue Hat Fujian to have additional capital to operate and develop its business in the AR market.

 

The exclusive business cooperation agreement remains in effect for 10 years until November 13, 2028 and shall be automatically renewed for one year at the expiration date of the validity term. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate this agreement upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

Call Option Agreements

 

Pursuant to the call option agreements, among Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian, such shareholders jointly and severally grant Blue Hat WFOE an option to purchase their equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian. The purchase price shall be the lowest price then permitted under applicable PRC laws. Blue Hat WFOE or its designated person may exercise such option at any time to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian until it has acquired all equity interests of Blue Hat Fujian, which is irrevocable during the term of the agreements.

 

The call option agreements remains in effect for 10 years until November 13, 2028 and shall be automatically renewed for one year at the expiration date of the validity term. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate these agreements upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

 

Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, among Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian, and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian, such shareholders pledge all of the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian to Blue Hat WFOE as collateral to secure the obligations of Blue Hat Fujian under the exclusive business cooperation agreement and call option agreements. These shareholders are prohibited from transferring the pledged equity interests without the prior consent of Blue Hat WFOE unless transferring the equity interests to Blue Hat WFOE or its designated person in accordance to the call option agreements.

 

The equity pledge agreement shall come into force the date on which the pledged interests is recorded, which is three days after signing of the Agreement on November 13, 2018, under Blue Hat Fujian’s register of shareholders and is registered with competent administration for industry and commerce of Blue Hat Fujian until all of the liabilities and debts to Blue Hat WFOE have been fulfilled completely by Blue Hat Fujian. Blue Hat Fujian and the shareholders who collectively owned all of Blue Hat Fujian shall not terminate these agreements in any circumstance for any reason. However, Blue Hat WFOE has the right to terminate these agreements upon giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Blue Hat Fujian at any time.

 

  F-10  

 

 

Shareholders’ POAs

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ POAs, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian give Blue Hat WFOE an irrevocable proxy to act on their behalf on all matters pertaining to Blue Hat Fujian and to exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian, including the right to attend shareholders meeting, to exercise voting rights and all of the other rights, and to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfillment of the obligations under the call option agreements and the equity pledge agreement. The shareholder POAs shall remain in effect while the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian hold the equity interests in Blue Hat Fujian.

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letters

 

Pursuant to the irrevocable commitment letters, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian commit that their spouses or inheritors have no right to claim any rights or interest in relation to the shares that they hold in Blue Hat Fujian and have no right to impose any impact on the daily managing duties of Blue Hat Fujian, and commit that if any event which refrains them from exercising shareholders’ rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to them, the shareholders of Blue Hat Fujian will take corresponding measures to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of the Contractual Arrangements. The letter are irrevocable and shall not be withdrawn without the consent of Blue Hat WFOE.

 

Based on the foregoing contractual arrangements, which grant Blue Hat WFOE effective control of Blue Hat Fujian and enable Blue Hat WFOE to receive all of their expected residual returns, the Company accounts for Blue Hat Fujian as a VIE. Accordingly, the Company consolidates the accounts of Blue Hat Fujian for the periods presented herein, in accordance with Regulation S-X-3A-02 promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10, Consolidation.

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for information pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, which include the wholly-foreign owned enterprise ("WFOE") and variable interest entities ("VIEs") over which the Company exercises control and, when applicable, entities for which the Company has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation. 

 

Use of estimates and assumptions

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the useful lives of plant and equipment and intangible assets, capitalized development costs, impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenue recognition, allowance for deferred tax assets and uncertain tax position, and inventory allowance. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Foreign currency translation and transaction

 

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The Company in China conducts its businesses in the local currency, Renminbi (RMB), as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate as quoted by the People’s Bank of China at the end of the period. The statement of income accounts are translated at the average translation rates and the equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

 

  F-11  

 

 

Translation adjustments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) amounted to $(791,088) (Unaudited), $517,197, and $(441,470) as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The balance sheet amounts, with the exception of shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016 were translated at 6.87 RMB, 6.51 RMB, and 6.94 RMB to $1.00, respectively. The shareholders’ equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to statement of income accounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 were 6.51 RMB and 6.81 RMB to $1.00, respectively. The average translation rates applied to statement of income accounts for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were 6.76 RMB and 6.64 RMB to $1.00, respectively. Cash flows are also translated at average translation rates for the periods, therefore, amounts reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consists of cash on hand, demand deposits and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions and have original maturities of less than three months.

 

Restricted cash

 

Restricted cash represents cash held by banks as certificate of deposit collateralizing letters of credit.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier adoption is permitted. The amendments in this Update should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted this guidance on a retrospective basis and has applied the changes to the consolidated statement of cash flows starting from the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Short-term investments

 

Short-term investments consist of demand deposits and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions, which contain a fixed or variable interest rate and have original maturities between three months and one year. Such investments are generally not permitted to be redeemed early or are subject to penalties for redemption prior to maturity. Given the short-term nature, the carrying value of short-term investments approximates their fair value. There was no other-than-temporary impairment of short-term investments for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Accounts receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable include trade accounts due from customers. Accounts are considered overdue after 30 days. In establishing the required allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers. Management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate, and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written-off against allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

Other receivables, net

 

Other receivables primarily include advances to employees, and other deposits. Management regularly reviews the aging of receivables and changes in payment trends and records allowances when management believes collection of amounts due are at risk. Accounts considered uncollectable are written off against allowances after exhaustive efforts at collection are made. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, allowance for the doubtful accounts were $13,106 (Unaudited), $13,830, and $9,204, respectively.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are comprised of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the weighted average method. Management reviews inventories for obsolescence and cost in excess of net realizable value quarterly and records a reserve against the inventory when the carrying value exceeds net realizable value.

 

  F-12  

 

 

Prepayments, net

 

Prepayments are cash deposited or advanced to suppliers for future inventory purchases. This amount is refundable and bears no interest. For any advances to suppliers determined by management that such advances will not be in receipts of inventories or refundable, the Company will recognize an allowance account to reserve such balances. Management reviews its advances to suppliers on a regular basis to determine if the allowance is adequate, and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written-off against allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable. The Company’s management continues to evaluate the reasonableness of the valuation allowance policy and update it if necessary. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, allowance for the doubtful accounts were $120,802 (Unaudited), $127,470, and $105,729, respectively.

 

Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

    Useful Life
Electronic devices   3 years
Office equipment, fixtures and furniture     3 years
Automobiles   3 years

 

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred, while additions, renewals and betterments, which are expected to extend the useful life of assets, are capitalized. The Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation to determine whether subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.

 

Intangible assets

 

The Company’s intangible assets with definite useful lives primarily consist of software development costs, patents and licensed software. The Company amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives over their estimated useful lives and reviews these assets for impairment. The Company typically amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the contractual terms or the estimated useful lives of five to ten years.

 

Software development costs

 

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 350-40, “Internal Use Software”, to capitalize certain direct development costs associated with internal-used software. ASC 350-40 provides guidance on capitalization of the costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company expenses all costs incurred during the preliminary project stage of its development, and capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs incurred relating to upgrades and enhancements to the application are capitalized if it is determined that these upgrades or enhancements add additional functionality to the application. The capitalized development cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is generally five years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

Impairment for long-lived assets

 

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company would reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized. 

 

  F-13  

 

 

Long-term investments

 

Long-term investments include cost method investment and equity method investments.

Entities in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not have a controlling interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Significant influence is generally considered to exist when the Company has voting shares between 20% and 50%, and other factors, such as representation on the Board of Directors, voting rights and the impact of commercial arrangements, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. Under this method of accounting, the Company records its proportionate share of the net earnings or losses of equity method investees and a corresponding increase or decrease to the investment balances. Dividends received from the equity method investments are recorded as reductions in the cost of such investments. The Company accounts for investments with less than 20% of the voting shares and does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee using the cost method. The Company records cost method investments at the historical cost in its consolidated financial statements and subsequently records any dividends received from the net accumulated earrings of the investee as income. Dividends received in excess of earnings are considered a return of investment and are recorded as reduction in the cost of the investments.

Long-term investments are evaluated for impairment when facts or circumstances indicate that the fair value of the long-term investments is less than its carrying value. An impairment is recognized when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company reviews several factors to determine whether a loss is other-than-temporary. These factors include, but are not limited to, the: (i) nature of the investment; (ii) cause and duration of the impairment; (iii) extent to which fair value is less than cost; (iv) financial condition and near term prospects of the investments; and (v) ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. No event had occurred and indicated that other-than-temporary impairment existed and therefore the Company did not record any impairment charges for its investments for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Fair value measurement

 

The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.

 

The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels are defined as follow:

 

  Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
  Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.
  Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

 

Financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at face value or cost, which approximate fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rates of interest.

 

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

  F-14  

 

 

Financial Assets  

Carrying Value 

as of 

September 30, 2018

    Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2018 (Unaudited)  Using Fair Value Hierarchy  
    (Unaudited)     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Short-term investments   $ 2,330,142     $ 2,330,142     $ -     $ -  

 

 

Financial Assets  

Carrying Value 

as of 

December 31, 2017

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017
Using Fair Value Hierarchy
 
          Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Short-term investments   $ 17,390,432     $ 17,390,432     $ -     $ -  

 

 

Financial Assets  

Carrying Value 

as of 

December 31, 2016

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016
Using Fair Value Hierarchy
 
          Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Short-term investments   $ 2,879,863     $ 2,879,863     $ -     $ -  

 

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when all of the following have occurred: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) the ability to collect is reasonably assured.

 

Sales of interactive toys

 

The Company recognizes sales of interactive toys revenues upon shipment or upon receipt of products by the customer, depending on the terms, provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; persuasive evidence of an agreement exists documenting the specific terms of the transaction; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. Management assesses the business environment, the customer’s financial condition, historical collection experience, accounts receivable aging, and customer disputes to determine whether collectability is reasonably assured. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured at the time of sale, the Company does not recognize revenue until collection occurs. The Company routinely enters into arrangements with its customers to provide sales incentives, support customer promotions, and provide allowances for returns and defective merchandise. Such programs are based primarily on customer purchases, customer performance of specified promotional activities, and other specified factors such as sales to consumers. The costs of these programs are recorded as sales adjustments that reduce gross sales in the period the related sale is recognized.

 

The products sold in the PRC are subject to a Chinese value-added tax (“VAT”). VAT taxes are presented as a reduction of revenue.

 

Mobile games

 

The Company operates the mobile games as live services that allow players to play for free. Within these games, players can purchase virtual currency to obtain virtual goods to enhance the game-playing experience. On the platform, players purchase virtual currency and/or virtual goods through various widely accepted payment methods offered in the games, including Alipay or WeChat and online bank transfer service providers. Advance payments from customers for virtual goods that are non-refundable that specify our obligations are recorded to deferred revenue. All other advance payments that do not meet these criteria are recorded as advances from customers. For virtual goods purchases upon immediately use with no future game-playing benefits, the Company recognizes such virtual goods purchase upon receipts of payment from the paying players. For virtual goods purchases for the conversion of future game-playing benefits or throughout the players’ playing life, the Company recognizes such virtual goods purchases ratably over the estimated average playing period of paying players for the applicable game, starting from the point in time when virtual items are delivered to the players’ accounts and all other revenue recognition criteria are met. The Company records revenue generated from mobile games on a gross basis as the Company is acting as the principal to fulfill all obligations related to the game operation. Fees paid to distribution channels and payment channels are recorded as cost of revenues.

 

  F-15  

 

 

The Company considers the average period that players typically play the games and other game player behavior patterns, as well as various other factors to arrive at the best estimates for the estimated playing period of the paying players for each game. On a quarterly basis, the Company determined the estimated average playing period for paying players by analyzing paying players for that game who made their first virtual goods purchase during that period and counting their cumulative login days for each game. The Company then averages the time periods to determine the estimated paying playing period for that game. If a new game is launched and only a limited period of paying player data is available, then the Company considers other qualitative factors, such as the playing patterns for paying players for other games with similar characteristics and playing patterns of paying players, such as targeted players and purchasing frequency. While the Company believes its estimates to be reasonable based on available game player information, the Company may revise such estimates based on new information indicating a change in the game player behavior patterns and any adjustments are applied prospectively.

 

Based on the Company’s analysis, the estimated average playing period of paying players is approximately one to three months, and this estimate has been consistent since the Company’s initial analysis. No change has been made in such estimate during any of the periods presented. Future usage patterns may differ from historical usage patterns and therefore the estimated average playing periods may change in the future.

 

Animation design service

 

Revenue from fixed-price animation design service contract requires the Company to perform services for animation design based on customers’ specific needs. The Company recognizes its animation design service revenues upon completion of the design after the acceptance by its customer with no more future obligation of the design project using completed contract method as the duration of the design period is short, usually approximately 3 months or less.

 

Shipping and handling

 

Shipping and handling costs amounted to $36,818 (Unaudited) and $47,586 (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Shipping and handling costs amounted to $150,776 and $97,871 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling expenses.

 

Advertising costs

 

Advertising costs amounted to $88,626 (Unaudited) and $26,385 (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Advertising costs amounted to $291,782 and $83,358 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling expenses.

 

Operating leases

 

A lease for which substantially all the benefits and risks incidental to ownership remain with the lessor is classified by the lessee as an operating lease. All leases of the Company are currently classified as operating leases. The Company records the total expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Government subsidies

 

Government subsidies mainly represent amounts granted by local government authorities as an incentive for companies to promote development of the local technology industry. The Company receives government subsidies related to government sponsored projects, and records such government subsidies as a liability when it is received. The Company records government subsidies as other income when there is no further performance obligation. Total government subsidies amounted to $0 (Unaudited) and $235,273 (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Total government subsidies amounted to $328,346 and $286,955 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development expenses include salaries and other compensation-related expenses to the Company’s research and product development personnel, as well as office rental, depreciation and related expenses for the Company’s research and product development team. The Company recognizes software development costs in accordance with ASC 350-40 “Software—internal use software”. The Group expenses all costs that are incurred in connection with the planning and implementation phases of development, and costs that are associated with maintenance of the existing websites or software for internal use. Certain costs associated with developing internal-use software are capitalized when such costs are incurred within the application development stage of software development.

 

  F-16  

 

 

Value added taxes

 

Revenue represents the invoiced value of service, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price and VAT rates range up to 17%, depending on the type of service provided. Entities that are VAT general taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities. Net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded in tax payable. All of the VAT returns filed by the Company’s subsidiaries in China, have been and remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company accounts for current income taxes in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. The charge for taxation is based on the results for the fiscal year as adjusted for items, which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

 

Deferred taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax basis used in the computation of assessable tax profit. In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it is related to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities.

 

An uncertain tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. No penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the period incurred. PRC tax returns filed in 2015 to 2017 are subject to examination by any applicable tax authorities.

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components, net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under GAAP are recorded as an element of shareholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of a foreign currency translation adjustment resulting from the Company not using the U.S. dollar as its functional currencies.

 

Earnings per share

 

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary share outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no dilutive shares.

 

Employee benefits

 

The full-time employees of the Company are entitled to staff welfare benefits including medical care, housing fund, pension benefits, unemployment insurance and other welfare, which are government mandated defined contribution plans. The Company is required to accrue for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ respective salaries, subject to certain ceilings, in accordance with the relevant PRC regulations, and make cash contributions to the state-sponsored plans out of the amounts accrued. Total expenses for the plans were $61,271 (Unaudited) and $42,489 (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Total expenses for the plans were $63,566 and $43,269 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Statutory reserves

 

Pursuant to the laws applicable to the PRC, PRC entities must make appropriations from after-tax profit to the non-distributable "statutory surplus reserve fund". Subject to certain cumulative limits, the "statutory surplus reserve fund" requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profit until the aggregated appropriations reach 50% of the registered capital (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC ("PRC GAAP") at each year-end). For foreign invested enterprises and joint ventures in the PRC, annual appropriations should be made to the "reserve fund". For foreign invested enterprises, the annual appropriation for the "reserve fund" cannot be less than 10% of after-tax profits until the aggregated appropriations reach 50% of the registered capital (as determined under PRC GAAP at each year-end). If the Company has accumulated loss from prior periods, the Company is able to use the current period net income after tax to offset against the accumulate loss.

 

  F-17  

 

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Deferral of the Effective Date” (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date for ASU 2014-09 by one year. For public entities, the guidance in ASU 2014-09 was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (including interim reporting periods within those periods), which means it will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, “Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue versus Net)” (“ASU 2016-08”), which clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations in the new revenue recognition standard. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing” (“ASU 2016-10”), which reduces the complexity when applying the guidance for identifying performance obligations and improves the operability and understandability of the license implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12 “Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients” (“ASU 2016-12”), which amends the guidance on transition, collectability, noncash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes. In December 2016, the FASB further issued ASU 2016-20, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2016-20”), which makes minor corrections or minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. The amendments are intended to address implementation and provide additional practical expedients to reduce the cost and complexity of applying the new revenue standard. These amendments have the same effective date as the new revenue standard. In September 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-13, which to clarify effective dates that public business entities and other entities were required to adopt ASC Topic 606 for annual reporting. As an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, the Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act Section 7(a)(2)(B) for complying with new or revised accounting standards applicable to private companies. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is planning to adopt Topic 606 in the first quarter of 2019 using the modified retrospective transition method, and is continuing to evaluate the impact our pending adoption of Topic 606 will have on the consolidated financial statements. The Company is in the process of evaluating the new standard against its existing accounting policies, including the timing of revenue recognition and its contracts with customers to determine the effect the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and what changes to systems and controls may be warranted.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to increase the transparency and comparability about leases among entities. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a corresponding lease asset for virtually all lease contracts. It also requires additional disclosures about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption assuming the Company will remain an emerging growth company at that date. Early adoption is permitted. In September 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-13, which to clarify effective dates that public business entities and other entities were required to adopt ASC Topic 842 for annual reporting. A public business entity that otherwise would not meet the definition of a public business entity except for a requirement to include or the inclusion of its financial statements or financial information in another entity’s filing with the SEC adopting ASC Topic 842 for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020. ASU No. 2017-13 also amended that all components of a leveraged lease be recalculated from inception of the lease based on the revised after tax cash flows arising from the change in the tax law, including revised tax rates. The difference between the amounts originally recorded and the recalculated amounts must be included in income of the year in which the tax law is enacted. The Company has not early adopted this update and it will become effective on January 1, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, to address diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on the following eight specific cash flow issues: (1) Debt Prepayment or Debt Extinguishment Costs; (2) Settlement of Zero-Coupon Debt Instruments or Other Debt Instruments with Coupon Interest Rates That Are Insignificant in Relation to the Effective Interest Rate of the Borrowing; (3) Contingent Consideration Payments Made after a Business Combination; (4) Proceeds from the Settlement of Insurance Claims; (5) Proceeds from the Settlement of Corporate-Owned Life Insurance Policies, including Bank-Owned; (6) Life Insurance Policies; (7) Distributions Received from Equity Method Investees; (8) Beneficial Interests in Securitization Transactions; and Separately Identifiable Cash Flows and Application of the Predominance Principle. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. If it is impracticable to apply the amendments retrospectively for some of the issues, the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The adoption of this ASU on January 1, 2018 would not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-18  

 

 

In July 2017, the FASB Issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in Part I of the Update change the reclassification analysis of certain equity-lined financial instruments (or embedded features) with down round features. The amendments in Part II of this Update re-characterize the indefinite deferral of certain provisions of Topic 480 that now are presented as pending content in the Codification, to a scope exception. For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. For all other entities, the amendments in Part I of this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The amendments in Part II of this Update do not require any transition guidance because those amendments do not have an accounting effect. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this Update affect any entity that is required to apply the provisions of Topic 220, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income, and has items of other comprehensive income for which the related tax effects are presented in other comprehensive income as required by GAAP. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the amendments in this Update is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, (1) for public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) for all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The amendments in this Update should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recognized. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Except as mentioned above, the Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and comprehensive income and statements of cash flows.

 

 

Note 3 – Variable interest entity (“VIE”)

 

On November 13, 2018, Blue Hat WFOE entered into Contractual Arrangements with Blue Hat Fujian. The significant terms of these Contractual Arrangements are summarized in “Note 1 - Nature of business and organization” above. As a result, the Company classifies Blue Hat Fujian as a VIE which should be consolidated based on the structure as described in Note 1.

 

A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as through voting rights, right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity or obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity. The variable interest holder, if any, that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and must consolidate the VIE. Blue Hat WFOE is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and be the primary beneficiary of Blue Hat Fujian because it has both of the following characteristics:

 

  (1) The power to direct activities at Blue Hat Fujian that most significantly impact such entity’s economic performance, and
     
  (2) The right to receive benefits from Blue Hat Fujian that could potentially be significant to such entity.

 

Pursuant to the Contractual Arrangements, Blue Hat Fujian pays service fees equal to all of its net income to Blue Hat WFOE. The Contractual Arrangements are designed so that Blue Hat Fujian operates for the benefit of Blue Hat WFOE and ultimately, the Company.

Accordingly, the accounts of Blue Hat Fujian is consolidated in the accompanying financial statements. In addition, its financial positions and results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

  F-19  

 

 

The carrying amount of the VIE’s consolidated assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

    September 30, 2018       December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    (Unaudited)                
Current assets $ 25,594,519       $ 29,243,641     $ 10,409,749  
Property and equipment, net   225,605         278,894       29,940  
Other noncurrent assets   6,163,307         4,059,642       2,042,524  
Total assets   31,983,431         33,582,177       12,482,213  
Total liabilities   (8,221,523 )       (11,771,414 )     (5,527,445 )
Net assets $ 23,761,908       $ 21,810,763     $ 6,954,768  

 

    September 30, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    (Unaudited)              
Current liabilities:                      
Short-term loans - banks $ 2,038,874     $ 3,611,279     $ 2,051,902  
Current maturities of long-term loans – third party   74,839       64,053       -  
Accounts payable   1,966,569       5,706,353       2,308,692  
Other payables and accrued liabilities   868,732       299,464       318,565  
Other payables – related party   31,894       33,654       6,048  
Customer deposits   94,154       110,853       85,168  
Taxes payable   3,035,127       1,768,731       757,070  
    Total current liabilities   8,110,189       11,594,387       5,527,445  
Long-term loans – third party   111,334       177,027       -  
    Total liabilities $ 8,221,523       11,771,414     $ 5,527,445  

 

The summarized operating results of the VIE’s are as follows: 

 

  For the nine months ended September 30, 2018   For the nine months ended September 30, 2017   For the year ended December 31, 2017     For the year ended December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)            
Operating revenues $ 9,632,860   $ 6,316,574   $ 14,144,894     $ 9,352,650  
Gross profit $ 6,096,100   $ 3,766,924   $ 8,844,807     $ 4,775,331  
Income from operations $ 3,634,094   $ 2,074,200   $ 5,944,458     $ 2,818,223  
Net income $ 3,259,430   $ 1,841,741   $ 5,124,973     $ 2,574,317  

 

 

Note 4 – Accounts receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following:

 

 

 

September 30, 2018

      December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)                
Accounts receivable $ 9,455,313       $ 6,546,765     $ 3,897,030  
Allowance for doubtful accounts   (368,515 )       (198,516 )     (112,645 )
Total accounts receivable, net $ 9,086,798       $ 6,348,249     $ 3,784,385  

 

Movements of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

  September 30, 2018       December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)                
Beginning balance $ 198,516       $ 112,645     $ 97,814  
Addition   190,154         75,398       108,845  
Write off   -         -       (86,673 )
Exchange rate effect   (20,155)         10,473       (7,341
Ending balance $ 368,515       $ 198,516     $ 112,645  

 

  F-20  

 

 

Note 5 – Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

  September 30, 2018           December 31, 2017       December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)                      
Electronic devices $ 138,131           $  148,383       $  88,160  
Office equipment, fixtures and furniture   26,904              22,242          19,430  
Vehicles   219,632             206,583          166  
Subtotal   384,667              377,208         107,756  
Less: accumulated depreciation   (159,062 )            (98,314 )      (77,816 )
Total $ 225,605           $  278,894       $  29,940  

 

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $77,254 (Unaudited) and $9,669 (Unaudited), respectively. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $14,702 and $11,985, respectively.

 

Note 6 – Intangible assets, net

 

The Company’s intangible assets with definite useful lives primarily consist of patents and licensed software. The following table summarizes the components of acquired intangible asset balances as of:

 

  September 30, 2018       December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)                
Patents $  829,646       $  839,006     $  637,494  
Licensed software    2,081,248          1,717,630        728,718  
Software development costs    2,021,559         1,819,645        820,048  
Less: accumulated amortization   (564,772        (373,594 )      (162,013 )
Intangible assets, net $ 4,367,681       $  4,002,687     $  2,024,247  

 

Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $ 222,133 (Unaudited) and $167,163 (Unaudited), respectively. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $193,255 and $87,766, respectively.

 

The estimated amortization is as follows:

 

   Twelve months ending September 30,   Estimated
amortization expense
 
       
2019   $  453,069  
2020      453,069  
2021     453,069  
2022      453,069  
2023      453,069  
Thereafter     2,102,336  
Total   $  4,367,681  

 

 

Note 7 – Long-term investments

 

The Company’s long-term investments consist of cost method investment and equity method investments.

Cost method investment

On September 20, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Fujian Jin Ge Tie Ma Information Technology Co., Ltd., contributing a 20.0% equity interest in Xiamen Blue Wave Technology Co. Ltd. (“Xiamen Blue Wave”), a PRC company. As the Company did not have significant influence over the investee, the investment in Xiamen Blue Wave was accounted for using the cost method. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying value of cost method investment in Xiamen Blue Wave was $1,747,606 (Unaudited), $0, and $0, respectively.

  F-21  

 

 

Equity method investments

On September 18, 2017, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Xiamen Youth Education Development Co., Ltd. and Youying Wang, contributing a 48.5% equity interest in Fujian Youth Hand in Hand Educational Technology Co., Ltd. (“Fujian Youth”), a PRC company. As the Company has significant influence over the investee through its representation on the board, the investment in Fujian Youth was accounted for using the equity method. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, total investment in Fujian Youth was $7,282 (Unaudited), $7,684 and $0 respectively. As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, Fujian Youth has no operations and no gain or loss was recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

On October 16, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian formed a joint venture with Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Development Co. Ltd., contributing a 49% ownership interest in Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Propagation Co. Ltd. (“Renchao Huyu”), with the remaining 51% ownership owned by Renchao Huyu (Shanghai) Culture Development Co. Ltd. As the Company has significant influence over the investee through its representation on the board, the Company accounted for the investment in Renchao Huyu as equity method investment. As of November 19, 2018, no investment has been contributed in Renchao Huyu. 

 

No impairment loss was recognized for the long-term investments for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

Note 8 – Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

  September 30, 2018       December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)                
Payables to non-trade vendors and service providers $ 692,138       $  132,066     $ 230,132  
Salary payables   123,774          154,291        75,325  
Other miscellaneous payables   52,820          13,107        13,108  
Total other payables and accrued liabilities $ 868,732       $  299,464     $ 318,565  

 

 

Note 9 – Related party balances and transactions

 

Other payables – related party

 

Name of Related Party   Relationship   Nature     September 30, 2018       December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016
              (Unaudited)              
Xiaodong Chen   Major shareholder   Lease payable  

$

31,894     $ 33,654 $ 6,048

  

Guarantees

 

The Company’s shareholders, Xiaodong Chen and Juanjuan Cai, were the guarantors of the Company’s short-term loans (See Note 10).

 

  F-22  

 

 

Note 10 – Credit facilities

 

Short-term loans – banks

 

Outstanding balances on short-term bank loans consisted of the following:

 

Bank Name   Maturities  
Interest rate
    Collateral/Guarantee      September 30, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31 , 2016  
                    (Unaudited)              
China Construction Bank**   March 2019     5.71 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Jingyuan Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.*   $   1,092,254     $ -     $ -  
China Construction Bank**   March 2019     5.71 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Jingyuan Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.*       946,620       -       -  
China Construction Bank   January 2018 (Repaid in January 2018)     5.71 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Information Group Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.    

 

 

 

 

-       614,686       -  
Bank of China   February 2018 (Repaid in February 2018)     6.09 %   Guarantee by Xiaodong Chen and Juanjuan Cai       -       153,671       -  
China Construction Bank**   May 2018 (Repaid in January  2018)     5.71 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Jingyuan Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.*       -       1,152,536       -  
China Construction Bank**   May 2018 (Repaid in January  2018)     5.71 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Jingyuan Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.*       -       998,865       -  
China Construction Bank   May 2018 (Repaid in May  2018)     5.71 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Jingyuan Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.       -       230,507       -  
Industrial Bank Co. Ltd.   July 2018 (Repaid in July   2018)     6.10 %   Guarantee by Xiaodong Chen and Juanjuan Cai        -       461,014       -  
China Construction Bank   March 2017 (Repaid in March  2017)     5.44 %   None             -       395,982  
China Construction Bank   April 2017 (Repaid in April  2017)     5.44 %   None       -       -       431,979  
China Construction Bank   May 2017 (Repaid in May  2017)     5.44 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Information Group Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.       -       -       215,990  
China Construction Bank   May 2017 (Repaid in April  2017)     5.44 %   None       -       -       287,986  
Industrial Bank Co. Ltd.   July 2017 (Repaid in July  2017)     6.10 %   Guarantee by Xiaodong Chen and Juanjuan Cai       -       -       431,979  
Bank of China   October 2017 (Repaid in October 2017)     6.09 %   Guarantee by Xiaodong Chen and Juanjuan Cai       -       -       143,993  
China Construction Bank   November 2017 (Repaid in December 2017)     5.66 %   Guarantee by Xiamen Information Group Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd.       -       -       143,993  
Total                   $ 2,038,874     $ 3,611,279     $ 2,051,902  

 

*The Company paid guarantee fee of approximately $20,000 (RMB 140,000) annually to Xiamen Jingyuan Finance Guarantee Co. Ltd, an unrelated third party, for its guarantee service.

** In April 2017, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with China Construction Bank pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to $2,038,874 (RMB 14,000,000). The agreement will expire in April 2020. The line of credit agreement entitles the Company to enter into separate loan contracts under such line of credit. For each withdraw from the line of credit, a separate loan was entered into with a one year term from the credit line withdraw date. On March 1, 2018, the Company withdrew $1,092,254 (RMB 7,500,000) and $946,620 (RMB 6,500,000) under such line of credit and entered into two separate loan contracts with China Construction Bank which had one year terms. As at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company utilized all of this line of credit and recorded it as short term bank loan.

 

  F-23  

 

 

Long-term loans – third party

 

Outstanding balances on long-term third party loans consisted of the following:

 

Lender Name   Maturities  


Weighted Average

Interest rate

    Collateral/Guarantee      September 30, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31 , 2016
                    (Unaudited)            
Volkswagen Finance (China) Co. Ltd.   Due monthly until March 2021     4.06 %   Automobiles $ 186,173     $ 241,080     $ -
Current maturities                       (74,839 )     (64,053 )     -
Long-term                 $ 111,334     $ 177,027     $ -

 

The maturities schedule is as follows as of September 30, 2018:

 

   Twelve months ending September 30,   Amount  
       
2019   $ 81,023  
2020     81,023  
2021     33,760  
Deferred financing fees     (9,633)  
Total   $  186,173  

 

Interest expense pertaining to the above short-term and long-term loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $112,128 (Unaudited) and $132,191 (Unaudited), respectively. Interest expense pertaining to the above short-term and long-term loans for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $183,291 and $130,826 respectively.

 

 

Note 11 – Taxes

 

Income tax

 

Cayman Islands

 

Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gain. Additionally, upon payments of dividends to the shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Blue Hat BVI is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under current British Virgin Islands law. In addition, upon payments of dividends by these entities to their shareholders, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

Hong Kong

 

Blue Hat HK is incorporated in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax on the taxable income as reported in its statutory financial statements adjusted in accordance with relevant Hong Kong tax laws. The applicable tax rate is 16.5% in Hong Kong. The Company did not make any provisions for Hong Kong profit tax as there were no assessable profits derived from or earned in Hong Kong since inception. Under Hong Kong tax law, Blue Hat HK is exempted from income tax on its foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

 

  F-24  

 

 

PRC

 

Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat Shenyang, Blue Hat Hunan, Blue Hat Chongqing and Blue Hat Pingxiang are governed by the income tax laws of the PRC and the income tax provision in respect to operations in the PRC is calculated at the applicable tax rates on the taxable income for the periods based on existing legislation, interpretations and practices in respect thereof. Under the Enterprise Income Tax Laws of the PRC (the “EIT Laws”), domestic enterprises and Foreign Investment Enterprises (the “FIE”) are usually subject to a unified 25% enterprise income tax rate while preferential tax rates, tax holidays and even tax exemption may be granted on case-by-case basis. EIT grants preferential tax treatment to certain High and New Technology Enterprises (“HNTEs”). Under this preferential tax treatment, HNTEs are entitled to an income tax rate of 15%, subject to a requirement that they re-apply for HNTE status every three years. Blue Hat Fujian obtained the “high-tech enterprise” tax status in October 2015, which reduced its statutory income tax rate to 15% from 2015 to 2017. The Company is currently in the process of renewing the “high-tech enterprise” status.

In addition, the Chinese local tax authority granted Blue Hat Pingxiang their tax preference on its enterprises income tax by applying using 10% of gross revenue.to apply its 25% tax rate.

Tax savings for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $512,211 (Unaudited) and $196,360 (Unaudited), respectively. The Company’s basic and diluted earnings per shares would have been lower by $0.02 and $0.01 per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, without the preferential tax rate reduction.

 

Tax savings for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $636,796 and $323,772, respectively. The Company’s basic and diluted earnings per shares would have been lower by $0.02 and $0.01 per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, without the preferential tax rate reduction.

 

Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows: 

 

  For the nine months ended September 30, 2018   For the nine months ended September 30, 2017     For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
Current $  433,073   $  304,054     $  969,625     $  489,889  
Deferred    2,252      (9,514)        (14,431 )      (4,231 )
The provision for income taxes $ 435,325   $ 294,540     $ 955,194     $  485,658  

 

The following table reconciles China statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate:

  

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2018   For the nine months ended September 30, 2017     For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 
      (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
China statutory income tax rate     25.0%     25.0%       25.0%       25.0%  
Preferential tax rate reduction     (10.0% )   (10.0% )     (10.0% )     (10.0% )
Preferential Blue Hat Pingxiang tax rate reduction     (0.9% )   0.0%       0.0%       0.0%  
Permanent difference     (2.3% )   (1.2% )     0.7%       0.9%  
Effective tax rate     11.8%     13.8%       15.7%       15.9%  

 

Deferred tax assets – China

 

Significant components of deferred tax assets were as follows:

     September 30, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    (Unaudited)              
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 30,552     $  34,492     $  18,277  

 

  F-25  

 

 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the cumulative earnings and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Recovery of substantially all of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future income, exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable, management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Uncertain tax positions

 

The Company evaluates each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measure the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from December 31, 2017. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from September 30, 2018.

 

Value added tax

 

All of the Company’s service revenues that are earned and received in the PRC are subject to a Chinese VAT at a rate of 17% of the gross proceed or at a rate approved by the Chinese local government.

 

Taxes payable consisted of the following: 

 

  September 30, 2018   December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)            
VAT taxes payable $ 1,124,378   $  235,301     $  263,518  
Income taxes payable   1,835,814      1,514,081        475,200  
Other taxes payable   74,935      19,349        18,352  
Totals $ 3,035,127   $  1,768,731     $  757,070  

 

Note 12 – Concentration of risk

Credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash (including restricted cash and certificate deposits). As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, $14,124,180 (Unaudited), $19,760,244, and $3,835,696 were deposited with financial institutions located in the PRC, respectively. These balances are not covered by insurance. While management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality, it also continually monitors their credit worthiness.

 

The Company is also exposed to risk from its accounts receivable and other receivables. These assets are subjected to credit evaluations. An allowance has been made for estimated unrecoverable amounts which have been determined by reference to past default experience and the current economic environment.

 

A majority of the Company’s expense transactions are denominated in RMB and a significant portion of the Company and its subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. In the PRC, certain foreign exchange transactions are required by law to be transacted only by authorized financial institutions at exchange rates set by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”). Remittances in currencies other than RMB by the Company in China must be processed through the PBOC or other China foreign exchange regulatory bodies which require certain supporting documentation in order to affect the remittance.

 

  F-26  

 

 

Our functional currency is the RMB, and our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. The RMB appreciated by 6.3% in fiscal year 2017 from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 and depreciated by 3.2% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 from December 31, 2017 to September 30, 2018. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future. The change in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying changes in our business or results of operations. Currently, our assets, liabilities, revenues and costs are denominated in RMB.

To the extent that the Company needs to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for capital expenditures and working capital and other business purposes, appreciation of RMB against U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount the Company would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if the Company decides to convert RMB into U.S. dollar for the purpose of making payments for dividends, strategic acquisition or investments or other business purposes, appreciation of U.S. dollar against RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to the Company.

Customer concentration risk

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, four customers accounted for 12.1%, 11.5%, 11.5%, and 11.2% of the Company’s total revenues.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues. For the year ended Decembers 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 39.2% of the Company’s total revenues.

 

As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the total balance of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 22.5%, 14.3% and 10.0% of the total balance of accounts receivable.

 

Vendor concentration risk

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, two vendors accounted for 47.0% and 46.5% of the Company’s total purchases. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, two vendors accounted for 49.5% and 32.8% of the Company’s total purchases.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, three vendors accounted for 35.3%, 27.4% and 26.1% of the Company’s total purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2016, two vendors accounted for 30.7% and 21.0% of the Company’s total purchases.

 

As of September 30, 2018, two vendors accounted for 60.9% and 13.4% of the total balance of accounts payable. As of December 31, 2017, three vendors accounted for 39.5%, 25.4% and 25.2% of the total balance of accounts payable. As of December 31, 2016, four vendors accounted for 24.9%, 15.6%, 10.8% and 10.4% of the total balance of accounts payable.

 

 

Note 13 – Shareholders' equity

 

Ordinary shares

Blue Hat Cayman was established under the laws of Cayman Islands on June 13, 2018. The authorized number of ordinary shares is 50,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001 per ordinary share.

 

Restricted assets

 

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on the Company receiving distributions of funds from its subsidiary. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by Blue Hat WFOE, Blue Hat Fujian, Blue Hat Hunan and Blue Hat Shenyang (collectively “Blue Hat PRC entities”) only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP differ from those reflected in the statutory financial statements of Blue Hat PRC entities.

 

  F-27  

 

 

Blue Hat PRC entities are required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. In addition, Blue Hat PRC entities may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to enterprise expansion fund and staff bonus and welfare fund at its discretion. Blue Hat PRC entities may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to a discretionary surplus fund at its discretion. The statutory reserve funds and the discretionary funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Remittance of dividends by a wholly foreign-owned company out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by State Administration of Foreign Exchange.

 

As a result of the foregoing restrictions, Blue Hat PRC entities are restricted in their ability to transfer their assets to the Company. Foreign exchange and other regulation in the PRC may further restrict Blue Hat PRC entities from transferring funds to the Company in the form of dividends, loans and advances. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, amounts restricted are the paid-in-capital and statutory reserve of Blue Hat PRC entities, which amounted to $14,109,056 (Unaudited), $13,778,708, and $4,475,484, respectively.

 

Statutory reserve

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, Blue Hat PRC entities collectively attributed $330,348, $530,869, and $278,450 of retained earnings for their statutory reserves, respectively.

 

Capital contributions

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s shareholders contributed $0, $8,772,355, and $2,255,742, respectively to the Company.

 

 

Note 14 – Commitments and contingencies

 

Lease commitments

 

The Company has entered into four non-cancellable operating lease agreements for one office space, one research center and two employee housing. The Company’s commitment for minimum lease payments under these operating leases as of September 30, 2018 for the next five years is as follow:

 

Twelve months ending September 30,   Minimum lease payment  
2019   $  318,200  
2020      284,587  
2021      278,904  
2022      101,959  
2023      8,954  
Thereafter     -  
Total minimum payments required   $ 992,604  

 

Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $252,834 (Unaudited) and $243,951 (Unaudited) respectively. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $314,718 and $153,069 respectively.

 

Contingencies

 

From time to time, the Company is party to certain legal proceedings, as well as certain asserted and un-asserted claims. Amounts accrued, as well as the total amount of reasonably possible losses with respect to such matters, individually and in the aggregate, are not deemed to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-28  

 

 

On February 11, 2015, Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. filed a lawsuit in Putian Intermediate People’s Court against Blue Hat Fujian on a sales contract dispute with claims as disclosed elsewhere in this registration statement. On May 8, 2018, Putian Hanjiang District People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement, (a) declaring as effective, the notice of termination of purchase contract issued by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. to Blue Hat Fujian and that three purchase contracts and relevant supplemental agreements will be terminated as of January 14, 2015; (b) ordering Blue Hat Fujian to compensate Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. for its financial loss in the amount of RMB 967,727 ($140,904), to be paid within 5 days of the effective date of the judgement; (c) rejecting other claims of Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. ; and (d) rejecting claims made by Blue Hat Fujian. The total case acceptance fee was RMB 18,737 ($2,728), RMB 4,769 ($694) of which to be paid by Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. , and RMB 13,969 ($2,034) of which to be paid by Blue Hat Fujian. Blue Hat Fujian will also pay the property preservation measures fee of RMB 5,000 ($728). Blue Hat Fujian filed appeals to Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court. On October 16, 2018, Fujian Putian Intermediate People’s Court issued a Civil Judgement ([2018] Min 03 Min Zhong No.2038), which ruled that (1) the appeal was rejected and the original judgment was affirmed; (2) the case acceptance fee of second instance of RMB 23,118 ($3,366) shall be borne by the appealer, Blue Hat Fujian, and (3) such judgement shall be final. As of September 30, 2018, the Company accrued a loss of approximately $156,000 based on the available information and the management’s best estimates. On November 23, 2018, Blue Hat Fujian paid RMB 967,727 ($140,904) to Fujian Xin Wei Electronic Industry Co., Ltd. As of the date of this prospectus, the dispute has been concluded. 

 

In addition, the Labor Contract Law of the PRC requires employers to assure the liability of severance payments if employee are terminated and have been working for at least two years prior to January 1, 2008. The employers will be liable for one month of severance pay for each year of the service provided by the employees. As of September 30, 2018, the Company estimated its contingency for severance payments to be approximately $0.3 million; these have not been reflected in its consolidated financial statements because management cannot predict the actual payments, if any, that will be paid in the future.

 

Variable interest entity structure

 

In the opinion of management, (i) the corporate structure of the Company is in compliance with existing PRC laws and regulations; (ii) the Contractual Arrangements are valid and binding, and do not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and (iii) the business operations of Blue Hat WFOE and the VIEs are in compliance with existing PRC laws and regulations in all material respects.

 

However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws and regulations. Accordingly, the Company cannot be assured that PRC regulatory authorities will not ultimately take a contrary view to the foregoing opinion of its management. If the current corporate structure of the Company or the Contractual Arrangements is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, the Company may be required to restructure its corporate structure and operations in the PRC to comply with changing and new PRC laws and regulations. In the opinion of management, the likelihood of loss in respect of the Company’s current corporate structure or the Contractual Arrangements is remote based on current facts and circumstances.

 

 

Note 15 – Segment information and revenue analysis

 

The Company follows ASC 280, Segment Reporting, which requires that companies to disclose segment data based on how management makes decision about allocating resources to each segment and evaluating their performances. The Company has one reporting segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company. The Company considers itself to be operating within one reportable segment. The Company’s revenue and net income are substantially derived from interactive toys, mobile game and animation design service.

 

Disaggregated information of revenues by business lines are as follows:

 

  For the nine months ended September 30, 2018   For the nine months ended September 30, 2017   For the year ended December 31, 2017     For the year ended December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)            
Interactive toys - animation series $ 470,838   $ 763,086   $ 1,060,330     $ 5,211,289  
Interactive toys - game series   9,142,521     5,525,788     12,956,130       3,287,011  
Mobile game   19,501     27,700     128,434       9,113  
Animation design service   -     -     -       845,237  
Total revenues $ 9,632,860   $ 6,316,574   $ 14,144,894     $ 9,352,650  

 

  F-29  

 

 

The Company’s operations are primarily based in the PRC, where the Company derives a substantial portion of their revenues. Management also review consolidated financial results by business locations. Disaggregated information of revenues by geographic locations are as follows:

 

  For the nine months ended September 30, 2018   For the nine months ended September 30, 2017   For the year ended December 31, 2017     For the year ended December 31, 2016  
  (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)            
Domestic PRC revenues $ 9,513,238   $ 5,873,291   $ 13,549,989     $ 5,221,237  
Export revenues   119,622     443,283     594,905       4,131,413  
Total revenues $ 9,632,860   $ 6,316,574   $ 14,144,894     $ 9,352,650  

 

 

Note 16 – Subsequent events

 

In December 2018, the Company obtained a loan in the amount of approximately $0.7 million (RMB 4.5 million) from Industrial Bank Co. Ltd. with an annual interest rate of 6.1% to be due on December 19, 2019. This loan is guaranteed by Xiamen Siming Technology Financing Guarantee Co. Ltd., Xiaodong Chen, Juanjuan Cai, and Yong Chen.

 

In December 2018, the Company obtained a loan in the amount of approximately $0.4 million (RMB 3.0 million) from Industrial Bank Co. Ltd. with an annual interest rate of 6.1% to be due on December 19, 2019. This loan is guaranteed by Xiaodong Chen, Juanjuan Cai, and Yong Chen.

 

Note 17 – Condensed financial information of the parent company

 

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiary in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 € (3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company.

 

The subsidiary did not pay any dividend to the Company for the periods presented. For the purpose of presenting parent only financial information, the Company records its investment in its subsidiary under the equity method of accounting. Such investment is presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Company as “Investment in subsidiary” and the income of the subsidiary is presented as “share of income of subsidiary”. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted.

 

The Company did not have significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS

 

      September 30, 2018       December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
      (Unaudited)                
ASSETS                          
OTHER ASSETS                          
Investment in subsidiaries   $ 23,761,908       $ 21,810,763     $ 6,954,768  
                           
Total assets   $ 23,761,908       $ 21,810,763     $ 6,954,768  
                           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                          
                           
LIABILITIES   $ -       $ -     $ -  
                           
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                          
                           
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                          
Ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 33,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively     33,000         33,000       33,000  
Additional paid-in capital     12,831,969         12,831,969       4,059,614  
Statutory reserves     913,351         913,739        382,870  
Retained earnings      10,774,676          7,514,858        2,920,754  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (791,088       517,197        (441,470 )
Total shareholders' equity      23,761,908          21,810,763        6,954,768  
                           
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 23,761,908       $ 21,810,763     $ 6,954,768  

 

  F-30  

 

 

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,       For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017       2017     2016  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                
EQUITY INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES AND VIES  

 

$

 

3,259,430

   

 

$

 

1,841,741

      $ 5,124,973     $ 2,574,317  
                                   
NET INCOME     3,259,430       1,841,741         5,124,973       2,574,317  
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT    

 

(1,308,285

 

)

   

 

438,956

        958,667       (364,997 )
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   $ 1,951,145     $ 2,280,697       $ 6,083,640     $ 2,209,320  

 

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,       For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017       2017     2016  
      (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)                
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                  
Net income   $ 3,259,430     $ 1,841,741       $ 5,124,973     $ 2,574,317  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:                                  
Equity income of subsidiaries and VIEs     (3,259,430 )     (1,841,741)         (5,124,973 )     (2,574,317 )
Net cash used in operating activities     -       -         -       -  
                                   
CHANGES IN CASH , CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH     -       -         -       -  
                                   
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of period     -       -         -       -  
                                   
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of period  

 

$

-    

 

$

 

-

      $ -     $ -  

 

 

 

  F-31  

 

 

 

 

4,500,000 Shares

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

Ordinary Shares

PROSPECTUS

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

, 2019

 

 

  F-32  

 

 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We expect that our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately upon completion of this offering, will empower us to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities they incur by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers in connection with this offering. Under these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

The underwriting agreement in connection with this offering will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers, directors or persons controlling us for certain liabilities.

We intend to obtain directors’ and officer’s liability insurance coverage that will cover certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding share capital issued by us during the last three years. None of the below described transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

In connection with our incorporation, we issued an aggregate of 20,000,000 ordinary shares to certain investors for an aggregate of $20,000 in June 2018 and an aggregate of 13,000,000 ordinary shares to certain investors for an aggregate of $13,000 in October 2018.

We believe that the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were exempt from registration either (a) under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder , in that the transactions were between an issuer and sophisticated investors or members of its senior executive management and did not involve any public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2), (b) under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act in that offers, sales and issuances were not made to persons in the United States and no directed selling efforts were made in the United States, or (c) under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were underwritten compensatory benefit plans or written compensatory contracts.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 

Exhibits

 

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b)  

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or has been included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 9. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6 hereof, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  II-1  

 

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

  II-2  

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement  
  3.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association, as currently in effect  
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering)  
  4.1   Specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares  
  4.2*   Form of Representative’s Warrant  
  5.1*   Opinion of Campbells  
  10.1   English translation of Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2018, between Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. and Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.  
  10.2   English translation of Call Option Agreements, dated as of November 13, 2018, among the shareholders of Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd., Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. and Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd  
  10.3   English translation of  Equity Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2018, among the shareholders of Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd., Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. and Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd  
  10.4   English translation of Shareholders’ Powers of Attorney, dated as of November 13, 2018  
  10.5   English translation of Irrevocable Commitment Letters, dated as of November 13, 2018  
  10.6   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant and its officers and directors  
  10.7*   Form of Indemnification Escrow Agreement  
  10.8   Form of Director Agreement between the registrant and its directors  
  10.9   Form of Independent Director Agreement between the registrant and its independent directors  
  10.10   Form of Employment Agreement between the registrant and its officers  
  10.11   English translation of Customer Agreement between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. and Fujian Wei Ya Culture Communication Co., Ltd., dated as of July 6, 2017  
  10.12   English translation of Customer Agreement between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. and Dongguan Hou Jie Sheng Ping Toy Factory, dated as of June 8, 2017  
  10.13  

English translation of Working Capital Loan Contract between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. and Industrial Bank Co. Ltd., dated December 20, 2018

 
  10.14  

English translation of Working Capital Loan Contract between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. and Industrial Bank Co. Ltd., dated December 20, 2018

 
  10.15  

English translation of General Contract for Highest Credit Granting between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank, dated April 18, 2017

 
  10.16   English translation of RMB Working Capital Loan Contract between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.and China Construction Bank, dated March 1, 2018  
  10.17  

English translation of RMB Working Capital Loan Contract between Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd . and China Construction Bank, dated March 1, 2018

 
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries  
  23.1   Consent of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm  
  23.2*   Consent of Campbells (included in Exhibit 5.1)  
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)  
  99.1*   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics  
  99.2   Request for Waiver and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F  
           

________________________

* To be filed by amendment.
   

     

 

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Xiamen, China, on March 4, 2019.

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

 

By:   /s/Xiaodong Chen                                           
    Name: Xiaodong Chen
    Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Xiaodong Chen and Caifan He and each of them, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (1) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (2) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (3) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this Registration Statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (4) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his or her substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

 

Signature Title Date
     

/s/ Xiaodong Chen

Xiaodong Chen

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 4, 2019

  (Principal Executive Officer)  
/s/ Caifan He

Caifan He

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

 

March 4, 2019

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

/s/ Jianyong Cai

Jianyong Cai

 

Chief Technology Officer and Director

 

March 4, 2019

/s/ Qinyi Fu

Qinyi Fu

 

Director

 

March 4, 2019

/s/ Jun Quyang

Jun Ouyang

 

Director

 

March 4, 2019

/s/ Huibin Shen

Huibin Shen

 

Director

 

March 4, 2019

/s/ Can Su

Can Su

 

Director

 

March 4, 2019

       

 

     

 

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED UNITED STATES REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Newark, Delaware on March 4, 2019.

 

         Puglisi & Associates

 

 

By: /s/ Donald J.Puglisi 
    Name: Donald J. Puglisi 
    Title: Managing Director

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKERS

1 90 Elgin Avenue, George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-9001, Cayman Islands

T +1 345 949 0100 F +1 345 949 7886 www.walkersglobal.com

REF: NSH/JWYL/F3496-H16530

1  
 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

1. The name of the company is Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology (the " Company ").
2. The registered office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands or at such other location as the Directors may from time to time determine.
3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the " Companies Law ").
4. The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.
5. The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.
6. The liability of the shareholders of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.
7. The capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 50,000,000 shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.001 each provided always that subject to the Companies Law and the Articles of Association the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to subdivide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.
8. The Company may exercise the power contained in Section 206 of the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.
2  
 

The undersigned, whose name, address and description are set out below, wishes the Company to be incorporated as a company in the Cayman Islands in accordance with this Memorandum of Association, and agrees to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company as set out opposite the undersigned's name.

NAME, ADDRESS AND DESCRIPTION
OF SUBSCRIBER
NUMBER OF SHARES TAKEN BY
SUBSCRIBER

 

Walkers Nominees Limited, 190 Elgin

Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman

KY1-9001, Cayman Islands

 

ONE SHARE

 

/s/ Andrew Barker______________________

Andrew Barker

as Authorized Signatory of Walkers Nominees Limited

Dated: 13 June 2018

/s/ Stacy Bounds_____________________

Signature of Witness

Name:     Stacy Bounds

Address: 190 Elgin Avenue, George

               Town, Grand Cayman KY1-

               9001, Cayman Islands

Occupation: Secretary

 

 

3  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKERS

1 90 Elgin Avenue, George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-9001, Cayman Islands

T +1 345 949 0100 F +1 345 949 7886 www.walkersglobal.com

REF: NSH/JWYL/F3496-H16530

4  
 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CLAUSE PAGE

TABLE A 1
INTERPRETATION 1
PRELIMINARY 4
SHARES 4
MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS 5
CERTIFICATES 5
FRACTIONAL SHARES 6
LIEN 6
CALLS ON SHARES 6
FORFEITURE OF SHARES 7
TRANSFER OF SHARES 8
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES 9
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL 9
REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES 10
TREASURY SHARES 10
GENERAL MEETINGS 11
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS 12
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS 12
VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS 14
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS 15
DIRECTORS 15
ALTERNATE DIRECTOR 15
POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS 16
5  
 

 

 

  

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS 17
THE SEAL 17
DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS 18
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS 18
DIVIDENDS 20
ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION 21
CAPITALIZATION OF RESERVES 22
SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT 23
NOTICES 23
INDEMNITY 24
NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS 25
WINDING UP 25
AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION 26
CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE 26
REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION 26
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION 27
DISCLOSURE 27

 

 

 

6  
 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

TABLE A

The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table 'A' in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology (the "Company") and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

INTERPRETATION

1. In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

" Articles " means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

" Branch Register " means any branch Register of such category or categories of Members as the Company may from time to time determine.

" Class " or " Classes " means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company.

" Companies Law " means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

" Directors " means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof.

" Memorandum of Association " means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

" Office " means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law.

" Officers " means the officers for the time being and from time to time of the Company.

" Ordinary Resolution " means a resolution:

(a) passed by a simple majority of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company and
7  
 

where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

(b) approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

" paid up " means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up.

" Person " means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires, other than in respect of a Director or Officer in which circumstances Person shall mean any person or entity permitted to act as such in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

" Principal Register ", where the Company has established one or more Branch Registers pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles, means the Register maintained by the Company pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles that is not designated by the Directors as a Branch Register.

" Register " means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept pursuant to the Companies Law and includes any Branch Register(s) established by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law.

" Seal " means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof.

" Secretary " means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company.

" Share " means a share in the capital of the Company. All references to "Shares" herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression "Share" shall include a fraction of a Share.

" Shareholder " or " Member " means a Person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register and includes each subscriber to the Memorandum of Association pending entry in the Register of such subscriber.

" Share Premium Account " means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law.

8  
 

 

" signed " means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means.

" Special Resolution " means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:

(a) passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or
(b) approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

" Treasury Shares " means Shares that were previously issued but were purchased, redeemed, surrendered or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

2. In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:
(a) words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;
(b) words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;
(c) the word "may" shall be construed as permissive and the word "shall" shall be construed as imperative;
(d) reference to a dollar or dollars or USD (or $) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;
(e) reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;
(f) reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case; and
(g) reference to "in writing" shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another.
9  
 

 

3. Subject to the preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

4. The business of the Company may be commenced at any time after incorporation.
5. The Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.
6. The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortized over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.
7. The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine. In the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Office. The Directors may keep, or cause to be kept, one or more Branch Registers as well as the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law, provided always that a duplicate of such Branch Register(s) shall be maintained with the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law.

SHARES

8. Subject to these Articles, all Shares for the time being unissued shall be under the control of the Directors who may:
(a) issue, allot and dispose of the same to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine; and
(b) grant options with respect to such Shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with respect thereto;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued.

9. The Directors, or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, may authorize the division of Shares into any number of Classes and sub-classes and the different Classes and sub-classes shall be authorized, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution.
10  
 
10. The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.
11. The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

12. Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes (and as otherwise determined by the Directors) the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class only be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of the relevant Class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of such Class by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at such a meeting. To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis , apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal or par value amount of the issued Shares of the relevant Class (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall on a poll have one vote for each Share of the Class held by him. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes. The Directors may vary the rights attaching to any Class without the consent or approval of Shareholders provided that the rights will not, in the determination of the Directors, be materially adversely varied or abrogated by such action.
13. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied or abrogated by, inter alga, the creation, allotment or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company.

CERTIFICATES

14: No Person shall be entitled to a certificate for any or all of his Shares, unless the Directors shall determine otherwise.
11  
 

 

FRACTIONAL SHARES

15. The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

LIEN

16. The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or one of two or more joint holders) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company's lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it.
17. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors may determine, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.
18. For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorize some Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.
19. The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

20. The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days' notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares.
12  
 
21. The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.
22. If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.
23. The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
24. The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.
25. The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

26. If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or installment of a call in respect of any Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or installment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.
27. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
28. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect
29. A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.
30. A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares
13  
 

forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.

31. A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director, and that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.
32. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favor of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.
33. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

34. The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may determine and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.
35. Subject to the terms of issue thereof, the Directors may determine to decline to register any transfer of Shares without assigning any reason therefor.
36. The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine.
37. All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company, but any instrument of transfer that the Directors decline to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the Person depositing the same.
14  
 

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

38. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognized by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased holder of the Share, shall be the only Person recognized by the Company as having any title to the Share.
39. Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.
40. A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

41. The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.
42. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:
(a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;
(b) convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;
(c) subdivide its existing Shares, or any of them into Shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and
(d) cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.
15  
 

 

43. The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

44. Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may:
(a) issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Shareholder on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine;
(b) purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree with the Shareholder;
(c) make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorized by the Companies Law, including out of its capital; and
(d) accept the surrender for no consideration of any paid up Share (including any redeemable Share) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine.
45. Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.
46. The redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.
47. The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorized by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie including, without limitation, interests in a special purpose vehicle holding assets of the Company or holding entitlement to the proceeds of assets held by the Company or in a liquidating structure.

TREASURY SHARES

48. Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires (by way of surrender or otherwise) may, at the option of the Company, be cancelled immediately or held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Companies Law. In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.
49. No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company's assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be declared or paid in respect of a Treasury Share.
50. The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares provided
16  
 
(a) the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void;
(b) a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Companies Law, save that an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share is permitted and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a treasury share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.
51. Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Directors.

GENERAL MEETINGS

52. The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene a general meeting of the Company.
53. The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any reason or for no reason at any time prior to the time for holding such meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting. The Directors shall give Shareholders notice in writing of any cancellation or postponement. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine.
54. General meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any Shareholder or Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company holding at least ten percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company deposited at the Office specifying the objects of the meeting by notice given no later than 21 days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by the requisitionists, and if the Directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than 45 days after the date of such deposit, the requisitionists themselves may convene the general meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists as a result of the failure of the Directors to convene the general meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the Company.
55. If at any time there are no Directors, any two Shareholders (or if there is only one Shareholder then that Shareholder) entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors.
17  
 

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

56. At least seven clear days' notice in writing counting from the date service is deemed to take place as provided in these Articles specifying the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business, shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by the Company by Ordinary Resolution to such Persons as are, under these Articles, entitled to receive such notices from the Company, but with the consent of all the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting and attend and vote thereat, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as those Shareholders may think fit.
57. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

58. All business carried out at a general meeting shall be deemed special with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company's auditors, and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company's auditors. No special business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent of all Shareholders entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice of such special business has been given in the notice convening that meeting.
59. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, one or more Shareholders holding at least a majority of the paid up voting share capital of the Company present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at that meeting shall form a quorum.
60. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Shareholder or Shareholders present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.
61. If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.
62. The chairman, if any, of the Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.
18  
 

 

63. If there is no such chairman, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.
64. The chairman may adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place either:
(a) with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting); or
(b) without the consent of such meeting if, in his sole opinion, he considers it necessary to do so to:
(i) secure the orderly conduct or proceedings of the meeting; or
(ii) give all persons present in person or by proxy and having the right to speak and I or vote at such meeting, the ability to do so,

but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner provided for the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

65. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the chairman or one or more Shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor of, or against, that resolution.
66. If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
67. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.
68. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.
19  
 

 

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

69. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share, on a show of hands every Shareholder present in person and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall, at a general meeting of the Company, each have one vote and on a poll every Shareholder and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall have one vote for each Share of which he or the Person represented by proxy is the holder.
70. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.
71. A Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person, may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.
72. No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.
73. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.
74. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an Officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Shareholder.
75. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.
76. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting no later than the time for holding the meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting.
77. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.
78. A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorized representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.
20  
 

 

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

79. Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorize such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

DIRECTORS

80. The name(s) of the first Director(s) shall either be determined in writing by a majority (or in the case of a sole subscriber that subscriber) of, or elected at a meeting of, the subscribers of the Memorandum of Association.
81. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any Person to be a Director.
82. Subject to these Articles, a Director shall hold office until such time as he is removed from office by Ordinary Resolution.
83. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution from time to time fix the maximum and minimum number of Directors to be appointed but unless such numbers are fixed as aforesaid the minimum number of Directors shall be one and the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.
84. The remuneration of the Directors may be determined by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.
85. There shall be no shareholding qualification for Directors unless determined otherwise by Ordinary Resolution.
86. The Directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any Person to be a Director, either as a result of a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, subject to the maximum number (if any) imposed by Ordinary Resolution.

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

87. Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be authorized to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing Director, and to act in such Director's place at any meeting of the Directors. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as the alternate of the Director appointing him and where he is a Director to have a separate vote in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall not be an Officer solely as a result of his appointment as an alternate other than in respect of such times as the alternate acts as a Director. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.
21  
 

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

88, Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.
89. The Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a Director to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including but not limited to, the office of president, one or more vice-presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any Person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.
90. The Directors may appoint any Person to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they think fit. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.
91. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.
92. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorized signatory (any such person being an "Attorney" or "Authorized Signatory", respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorized Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorize any such Attorney or Authorized Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.
22  
 
93. The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.
94. The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any Person to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such Person.
95. The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorize the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any Person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.
96. Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorized by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.
97. The Directors may agree with a Shareholder to waive or modify the terms applicable to such Shareholder's subscription for Shares without obtaining the consent of any other Shareholder; provided that such waiver or modification does not amount to a variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to the Shares of such other Shareholders.

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

98. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

THE SEAL

99. The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.
100. The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after
23  
 

the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

101. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

102. The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:
(a) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;
(b) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;
(c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;
(d) is removed from office by Ordinary Resolution;
(e) is removed from office by notice addressed to him at his last known address and signed by all of his co-director (not being less than two in number); or
(f) is removed from office pursuant to any other provision of these Articles.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

103. The Directors may meet together (either within or outside the Cayman islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit, Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.
104. A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

24  
 
105. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed, if there be two or more Directors the quorum shall be two, and if there be one Director the quorum shall be one. A Director represented by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present.
106. A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or other arrangement which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.
107. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.
108. Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.
109. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:
(a) all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;
(b) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and
(c) all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.
25  
 
110. When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.
111. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.
112. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.
113. The Directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
114. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
115. A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.
116. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

DIVIDENDS

117. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, or as otherwise provided for in the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorize payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

26  
 
118. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.
119. The Directors may determine, before recommending or declaring any dividend, to set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the determination of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.
120. Any dividend may be paid in any manner as the Directors may determine. If paid by cheque it will be sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder or Person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such Person and such address as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other Person as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.
121. The Directors when paying dividends to the Shareholders in accordance with the foregoing provisions of these Articles may make such payment either in cash or in specie and may determine the extent to which amounts may be withheld therefrom (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees, expenses or other liabilities for which a Shareholder (or the Company, as a result of any action or inaction of the Shareholder) is liable).
122. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares.
123. If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.
124. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

125. The books of account relating to the Company's affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.
126. The books of account shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.
127. The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder
27  
 

(not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

128. The accounts relating to the Company's affairs shall only be audited if the Directors so determine, in which case the financial year end and the accounting principles will be determined by the Directors.
129. The Directors in each year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

CAPITALIZATION OF RESERVES

130. Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may:
(a) resolve to capitalize an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a Share Premium Account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;
(b) appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalized to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:
(i) paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or
(ii) paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

(c) make any arrangements they think fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalized reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;
(d) authorize a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:
(i) the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalization, or
28  
 

 

(ii) the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalized of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares,

and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

(e) generally do all acts and things required to give effect to any of the actions contemplated by this Article.

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

131. The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.
132. There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the determination of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

NOTICES

133. Any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it airmail or air courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile should the Directors deem it appropriate. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.
134. Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.
135. Any notice or other document, if served by:
(a) post, shall be deemed to have been served five clear days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;
(b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;
29  
 
(c) recognized courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service; or
(d) electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

136. Any notice or document delivered or sent in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.
137. Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:
(a) all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and
(b) every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INDEMNITY

138. Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer (but not including the Company's auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an " Indemnified Person ") shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person's own dishonesty, willful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in or about the conduct of the Company's business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
30  
 

 

139. No Indemnified Person shall be liable:
(a) for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or Officer or agent of the Company; or
(b) for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or
(c) on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or
(d) for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or
(e) for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person's part; or
(f) for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person's office or in relation thereto;

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person's own dishonesty, willful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

140. Subject to the proviso hereto, no Person shall be recognized by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to recognize any such interests as shall be determined by the Directors.

WINDING UP

141. If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in such manner and order as he thinks fit in satisfaction of creditors' claims.
142. If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different Classes. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in
31  
 

trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Shareholders as the liquidator, with the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any assets whereon there is any liability.

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

143. Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to the various Classes, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

144. For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case 40 days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders the Register shall be so closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.
145. In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within 90 days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.
146. If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

147. The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being
32  
 

incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

148. The Company may merge or consolidate in accordance with the Companies Law.
149. To the extent required by the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to merge or consolidate the Company.

DISCLOSURE

150. The Directors, or any authorized service providers (including the Officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company), shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority, or to any stock exchange on which the Shares may from time to time be listed, any information regarding the affairs of the Company including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and books of the Company.
33  
 

 

NAME, ADDRESS AND DESCRIPTION
OF SUBSCRIBER

 

Walkers Nominees Limited, 190 Elgin

Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman

KY1-9001, Cayman Islands

 

 

/s/ Andrew Barker______________________

Andrew Barker

as Authorized Signatory of Walkers Nominees Limited

Dated: 13 June 2018

/s/ Stacy Bounds_____________________

Signature of Witness

Name:     Stacy Bounds

Address: 190 Elgin Avenue, George

               Town, Grand Cayman KY1-

               9001, Cayman Islands

Occupation: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

  1  

 

 

 

 

  2  

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

Between

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

And

Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

November 13, 2018

 

1
 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

Party A: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No. 84 South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Party B: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No. 97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Whereas:

(1) Party A is engaged in game operation business (hereinafter referred to as "the Business") in China, and Party B has the expertise and resources in the strategic consulting related to the aforesaid Business.

(2)     Party B is willing to provide Party A with technical support services, consulting services and other services related to the Business (hereinafter referred to as the " Technical Support Services ") and Party A agrees to accept such services provided by Party B.

Now therefore, through mutual consultation, the parties have reached the following agreements:

Article 1 Technical Support Services

1.1       Provision of Services

During the validity term of this Agreement, Party B agrees to provide Party A with the Technical Support Services listed in Appendix 1 and actually required by Party A as Party A's exclusive business operation provider.

1.2      Acceptance of Services

Party A agrees to accept the Technical Support Services provided by Party B and further agrees that during the validity term of this Agreement, Party B shall be Party A's exclusive business operation provider and Party A shall not entrust or accept any third party to provided the services listed in Appendix 1 hereto without Party B's prior written consent.

1.3       Intellectual Property Rights

2
 

For all rights, ownership and interests related to any and all intellectual property rights arising from or in respect of the performance of this Agreement (including but not limited to copyrights, patent rights, trademark rights, computer software copyrights, know-how, technology secrets, trade secrets etc),whether they are developed by Party B or by Party A based on Party B's intellectual property rights, Party B shall enjoy the sole and exclusive rights.

Article 2 Service Fee and Compensation

2.1       Payment of Service Fee

Party A agrees to pay to Party B the Technical Support Services fee (hereinafter referred to as the " Service Fee "). The amount of Service Fee shall be determined according to Party A's actual operation, and amounts to Party A's profit from amalgamation offsetting previous year's loss (if any),operating expense, all expenses, tax and other mandatory expenditure. Party B shall have the right to adjust the Service Fee according to the actual scope of service, and referring to the operation situation and expanding demand of Party A and its affiliates.

Party A agrees to pay previous year's Service Fee within sixty (60) days as of the date of termination of each accounting year. Meanwhile, Party B shall have the right to claim reasonable amount of Service Fee from Party A, at any time after annual audit or semi-annual audit of each year being finished. The amount of Service Fee shall be determined by Party B and notified in writing (hereinafter referred to as the "Payment Notice") to Party A. Party A shall make the payment within fifteen (15) days as of the date of Payment Notice. Party B shall have the right to adjust the Service Fee according to the actual operation of Party A at any time.

2.2       Compensation

Besides the Service Fee, all the reasonable expenses and expenditures related to the technical support services, including but not limited to business travel, accommodation, transportation and communication costs, shall be charged by Party B to Party A according to the actual amount incurred.

2.3       Provision of Financial Data

Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each financial year, Party A shall provide Party B with the financial statements and all business, records, major business contracts and other related financial data for the financial year. If Party B has questions with the financial data provided by Party A, it may appoint a reputable independent accountant to audit the relevant data and Party A shall offer its cooperation.

2.4       Indemnity

3
 

Party A shall indemnify and hold harmless Party B and its agents, representatives, directors, officers and employees from any losses, damage, liability or expenses arising from any litigation, claim or other requests against Party B or its agents, representatives, directors, officers and employees relating to or arising from the Technical Support Services required by Party A.

Article 3 Liability of Both Parties

3.1       Party A's Liability

(1) To provide Party B with the data and information necessary for the completion of the Technical Support Services under this Agreement, and guarantee the authenticity and accuracy of such data and information;
(2) To pay the relevant expenses to Party B on time in accordance with the provisions of Article 2 of this Agreement;
(3) Other liability as stipulated in the laws and regulations.

3.2       Party B's Liability

(1) To set up a professional working group composed of experienced personnel to provide the Technical Support Services in accordance with this Agreement;
(2) To guarantee that the consulting opinions and data provided to Party A comply with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations

Article 4 Representations and Warranties

4.1       Party A's Representations and Warranties

Party A represents and warrants to Party B that:

(1) Party A is a limited liability company formally established and validly existing in accordance with Chinese laws, mainly engaged in the Business;
(2) Party A has already obtained all the government's approval, authorization, licenses, permits, registration and archival filing for the operation and development of the Business, and undertakes to maintain their effectiveness within the validity term of this Agreement;
(3) Party A has all corporate rights and powers to sign and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate actions to formally sign and perform this Agreement. The signing and performance of this Agreement do not violate the restrictions of laws or contracts that have binding effect or influence on it;
4
 

(4)     This Agreement shall constitute the legal, effective and binding obligations of Party A and may be enforced on Party A in accordance with the terms of this Agreement once it is executed; and

(5) All the data provided by Party A, its agents, employees or representatives to Party B are true, complete and accurate in all important aspects and are not misleading

4.2       Party B's Representations and Warranties

Party B represents and warrants to Party A that:

(1) Party B is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise formally established and validly existing in accordance with Chinese law;

(2)       Party B has all corporate rights and powers to sign and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate actions to formally sign and perform this Agreement. The signing and performance of this Agreement do not violate the restrictions of laws or contracts that have binding effect or influence on it;

(3) This Agreement shall constitute the legal, effective and binding obligations of Party B and may be enforced on Party B in accordance with the terms of this Agreement once it is executed;

(4)     All the data provided by Party B, its agents, employees or representatives to Party A are true, complete and accurate in all important aspects and are not misleading, and

(5)     Party B shall diligently and conscientiously provide the Technical Support Services under this Agreement in accordance with applicable Chinese laws, regulations and relevant administrative regulations as well as the provisions of this Agreement.

4.3       Violation of the Representations

If there are any conditions under which any representation or warranty made by any party to this Agreement under Article 4.1 or 4.2 (as the case may be) may become untrue or inaccurate, the relevant party shall immediately notify the other party in writing and take remedial measures in accordance with the reasonable requirements of the other party. Each party agrees to compensate the other party for any and all liabilities, obligations, compensation, fines, ruling, proceedings, costs, expenses and reimbursed expenses incurred by the other party arising from or in relation to any falsity or inaccuracy of the representations and warranties made under Article 4.1 or 4.2 (as the case may be) or violation of any provision or agreement under this Agreement.

Article 5 Intellectual Property Rights

5.1       Rights of Creation

5
 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, Party B shall own all the intellectual property rights created or obtained by Party A based on Party B's Technical Support Services during the term of this Agreement. Party A shall sign all documents necessary for Party B to become the owner of such intellectual property rights and take all actions required to make Party B a owner of such intellectual property rights. Party A shall not object to Party B's ownership of any such intellectual property rights and shall not apply for registration or attempt to acquire or otherwise obtain any intellectual property rights without Party B's prior written consent.

5.2       Name, Trademark and Logos

Without the prior written consent of Party B, Party A shall not use Party B's name, trademarks, logos, domain name or any change form of the above or use the wording that may make people associate it with any of the above in any advertising, promotional materials, press releases or any other promotional materials.

Article 6 Confidentiality

6.1  General Obligations

During the validity term of this Agreement and within five (5) years after the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Party A:

(1) shall keep secret of the confidential data and information (hereinafter referred to as "Confidential Data") on Party B that it learns about or has access to because it accepts Party B’s Technical Support Services, including but not limited to all technologies, know-how, crafts, software, proprietary data, trade secrets, industry practices, methods, specifications, design, finance and other proprietary information on Party B's Business, operation and other affairs, regardless of the Confidential Data is in written, oral or any other form or disclosed to Party A prior to, on the date or after the signing of this Agreement;
(2) shall not disclose the Confidential Data to any third party, unless consented to by Party B in writing in advance or according to provisions of articles 6.2 and 6.3; and
(3) shall not use the Confidential Data for any purpose unless to fulfill the obligations under this Agreement.

6.2       Disclosure to The Recipient

Party A may disclose the Confidential Data to its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees and legal, financial and professional consultants (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipients") based on the need of knowledge of such Confidential Data to achieve the purpose of this Agreement.

6.3       Recipients' Obligations

6
 

Party A shall guarantee that the Recipients know and abide by all the confidentiality obligations of Party A for the Confidential Data under this Agreement as of the Recipients as a whole is a party to this Agreement.

6.4       Exceptions

The provisions of Article 6.1 do not apply to the following Confidential Data:

(1) that have become or will become data that can be obtained by the public, which is not caused by the disclosure or disclosure by instructions by Party A or any of its Recipients in violation of this Agreement;
(2) that are disclosed by Party A according to any applicable laws and regulations, any requirements of any regulatext-align: justifytory authorities or any applicable rules of any securities exchange, provided that the relevant disclosure is limited to the scope of such requirements or regulations. and if necessary, Party B shall be given the opportunity to review the content of disclosure and give opinions on the disclosure content before the disclosure; and
(3) that are disclosed by Party A according to any government regulations or provisions of judicial or regulatory process, or in any legal proceedings, prosecution or judicial, supervisory or arbitration proceedings of legal lawsuits, litigation or proceedings arising from or related to this Agreement, provided that such disclosure is limited to the scope required by such regulations or proceedings, and if necessary. Party B shall be given the opportunity to review the content of disclosure and give opinions on the disclosure content before the disclosure.

6.5  Destruction of Data

Within one (1) day after this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Party A shall remove all of Party B's Confidential Data from any memory device, and shall destroy or return all documents, materials, software or other visible media containing any Confidential Data. If Party A chooses to destroy the relevant documents and materials, a duly authorized senior executive of Party A shall prove to Party B in writing after the destruction that Party A has properly destroyed all Confidential Data actually.

Article 7 Term and Termination

7.1  Term

This Agreement shall come into force after the signing by the authorized representatives of both parties on the date first written above. This Agreement shall be valid for ten (10) years unless Party B terminates it early in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.2, or both parties agree in writing to terminate it ahead of schedule. Unless Party B notify Party A in writing thirty (30) days in advance that the Agreement will not be renewed,

7
 

otherwise the term of this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for one (1) year at the expiration date of the validity term, and so on.

7.2       Termination

Party A has no right to terminate this Agreement unilaterally; Party B may decide to terminate this Agreement by a one (1) month prior written notice. In the event of any of the following events, Party B may terminate this Agreement immediately after issuing a written notice to Party A to terminate this Agreement:

(1) Party A does not comply with any obligations, stipulations and conditions in this Agreement, and Party A does not correct such breach within ten (10) days after Party B sends a written notice to Party A; and
(2) Party A suspends its business, loses the ability to repay the debts, becomes bankruptcy or the object of liquidation or dissolution procedures, is not able to repay the debts due and payable or dissolved according to laws.

7.3       Actions after Termination

Once this Agreement is terminated, Party B will not be obliged to continue to provide any services to Party A under this Agreement. Party A does not have the right to claim any losses caused by the termination of this Agreement (including losses in Business or earnings) against Party B with any reason. The termination of this Agreement does not impair any right or relief arising to any party before termination or affect any obligation of any party to the other party to fulfill any obligation arising before the termination of this Agreement.

7.4  Continue to be Effective

The Clause 2.4, 3.3, Article 6, Clause 7.3 - 7.4, Article 8, Clause 9.1-9.3 and Clause 9.8-9.10 shall remain valid after the termination of this Agreement.

Article 8 Notice

8.1 The notices under this Agreement shall be delivered to the following addresses by hand, by fax or registered mail unless there is a written notice to change the following addresses. If the notice is delivered by registered mail, the receipt date recorded on the mail receipt shall be deemed as the service date; if the notice is sent by fax or by hand, the date of delivery shall be deemed as date of service. In case of delivery by fax, the originals shall be delivered to the following addresses by registered mail or by hand immediately after the delivery.

Party A's Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No. 84 South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

8
 

Tel:

Fax:

Recipient:

Party B's Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No. 97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Tel:

Fax:

Recipient:

Article 9 Miscellaneous Provisions

9.1  Governing Law

The signing, interpretation, performance and termination of this Agreement shall apply to and be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China.

9.2  Settlement of Disputes

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement shall be settled by both parties through bona fide negotiation. Should the parties cannot reach an agreement to resolve the dispute with thirty (30) days after a party submits the request of dispute negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to Xiamen Arbitration Committee, where three (3) arbitrators will settle the dispute in Xiamen according the arbitration rules of the Committee that are in force at that time. The arbitration language is Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on both parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party unless otherwise specified by the arbitration tribunal.

9.3  Severability

If one or multiple provisions of this Agreement are determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any way according to any laws and regulations, the relevant provisions shall be deemed severable from this Agreement, and the effectiveness, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired in any way. Both parties shall endeavor to negotiate in the principle of good faith to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid regulations and their economic effects shall be as close as possible to the original economic effect of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

9.4       Waiver

Failure of any party to exercise or exercise in time any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver, and any exercise or partial exercise of

9
 

relevant right, power or remedy does not prevent further exercise of relevant right, power or remedy or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing provisions, the waiver of one party of any of the other party's provisions in breach of this Agreement, shall not be regarded as a waiver of such party of any other future breach of the provision or any other provisions of this Agreement.

9.5       Transfer Restrictions

This Agreement is binding on both parties and their successors and authorized transferees. Without the prior written consent of Party B, Party A shall not transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement. Party B may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person designated by it with a prior notice to Party A.

9.6       Integrity of This Agreement

This Agreement constitutes an entire agreement and consensus reached by both parties on the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all the previous agreements or memorandum or arrangements between both parties on the subject matter of this Agreement, whether oral or written

9.7       Amendment

Any amendments and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the parties. Any modification or supplement to this Agreement duly executed by the parties constitutes an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

9.8       Titles

The titles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

9.9       Appendix

The appendix of the Agreement is the integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

9.10     Copies

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all of which together shall constitute the same one instrument with equal legal validity.

(The following is signature page without content of agreement)

 

10
 

In witness whereof, both parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first above written.

Party A:

 

(Common Seal)

 

 

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

Authorized Representative (Signature)

 

 

 

Party B:

 

(Common Seal)

 

 

/s/ Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Authorized Representative (Signature)

 

 

(Signature Page of Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement)

11
 

APPENDIX I

Content of Technical Support Services

In the scope permitted by the laws, the content of Technical Support Services provided by Party B to Party A is:

(1) To provide the technical support, technical assistance, technical consulting and professional training necessary for Party A's operation;

(2)  To provide network support, database support and software service;

(3)   To provide business management consulting;

(4)      To grant use rights of intellectual property rights;

(5)   To lease hardware and device;

(6) To provide market consulting, new product assessment, industry research service and marketing strategies;

(7)

To provide system integration service, research and development of software and system maintenance; To provide other services related to Party A's operation;
(8) To provide labor support at the request of Party A (provided that Party A bears the relevant labor expenses);

(9)  To develop the related technologies based on Party A's business needs:

(10)  Other services approved by both parties.

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Call Option Agreement

Between

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

And

Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

November 13, 2018

1  
 

Call Option Agreement

Party A: Xiaodong CHEN

ID Number: 350102196711020039

Address: Room 2605, No.108 East Taojin Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou

Party B: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Target Company: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the “Target Company”)

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No.84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Whereas:

(1) The Target Company is a company limited by shares incorporated lawfully and existing validly within the territory of the People’s Republic of China, and Party A holds 67.21% shares as a shareholder of the Target Company.
(2) Party B is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated lawfully and existing validly in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China and provides technical support, strategic consulting and other related services to the Target Company as an important partner of the Target Company.
(3) Party A and the Target Company intend to grant the Part B, the exclusive option to purchase all or part of the shares and the assets (including all forms of tangible and intangible assets) of the Target Company held by Party A, either by Party B itself or through its designated person.

Now therefore, through mutual consultation, the parties have reached the following agreements:

Article 1 Grant and Exercise of Call Option

1.1       Granting Purchase Option

According to the requirements of Chinese laws and the provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree that Party B own the exclusive right to choose at any time to purchase all or part of shares or assets of the Target Company held by Party A through Party B itself or

2  
 

its designated person (herein after referred to as “ Purchase Options ”) The purchase options may be exercised by Party B or the person designated by Party B which is irrevocable during the term of this Agreement. Party A agrees that any third party except for Party B shall not own purchase options to the shares or assets of the Target Company or other rights related to the Target Company.

1.2       Exercise of Option

Based on the requirements of Chinese law, Party B or its nominated person may send a written notice to Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) (hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice of Exercise ”) and specify that it will purchase the shares or the shares of the assets purchased from the Target Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Purchased Shares/Assets ”) and the way of purchase, the purchase options are excised. Party B or its designee may independently decide when, how and how often to exercise the option.

1.3       Effect of Notice of Exercise

Within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice of execution, Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) shall sign the Equity/Asset Transfer Contract and other documents (the “ Transfer Documents ”) for the transfer with Party B or its nominated person. And Party A irrevocably waived its right of first refusal to purchase all the other shares sold by the other party to Party B.

1.4       Registration

After the transfer documents are signed, Party A and/or the Target Company must unconditionally cooperate with Party B to handle any necessary matters related with transfer including approvals, permits, registrations, filings, etc. Party A shall transfer without any security interests the effective ownership of purchased equity/asset to Party B or its designated person who become the registered owner of the purchased equity/asset.

1.5       Joint Responsibility

The obligations and responsibilities of Party A and the Target Company to Part B are joint liability under this Agreement.

Article 2 Subscription Price

2.1 Subject to applicable PRC laws, Party B has the right to purchases all or part of the equity interests or assets of the Target Company held by Party A at any time, either at its own discretion or through its designated person, at the lowest price (the “ exercise price ”) permitted by the then-current Chinese law.

Article 3 Representation and Warranty

3.1       Representations and Warranties

3  
 

Each of the party represents and warrants to the other party that:

(1) It has all requisite power, capability and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations and liabilities under this agreement. This Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation to the party and is enforceable against the party in accordance with its terms upon execution.
(2) The execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement will not (i) lead to violation of any law of the PRC; (ii) conflict with the by-law or other constitutional documents; (iii) lead to breach of or default under any contract or document to which it is a party or which has binding force upon it; (iv) lead to breach of any conditions on the basis of which any permit or approval is issued to any party hereto and (or) maintenance thereof.
(3) The information provided by itself or its agents, employees or representatives to the other party is true, complete, accurate and no misleading in all material respect.

3.2       Additional Representations and Warranties of the Target Company and Party A

The Target Company and Party A provide to Party B the following additional representations and warranties:

(1) Party A has good and sellable title to its equity in the Target Company, except for the pledges stipulated under the <Equity Pledge Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day with the agreement, and there is no other right burden on it.
(2) The Target Company has good and sellable ownership of all its assets and there is no any security interest or other rights burden on such assets.
(3) The Target Company complies with all applicable laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations applicable to asset acquisition)
(4) There are no pending or potential litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the Target Company or its equity or assets.
(5) After Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option under this Agreement to obtain the underlying equity or assets, the Target Company and Part A will not take any detriment action to the validity or any interests of the equity or assets, or the validity of the act of transferring the equity or assets.

Article 4 Other Provisions

4.1       Prohibition of the Target Company

Before Party B or its nominated person excises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, without Party B’s prior written consent, the Target Company is prohibited to:

4  
 
(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any legal or beneficial interest in any asset, business or income, or allow any other security interest to be set up on it;
(2) Enter into the transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Occur, inherit, guarantee or allow to have any debt, except for the debt which is (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business other than the debt arising from the borrowing; and(ii)disclosed to Party B and approved by Party B in writing;
(4) Sign any contract involving any obligation(whether there is an obligation or not) or single payment exceeding RMB 100 thousand per year or accumulatively exceeding RMB 500 thousand, or be bound by such contract (a series of related contracts shall be deemed as one contract and the amount involved in the series of contracts should be calculated cumulatively);
(5) Provide loans or credit to anyone;
(6) Merge or associate with anyone or acquire or invest in anyone;
(7) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any of its affiliates, except for an agreement or arrangement with Party B signed on the same date as this Agreement; or
(8) Distribute dividends to shareholders in any form.

4.2       Prohibition of the Target Company and Party A

Before B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company without the prior written consent of Party B, the Target Company, Party A shall not jointly or unilaterally conduct the following actions:

(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the Target Company’s equity/assets or allow any equity burden on it, except for pledges made under the <Equity Pledges Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day as this Agreement;
(2) Add, change or modify the Articles of Associations of the Target Company in any way, and such supplements, changes or modifications will materially affect the Target Company’s assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Appoint, revoke or replace any director, supervisor or manager of the Target Company;
(4) Increase or decrease the registered capital of the Target Company or change its shareholding structure in any other way;
5  
 
(5) Promote the Target Company to enter into transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights; or
(6) Procure the shareholders meeting of the Target Company to pass resolution regarding dividend distribution.

4.3       Actions of the Target Company and Party A

Before Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, the Target Company and Party A shall:

(1) Maintain the existing of the Target Company in accordance with good financial and commercial standards; practice and operate its business cautiously and effectively;
(2) Operate all the business of the Target Company in the ordinary course of business in order to maintain the asset value of the Target Company and perform no action /inaction which may affect its operating status or asset value;
(3) At the request of Party B, provide all information regarding operation and financial status of the Target Company;
(4) Notify B promptly of litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures that have occurred or may occur in connection with the Target Company or its equity or assets;
(5) Purchase insurance from the insurance company accepted by Party B and maintain the insurance at all times, and the amount and type of insurance to be maintained shall be the same as the amount and type of insurance usually adopted by the company operating similar businesses or having similar assets or assets in the same region;
(6) In order to maintain ownership of entire assets of the Target Company, sign all necessary and appropriate documents; take all necessary and appropriate actions and make all necessary and appropriate charge and appropriate defenses against all claims;
(7) Distribute all the distributable profits of the Target Company to its shareholders immediately upon the request of Party B; and
(8) Appoint any person designated by Party B as the director of the Target Company upon the request of Party B.

Article 5 Compensation

5.1 If any of the representations or warranties made by any party under Article 3 become untrue or inaccurate, the relevant party shall promptly notify other party in writing and shall provide remedies according to reasonable requests made by the other party. Each
6  
 

party agrees to indemnify any other party the debts, obligations, compensation, fines, awards, litigation, cost, expenses and disbursements which are arising from or relating to any untruthfulness or inaccuracy in the representations and warranties made under Article 3 or because of any breach of agreement or provision under this Agreement.

Article 6 Confidentiality

6.1       General Obligation

Within 5 years after the expiration of this Agreement and after termination of this Agreement for any reason, without prior consent of the parties, either party shall be responsible for any oral or written information obtained by this Agreement and any other party from the other party in performing this Agreement (the “Confidential Information”) is confidential and may not disclose any Confidential Information to any other person.

6.2       Disclosure to the Recipient

In order to achieve the purpose of this Agreement, both parties may disclose the Confidential Information to its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees and legal, financial and professional advisors (collectively referred to as the “Recipients”) on a need-to-know basis.

6.3       Obligations of the Recipients

The parties shall ensure that their respective Recipients are aware of and comply with all their confidentiality obligations under this Agreement, as if the recipient were a party to this Agreement.

6.4       Exceptions

The Clause 6.1 shall not apply to:

(1) The Confidential Information which is already in the public domain or comes into the public domain otherwise than by a breach of any obligation of confidentiality; or which
(2) Disclosures by either party in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, any regulatory department or any applicable rules of any stock exchange, but such disclosure is limited to the scope of such regulations or requirements and is feasible under the circumstances, other party should be given the opportunity to review the contents of the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure;
(3) Disclosures by any party pursuant to any governmental regulation or judicial or regulatory process or in any judicial, regulatory or arbitral proceedings in any legal proceedings, proceedings or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, but relevant disclosures are limited to the scope of these requirements or procedural requirements, and where feasible, other party are given the opportunity to review the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure.
7  
 

Article 7 Term and Termination

7.1       Term

This Agreement shall come into force after execution by the authorized representatives of both parties on the date first written above. This Agreement shall be valid for ten (10) years unless Party B terminates it early in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.2, or both parties agree in writing to terminate it ahead of schedule. Unless Party B notify Party A in writing thirty (30) days in advance that the Agreement will not be renewed, the term of this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for one (1) year at the expiration date of the validity term, and so on.

7.2       Termination

The Target Company and Party A shall not terminate this Agreement in any circumstance for any reason. Party B may at its own discretion terminate the agreement upon a one-month prior written notice.

(1) Any party does not comply with any obligations, stipulations and conditions in this Agreement, and the party does not correct such breach within ten (10) days after Party B sends a written notice to Party A; and
(2) The Target Company suspends its business, loses the ability to repay the debts, becomes bankruptcy or the object of liquidation or dissolution procedures, is not able to repay the debts due and payable or dissolved according to laws.

7.3       Action after Termination

The other party is not entitled to claim any right to the pledgee for any loss (including loss of business or profits) suffered by the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Termination of this Agreement does not infringe any rights or remedies of any party prior to termination and does not affect the performance by any party of any of its obligations prior to the termination of this Agreement.

7.4       Continue to be Effective

The Article 5, 6, Clause 7.3-7.4, Article 8, Clause 9.1-9.3 and Clause 9.8-9.9 shall remain valid after the termination of this Agreement.

Article 8 Notice

8.1 Unless there is a written notice to change the address specified in the preamble of this agreement, any notices by the Parties hereunder shall be sent by hand delivery, facsimile, registered mail to the addresses. If the notice is sent by registered mail, the receipt date recorded on the mail receipt shall be deemed as the service date. If it is delivered by hand
8  
 

or by fax, the date of delivery shall be deemed as the service day. If it is delivered by fax, the original should be sent to the above address by registered mail or delivered by hand immediately after the facsimile notice is served.

Article 9 Miscellaneous Provisions

9.1       Governing Law

The signing, interpretation, performance and termination of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

9.2       Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through bona fide negotiation. Should the parties cannot reach an agreement to resolve the dispute with 30 days after a party submits the request of dispute negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to Xiamen Arbitration Committee, where 3 arbitrators will settle the dispute according the arbitration rules of the Committee that are in force at that time. The arbitration language is Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on all parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party unless otherwise specified by the arbitration tribunal.

9.3       Severability

In the event that any provisions hereof shall be found invalid, illegal or unenforceable due to inconformity with relevant laws, such provisions shall be invalid or unenforceable only within the relevant jurisdiction and of no prejudice to the remaining provisions. The Parties shall, through consultation in good faith, revise as far as permitted by law and in a manner most approximate to the original intention of the parties, such invalid and unenforceable provisions to the extent to which the provisions are lawful, valid and enforceable, and such revised provisions shall be, as far as possible, of same financial efficacy with those provisions that are invalid, unlawful or unenforceable.

9.4       Waiver

Any failure of any party to exercise or timely exercise any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall not be deemed as a waiver, and any exercise of the relevant rights, power or remedy at any one time will not prevent the further exercise of such rights, power or remedy or exercise any other right, power or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, any party waving any other party’s violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to have waived any later violation of this provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.5       Transfer Restoration

9  
 

This Agreement is binding on all parties and their successors and approved transferees. After informing other party in advance, Party B may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person it designates. The other party cannot transfer any of their rights and obligations without Party B’s prior written consent.

9.6       Integrity of this Agreement

The agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces all oral and/or written agreement, understanding and arrangements of the parties prior to the conclusion of this Agreement.

9.7       Amendment

Any amendments and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the parties. Any modification or supplement to this Agreement duly executed by the parties constitutes an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

9.8       Titles

The titles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

9.9       Copies

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all of which together shall constitute the same one instrument with equal legal validity.

(The following is signature page without content of agreement)

10  
 

In witness whereof, both parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first above written.

 

Party A Party B
   
(Name Seal) (Common Seal)
   
Signature: /s/ Xiaodong Chen Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

 

 

Target Company

 

(Common Seal)

 

Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

11  
 

Call Option Agreement

Between

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

And

Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

November 13, 2018

 

12  
 

Call Option Agreement

Party A: Shaohong CHEN

ID Number: 35010219610308002X

Address: Unit 1106, No.11, Mi Shu Heng Lane, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province

Party B: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Target Company: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the “Target Company”)

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No.84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Whereas:

(1) The Target Company is a company limited by shares incorporated lawfully and existing validly within the territory of the People’s Republic of China, and Party A holds 27.31% shares as a shareholder of the Target Company.
(2) Party B is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated lawfully and existing validly in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China and provides technical support, strategic consulting and other related services to the Target Company as an important partner of the Target Company.
(3) Party A and the Target Company intend to grant the Part B, the exclusive option to purchase all or part of the shares and the assets (including all forms of tangible and intangible assets) of the Target Company held by Party A, either by Party B itself or through its designated person.

Now therefore, through mutual consultation, the parties have reached the following agreements:

Article 1 Grant and Exercise of Call Option

1.1       Granting Purchase Option

According to the requirements of Chinese laws and the provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree that Party B own the exclusive right to choose at any time to purchase all or part of shares or assets of the Target Company held by Party A through Party B itself or

13  
 

its designated person (herein after referred to as “ Purchase Options ”) The purchase options may be exercised by Party B or the person designated by Party B which is irrevocable during the term of this Agreement. Party A agrees that any third party except for Party B shall not own purchase options to the shares or assets of the Target Company or other rights related to the Target Company.

1.2       Exercise of Option

Based on the requirements of Chinese law, Party B or its nominated person may send a written notice to Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) (hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice of Exercise ”) and specify that it will purchase the shares or the shares of the assets purchased from the Target Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Purchased Shares/Assets ”) and the way of purchase, the purchase options are excised. Party B or its designee may independently decide when, how and how often to exercise the option.

1.3       Effect of Notice of Exercise

Within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice of execution, Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) shall sign the Equity/Asset Transfer Contract and other documents (the “ Transfer Documents ”) for the transfer with Party B or its nominated person. And Party A irrevocably waived its right of first refusal to purchase all the other shares sold by the other party to Party B.

1.4       Registration

After the transfer documents are signed, Party A and/or the Target Company must unconditionally cooperate with Party B to handle any necessary matters related with transfer including approvals, permits, registrations, filings, etc. Party A shall transfer without any security interests the effective ownership of purchased equity/asset to Party B or its designated person who become the registered owner of the purchased equity/asset.

1.5       Joint Responsibility

The obligations and responsibilities of Party A and the Target Company to Part B are joint liability under this Agreement.

Article 2 Subscription Price

2.1 Subject to applicable PRC laws, Party B has the right to purchases all or part of the equity interests or assets of the Target Company held by Party A at any time, either at its own discretion or through its designated person, at the lowest price (the “ exercise price ”) permitted by the then-current Chinese law.
14  
 

Article 3 Representation and Warranty

3.1       Representations and Warranties

Each of the party represents and warrants to the other party that:

(1) It has all requisite power, capability and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations and liabilities under this agreement. This Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation to the party and is enforceable against the party in accordance with its terms upon execution.
(2) The execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement will not (i) lead to violation of any law of the PRC; (ii) conflict with the by-law or other constitutional documents; (iii) lead to breach of or default under any contract or document to which it is a party or which has binding force upon it; (iv) lead to breach of any conditions on the basis of which any permit or approval is issued to any party hereto and (or) maintenance thereof.
(3) The information provided by itself or its agents, employees or representatives to the other party is true, complete, accurate and no misleading in all material respect.

3.2       Additional Representations and Warranties of the Target Company and Party A

The Target Company and Party A provide to Party B the following additional representations and warranties:

(1) Party A has good and sellable title to its equity in the Target Company, except for the pledges stipulated under the <Equity Pledge Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day with the agreement, and there is no other right burden on it.
(2) The Target Company has good and sellable ownership of all its assets and there is no any security interest or other rights burden on such assets.
(3) The Target Company complies with all applicable laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations applicable to asset acquisition)
(4) There are no pending or potential litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the Target Company or its equity or assets.
(5) After Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option under this Agreement to obtain the underlying equity or assets, the Target Company and Part A will not take any detriment action to the validity or any interests of the equity or assets, or the validity of the act of transferring the equity or assets.
15  
 

Article 4 Other Provisions

4.1       Prohibition of the Target Company

Before Party B or its nominated person excises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, without Party B’s prior written consent, the Target Company is prohibited to:

(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any legal or beneficial interest in any asset, business or income, or allow any other security interest to be set up on it;
(2) Enter into the transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Occur, inherit, guarantee or allow to have any debt, except for the debt which is (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business other than the debt arising from the borrowing; and(ii)disclosed to Party B and approved by Party B in writing;
(4) Sign any contract involving any obligation(whether there is an obligation or not) or single payment exceeding RMB 100 thousand per year or accumulatively exceeding RMB 500 thousand, or be bound by such contract (a series of related contracts shall be deemed as one contract and the amount involved in the series of contracts should be calculated cumulatively);
(5) Provide loans or credit to anyone;
(6) Merge or associate with anyone or acquire or invest in anyone;
(7) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any of its affiliates, except for an agreement or arrangement with Party B signed on the same date as this Agreement; or
(8) Distribute dividends to shareholders in any form.

4.2       Prohibition of the Target Company and Party A

Before B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company without the prior written consent of Party B, the Target Company, Party A shall not jointly or unilaterally conduct the following actions:

(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the Target Company’s equity/assets or allow any equity burden on it, except for pledges made under the <Equity Pledges Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day as this Agreement;
16  
 
(2) Add, change or modify the Articles of Associations of the Target Company in any way, and such supplements, changes or modifications will materially affect the Target Company’s assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Appoint, revoke or replace any director, supervisor or manager of the Target Company;
(4) Increase or decrease the registered capital of the Target Company or change its shareholding structure in any other way;
(5) Promote the Target Company to enter into transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights; or
(6) Procure the shareholders meeting of the Target Company to pass resolution regarding dividend distribution.

4.3       Actions of the Target Company and Party A

Before Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, the Target Company and Party A shall:

(1) Maintain the existing of the Target Company in accordance with good financial and commercial standards; practice and operate its business cautiously and effectively;
(2) Operate all the business of the Target Company in the ordinary course of business in order to maintain the asset value of the Target Company and perform no action /inaction which may affect its operating status or asset value;
(3) At the request of Party B, provide all information regarding operation and financial status of the Target Company;
(4) Notify B promptly of litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures that have occurred or may occur in connection with the Target Company or its equity or assets;
(5) Purchase insurance from the insurance company accepted by Party B and maintain the insurance at all times, and the amount and type of insurance to be maintained shall be the same as the amount and type of insurance usually adopted by the company operating similar businesses or having similar assets or assets in the same region;
(6) In order to maintain ownership of entire assets of the Target Company, sign all necessary and appropriate documents; take all necessary and appropriate actions and make all necessary and appropriate charge and appropriate defenses against all claims;
17  
 
(7) Distribute all the distributable profits of the Target Company to its shareholders immediately upon the request of Party B; and
(8) Appoint any person designated by Party B as the director of the Target Company upon the request of Party B.

Article 5 Compensation

5.1 If any of the representations or warranties made by any party under Article 3 become untrue or inaccurate, the relevant party shall promptly notify other party in writing and shall provide remedies according to reasonable requests made by the other party. Each party agrees to indemnify any other party the debts, obligations, compensation, fines, awards, litigation, cost, expenses and disbursements which are arising from or relating to any untruthfulness or inaccuracy in the representations and warranties made under Article 3 or because of any breach of agreement or provision under this Agreement.

Article 6 Confidentiality

6.1       General Obligation

Within 5 years after the expiration of this Agreement and after termination of this Agreement for any reason, without prior consent of the parties, either party shall be responsible for any oral or written information obtained by this Agreement and any other party from the other party in performing this Agreement (the “Confidential Information”) is confidential and may not disclose any Confidential Information to any other person.

6.2       Disclosure to the Recipient

In order to achieve the purpose of this Agreement, both parties may disclose the Confidential Information to its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees and legal, financial and professional advisors (collectively referred to as the “Recipients”) on a need-to-know basis.

6.3       Obligations of the Recipients

The parties shall ensure that their respective Recipients are aware of and comply with all their confidentiality obligations under this Agreement, as if the recipient were a party to this Agreement.

6.4       Exceptions

The Clause 6.1 shall not apply to:

(1) The Confidential Information which is already in the public domain or comes into the public domain otherwise than by a breach of any obligation of confidentiality; or which
18  
 
(2) Disclosures by either party in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, any regulatory department or any applicable rules of any stock exchange, but such disclosure is limited to the scope of such regulations or requirements and is feasible under the circumstances, other party should be given the opportunity to review the contents of the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure;
(3) Disclosures by any party pursuant to any governmental regulation or judicial or regulatory process or in any judicial, regulatory or arbitral proceedings in any legal proceedings, proceedings or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, but relevant disclosures are limited to the scope of these requirements or procedural requirements, and where feasible, other party are given the opportunity to review the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure.

Article 7 Term and Termination

7.1       Term

This Agreement shall come into force after execution by the authorized representatives of both parties on the date first written above. This Agreement shall be valid for ten (10) years unless Party B terminates it early in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.2, or both parties agree in writing to terminate it ahead of schedule. Unless Party B notify Party A in writing thirty (30) days in advance that the Agreement will not be renewed, the term of this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for one (1) year at the expiration date of the validity term, and so on.

7.2       Termination

The Target Company and Party A shall not terminate this Agreement in any circumstance for any reason. Party B may at its own discretion terminate the agreement upon a one-month prior written notice.

(1) Any party does not comply with any obligations, stipulations and conditions in this Agreement, and the party does not correct such breach within ten (10) days after Party B sends a written notice to Party A; and
(2) The Target Company suspends its business, loses the ability to repay the debts, becomes bankruptcy or the object of liquidation or dissolution procedures, is not able to repay the debts due and payable or dissolved according to laws.

7.3       Action after Termination

The other party is not entitled to claim any right to the pledgee for any loss (including loss of business or profits) suffered by the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Termination of this Agreement does not infringe any rights or remedies of any party prior to termination and does not affect the performance by any party of any of its obligations prior to the termination of this Agreement.

19  
 

7.4       Continue to be Effective

The Article 5, 6, Clause 7.3-7.4, Article 8, Clause 9.1-9.3 and Clause 9.8-9.9 shall remain valid after the termination of this Agreement.

Article 8 Notice

8.1 Unless there is a written notice to change the address specified in the preamble of this agreement, any notices by the Parties hereunder shall be sent by hand delivery, facsimile, registered mail to the addresses. If the notice is sent by registered mail, the receipt date recorded on the mail receipt shall be deemed as the service date. If it is delivered by hand or by fax, the date of delivery shall be deemed as the service day. If it is delivered by fax, the original should be sent to the above address by registered mail or delivered by hand immediately after the facsimile notice is served.

Article 9 Miscellaneous Provisions

9.1       Governing Law

The signing, interpretation, performance and termination of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

9.2       Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through bona fide negotiation. Should the parties cannot reach an agreement to resolve the dispute with 30 days after a party submits the request of dispute negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to Xiamen Arbitration Committee, where 3 arbitrators will settle the dispute according the arbitration rules of the Committee that are in force at that time. The arbitration language is Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on all parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party unless otherwise specified by the arbitration tribunal.

9.3       Severability

In the event that any provisions hereof shall be found invalid, illegal or unenforceable due to inconformity with relevant laws, such provisions shall be invalid or unenforceable only within the relevant jurisdiction and of no prejudice to the remaining provisions. The Parties shall, through consultation in good faith, revise as far as permitted by law and in a manner most approximate to the original intention of the parties, such invalid and unenforceable provisions to the extent to which the provisions are lawful, valid and enforceable, and such revised provisions shall be, as far as possible, of same financial efficacy with those provisions that are invalid, unlawful or unenforceable.

20  
 

9.4       Waiver

Any failure of any party to exercise or timely exercise any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall not be deemed as a waiver, and any exercise of the relevant rights, power or remedy at any one time will not prevent the further exercise of such rights, power or remedy or exercise any other right, power or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, any party waving any other party’s violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to have waived any later violation of this provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.5       Transfer Restoration

This Agreement is binding on all parties and their successors and approved transferees. After informing other party in advance, Party B may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person it designates. The other party cannot transfer any of their rights and obligations without Party B’s prior written consent.

9.6       Integrity of this Agreement

The agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces all oral and/or written agreement, understanding and arrangements of the parties prior to the conclusion of this Agreement.

9.7       Amendment

Any amendments and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the parties. Any modification or supplement to this Agreement duly executed by the parties constitutes an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

9.8       Titles

The titles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

9.9       Copies

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all of which together shall constitute the same one instrument with equal legal validity.

(The following is signature page without content of agreement)

21  
 

In witness whereof, both parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first above written.

 

Party A Party B
   
(Name Seal) (Common Seal)
   
Signature: /s/ Shaohong Chen Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

 

 

Target Company

 

(Common Seal)

 

Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

22  
 

Call Option Agreement

Between

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

And

Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

November 13, 2018

 

23  
 

Call Option Agreement

Party A: Weiling ZHANG

Identification Number: 410121197307080523

Address: Unit 1#1005, No.563 Tian He Lane, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province

Party B: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Target Company: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the "Target Company")

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No.84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Whereas:

(1) The Target Company is a company limited by shares incorporated lawfully and existing validly within the territory of the People's Republic of China, and Party A holds 2.48% shares as a share h older of the Target Company.
(2) Party B is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated lawfully and existing validly in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China and provides technical support, strategic consulting and other related services to the Target Company as an important partner of the Target Company.
(3) Party A and the Target Company intend to grant the Part B, the exclusive option to purchase all or part of the shares and the assets (including all forms of tangible and intangible assets) of the Target Company held by Party A, either by Party B itself or through its designated person.

Now therefore, through mutual consultation, the parties have reached the following agreements:

Article 1 Grant and Exercise of Call Option

24  
 
1.1 Granting Purchase option

According to the requirements of Chinese laws and the provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree that Party B own the exclusive right to choose at any time to purchase all or part of shares or assets of the Target Company held by Party A through Party B itself or its designated person (herein after referred to as " Purchase Options ") The purchase options may be exercised by Party B or the person designated by Party B which is irrevocable during the term of this Agreement. Party A agrees that any third party except for Party B shall not own purchase options to the shares or assets of the Target Company or other rights related to the Target Company.

1.2 Exercise of Option

Based on the requirements of Chinese law, Party B or its nominated person may send a written notice to Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) (hereinafter referred to as the " Notice of Exercise ") and specify that it will purchase the shares or the shares of the assets purchased from the Target Company (hereinafter referred to as the " Purchased Shares/Assets ") and the way of purchase, the purchase options are excised. Party B or its designee may independently decide when, how and how often to exercise the option.

1.3 Effect of Notice of Exercise

Within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice of execution, Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) shall sign the Equity/Asset Transfer Contract and other documents (the " Transfer Documents ") for the transfer with Party B or its nominated person. And Party A irrevocably waived its right of first refusal to purchase all the other shares sold by the other party to Party B.

1.4 Registration

After the transfer documents are signed, Party A and/or the Target Company must unconditionally cooperate with Party B to handle any necessary matters related with transfer including approvals, permits, registrations, filings, etc. Party A shall transfer without any security interests the effective ownership of purchased equity/asset to Party B or its designated person who become the registered owner of the purchased equity/asset.

1.5 Joint Responsibility

The obligations and responsibilities of Party A and the Target Company to Part B are joint liability under this Agreement.

Article 2 Subscription Price

2.1 Subject to applicable PRC laws, Party B has the right to purchases all or part of the equity interests or assets of the Target Company held by Party A at any time, either at its
25  
 

own discretion or through its designated person, at the lowest price (the " exercise price ") permitted by the then - current Chinese law.

Article 3 Representation and Warranty

3.1 Representations and Warranties

Each of the party represents and warrants to the other party that:

(1) It has all requisite power, capability and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations and liabilities under this agreement. This Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation to the party and is enforceable against the party in accordance with its terms upon execution.
(2) The execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement will not (i) lead to violation of any law of the PRC; (ii) conflict with the by-law or other constitutional documents; (iii) lead to breach of or default under any contract or document to which it is a party or which has binding force upon it; (iv) lead to breach of any conditions on the basis of which any permit or approval is issued to any party hereto and (or) maintenance thereof.
(3) The information provided by itself or its agents, employees or representatives to the other party is true, complete, accurate and no misleading in all material respect·
3.2 Additional Representations and Warranties of the Target Company and Party A

The Target Company and Party A provide to Party B the following additional representations and warranties:

(1) Party A has good and sellable title to its equity in the Target Company, except for the pledges stipulated under the <Equity Pledge Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day with the agreement, and there is no other right burden on it.
(2) The Target Company has good and sellable ownership of all its assets and there is no any security interest or other rights burden on such assets.
(3) The Target Company complies with all applicable laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations applicable to asset acquisition)
(4) There are no pending or potential litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the Target Company or its equity or assets.
26  
 
(5) After Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option under this Agreement to obtain the underlying equity or assets, the Target Company and Part A will not take any detriment action to the validity or any interests of the equity or assets, or the validity of the act of transferring the equity or assets.

Article 4 Other Provisions

4.1 Prohibition of the Target Company

Before Party B or its nominated person excises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, without Party B's prior written consent, the Target Company is prohibited to:

(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any legal or beneficial interest in any asset, business or income, or allow any other security interest to be set up on it;
(2) Enter into the transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Occur, inherit, guarantee or allow to have any debt, except for the debt which is (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business other than the debt arising from the borrowing; and (ii) disclosed to Party B and approved by Party B in writing;
(4) Sign any contract involving any obligation (whether there is an obligation or not) or single payment exceeding RMB 100 thousand per year or accumulatively exceeding RMB 500 thousand, or be bound by such contract (a series of related contracts shall be deemed as one contract and the amount involved in the series of contracts should be calculated cumulatively);
(5) Provide loans or credit to anyone;
(6) Merge or associate with anyone or acquire or invest in anyone;
(7) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any of its affiliates, except for an agreement or arrangement with Party B signed on the same date as this Agreement; or
(8) Distribute dividends to shareholders in any form.
27  
 
4.2 Prohibition of the Target Company and Party A

Before B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, without the prior written consent of Party B, the Target Company, Party A shall not jointly or unilaterally conduct the following actions:

(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the Target Company's equity/assets or allow any equity burden on it, except for pledges made under the<Equity Pledges Agreement>signed by the parties on the same day as this Agreement;
(2) Add, change or modify the Articles of Associations of the Target Company in any way, and such supplements, changes or modifications will materially affect the Target Company’s assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Appoint, revoke or replace any director, supervisor or manager of the Target Company;
(4) Increase or decrease the registered capital of the Target Company or change its shareholding structure in any other way;
(5) Promote the Target Company to enter into transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights; or
(6) Procure the shareholders meeting of the Target Company to pass resolution regarding dividend distribution.
4.3 Actions of the Target Company and Party A

Before Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, the Target Company and Party A shall:

(1) Maintain the existing of the Target Company in accordance with good financial and commercial standards; practice and operate its business cautiously and effectively;
(2) Operate all the business of the Target Company in the ordinary course of business in order to maintain the asset value of the Target Company and perform no action /inaction which may affect its operating status or asset value;
(3) At the request of Party B, provide all information regarding operation and financial status of the Target Company;
28  
 
(4) Notify B promptly of litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures that have occurred or may occur in connection with the Target Company or its equity or assets;
(5) Purchase insurance from the insurance company accepted by Party B and maintain the insurance at all times, and the amount and type of insurance to be maintained shall be the same as the amount and type of insurance usually adopted by the company operating similar businesses or having similar assets or assets in the same region;
(6) In order to maintain ownership of entire assets of the Target Company, sign all necessary and appropriate documents; take all necessary and appropriate actions and make all necessary and appropriate charge and appropriate defenses against all claims;
(7) Distribute all the distributable profits of the Target Company to its shareholders immediately upon the request of Party B; and
(8) Appoint any person designated by Party B as the director of the Target Company upon the request of Party B.

Article 5 Compensation

5.1 If any of the representations or warranties made by any party under Article 3 become untrue or inaccurate, the relevant party shall promptly notify other party in writing and shall provide remedies according to reasonable requests made by the other party. Each party agrees to indemnify any other party the debts, obligations, compensation, fines, awards, litigation, cost, expenses and disbursements which are arising from or relating to any untruthfulness or inaccuracy in the representations and warranties made under Article 3 or because of any breach of agreement or provision under this Agreement.

Article 6 Confidentiality

6.1 General Obligation

Within 5 years after the expiration of this Agreement and after termination of this Agreement for any reason, without prior consent of the parties, either party shall be responsible for any oral or written information obtained by this Agreement and any other party from the other party in performing this Agreement (the " Confidential Information ") is confidential and may not disclose any Confidential Information to any other person.

29  
 
6.2 Disclosure to the Recipient

In order to achieve the purpose of this Agreement, both parties may disclose the Confidential Information to its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees and legal, financial and professional advisors (collectively referred to as the " Recipients ") on a need-to-know basis.

6.3 Obligations of the Recipients

The parties shall ensure that their respective Recipients are aware of and comply with all their confidentiality obligations under this Agreement, as if the recipient were a party to this Agreement.

6.4 Exceptions

The Clause 6.1 shall not apply to:

(1) The Confidential Information which is already in the public domain or comes into the public domain otherwise than by a breach of any obligation of confidentiality; or which
(2) Disclosures by either party in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, any regulatory department or any applicable rules of any stock exchange, but such disclosure is limited to the scope of such regulations or requirements and is feasible under the circumstances, other party should be given the opportunity to review the contents of the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure;
(3) Disclosures by any party pursuant to any governmental regulation or judicial or regulatory process or in any judicial, regulatory or arbitral proceedings in any legal proceedings, proceedings or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, but relevant disclosures are limited to the scope of these requirements or procedural requirements, and where feasible, other party are given the opportunity to review the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure.

Article 7 Term and Termination

7.1 Term

This Agreement shall come into force after execution by the authorized representatives of both parties on the date first written above. This Agreement shall be valid for ten (10) years unless Party B terminates it early in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.2, or both parties agree in writing to terminate it ahead of schedule. Unless Party B notify Party A in writing thirty (30) days in advance that the Agreement will not be renewed,

30  
 

the term of this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for one (1) year at the expiration date of the validity term, and so on.

7.2 Termination

The Target Company and Party A shall not terminate this Agreement in any circumstance for any reason. Party B may at its own discretion terminate the agreement upon a one-month prior written notice.

(1) Any party does not comply with any obligations, stipulations and conditions in this Agreement, and the party does not correct such breach within ten (10) days after Party B sends a written notice to Party A; and
(2) The Target Company suspends its business, loses the ability to repay the debts, becomes bankruptcy or the object of liquidation or dissolution procedures, is not able to repay the debts due and payable or dissolved according to laws.
7.3 Action after Termination

The other party is not entitled to claim any right to the pledgee for any loss (including loss of business or profits) suffered by the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Termination of this Agreement does not infringe any rights or remedies of any party prior to termination and does not affect the performance by any party of any of its obligations prior to the termination of this Agreement.

7.4 Continue to be Effective

The Article 5, 6, Clause 7.3-7.4, Article 8, Clause 9.1-9.3 and Clause 9.8-9.9 shall remain valid after the termination of this Agreement.

Article 8 Notice

8.1 Unless there is a written notice to change the address specified in the preamble of this agreement, any notices by the Parties hereunder shall be sent by hand delivery, facsimile, registered mail to the addresses. If the notice is sent by registered mail, the receipt date recorded on the mail receipt shall be deemed as the service date. If it is delivered by hand or by fax, the date of delivery shall be deemed as the service day. If it is delivered by fax, the original should be sent to the above address by registered mail or delivered by hand immediately after the facsimile notice is served.

Article 9

31  
 

Miscellaneous Provisions

9.1 Governing Law

The signing, interpretation, performance and termination of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China.

9.2 Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through bona fide negotiation. Should the parties cannot reach an agreement to resolve the dispute with 30 days after a party submits the request of dispute negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to Xiamen Arbitration Committee, where 3 arbitrators will settle the dispute according the arbitration rules of the Committee that are in force at that time. The arbitration language is Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on all parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party unless otherwise specified by the arbitration tribunal

9.3 Severability

In the event that any provisions hereof shall be found invalid, illegal or unenforceable due to inconformity with relevant laws, such provisions shall be invalid or unenforceable only within the relevant jurisdiction and of no prejudice to the remaining provisions. The Parties shall, through consultation in good faith, revise as far as permitted by law and in a manner most approximate to the original intention of the parties, such invalid and unenforceable provisions to the extent to which the provisions are lawful, valid and enforceable, and such revised provisions shall be, as far as possible, of same financial efficacy with those provisions that are invalid, unlawful or unenforceable

9.4 Waiver

Any failure of any party to exercise or timely exercise any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall not be deemed as a waiver, and any exercise of the relevant rights, power or remedy at any one time will not prevent the further exercise of such rights, power or remedy or exercise any other right, power or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, any party waving any other party's violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to have waived any later violation of this provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.5 Transfer Restoration

This Agreement is binding on all parties and their successors and approved transferees. After informing other party in advance, Party B may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person it designates. The other party cannot transfer any of their rights and obligations without Party B's prior written consent.

32  
 
9.6 Integrity of this Agreement

The agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces all oral and/or written agreement, understanding and arrangements of the parties prior to the conclusion of this Agreement.

9.7 Amendment

Any amendments and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the parties. Any modification or supplement to this Agreement duly executed by the parties constitutes an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

9.8 Titles

The titles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

9.9 Copies

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all of which together shall constitute the same one instrument with equal legal validity.

(The following is signature page without content of agreement)

33  
 

In witness whereof, both parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first above written.

 

 

Party A Party B
(Name Seal) (Common Seal)
   
   
   
Signature: /s/ Weiling Zhang Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.
   
Target Company  
   
(Common Seal)  
   
Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd  

 

 

34  
 

Call Option Agreement

Between

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

And

Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

November 13, 2018

35  
 

Call Option Agreement

Party A: Juanjuan CAI

Identification Number: 35010219660803036X

Address: Room 2605, No.108 East Taojin Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou

Party B: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Target Company: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the “Target Company”)

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No.84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Whereas:

(1) The Target Company is a company limited by shares incorporated lawfully and existing validly within the territory of the People’s Republic of China, and Party A holds 3% shares as a shareholder of the Target Company.
(2) Party B is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated lawfully and existing validly in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China and provides technical support, strategic consulting and other related services to the Target Company as an important partner of the Target Company.
(3) Party A and the Target Company intend to grant the Part B, the exclusive option to purchase all or part of the shares and the assets (including all forms of tangible and intangible assets) of the Target Company held by Party A, either by Party B itself or through its designated person.

Now therefore, through mutual consultation, the parties have reached the following agreements:

Article 1 Grant and Exercise of Call Option

1.1       Granting Purchase Option

According to the requirements of Chinese laws and the provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree that Party B own the exclusive right to choose at any time to purchase all or part of shares or assets of the Target Company held by Party A through Party B itself or

36  
 

its designated person (herein after referred to as “ Purchase Options ”) The purchase options may be exercised by Party B or the person designated by Party B which is irrevocable during the term of this Agreement. Party A agrees that any third party except for Party B shall not own purchase options to the shares or assets of the Target Company or other rights related to the Target Company.

1.2       Exercise of Option

Based on the requirements of Chinese law, Party B or its nominated person may send a written notice to Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) (hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice of Exercise ”) and specify that it will purchase the shares or the shares of the assets purchased from the Target Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Purchased Shares/Assets ”) and the way of purchase, the purchase options are excised. Party B or its designee may independently decide when, how and how often to exercise the option.

1.3       Effect of Notice of Exercise

Within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice of execution, Party A and/or the Target Company (as the case may be) shall sign the Equity/Asset Transfer Contract and other documents (the “ Transfer Documents ”) for the transfer with Party B or its nominated person. And Party A irrevocably waived its right of first refusal to purchase all the other shares sold by the other party to Party B.

1.4       Registration

After the transfer documents are signed, Party A and/or the Target Company must unconditionally cooperate with Party B to handle any necessary matters related with transfer including approvals, permits, registrations, filings, etc. Party A shall transfer without any security interests the effective ownership of purchased equity/asset to Party B or its designated person who become the registered owner of the purchased equity/asset.

1.5       Joint Responsibility

The obligations and responsibilities of Party A and the Target Company to Part B are joint liability under this Agreement.

Article 2 Subscription Price

2.1 Subject to applicable PRC laws, Party B has the right to purchases all or part of the equity interests or assets of the Target Company held by Party A at any time, either at its own discretion or through its designated person, at the lowest price (the “ exercise price ”) permitted by the then-current Chinese law.

Article 3 Representation and Warranty

3.1       Representations and Warranties

37  
 

Each of the party represents and warrants to the other party that:

(1) It has all requisite power, capability and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations and liabilities under this agreement. This Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation to the party and is enforceable against the party in accordance with its terms upon execution.
(2) The execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement will not (i) lead to violation of any law of the PRC; (ii) conflict with the by-law or other constitutional documents; (iii) lead to breach of or default under any contract or document to which it is a party or which has binding force upon it; (iv) lead to breach of any conditions on the basis of which any permit or approval is issued to any party hereto and (or) maintenance thereof.
(3) The information provided by itself or its agents, employees or representatives to the other party is true, complete, accurate and no misleading in all material respect.

3.2       Additional Representations and Warranties of the Target Company and Party A

The Target Company and Party A provide to Party B the following additional representations and warranties:

(1) Party A has good and sellable title to its equity in the Target Company, except for the pledges stipulated under the <Equity Pledge Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day with the agreement, and there is no other right burden on it.
(2) The Target Company has good and sellable ownership of all its assets and there is no any security interest or other rights burden on such assets.
(3) The Target Company complies with all applicable laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations applicable to asset acquisition)
(4) There are no pending or potential litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the Target Company or its equity or assets.
(5) After Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option under this Agreement to obtain the underlying equity or assets, the Target Company and Part A will not take any detriment action to the validity or any interests of the equity or assets, or the validity of the act of transferring the equity or assets.

Article 4 Other Provisions

4.1       Prohibition of the Target Company

Before Party B or its nominated person excises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, without Party B’s prior written consent, the Target Company is prohibited to:

38  
 
(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any legal or beneficial interest in any asset, business or income, or allow any other security interest to be set up on it;
(2) Enter into the transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Occur, inherit, guarantee or allow to have any debt, except for the debt which is (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business other than the debt arising from the borrowing; and(ii)disclosed to Party B and approved by Party B in writing;
(4) Sign any contract involving any obligation(whether there is an obligation or not) or single payment exceeding RMB 100 thousand per year or accumulatively exceeding RMB 500 thousand, or be bound by such contract (a series of related contracts shall be deemed as one contract and the amount involved in the series of contracts should be calculated cumulatively);
(5) Provide loans or credit to anyone;
(6) Merge or associate with anyone or acquire or invest in anyone;
(7) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any of its affiliates, except for an agreement or arrangement with Party B signed on the same date as this Agreement; or
(8) Distribute dividends to shareholders in any form.

4.2       Prohibition of the Target Company and Party A

Before B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company without the prior written consent of Party B, the Target Company, Party A shall not jointly or unilaterally conduct the following actions:

(1) Sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the Target Company’s equity/assets or allow any equity burden on it, except for pledges made under the <Equity Pledges Agreement> signed by the parties on the same day as this Agreement;
(2) Add, change or modify the Articles of Associations of the Target Company in any way, and such supplements, changes or modifications will materially affect the Target Company’s assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights;
(3) Appoint, revoke or replace any director, supervisor or manager of the Target Company;
(4) Increase or decrease the registered capital of the Target Company or change its shareholding structure in any other way;
39  
 
(5) Promote the Target Company to enter into transactions that will materially affect its assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights; or
(6) Procure the shareholders meeting of the Target Company to pass resolution regarding dividend distribution.

4.3       Actions of the Target Company and Party A

Before Party B or its designated person exercises the purchase option to acquire the entire equity or assets of the Target Company, the Target Company and Party A shall:

(1) Maintain the existing of the Target Company in accordance with good financial and commercial standards; practice and operate its business cautiously and effectively;
(2) Operate all the business of the Target Company in the ordinary course of business in order to maintain the asset value of the Target Company and perform no action /inaction which may affect its operating status or asset value;
(3) At the request of Party B, provide all information regarding operation and financial status of the Target Company;
(4) Notify B promptly of litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures that have occurred or may occur in connection with the Target Company or its equity or assets;
(5) Purchase insurance from the insurance company accepted by Party B and maintain the insurance at all times, and the amount and type of insurance to be maintained shall be the same as the amount and type of insurance usually adopted by the company operating similar businesses or having similar assets or assets in the same region;
(6) In order to maintain ownership of entire assets of the Target Company, sign all necessary and appropriate documents; take all necessary and appropriate actions and make all necessary and appropriate charge and appropriate defenses against all claims;
(7) Distribute all the distributable profits of the Target Company to its shareholders immediately upon the request of Party B; and
(8) Appoint any person designated by Party B as the director of the Target Company upon the request of Party B.

Article 5 Compensation

5.1 If any of the representations or warranties made by any party under Article 3 become untrue or inaccurate, the relevant party shall promptly notify other party in writing and shall provide remedies according to reasonable requests made by the other party. Each
40  
 

party agrees to indemnify any other party the debts, obligations, compensation, fines, awards, litigation, cost, expenses and disbursements which are arising from or relating to any untruthfulness or inaccuracy in the representations and warranties made under Article 3 or because of any breach of agreement or provision under this Agreement.

Article 6 Confidentiality

6.1       General Obligation

Within 5 years after the expiration of this Agreement and after termination of this Agreement for any reason, without prior consent of the parties, either party shall be responsible for any oral or written information obtained by this Agreement and any other party from the other party in performing this Agreement (the “Confidential Information”) is confidential and may not disclose any Confidential Information to any other person.

6.2       Disclosure to the Recipient

In order to achieve the purpose of this Agreement, both parties may disclose the Confidential Information to its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees and legal, financial and professional advisors (collectively referred to as the “Recipients”) on a need-to-know basis.

6.3       Obligations of the Recipients

The parties shall ensure that their respective Recipients are aware of and comply with all their confidentiality obligations under this Agreement, as if the recipient were a party to this Agreement.

6.4       Exceptions

The Clause 6.1 shall not apply to:

(1) The Confidential Information which is already in the public domain or comes into the public domain otherwise than by a breach of any obligation of confidentiality; or which
(2) Disclosures by either party in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, any regulatory department or any applicable rules of any stock exchange, but such disclosure is limited to the scope of such regulations or requirements and is feasible under the circumstances, other party should be given the opportunity to review the contents of the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure;
(3) Disclosures by any party pursuant to any governmental regulation or judicial or regulatory process or in any judicial, regulatory or arbitral proceedings in any legal proceedings, proceedings or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, but relevant disclosures are limited to the scope of these requirements or procedural requirements, and where feasible, other party are given the opportunity to review the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure.
41  
 

Article 7 Term and Termination

7.1       Term

This Agreement shall come into force after execution by the authorized representatives of both parties on the date first written above. This Agreement shall be valid for ten (10) years unless Party B terminates it early in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.2, or both parties agree in writing to terminate it ahead of schedule. Unless Party B notify Party A in writing thirty (30) days in advance that the Agreement will not be renewed, the term of this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for one (1) year at the expiration date of the validity term, and so on.

7.2       Termination

The Target Company and Party A shall not terminate this Agreement in any circumstance for any reason. Party B may at its own discretion terminate the agreement upon a one-month prior written notice.

(1) Any party does not comply with any obligations, stipulations and conditions in this Agreement, and the party does not correct such breach within ten (10) days after Party B sends a written notice to Party A; and
(2) The Target Company suspends its business, loses the ability to repay the debts, becomes bankruptcy or the object of liquidation or dissolution procedures, is not able to repay the debts due and payable or dissolved according to laws.

7.3       Action after Termination

The other party is not entitled to claim any right to the pledgee for any loss (including loss of business or profits) suffered by the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Termination of this Agreement does not infringe any rights or remedies of any party prior to termination and does not affect the performance by any party of any of its obligations prior to the termination of this Agreement.

7.4       Continue to be Effective

The Article 5, 6, Clause 7.3-7.4, Article 8, Clause 9.1-9.3 and Clause 9.8-9.9 shall remain valid after the termination of this Agreement.

Article 8 Notice

8.1 Unless there is a written notice to change the address specified in the preamble of this agreement, any notices by the Parties hereunder shall be sent by hand delivery, facsimile, registered mail to the addresses. If the notice is sent by registered mail, the receipt date recorded on the mail receipt shall be deemed as the service date. If it is delivered by hand
42  
 

or by fax, the date of delivery shall be deemed as the service day. If it is delivered by fax, the original should be sent to the above address by registered mail or delivered by hand immediately after the facsimile notice is served.

Article 9 Miscellaneous Provisions

9.1       Governing Law

The signing, interpretation, performance and termination of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

9.2       Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through bona fide negotiation. Should the parties cannot reach an agreement to resolve the dispute with 30 days after a party submits the request of dispute negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to Xiamen Arbitration Committee, where 3 arbitrators will settle the dispute according the arbitration rules of the Committee that are in force at that time. The arbitration language is Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on all parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party unless otherwise specified by the arbitration tribunal.

9.3       Severability

In the event that any provisions hereof shall be found invalid, illegal or unenforceable due to inconformity with relevant laws, such provisions shall be invalid or unenforceable only within the relevant jurisdiction and of no prejudice to the remaining provisions. The Parties shall, through consultation in good faith, revise as far as permitted by law and in a manner most approximate to the original intention of the parties, such invalid and unenforceable provisions to the extent to which the provisions are lawful, valid and enforceable, and such revised provisions shall be, as far as possible, of same financial efficacy with those provisions that are invalid, unlawful or unenforceable.

9.4       Waiver

Any failure of any party to exercise or timely exercise any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall not be deemed as a waiver, and any exercise of the relevant rights, power or remedy at any one time will not prevent the further exercise of such rights, power or remedy or exercise any other right, power or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, any party waving any other party’s violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to have waived any later violation of this provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.5       Transfer Restoration

43  
 

This Agreement is binding on all parties and their successors and approved transferees. After informing other party in advance, Party B may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person it designates. The other party cannot transfer any of their rights and obligations without Party B’s prior written consent.

9.6       Integrity of this Agreement

The agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces all oral and/or written agreement, understanding and arrangements of the parties prior to the conclusion of this Agreement.

9.7       Amendment

Any amendments and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the parties. Any modification or supplement to this Agreement duly executed by the parties constitutes an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

9.8       Titles

The titles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

9.9       Copies

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all of which together shall constitute the same one instrument with equal legal validity.

(The following is signature page without content of agreement)

44  
 

In witness whereof, both parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first above written.

 

Party A Party B
   
(Name Seal) (Common Seal)
   
Signature: /s/ Juanjuan Cai Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

 

 

Target Company

 

(Common Seal)

 

Signature (Authorized Representative): /s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

November 13, 2018

 

1  
 

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

Pledgor A: Xiaodong CHEN

ID Number: 350102196711020039

Address: Room 2605. No. 108 East Taojin Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou

Pledgor B: Shaohong CHEN

ID Number: 35010219610308002X

Address: Unit 1106, No.11, Mi Shu Heng Lane, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province

Pledgor C: Juanjuan CAI

Identification Number: 35010219660803036X

Address: Room 2605, No. 108 East Taojin Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou

Pledgor D: Weiling ZHANG

Identification Number: 410121197307080523

Address: Unit 1#1005, No.563 Tian He Lane, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province

Pledgee: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Target Company: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the "Target Company")

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room 402, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No.84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen

(Pledgor A, Pledgor B, Pledgor C and Pledgor D together as the " Pledgor ")

Whereas:

1. The Target Company is a company limited by shares incorporated lawfully and existing validly within the territory of the People's Republic of China. As shareholders of the Target Company, Pledgor A holds 67.21% shares of the Target Company, Pledgor B holds 27.31% shares of the Target Company, Pledgor C holds 3% shares of the Target Company and Pledgor D holds 2.48% shares of the Target Company.
2  
 

2. The Pledgee is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated lawfully and existing validly in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China and provides technical support, strategic consulting and other relevant exclusive business cooperation services to the Target Company as an important partner of the Target Company. The Pledgee, the Target Company and Pledgor have signed the documents listed in the Appendix 1 of this Agreement, including Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (the "Cooperation Agreement") and Call Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").
3. In order to guarantee the Target Company and the Pledgor perform the following obligations and corresponding rights of the Pledgee:
3.1 Obligations of the Target Company and the Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreement and the Option Agreement;
3.2 All charges collected by the Pledgee under the Cooperation Agreement from the Target Company (the "Service Charge");
3.3 The Pledgor's debts to the Pledgee due to the Pledgee's loan to the Pledgor (the total amount of loan, regardless of the installment);

 

The Pledgor leaves all the equity held by them in the Target Company as a pledge, so as to guarantee Pledgee's interests stipulated in the above mentioned obligations.

Now therefore, through mutual consultation, the parties have reached the following agreements:

Article 1 Definition

Unless otherwise provided or otherwise required in the clauses herein, the expressions below shall have the following meanings throughout this Agreement:

1.1 " Equity " means the shares legally owned and disposed by the Pledgor in the Target Company. Pledgor A holds 67.21% shares of the Target Company, Pledgor B holds 27.31% shares of the Target Company, Pledgor C holds 3% shares of the Target Company and Pledgor D holds 2.48% shares of the Target Company.
1.2 " Guaranteed Debt " means all of the liabilities and debts(nevertheless existing or potential, direct or indirect, single in any time or accumulated due) to be borne by the Target Company and the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the Cooperation Agreement and the Option Agreement, including but not limited to the service fee, interest, penalty, compensation and expenses of realization of creditor's right to be borne by the Target Company and the Pledgor and the damage and other payable expense caused to the Pledgee by the Target Company or the Pledgor for breaching of this Agreement; and the
3  
 

Pledgor's debts to the Pledgee due to the Pledgee's loan to the Pledgor (the total amount of loan, regardless of the installment).

1.3 " Event of Default " means any situation listed in Article 7 of this Agreement.
1.4 " Notice of Breach of Contract " means the notice issued by the Pledgor announcing the Event of Default in accordance with this Agreement.

Article 2 Pledge

2.1       Pledge

The Pledgor hereby pledge all of the Pledgor' s right, title and interest (collectively, the "Pledged Interests") in relation to its shares in the Target Company to the Pledgee as collateral for the payment and performance of the Guaranteed Debt, The pledge right (the "Pledge Right") refers to the right of the Pledgee to receive preferential payment in accordance with the laws of the PRC in the way of converting into money with the Pledged Interests or for the auction or sale of the Pledged Interests in case of any event of default.

2.2       Term of the Pledge

The pledge shall come into force from the date on which the Pledge of the Pledged Interests is recorded under the Target Company's register of shareholders and is registered with competent administration for industry and commerce of the Target Company until all of the liabilities and debts have been fulfilled any paid completely (the " Pledge Period ").

2.3       Dividends

Without prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Pledgor could not procure the Target Company to distribute dividends to the Pledgor, and the Target Company could not take the initiative to distribute dividends to the Pledgor. The Pledgor agrees to deposit any dividends agreed to be distributed from the Target Company to the bank account designated by the Pledgee. The account is supervised by the Pledgee and, in the circumstances permitted by Chinese law, in the event of a default event, the Pledgee may decide at its own discretion to reimburse the Guaranteed Debt for such dividends.

2.4 The scope of the Pledge: The scope of the pledge of this Agreement includes all Guaranteed Debt.

Article 3 Registration

3.1       Pledge Right Record

Within 3 days after signing of this Agreement, the Pledgor shall procure the Target Company and the Target Company shall record the pledge in the Target Company's register of shareholders and update the equity certificate to indicate the details of the

4  
 

pledge. Within 7 days from signing of this Agreement, the Pledgor shall procure the Target Company and the Target Company shall deliver the updated register of shareholders and equity certificate to the Pledgee, and the Pledgee shall keep such documents during the Pledge Period.

3.2       Change of Record

If there is any change in the records of the pledge and the record needs to be changed according to law, the Pledgor and the Pledgee shall change the corresponding record within 15 days from the date of such change.

3.3       Registration

The Pledgor shall procure the Target Company and the Target Company shall complete the registration of the equity pledge with competent administration authority for industry and commerce of the Target Company within 30 days after signing of this Agreement.

Article 4 Representation and Warranty

4.1       Representations and Warranties of Each Party

Each party represents and warrants to the other party:

(1) It has all requisite power, capability and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation to the party and is enforceable against the party in accordance with its terms upon execution.
(2) The execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement will not (i) lead to violation of any law of the PRC; (ii) conflict with the by-law or other constitutional documents; (iii) lead to breach of or default under any contract or document to which it is a party or which has binding force upon it; (iv) lead to breach of any conditions on the basis of which any permit or approval is issued to any party hereto and (or) maintenance thereof.
(3) The information provided by itself or its agents, employees or representatives to the other party is true, complete, accurate and no misleading in all material respect.

4.2       Additional Representations and Warranties by the Target Company and the Pledgor

The Target Company and the Pledgor additionally represent and warrant that:

(1) The Pledgor is the sole and legal owner of the Equity and the capital contribution to the Target Company by the Pledgor has been fully paid up.
5  
 
(2) Other than the Pledgee's Pledge Right, the Equity has no other right burden. The Pledgee shall be kept from any intervention of any other parties when exercising the Pledge Right.
(3) There is no pending or potential litigations, arbitrations or other administrative proceedings related to the Equity.
(4) No further consent, permit, approval and filing from any PRC authority is required to effectuate or enforce this Agreement other than those which have been stipulated under this Agreement.

Article 5 Covenants of the Pledgor

5.1       Interests of the Pledge Right

The pledger hereby covenants to the Pledgee during the validity of this Agreement that:

(1) The Pledgor is prohibited to transfer the Pledged Interests without prior consent of the Pledgee unless transferring the shares to the Pledgee or the party designated by it according to the Option Agreement, or to set up or allow existing of any right burden that may affect the Pledgee's right and interest or to procure the shareholders meeting of the Target Company pass a resolution with respect to sale, transfer, pledge or otherwise disposing of any Equity or allowing any other rights to be imposed thereon.
(2) Observe and enforce all laws and regulations concerning pledge rights. Upon receipt of a notification, order or decision issued or formulated by a competent authority in relation to the Pledge Rights under this Agreement, the said notice, order or decision shall be presented to the Pledgee within 5 days, and shall comply with such notice, instruction or decision or the reasonable request of the Pledgee or consent of the Pledgee to make objections and statements regarding such notice, directive or decision
(3) Notify the Pledgee of any events or notices that may affect the Pledge Rights of the Pledgee or any part thereof, any changes in the representations, warrants or covenants made by the Pledgor under this Agreement, and any event or notices that may affect the representations, warrants or covenants made by the Pledgor under this Agreement.

5.2       No Interference

The Pledgor undertakes that the Pledgee shall have the right to exercise the Pledge Rights in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and shall not be interrupted or interfered by the Pledgor, its accessor or any other person in any form.

5.3       Exercise of Right

6  
 

The Pledgor guarantees to the Pledgee that in order to achieve the guarantee for the Guaranteed Debt under this Agreement, the Pledgor will properly sign and procure other parties interested in the Pledge Interests to sign any certificate, contract or any document required by the Pledgee and/or perform or procure such interested parties to perform any of the acts required by the Pledgee, and to use their best efforts to facilitate the exercise of the rights and authorizations of the Pledgee under this Agreement.

Article 6 Compensation

6.1 If any of the representations or warranties made by any party under Article 4 become untrue or inaccurate, the relevant party shall promptly notify other parties in writing and shall provide remedies according to reasonable requests made by the other parties. Each party agrees to indemnify any other party the debts, obligations, compensation, fines, awards, litigation, cost, expenses and disbursements which are arising from or relating to any untruthfulness or inaccuracy in the representations and warranties made under Article 4 or because of any breach of agreement or provision under this Agreement

Article 7 Event of Default

7.1       Event of Default

Each of the followings shall be deemed an Event of Default:

(1) The Target Company cannot pay or perform any Guaranteed Debt or breaches of any clauses under the Cooperation Agreement or the Option Agreement;
(2) The Target Company or the Pledgor does not record the pledge on the Target Company's resistor of shareholders in accordance with Article 3 and does not register the pledge with competent administration authority for industry and commerce of the Target Company;
(3) Any representation or warranty made by the Pledgor herein contains material misrepresentation or error, or the Target Company or the Pledgor otherwise breaches any of the representation or warranty under Article 4 of this Agreement;
(4) The Pledgor breaches the covenants under Article 5 of this Agreement;
(5) The Target Company and the pledger breaches any other clause under this Agreement;
(6) The pledger abandons the Pledged Interests or part of it or transfers the Pledged Interests or part of it without obtaining prior written consent from the Pledgee (except for the transfer permitted under this Agreement);
(7) Any external borrowing, guarantee, compensation, commitment or other debt responsibility of the Pledgor is required to be repaid or performed ahead of schedule due to breach or cannot be repaid or performed as scheduled and
7  
 

consequently the Pledgee has reason to doubt that the capability for the Pledgor to fulfill its obligation under the agreement has been affected;

(8) An unfavorable change in the property owned by the Pledgor has resulted in the Pledgee's reasonable doubt that the Pledgor's capability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;
(9) The successor or escrow agent of the Target Company or the Pledgor refuses to perform or can only partially perform the Guaranteed Debt;
(10) This Agreement becomes illegal due to promulgation of relevant law and regulations or the Pledgor cannot continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(11) The withdrawal, suspension, invalidation or substantive modification has occurred to any consent, permit, approval or authorization necessary for the effective or enforceable of this Agreement the Pledge Rights.
(12) The Pledgee cannot exercise the Pledge Rights or dispose of the Pledged Interests in accordance with this Agreement.

7.2       The Pledgor's Notification

The Pledgor shall notify the Pledgee in writing immediately in case of any Event of Breach or a situation that may lead to any Event of Breach.

7.3       Consequence of Breach

After any Event of Breach occurs, unless it is satisfactorily resolved by the Pledgee, the Pledgee may notify the Pledgor in writing of the Event of Breach at any time after or at the time the Event of Breach occurs. The Target Company shall immediately pay the arrears and other payables under the entire Cooperation Agreement and the Option Agreement or exercise the Pledge Rights in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as permitted by Chinese law.

Article 8 Exercising of Pledge

8.1       Exercising of Pledge

Subject to the provisions of Clause 7.3 and as permitted by Chinese law, the Pledgee may exercise its right to dispose of the Pledge Interests at any time following the issuance of a notice of Event of Breach under Clause 7.3 or at any time after the issuance of the notice of Event of Breach. Where permitted by Chinese law, the Pledgee has the right to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Interests under this Agreement (including but not limited to agreements with the Pledgor or legally auctioned or sold off in accordance with legal procedures and to receive priority compensation. Until the Guaranteed Debt is paid off.

8  
 

The Pledgor waives the right it may have to the Pledgee to demand the income from disposal of any Pledged Interests.

8.2       Assistance of the Pledgor

When the Pledgee disposes of the Pledged Interests pursuant to this Agreement, the pledgor shall not set up any obstacles, and shall assist the Pledgee at the request of the Pledgee to ensure that the Pledgee realizes its Pledge Rights.

Article 9 Cost and Expense

9.1       Payment of Cost and Expense

All actual costs and expenses relating to the pledges under this Agreement and this Agreement, including but not limited to legal fees, stamp duties, and any other taxes, fees, etc. shall be borne entirely by the pledgor. If any legal requirement requires the Pledgee to pay such fees and expenses, the pledgor shall compensate for all of the fees and expenses paid by the Pledgee.

9.2       Consequence of Failure of Payment

If the pledgor fails to pay any fees or expenses due to it in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other reason causes the Pledgee to take any recourse from it, the pledgor shall bear all the fees (including but not limited to various legal fees, taxes, management fees, etc.) arising therefrom.

Article 10 Confidentiality

10.1     General Obligation

Within 5 years after the expiration of this Agreement and after termination of this Agreement for any reason, without prior consent of the parties, either party shall be responsible for any oral or written information obtained by this Agreement and any other party from the other parties in performing this Agreement (the " Confidential Information ") is confidential and may not disclose any Confidential Information to any other person.

10.2     Disclosure to the Recipients

In order to achieve the purpose of this Agreement, each party may disclose the Confidential Information to its directors, supervisors, senior officers, managers, partners, employees and legal, financial and professional advisors (collectively referred to as the 'Recipients") on a need-to-know basis.

10.3     Obligations of the Recipients

9  
 

The parties shall ensure that their respective Recipients are aware of and comply with all their confidentiality obligations under this Agreement, as if the recipient were a party to this Agreement.

10.4     Exceptions

The Clause 10.1 shall not apply to:

(1) The Confidential Information which is already in the public domain or comes into the public domain otherwise than by a breach of any obligation of confidentiality; or which
(2) Disclosures by either party in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law, regulation, any regulatory department or any applicable rules of any stock exchange, but such disclosure is limited to the scope of such regulations or requirements and is feasible under the circumstances, other parties should be given the opportunity to review the contents of the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure;
(3) Disclosures by any party pursuant to any governmental regulation or judicial or regulatory process or in any judicial, regulatory or arbitral proceedings in any legal proceedings, proceedings or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, but relevant disclosures are limited to the scope of these requirements or procedural requirements, and where feasible, other parties are given the opportunity to review the disclosure and provide comments on the disclosure before disclosure.

Article 11 Term and Termination

11.1     Term

The agreement comes into forces upon execution by authorized representative on the date first above written. The agreement shall be terminated upon the date of expiration of the pledge unless it is terminated prior to its expiration date by the Pledgee according to clause 11.2 or it is terminated with prior written agreement by the parties.

11.2     Termination

The Target Company and the pledgor shall not terminate this Agreement in any circumstance for any reason. The Pledgee may at its own discretion terminate the agreement upon a 1-month prior written notice.

11.3     Actions after Termination

The other parties are not entitled to claim any right to the Pledgee for any loss (including loss of business or profits) suffered by the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Termination of this Agreement does not infringe any rights or remedies of any party prior

10  
 

to termination and does not affect the performance by any party of any of its obligations prior to the termination of this Agreement.

11.4     Continue to be Effective

The Article 6, 9, 10 Clause 11.3-11.4, Article 12, Clause 13.1-13.3 and Clause 13.8-13.10 shall remain valid after the termination of this Agreement.

Article 12 Notice

12.1 Unless there is a written notice to change the address specified in the preamble of this Agreement, any notices by the Parties hereunder shall be sent by hand delivery, facsimile, registered mail to the addresses. If the notice is sent by registered mail, the receipt date recorded on the mail receipt shall be deemed as the service date. If it is delivered by hand or by fax, the date of delivery shall be deemed as the service day. If it is delivered by fax, the original should be sent to the above address by registered mail or delivered by hand immediately after the facsimile notice is served.

Article 13 Miscellaneous Provisions

13.1     Governing Law

The signing, interpretation, performance and termination of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China.

13.2     Settlement of Disputes

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through bona fide negotiation. Should the parties cannot reach an agreement to resolve the dispute with 30 days after a party submits the request of dispute negotiation, either party has the right to submit the dispute to Xiamen Arbitration Committee, where 3 arbitrators will settle the dispute according the arbitration rules of the Committee that are in force at that time. The arbitration language is Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on all parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party unless otherwise specified by the arbitration tribunal.

13.3     Severability

If one or multiple provisions of this Agreement are determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any way according to any laws and regulations, the relevant provisions shall be deemed severable from this Agreement, and the effectiveness, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired in any way. Both parties shall endeavor to negotiate in the principle of good faith to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid regulations and their economic effects shall be as close as possible to the original economic effect of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

11  
 

13.4     Waiver

Any failure of any party to exercise or timely exercise any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall not be deemed as a waiver, and any exercise of the relevant rights, power or remedy at any one time will not prevent the further exercise of such rights, power or remedy or exercise any other right, power or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, any party waving any other party's violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to have waived any later violation of this provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

13.5     Transfer Restriction

This Agreement is binding on all parties and their successors and approved transferees. After informing other parties in advance, the Pledgee may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person it designates. Also, the Pledgee may at any time transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the Cooperation Agreement and the Option Agreement to its designated person (the "Assignee"), in which case the Pledgee may assign the rights and obligations that the Pledgee enjoys and assumes under this Agreement shall be enjoyed and assumed as if it were a party to this Agreement. After the above transfer results in the change of the Pledgee, the parties shall update the relevant records and registrations under Article 3 of this Agreement. Without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, other parties may not transfer any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement.

13.6     Integrity of this Agreement

The agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces all oral and/or written agreement, understanding and arrangements of the parties prior to the conclusion of this Agreement.

13.7     Amendment

Any amendments and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the parties. Any modification or supplement to this Agreement duly executed by the parties constitutes an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

13.8     Titles

The titles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

13 9    Appendix

The appendix of the agreement is the integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

12  
 

13.10   Copies

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all of which together shall constitute the same one instrument with equal legal validity.

(The following is signature page without content of agreement)

 

13  
 

In witness whereof, both parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first above written.

Pledgee:

(Common Seal)

Authorized Representative (Signature): /s/ Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

 

Pledgor A:

(Signature): /s/ Xiaodong Chen

 

Pledgor B:

(Signature): /s/ Shaohong Chen

 

Pledgor C:

(Signature): /s/ Juanjuan Cai

 

Pledgor D:

(Signature): /s/ Weiling Zhang

 

Target Company:

(Common Seal)

Authorized Representative (Signature): /s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

14  
 

APPENDIX I

1.       Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (signed on November 13, 2018)

2.       Call Option Agreement (signed on November 13, 2018)

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

SHAREHOLDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

Principal: Xiaodong CHEN

Identification Number: 350102196711020039

Address: Room 2605, No.108 East Taojin Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou

Attorney: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

The Principal Xiaodong CHEN owns 67.21% share and corresponding shareholder's right (the " Principal Share ") of Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the " Blue Hat Company "). The Principal hereby irrevocably authorize Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (the " Attorney ") to exercise the following rights within the term of this Power of Attorney (the " POA Scope "):

1. Authorizing the Attorney or any qualified person appointed by the Attorney (the " Delegate ") as its sole and exclusive proxy on its behalf to the full extent of the following rights in relation to the Principal Share, including but not limited to:

1.1 Attending the shareholders meeting of Blue Hat Company;

1.2 Exercising the voting right and all the other rights of, in and to its shareholding in accordance with the laws and articles of association of Blue Hat Company, including but not limited to selling, transferring, mortgaging or dealing with

1  
 

all or part of the Principal Share, and designating any director, supervisor of Blue Hat Company through shareholders meeting.

2. The Attorney or the Delegate is authorized on behalf of the Principal to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfillment of the obligations under the Equity Pledge Agreement and the Call Option Agreement which are entered into on the same date of the POA and to duly execute other obligations under such agreements in the Scope of the POA.

3. Any actions taken by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be acted by the Principal and any documents signed by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be signed by the Principal personally. The Principal hereby accepts, recognizes and approves any actions and documents taken and signed by the Attorney and Delegate.

4. The Attorney has the power to entrust third person. The Attorney may sub-entrust on its sole discretion the subjects aforementioned to other person or entity without prior notification to the Principal or consent of the Principal.

5. The POA is exiting valid and irrevocable from the execution date of the POA during the term when the Principal is holding the shares in Blue Hat Company.

6. The Principal hereby renounces all rights relating the Principal Share which are delegated to the Attorney under the POA and the Principal will not excise the rights itself during the term the POA.

 

 

Principal: Xiaodong CHEN

Signature: /s/ Xiaodong Chen

November 13, 2018

2  
 

SHAREHOLDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

Principal: Shaohong CHEN

Identification Number: 35010219610308002X

Address: Unit 1106, No.11 Mi Shu Heng Lane, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province

Attorney: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

The Principal Shaohong CHEN owns 27.31% share and corresponding shareholder's right (the " Principal Share ") of Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the " Blue Hat Company "). The Principal hereby irrevocably authorize Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (the " Attorney ") to exercise the following rights within the term of this Power of Attorney (the " POA Scope "):

1. Authorizing the Attorney or any qualified person appointed by the Attorney (the " Delegate ") as its sole and exclusive proxy on its behalf to the full extent of the following rights in relation to the Principal Share, including but not limited to:

1.1 Attending the shareholders meeting of Blue Hat Company;

1.2 Exercising the voting right and all the other rights of, in and to its shareholding in accordance with the laws and articles of association of Blue Hat Company, including but not limited to selling, transferring, mortgaging or dealing with

3  
 

all or part of the Principal Share, and designating any director, supervisor of Blue Hat Company through shareholders meeting.

2. The Attorney or the Delegate is authorized on behalf of the Principal to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfillment of the obligations under the Equity Pledge Agreement and the Call Option Agreement which are entered into on the same date of the POA and to duly execute other obligations under such agreements in the Scope of the POA.

3. Any actions taken by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be acted by the Principal and any documents signed by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be signed by the Principal personally. The Principal hereby accepts, recognizes and approves any actions and documents taken and signed by the Attorney and Delegate.

4. The Attorney has the power to entrust third person. The Attorney may sub-entrust on its sole discretion the subjects aforementioned to other person or entity without prior notification to the Principal or consent of the Principal.

5. The POA is exiting valid and irrevocable from the execution date of the POA during the term when the Principal is holding the shares in Blue Hat Company.

6. The Principal hereby renounces all rights relating the Principal Share which are delegated to the Attorney under the POA and the Principal will not excise the rights itself during the term the POA.

 

 

Principal: Shaohong CHEN

Signature: /s/ Shaohong Chen

November 13, 2018

4  
 

SHAREHOLDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

Principal: Weiling ZHANG

Identification Number: 410121197307080523

Address: Unit 1#1005, No.563 Tian He Lane, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province

Attorney: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

The Principal Weiling ZHANG owns 2.48% share and corresponding shareholder's right the " Principal Share ") of Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the " Blue Hat Company "). The Principal hereby irrevocably authorize Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (the " Attorney ") to exercise the following rights within the term of this Power of Attorney (the " POA Scope "):

1. Authorizing the Attorney or any qualified person appointed by the Attorney (the " Delegate ") as its sole and exclusive proxy on its behalf to the full extent of the following rights in relation to the Principal Share, including but not limited to:

1.1 Attending the shareholders meeting of Blue Hat Company;

1.2 Exercising the voting right arid all the other rights of, in and to its shareholding in accordance with the laws and articles of association of Blue Hat Company, including but not limited to selling, transferring, mortgaging or dealing with

5  
 

all or part of the Principal Share, and designating any director, supervisor of Blue Hat Company through shareholders meeting.

2. The Attorney or the Delegate is authorized on behalf of the Principal to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfilment of the obligations under the Equity Pledge Agreement and the Call Option Agreement which are entered into on the same date of the POA and to duly execute other obligations under such agreements in the Scope of the POA.

3. Any actions taken by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be acted by the Principal and any documents signed by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be signed by the Principal personally. The Principal hereby accepts, recognizes and approves am, actions and documents taken and signed by the Attorney and Delegate.

4. The Attorney has the power to entrust third person. The Attorney may sub-entrust on its sole discretion the subjects aforementioned to other person or entity without prior notification to the Principal or consent of the Principal.

5. The POA is exiting valid and irrevocable from the execution date of the POA during the term when the Principal is holding the shares in Blue Hat Company.

6. The Principal hereby renounces all rights relating the Principal Share which are delegated to the Attorney under the POA and the Principal will not excise the rights itself during the term the POA.

 

 

Principal: Weiling ZHANG

Signature: /s/ Weiling Zhang

November 13, 2018

6  
 

SHAREHOLDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

Principal: Juanjuan CAI

Identification Number: 35010219660803 036X

Address: Room 2605. No.108 East Taojin Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou

Attorney: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiaodong CHEN

Address: Room A-2, Unit 3, Floor 8, Building D, Xiamen International Shipping Center No.97 Xiangyu Road, Administration of Xiamen Area of China (Fijian) Pilot Free Trade Zone

The Principal Juanjuan CAI owns 3% share and corresponding shareholder's right (the " Principal Share ") of Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (the " Blue Hat Company "). The Principal hereby irrevocably authorize Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (the " Attorney ") to exercise the following rights within the term of this Power of Attorney (the " POA Scope "):

1. Authorizing the Attorney or any qualified person appointed by the Attorney (the "Delegate") as its sole and exclusive proxy on its behalf to the full extent of the following rights in relation to the Principal Share, including but not limited to:

1.1 Attending the shareholders meeting of Blue Hat Company;

1.2 Exercising the voting right and all the other rights of, in and to its shareholding in accordance with the laws and articles of association of Blue Hat Company, including but not limited to selling, transferring, mortgaging or dealing with all or part of the Principal Share, and designating any director, supervisor of Blue Hat Company through shareholders meeting.

7  
 

2. The Attorney or the Delegate is authorized on behalf of the Principal to sign transfer documents and any other documents in relation to the fulfillment of the obligations under the Equity Pledge Agreement and the Call Option Agreement which are entered into on the same date of the POA and to duly execute other obligations under such agreements in the Scope of the POA.

3. Any actions taken by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be acted by the Principal and any documents signed by the Attorney and the Delegate in relation to Blue Hat Company are deemed to be signed by the Principal personally. The Principal hereby accepts, recognizes and approves any actions and documents taken and signed by the Attorney and Delegate.

4. The Attorney has the power to entrust third person. The Attorney may sub-entrust on its sole discretion the subjects aforementioned to other person or entity without prior notification to the Principal or consent of the Principal.

5. The POA is exiting valid and irrevocable from the execution date of the POA during the term when the Principal is holding the shares in Blue Hat Company.

6. The Principal hereby renounces all rights relating the Principal Share which are delegated to the Attorney under the POA and the Principal will not excise the rights itself during the term the POA.

 

 

Principal: Juanjuan CAI

Signature: /s/ Juanjuan Cai

November 13, 2018

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and I myself have issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"), to ensure my performance of VIE Agreements, I (Name: Weiling ZHANG, ID Number: 410121197307080523) hereby make the following commitments:

1. I promise that my spouse (Zhiheng XIE) has no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and has no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat.

2. I guarantee that, if any event which refrains me from exercising shareholder's rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to me, I will take corresponding measures as far as possible to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of VIE Agreements Meanwhile, I confirm that my inheritors (including my spouse) have no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and have no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat, and my inheritors shall perform and comply with VIE Agreements.

1  
 

3. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without writing consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Weiling Zhang (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

2  
 

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and I myself have issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"), to ensure my performance of VIE Agreements, I (Name: Shaohong CHEN, ID Number: 35010219610308002X) hereby make the following commitments:

1. I promise that my spouse (Weimin CHEN) has no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and has no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat;

2. I guarantee that, if any event which refrains me from exercising shareholder's rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to me, I will take corresponding measures as far as possible to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of VIE Agreements. Meanwhile, I confirm that my inheritors (including my spouse) have no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and have no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat, and my inheritors shall perform and comply with VIE Agreements.

3  
 

3. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without writing consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Shaohong Chen (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

4  
 

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your

Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and my spouse has issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney. (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"),to ensure the performance of VIE Agreements, I myself (Name: Weimin CHEN, ID Number: 35010219621206191X), as the spouse of Shaohong CHEN hereby make the following commitments:

1. I have full knowledge of all of arrangements of VIE Agreements, and give unconditional and irrevocable consent on all the consensus and arrangements in regards to VIE Agreements that my spouse Shaohong CHEN, other registered shareholders and Your Company have reached;

2. I agree to waive any right or merited interest I may have in regards to Blue Hat;

3. I agree to be bound by VIE Agreements (including amendments, supplements, and rearrangements from time to time);

4. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Weimin Chen (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

 

  5  

 

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and my spouse has issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"), to ensure my performance of VIE Agreements, I myself (Name: Xiaodong CHEN, ID Number: 350102196711020039), as the spouse of Juanjuan CAI hereby make the following commitments:

1. I have full knowledge of all of arrangements of VIE Agreements, and give unconditional and irrevocable consent on all the consensus and arrangements in regards to VIE Agreements that my spouse Juanjuan CAI, other registered shareholders and Your Company have reached;

2. I agree to be bound by VIE Agreements (including amendments, supplements, and rearrangements from time to time);

3. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Xiaodong Chen (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

  6  

 

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and I myself have issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"), to ensure my performance of VIE Agreements, I (Name: Xiaodong CHEN, ID Number: 350102196711020039) hereby make the following commitments:

1. I promise that my spouse (Juanjuan CAI) has no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and has no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat;

2. I guarantee that, if any event which refrains me from exercising shareholder's rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to me, I will take corresponding measures as far as possible to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of VIE Agreements. Meanwhile, I confirm that my inheritors (including my spouse) have no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and have no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat, and my inheritors shall perform and comply with VIE Agreements.

3. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without writing consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Xiaodong Chen (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

 

  7  

 

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your

Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and my spouse has issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney. (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"),to ensure the performance of VIE Agreements, I myself (Name: Juanjuan CAI, ID Number: 35010219660803036X), as the spouse of Xiaodong CHEN hereby make the following commitments:

1. I have full knowledge of all of arrangements of VIE Agreements, and give unconditional and irrevocable consent on all the consensus and arrangements in regards to VIE Agreements that my spouse Xiaodong CHEN, other registered shareholders and Your Company have reached;

2. I agree to be bound by VIE Agreements (including amendments, supplements, and rearrangements from time to time);

3. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Juanjuan Cai (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

 

  8  

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and I myself have issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"), to ensure my performance of VIE Agreements, I (Name: Juanjuan CAI, ID Number: 35010219660803036X) hereby make the following commitments:

1. I promise that my spouse (Xiaodong CHEN) has no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and has no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat;

2. I guarantee that, if any event which refrains me from exercising shareholder's rights as a registered shareholder, such as death, incapacity, divorce or any other event, could happen to me, I will take corresponding measures as far as possible to guarantee the rights of other registered shareholders and the performance of VIE Agreements. Meanwhile, I confirm that my inheritors (including my spouse) have no right to claim any right or interest in relation to the shares I hold in Blue Hat, and have no right to impose any impact on the daily management of Blue Hat, and my inheritors shall perform and comply with VIE Agreements.

3. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without writing consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Juanjuan Cai (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

 

  9  

 

 

 

 

Irrevocable Commitment Letter

To: Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Your Company")

Whereas Your Company, Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Hat") and registered shareholders of Blue Hat have already entered into Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and my spouse has issued a Shareholder Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as "VIE Agreements"), to ensure my performance of VIE Agreements, I myself (Name: Zhiheng XIE, ID Number: 440106197306183610), as the spouse of Weiling ZHANG hereby make the following commitments:

1. I have full knowledge of all of arrangements of VIE Agreements, and give unconditional and irrevocable consent on all the consensus and arrangements in regards to VIE Agreements that my spouse Weiling ZHANG, other registered shareholders and Your Company have reached;

2. I agree to waive any right or merited interest I may have in regards to Blue Hat;

3. I agree to be bound by VIE Agreements (including amendments, supplements, and rearrangements from time to time);

4. This commitment letter is irrevocable. Once this commitment letter is signed, I could not withdraw it without consent of Your Company.

I hereby write this letter to you.

 

Promisee: /s/ Zhiheng XIE (Signature)

Date: November 13, 2018

 

 

 

  10  

Exhibit 10.6

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of ______________, is by and between Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) and ______________ (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company and in such capacity renders valuable services to the Company;

WHEREAS , both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of public companies;

WHEREAS , the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that enhancing the ability of the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons is in the best interests of the Company and that the Company therefore should seek to assure such persons that indemnification is available; and

WHEREAS , in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service as a director or officer of the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Memorandum and Articles of Association (collectively, the “ Constituent Documents ”), any change in the composition of the Board or any change in control or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of, and the advancement of Expenses (as defined in Section 1 below) to, Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the Indemnitee’s agreement to continue to provide services to the Company, the parties agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning given to the term “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

(b) Change in Control ” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 51% or more of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities;

(ii) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, unless immediately following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, all of the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 51% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the entity resulting from such transaction;

1
 

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years, not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Claim ” means:

(i) any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; or

(ii) any inquiry, hearing or investigation that the Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism.

(d) Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) Expenses ” means any and all expenses, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in, any Claim. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Claim, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 4 only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(f) Expense Advance ” means any payment of Expenses advanced to Indemnitee by the Company pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 hereof.

(g) Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise (collectively with the Company, “ Enterprise ”) or by reason of an action or inaction by Indemnitee in any such capacity (whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any Loss is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement).

2
 

(h) Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently performs, nor in the past five years has performed, services for either: (i) the Company or Indemnitee (other than in connection with matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(i) Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), ERISA excise taxes, amounts paid or payable in settlement, including any interest, assessments, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement and all other charges paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in, any Claim.

(j) Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity and includes the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

(k) Standard of Conduct Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8(b) below.

(l) Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Indemnification . Subject to Section 8 and Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of New York in effect on the date hereof, or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification, against any and all Losses if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in, any Claim by reason of or arising in part out of an Indemnifiable Event, including, without limitation, Claims brought by or in the right of the Company, Claims brought by third parties, and Claims in which the Indemnitee is solely a witness.

3. Advancement of Expenses . Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company, prior to the final disposition of any Claim by final adjudication to which there are no further rights of appeal, of any and all Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim arising out of an Indemnifiable Event at the written request of Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall set forth in such request reasonable evidence that such Expenses have been paid or incurred by Indemnitee. Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within thirty days after any request by Indemnitee, the Company shall, in accordance with such request, (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses. In connection with any request for Expense Advances, Indemnitee shall not be required to provide any documentation or information to the extent that the provision thereof would undermine or otherwise jeopardize attorney-client privilege. The Company’s obligation to pay Expense Advances to Indemnitee is contingent upon Indemnitee’s execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking to repay any amounts paid, advanced, or reimbursed by the Company for such Expenses to the extent that it is ultimately determined, following the final disposition

3
 

of such Claim, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

4. Indemnification for Expenses in Enforcing Rights . To the fullest extent allowable under applicable law, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee against, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance to Indemnitee subject to and in accordance with Section 3 , any Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or proceeding by Indemnitee for (a) indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims relating to Indemnifiable Events, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. However, in the event that Indemnitee is ultimately determined not to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be, then all amounts advanced under this Section 4 shall be repaid.

5. Partial Indemnity . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of any Losses in respect of a Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event but not for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Notification and Defense of Claims .

(a) Notification of Claims . Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim which could relate to an Indemnifiable Event or for which Indemnitee could seek Expense Advances, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of the nature of, and the facts underlying, such Claim. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company hereunder shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless the Company’s ability to participate in the defense of such claim was materially and adversely affected by such failure. If at the time of the receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for Claims related to Indemnifiable Events is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Claim, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.

(b) Defense of Claims . The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event at its own expense and, except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any such Claim, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently directly incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s defense of such Claim other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own legal counsel in such Claim, but all Expenses related to such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s own expense; provided, however, that if (i) Indemnitee’s employment of its own legal counsel has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of such Claim, (iii) after a Change in Control, Indemnitee’s employment of its own counsel has been approved by the

4
 

Independent Counsel or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Claim, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain its own separate counsel (but not more than one law firm) and all Expenses related to such separate counsel shall be borne by the Company.

7. Procedure upon Application for Indemnification . In order to obtain indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including in such request such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Claim. Indemnification shall be made insofar as the Company determines Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification in accordance with Section 8 below.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a) Mandatory Indemnification; Indemnification as a Witness.

(i) To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including without limitation dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Losses relating to such Claim in accordance with Section 2 to the fullest extent allowable by law, and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b) ) shall be required.

(ii) To the extent that Indemnitee’s involvement in a Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event is to prepare to serve and serve as a witness, and not as a party, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Losses incurred in connection therewith to the fullest extent allowable by law and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b) ) shall be required.

(b) Standard of Conduct . To the extent that the provisions of Section 8(a) are inapplicable to a Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under New York law that is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Losses relating to such Claim and any determination that Expense Advances must be repaid to the Company (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows:

(i) if no Change in Control has occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and

(ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, (A) if the Indemnitee so requests in writing, by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board or (B) otherwise, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee.

(c) Making the Standard of Conduct Determination . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 8(b) to be made as promptly as practicable. If the person or persons designated to make the

5
 

Standard of Conduct Determination under Section 8(b) shall not have made a determination within thirty days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of a written request from Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 7 (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, if the person or persons making such determination in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate information relating thereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of any Claim.

(d) Payment of Indemnification . If, in regard to any Losses:

(i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) ;

(ii) no Standard Conduct Determination is legally required as a condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder; or

(iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) to have satisfied the Standard of Conduct Determination,

then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within thirty days after the later of (A) the Notification Date or (B) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) is satisfied, an amount equal to such Losses.

(e) Selection of Independent Counsel for Standard of Conduct Determination . If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) , the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b)(ii) , the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within five days after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Counsel” in Section 1 , and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person or firm so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is properly and timely made and substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit; and (ii) the non-objecting party may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written notice to the other party advising such other party of the identity of the alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences, the introductory clause of this sentence and numbered clause (i) of this sentence shall apply to such subsequent selection and notice. If applicable, the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to successive alternative selections. If no Independent Counsel that is permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within twenty days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8(e) or

6
 

Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 8(e) , as the case may be, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or to appoint as Independent Counsel a person to be selected by such court or such other person as the court shall designate, and the person or firm with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so appointed will act as Independent Counsel. In all events, the Company shall pay all of the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination pursuant to Section 8(b) .

(f) Presumptions and Defenses.

(i) Indemnitee’s Entitlement to Indemnification . In making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the person or persons making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption and establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in a court of competent jurisdiction. No determination by the Company (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct may be used as a defense to any legal proceedings brought by Indemnitee to secure indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

(ii) Reliance as a Safe Harbor . For purposes of this Agreement, and without creating any presumption as to a lack of good faith if the following circumstances do not exist, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company if Indemnitee’s actions or omissions to act are taken in good faith reliance upon the records of the Company, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.

(iii) No Other Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct or have any particular belief, or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

(iv) Defense to Indemnification and Burden of Proof . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Losses incurred in defending against a Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the

7
 

amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any related Standard of Conduct Determination, the burden of proving such a defense or that the Indemnitee did not satisfy the applicable standard of conduct shall be on the Company.

(v) Resolution of Claims . The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful on the merits or otherwise for purposes of Section 8(a)(i) if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with our without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise for purposes of Section 8(a)(i) . The Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome this presumption.

9. Exclusions from Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to:

(a) indemnify or advance funds to Indemnitee for Expenses or Losses with respect to proceedings initiated by Indemnitee, including any proceedings against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees and not by way of defense, except:

(i) proceedings referenced in Section 4 above (unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous); or

(ii) where the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such proceedings;

(b) indemnify Indemnitee if a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law;

(c) indemnify Indemnitee for the disgorgement of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or any similar successor statute; or

(d) indemnify or advance funds to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation previously received by Indemnitee or payment of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act).

10. Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall not settle any Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event in any manner that would impose any Losses on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

8
 

11. Duration . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company (or is serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, trustee or agent of another Enterprise) and shall continue thereafter (i) so long as Indemnitee may be subject to any possible Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event (including any rights of appeal thereto) and (ii) throughout the pendency of any proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) commenced by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret his or her rights under this Agreement, even if, in either case, he or she may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any such Claim or proceeding.

12. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Constituent Documents, the New York Business Corporation Law, any other contract or otherwise (collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”); provided, however, that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder and (b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder.

13. Liability Insurance . The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers, as applicable. Upon reasonable request, the Company will provide to Indemnitee copies of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations and endorsements.

14. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents, Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable by the Company hereunder.

15. Subrogation . In the event of payment to Indemnitee under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall execute all documents required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

16. Amendments . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

17. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or

9
 

assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement, to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

18. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any portion thereof) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand; (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor; (iii) mailed by postage prepaid, certified or registered mail; (iv) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party; or (v) sent by e-mail with confirmation of receipt:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) if to the Company:

  Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology
 

7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road

Huli District, Xiamen, China

 

86-592-228-0081

E-mail: sean@bluehatgroup.net

   
with a copy to: K&L Gates LLP
  Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900
  200 South Biscayne Blvd.
  Miami, FL 33131
  Telephone:  305-539-3300
  Facsimile:  305-358-7095
  Attention:  Clayton E. Parker, Esq.
  E-mail:  clayton.parker@klgates.com  

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

21. Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

10
 

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

11
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

 

 

By: _____________________

Name:

Title:

 

  INDEMNITEE
 

_____________________

Name:

Address:

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of ______________________ (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and between BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and ____________ , an individual (the “ Director ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board; and

WHEREAS , the Director may be appointed to serve as a member or chair of one or more committees of the Board.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the Director’s services to the Company as a member of the Board, as a member of such committees of the Board to which the Director may be appointed from time to time and as chair of one or more committees to which the Director may be appointed in such capacity from time to time, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

1. Term . The Company hereby appoints the Director, and the Director hereby accepts such appointment by the Company, for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The term of such appointment shall commence on ______________________ (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall expire upon the Director’s death, disqualification, resignation or removal from office pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company’s then current Memorandum and Articles of Association, as may be amended from time to time, or any applicable laws, rules, or regulations (the “ Expiration Date ”). In the event that the Director’s successor has not been duly elected or appointed as of the Expiration Date, the Director agrees to continue to serve hereunder until such successor has been duly elected or appointed and qualified.

2. Compensation . In exchange for the Director’s service as (a) a member of the Board, (b) a member of each committee of the Board to which the Director may be appointed, and (c) chair of each committee of the Board to which the Director may be appointed, the Company agrees to compensate the Director, and the Director agrees to accept the compensation as determined by the Board from time to time (the “ Compensation ”), subject to the terms herein. In the event that the Director serves less than twelve consecutive months as a member of the Board, the Company shall only be obligated to pay the pro rata portion of the Compensation to the Director for services performed during such year.

3. Duties . The Director shall exercise all powers in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, including but not limited to, the following:

(a) Conflicts of Interest/Applicable Law . In the event that the Director has a direct or indirect financial or personal interest in a contract or transaction to which the Company is a party, or the Director is contemplating entering into a transaction that involves use of corporate assets or competition against the Company, the Director shall promptly disclose such potential conflict to the applicable Board committee or the Board and proceed as directed by such committee or the Board, as applicable. The Director acknowledges the duty of loyalty and the duty of care owed to the Company pursuant to applicable law and agrees to act in all cases in accordance with applicable law.

1  
 

(b) Corporate Opportunities . Whenever the Director becomes aware of a business opportunity related to the Company’s business, which one could reasonably expect the Director to make available to the Company, the Director shall promptly disclose such opportunity to the applicable Board committee or the Board and proceed as directed by such committee or the Board, as applicable.

(c) Confidentiality . The Director agrees and acknowledges that, by reason of the nature of the Director’s duties on the Board, the Director will have or may have access to and become informed of proprietary, confidential and secret information which is a competitive asset of the Company (“ Confidential Information ”), including, without limitation, any lists of customers or suppliers, distributors, financial statistics, research data or any other statistics and plans or operation plans or other trade secrets of the Company and any of the foregoing which belong to any person or company but to which the Director has had access by reason of the Director’s relationship with the Company. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Director or the Director’s representatives; or (ii) is required to be disclosed by the Director due to governmental regulatory or judicial process. The Director agrees faithfully to keep in strict confidence, and not, either directly or indirectly, to make known, divulge, reveal, furnish, make available or use (except for use in the regular course of employment duties) any such Confidential Information. The Director acknowledges that all manuals, instruction books, price lists, information and records and other information and aids relating to the Company’s business, and any and all other documents containing Confidential Information furnished to the Director by the Company or otherwise acquired or developed by the Director, shall at all times be the property of the Company. Upon termination of the Director’s services hereunder, the Director shall return to the Company any such property or documents which are in the Director’s possession, custody or control, but this obligation of confidentiality shall survive such termination until and unless any such Confidential Information shall have become, through no fault of the Director, generally known to the public. The obligations of the Director under this subsection are in addition to, and not in limitation or preemption of, all other obligations of confidentiality which the Director may have to the Company under general legal or equitable principles.

(d) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics . The Director agrees to abide by and follow all such procedures set forth in the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, as may be in existence now or at any time during the term of this Agreement, and any other policy, code or document governing the conduct of directors of the Company as may be in existence now or at any time during the term of this Agreement.

4. Expenses . Upon submission of adequate documentation by the Director to the Company, the Director shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the Director’s positions as a member of the Board and for services as a member of each committee of the Board to which the Director may be appointed.

5. Indemnity . The Company and the Director agree that indemnification with respect to the Director’s service on the Board shall be governed by that certain Indemnification Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto (“ Indemnification Agreement ”).

6. Withholding . The Director agrees to cooperate with the Company to take all steps necessary or appropriate for the withholding of taxes by the Company required under law or regulation in connection herewith, and the Company may act unilaterally in order to comply with such laws.

7. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.

2  
 

8. Recitals . The recitals to this Agreement are true and correct and are incorporated herein, in their entirety, by this reference.

9. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

10. Headings and Captions . The titles and captions of paragraphs and subparagraphs contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience of reference only, and shall not be considered terms or conditions of this Agreement.

11. Neutral Construction . Neither party hereto may rely on any drafts of this Agreement in any interpretation of the Agreement. Both parties to this Agreement have reviewed this Agreement and have participated in its drafting and, accordingly, neither party shall attempt to invoke the normal rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party in any interpretation of this Agreement.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

13. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, without application to the principles of conflicts of laws. This Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Director’s service on the Board and there are no prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, understandings, or representations, express or implied, directly or indirectly related to this Agreement that are not set forth or referenced herein. This Agreement supersedes all negotiations, preliminary agreements, and all prior and contemporaneous discussions and understandings of the parties hereto and/or their affiliates with respect to the Director’s service on the Board. The Director acknowledges that he has not relied on any prior or contemporaneous discussions or understanding in entering into this Agreement. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be altered, amended or discharged only by the signed written agreement of the parties hereto.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

3  
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Director Agreement as of the Effective Date.

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

 

 
 
By:                        
Name:
Title:   

 

 

DIRECTOR

 

 
 
                                       
Name:
  

 

Signature Page to Director Agreement

 

4  
 

EXHIBIT A

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

(Attached)

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

THIS INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of ______________________ (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and between BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY , a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and ____________ , an individual (the “ Director ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board; and

WHEREAS , the Director may be appointed to serve as a member or chair of one or more committees of the Board.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the Director’s services to the Company as a member of the Board, as a member of such committees of the Board to which the Director may be appointed from time to time and as chair of one or more committees to which the Director may be appointed in such capacity from time to time, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

1. Term . The Company hereby appoints the Director, and the Director hereby accepts such appointment by the Company, for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The term of such appointment shall commence on ______________________ (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall expire upon the Director’s death, disqualification, resignation or removal from office pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company’s then current Memorandum and Articles of Association, as may be amended from time to time, or any applicable laws, rules, or regulations (the “ Expiration Date ”). In the event that the Director’s successor has not been duly elected or appointed as of the Expiration Date, the Director agrees to continue to serve hereunder until such successor has been duly elected or appointed and qualified.

2. Compensation . In exchange for the Director’s service as (a) a member of the Board, (b) a member of each committee of the Board to which the Director may be appointed, and (c) chair of each committee of the Board to which the Director may be appointed, the Company agrees to compensate the Director, and the Director agrees to accept the compensation as determined by the Board from time to time (the “ Compensation ”), subject to the terms herein. In the event that the Director serves less than twelve consecutive months as a member of the Board, the Company shall only be obligated to pay the pro rata portion of the Compensation to the Director for services performed during such year.

3. Independence . The Director acknowledges that appointment to the Board is contingent upon the Board’s determination that the Director is “independent” with respect to the Company, as such term is defined by Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Stock Market’s Listing Rules, and any other applicable rules, and that the Director may be removed from the Board in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence. The Director acknowledges and agrees that the acceptance, directly or indirectly, of any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee, other than for Board service, from the Company or any subsidiary thereof will impair the Director’s independence, and the Director agrees not to accept any such fees.

1  
 

4. Duties . The Director shall exercise all powers in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, including but not limited to, the following:

(a) Conflicts of Interest/Applicable Law . In the event that the Director has a direct or indirect financial or personal interest in a contract or transaction to which the Company is a party, or the Director is contemplating entering into a transaction that involves use of corporate assets or competition against the Company, the Director shall promptly disclose such potential conflict to the applicable Board committee or the Board and proceed as directed by such committee or the Board, as applicable. The Director acknowledges the duty of loyalty and the duty of care owed to the Company pursuant to applicable law and agrees to act in all cases in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Corporate Opportunities . Whenever the Director becomes aware of a business opportunity related to the Company’s business, which one could reasonably expect the Director to make available to the Company, the Director shall promptly disclose such opportunity to the applicable Board committee or the Board and proceed as directed by such committee or the Board, as applicable.

(c) Confidentiality . The Director agrees and acknowledges that, by reason of the nature of the Director’s duties on the Board, the Director will have or may have access to and become informed of proprietary, confidential and secret information which is a competitive asset of the Company (“ Confidential Information ”), including, without limitation, any lists of customers or suppliers, distributors, financial statistics, research data or any other statistics and plans or operation plans or other trade secrets of the Company and any of the foregoing which belong to any person or company but to which the Director has had access by reason of the Director’s relationship with the Company. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Director or the Director’s representatives; or (ii) is required to be disclosed by the Director due to governmental regulatory or judicial process. The Director agrees faithfully to keep in strict confidence, and not, either directly or indirectly, to make known, divulge, reveal, furnish, make available or use (except for use in the regular course of employment duties) any such Confidential Information. The Director acknowledges that all manuals, instruction books, price lists, information and records and other information and aids relating to the Company’s business, and any and all other documents containing Confidential Information furnished to the Director by the Company or otherwise acquired or developed by the Director, shall at all times be the property of the Company. Upon termination of the Director’s services hereunder, the Director shall return to the Company any such property or documents which are in the Director’s possession, custody or control, but this obligation of confidentiality shall survive such termination until and unless any such Confidential Information shall have become, through no fault of the Director, generally known to the public. The obligations of the Director under this subsection are in addition to, and not in limitation or preemption of, all other obligations of confidentiality which the Director may have to the Company under general legal or equitable principles.

(d) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics . The Director agrees to abide by and follow all such procedures set forth in the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, as may be in existence now or at any time during the term of this Agreement, and any other policy, code or document governing the conduct of directors of the Company as may be in existence now or at any time during the term of this Agreement.

5. Expenses . Upon submission of adequate documentation by the Director to the Company, the Director shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the Director’s positions as a member of the Board and for services as a member of each committee of the Board to which the Director may be appointed.

2  
 

6. Indemnity . The Company and the Director agree that indemnification with respect to the Director’s service on the Board shall be governed by that certain Indemnification Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto (“ Indemnification Agreement ”).

7. Withholding . The Director agrees to cooperate with the Company to take all steps necessary or appropriate for the withholding of taxes by the Company required under law or regulation in connection herewith, and the Company may act unilaterally in order to comply with such laws.

8. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.

9. Recitals . The recitals to this Agreement are true and correct and are incorporated herein, in their entirety, by this reference.

10. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

11. Headings and Captions . The titles and captions of paragraphs and subparagraphs contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience of reference only, and shall not be considered terms or conditions of this Agreement.

12. Neutral Construction . Neither party hereto may rely on any drafts of this Agreement in any interpretation of the Agreement. Both parties to this Agreement have reviewed this Agreement and have participated in its drafting and, accordingly, neither party shall attempt to invoke the normal rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party in any interpretation of this Agreement.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

14. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, without application to the principles of conflicts of laws. This Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Director’s service on the Board and there are no prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, understandings, or representations, express or implied, directly or indirectly related to this Agreement that are not set forth or referenced herein. This Agreement supersedes all negotiations, preliminary agreements, and all prior and contemporaneous discussions and understandings of the parties hereto and/or their affiliates with respect to the Director’s service on the Board. The Director acknowledges that he has not relied on any prior or contemporaneous discussions or understanding in entering into this Agreement. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be altered, amended or discharged only by the signed written agreement of the parties hereto.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

3  
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Independent Director Agreement as of the Effective Date.

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

 

 
 
By:                                                   
Name:
Title:   
 

DIRECTOR

 

 
 
                                                         
Name:

 

 

 

Signature Page to Independent Director Agreement

 

 

4  
 

EXHIBIT A

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

(Attached)

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of ___________________, is by and between BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY , a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and ___________________, an individual (the “ Executive ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below) and under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “ Employment ”).

2. Term . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be __ years, commencing on ___________________ (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on ___________________ (the “ Initial Term ”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the Initial Term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive periods of ____ months each (each, an “ Extension Period ”) unless either party provides 60-day prior written notice to the other party, in the manner set forth in Section 18 below, prior to the end of the Extension Period in question, that the term of this Agreement that is in effect at the time such written notice is given is not to be extended or further extended, as the case may be (the period during which this Agreement is effective is hereafter referred to as the “ Term ”).

3. Position And Duties .

(a) During the Term, the Executive shall serve as ___________________ of the Company or in such other position or positions with a level of duties and responsibilities consistent with the foregoing with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities as the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) may specify from time to time and shall have the duties, responsibilities and obligations customarily assigned to individuals serving in the position or positions in which the Executive serves hereunder and as assigned by the Board.

(b) The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation if elected or appointed thereto as a director of the Company or any subsidiaries or affiliated entities of the Company (collectively, the “ Group ”) and as a member of any committees of the board of directors of any such entity, provided that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is provided to any other director of any member of the Group.

(c) The Executive agrees to devote all of his/her working time and efforts to the performance of his/her duties for the Company and to faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

1  
 

4. No Breach of Contract . The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is otherwise bound, except that the Executive does not make any representation with respect to agreements required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Executive is based, if any; (b) that the Executive is not in possession of any information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets), the knowledge of which would prevent the Executive from freely entering into this Agreement and carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (c) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement with any person or entity other than any member of the Group.

5. Compensation .

(a) Compensation. As compensation for the performance by the Executive of his/her obligations hereunder, during the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive cash compensation (inclusive of any statutory benefit contributions that the Company may be required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) pursuant to Schedule I hereto, subject to review and adjustment by the Board or any committee designated by the Board.

6. Termination of the Agreement . The Employment may be terminated as follows:

(a) Death . The Employment shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

(b) Disability . The Employment shall terminate if the Executive has a disability, including any physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his/her position at the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue burden on the Company, for more than 90 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period shall apply.

(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment hereunder for Cause. The occurrence of any of the following, as reasonably determined by the Company, shall be a reason for “ Cause ,” provided that, if the Company determines that the circumstances constituting Cause are curable, then such circumstances shall not constitute Cause unless and until the Executive has been informed by the Company of the existence of Cause and given an opportunity of ten business days to cure, and such Cause remains uncured at the end of such ten-day period:

(i) continued failure by the Executive to satisfactorily perform his/her duties;

(ii) willful misconduct or gross negligence by the Executive in the performance of his/her duties hereunder, including insubordination;

(iii) the Executive’s conviction or entry of a guilty or nolo contendere plea of any felony or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

(iv) the Executive’s commission of any act involving dishonesty that results in financial, reputational or other harm, monetary or otherwise, to any member of the Group, including but not limited to an act constituting misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of any member of the Group as determined in good faith by the Board; or

(v) any material breach by the Executive of this Agreement.

(d) Without Cause by the Company . The Company may terminate the Employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 60-day prior written notice to the Executive. The Executive may terminate

2  
 

the Employment voluntarily for any reason or no reason at any time by giving 60-day prior written notice to the Company.

(e) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“ Notice of Termination ”) from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

(f) Date of Termination . The “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) the date specified in the Notice of Termination, or (ii) if the Employment is terminated by the Executive’s death, the date of his/her death.

(g) Compensation upon Termination .

(i) Death . If the Employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

(ii) By Company without Cause . If the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, the Company shall (1) continue to pay and otherwise provide to the Executive, during any notice period, all compensation, base salary and previously earned but unpaid incentive compensation, if any.

(iii) By Company for Cause. . If the Employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive his/her base salary at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given through the Date of Termination, and the Company shall have no additional obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

(h) Return of Company Property . The Executive agrees that following the termination of the Employment for any reason, or at any time prior to the Executive’s termination upon the request of the Company, he/she shall return all property of the Group that is then in or thereafter comes into his/her possession, including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information (as defined below) or Intellectual Property (as defined below), or any other documents, contracts, agreements, plans, photographs, projections, books, notes, records, electronically stored data and all copies, excerpts or summaries of the foregoing, as well as any automobile or other materials or equipment supplied by the Group to the Executive, if any.

7. Confidentiality and Nondisclosure .

(a) Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

(i) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A) the Executive holds a position of trust and confidence with the Company and that his/her employment by the Company will require that the Executive have access to and knowledge of valuable and sensitive information, material, and devices relating to the Company and/or its business, activities, products, services, customers and vendors, including, but not limited to, the following, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Company’s actual and prospective customers and, as applicable, their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of the Company; the products and services provided or offered by the Company to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of the Company; user base personal data, programs, software and source codes, licensing information, personnel information, advertising client information, vendor information, marketing plans and techniques, forecasts, and other trade secrets (“ Confidential Information ”); and (B) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such

3  
 

Confidential Information would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company’s business.

(ii) During the Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, publish or make known, disclose, furnish, reproduce, make available, or utilize any of the Confidential Information without the prior express written approval of the Company, other than in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, unless and until such Confidential Information is or shall become general public knowledge through no fault of the Executive.

(iii) In the event that the Executive is required by law to disclose any Confidential Information, the Executive agrees to give the Company prompt advance written notice thereof and to provide the Company with reasonable assistance in obtaining an order to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure.

(iv) The failure to mark any Confidential Information as confidential shall not affect its status as Confidential Information under this Agreement.

(b) Third Party Information in the Executive’s Possession . The Executive agrees that he/she shall not, during the Term, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

(c) Third Party Information in the Company’s Possession . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Term and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in strict confidence and not to disclose such information to any person or firm, or otherwise use such information, in a manner inconsistent with the limited purposes permitted by the Company’s agreement with such third party.

This Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 7 , the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

8. Intellectual Property .

(a) Prior Inventions . The Executive has attached hereto, as Schedule II , a list describing all inventions, ideas, improvements, designs and discoveries, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, original works of authorship and trade secrets made or conceived by or belonging to the Executive (whether made solely by the Executive or jointly with others) that (i) were developed by Executive prior to the Employment by the Company (collectively, “ Prior Inventions ”), (ii) relate to the Company’ actual or proposed business, products or research and development, and (iii) are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such list is attached, the Executive represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. Except to the extent set forth in Schedule II , the Executive hereby acknowledges that, if in the course of his/her service for the Company, the Executive incorporates into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by the Executive or in which he/she has an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide right and

4  
 

license (which may be freely transferred by the Company to any other person or entity) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, sublicense and otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

(b) Assignment of Intellectual Property . The Executive hereby assigns to the Company or its designees, without further consideration and free and clear of any lien or encumbrance, the Executive’s entire right, title and interest (within the United States and all foreign jurisdictions) to any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, developments, works of authorship, concepts, ideas, plans, specifications, software, formulas, databases, designees, processes and contributions to Confidential Information created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (alone or with others) during the Term which (i) are related to the Company’s current or anticipated business, activities, products, or services, (ii) result from any work performed by Executive for the Company, or (iii) are created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice with the use of Company property, including any and all Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) therein (“ Work Product ”). Any Work Product which falls within the definition of “work made for hire”, as such term is defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, shall be considered a “work made for hire”, the copyright in which vests initially and exclusively in the Company. The Executive waives any rights to be attributed as the author of any Work Product and any “droit morale” (moral rights) in Work Product. The Executive agrees to immediately disclose to the Company all Work Product. For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” shall mean any patent, copyright, trademark or service mark, trade secret, or any other proprietary rights protection legally available.

(c) Patent and Copyright Registration . The Executive agrees to execute and deliver any instruments or documents and to do all other things reasonably requested by the Company in order to more fully vest the Company with all ownership rights in the Work Product. If any Work Product is deemed by the Company to be patentable or otherwise registrable, the Executive shall assist the Company (at the Company’s expense) in obtaining letters of patent or other applicable registration therein and shall execute all documents and do all things, including testifying (at the Company’s expense) as necessary or appropriate to apply for, prosecute, obtain, or enforce any Intellectual Property right relating to any Work Product. Should the Company be unable to secure the Executive’s signature on any document deemed necessary to accomplish the foregoing, whether due to the Executive’s disability or other reason, the Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and each of its duly authorized officers and agents as the Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and on the Executive’s behalf and stead to take any of the actions required of Executive under the previous sentence, with the same effect as if executed and delivered by the Executive, such appointment being coupled with an interest.

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8 , the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

9. Conflicting Employment . The Executive hereby agrees that, during the Term, he/she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the Term, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his/her obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

10. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

(a) (i) During the Term and for a period of one year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason, the Executive will not directly or indirectly:

(1) engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than one percent of the outstanding stock of a publicly held company) that is competitive with the Company’s business, including any business or

5  
 

enterprise that develops, manufactures, markets, licenses, sells or provides any product or service that competes with any product or service developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided, or planned to be developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided, by the Company while the Executive is employed;

(2) either alone or in association with others, solicit, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or take away, the business or patronage of any of the clients, customers, or business partners of the Company that were contacted, solicited, or served by the Executive directly or the Company during the 12-month period prior to the termination of the Employment for whatever reason; or

(3) either alone or in association with others (A) solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other engagement with the Company, or (B) hire, recruit or attempt to hire, or engage or attempt to engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed or otherwise engaged by the Company at any time during the term of this Agreement; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply to the recruitment or hiring or other engagement of any individual whose employment or other engagement with the Company has been terminated for a period of six months or longer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 10 shall not preclude the Executive from becoming an employee of, or from otherwise providing services to, a separate division or operating unit of a multi-divisional business or enterprise (a “ Division ”) if: (i) the Division by which the Executive is employed, or to which the Executive provides services, is not competitive with the Company’s business (within the meaning of Section 10); (ii) the Executive does not provide services, directly or indirectly, to any other division or operating unit of such multi-divisional business or enterprise that is competitive with the Company’s business (within the meaning of Section 10 ) (collectively, the “ Competitive Divisions ”); and (iii) such Competitive Division or Divisions, in the aggregate, accounted for less than one-third of the multi-divisional business or enterprises’ consolidated revenues for the fiscal year, and each subsequent quarterly period, prior to the Executive’s commencement of employment with the Division.

(ii) If the Executive violates the provisions of any of the preceding paragraphs of this Section 10 , the Executive shall continue to be bound by the restrictions set forth in such paragraph until a period of one year has expired without any violation of such provisions.

(b) Injunctive Relief; Indemnity of Company . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which an award of money to the Company would not be an adequate remedy. The Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of said breach or any reasonable threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to seek an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by the Executive and/or any and all persons and/or entities acting for and/or with the Executive. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, but not limited to, remedies available under this Agreement and the recovery of damages. The Executive and the Company further agree that the provisions of this Section 10 are reasonable. The Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against all reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by the Company in connection with, or arising out of, any violation of this Agreement by the Executive. This Section 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

6  
 

11. Withholding Taxes . Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, state, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

12. Assignment . This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate. The Company will require any and all successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the Company had terminated the Employment other than for Cause, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Section, “ Company ” shall mean the Company as herein before defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 12 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement.

15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

16. Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

17. Waiver . Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

18. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by

7  
 

hand; (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor; (iii) mailed by postage prepaid, certified or registered mail; (iv) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party; or (v) sent by e-mail with confirmation of receipt.

a. if to Executive, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
b. If to the Company:
  Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology
 

7th Floor, Building C, No. 1010 Anling Road

Huli District, Xiamen, China

 

86-592-228-0081

E-mail: sean@bluehatgroup.net

   
with a copy to: K&L Gates LLP
  Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900
  200 South Biscayne Blvd.
  Miami, FL 33131
  Telephone:  305-539-3300
  Facsimile:  305-358-7095
  Attention:  Clayton E. Parker, Esq.
  E-mail:  clayton.parker@klgates.com

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

20. No Interpretation against Drafter . Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

8  
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

     
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
 

 

 

 
  EXECUTIVE
 

 

 

   
  Name:
 

Address:

 

 

E-mail:

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement

 

9  
 

SCHEDULE I

 

Compensation

 

______________________

10  
 

SCHEDULE II

 

Prior Inventions

 

______________________



 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

Purchase Agreement

Agreement Number: Xia No.(BH/C/PDE/061/2017) Zi Document

Purchaser : Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

Address: Floor 7, Tower C, Fengrun Financial Holding Group Building, No.1010 Anling Road, Huli District, Xiamen

Telephone: 0592-2280081

Mailbox: lcy@bluehatgroup.net

Principal: Danqing GAO

 

Supplier: Fujian Wei Ya Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

Address: No.340 Yantian Road, Business Operation Center of Jimei, Xiamen

Telephone: 0592-6836555

Fax: 0592-6836555

Mailbox: vr7v66@163.com

Principal: Jianjun LIU 13799225888

 

Signing Date: July 6, 2017 Signing Place: Xiamen
Product Code Product Name Specification and Wrapping Quantity-PCS Unit Price Tax Included (RMB) Total Price Tax Included (RMB)
B010406B01 AR Racer 80 PCS mixed stowage/box 1000000 15.00 15,000,000.00
           
           
           
    Total Quantity: 1000000 Total Amount (RMB) 15,000,000.00
Amount in Total (RMB): Fifteen Million
1  
 

 

1.Basic Requirement:

1) Agreement Number: Xia No.(BH/C/PDE/061/2017) Zi Document

2) The Unit Price includes tax, packaging and 3C test cost. The color, size and material of products shall be subject to production sample confirmed and signed by the Purchaser.

3) Delivery Time: shall be subject to actual transportation document.

4) Delivery Method: shall be subject to the Purchaser’s shipping inform (S/I).

5) Shipment Schedule and Transportation Mode: shall be subject to shipping inform (S/I).

6) Product Requirement: shall be subject to sample confirmed.

7) Shipping Mark: shall be subject to shipping inform (S/I).

8) Pre-production Sample: the Supplier shall provide 3 sets of pre-production sample for each type, the Purchaser shall reply 1 set confirmation with signature, and the Supplier will produce according to the reply sample.

9) Pre-shipment Sample: before shipment, the Supplier shall freely provide 3 set of production sample for each type and production picture of front mark, side mark, sticker and products to the Purchaser for confirmation.

10) Examination Requirement: the Supplier shall submit inspection application to the Purchaser at least 7 days in advance, and the Purchaser will require for spot inspection. The products shall be 100% packaged while inspecting, and the Supplier shall freely provide 2 sets of QC production sample and send to the Purchaser’s company for each inspection. The Purchaser shall have the right to sample and test production the sample.

11) Payment Term: the Purchaser shall pay after 45 days of receiving original Agreement with the Supplier’s stamp, original copy of S/I, original copy of QC Qualified Report and valid value-added tax invoice.

2  
 

 

2.Basic Requirement of Goods:

1) All product material shall be environmental and harmless, conform with product quality and safety requirement stipulated by nation, local and trade, execute Product Quality Law of the People's Republic of China and Law of the People's Republic of China on the Protection of Rights and Interests of Consumers , use safe and qualified raw material to ensure safety, and the products shall conform with CCC Quality Standard and European Toy Quality Standard.

2) Product style and quality shall be subject to the sample confirmed by Party A.

3) No shipment is allowed without being inspected by inspection personnel appointed by Party A and issuance of QC report allowing for shipping. Party B shall inform for inspection at least 7 days in advance.

4) QC inspection shall be conducted according to AQL Standard, including inspection on product function, appearance, packaging, transportation, etc. Party B shall be full responsible for all consequences caused by the failure of inspection.

5) If there is any unconformity of quality between delivered product and the sample confirmed, including product variety, model, specification and color, Party A shall have the right to claim for free alter and change, or reject the goods.

3  
 

 

3.Other Requirements:

1) Intellectual Property: All the property rights and intellectual property rights over technical information, design draft, product mold and sample provided by the Purchaser to the Supplier for the purpose of production shall belong to the Purchaser, and the Supplier shall not copy, re-provide or release any of such content to other parties in any form. If there is no renew after the termination of this Agreement, the Supplier shall have no right to continue using. The Supplier promises that without the authorization of the Purchaser, the Supplier shall not sell the products of the Purchaser. If the Purchaser, during sales process, find any suspected product which could be produced by the Supplier, both parties shall actively verify and investigate. Once verified that Party B has engaged in such behavior, Party A shall have the right to punished Party B for RMB 500,000 (Five Hundred Thousand) as penalty and claim for compensation of all economic loss. Meanwhile, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement unilaterally and pursue all responsibilities of Party B. Both parties promise that unless being agreed upon in writing by both parties or for the purpose of signing and performing this Agreement, neither party shall disclose or reveal the content of this Agreement to any third party outside this Agreement, except for the normal management activity of regulatory agency. The confidentiality obligation under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement until above information is known to the public.

2) All products under this Agreement shall provide sample pursuant to schedule required by the Purchaser, and complete production and shipment as required. Meanwhile, as part of after-sales service, Party B shall freely provide part of its products to Party A as compensation for damage happening in the transportation process, the compensation standard shall not exceed 2% of the purchased products’ total quantity.

3) If there is damage or loss of products caused by the Supplier’s packaging below the standard, the Supplier shall be responsible for compensation.

4) The Supplier will be punished for delayed delivery at the rate of 5% of total contract amount for each day of delay. If the delayed delivery exceed the original deadline 5 days, the Purchaser shall have the right to repeal this Agreement and claim against the Supplier for all loss. Any additional charges shall be borne by the Supplier, unless the delayed delivery is agreed upon by both parties.

5) If the inspection result is disqualified or the Purchaser is unable to inspect at the informed time due to delayed delivery, the Supplier shall bear the re-inspect fee for USD 150 each time.

6) This Agreement requires for value-added tax special invoice (17% tax rate) according to the requirement, every new Supplier shall provide following documents: 1) the hard copies with seal of duplicate copies of Business License, Tax Registration Certificate (National and Local) and Organization Code Certificate; 2) the opening bank, account number and account names of the Supplier.

7) The originals of this Agreement shall be returned to the Purchaser in duplicate and the receiving address is as follows: Room 401, Floor 4, Industrial Design Center, Cross-Strait Longshan Culture Creative Industry Park, No.84 South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen.

8) Both parties shall perform this Agreement truly and fully. If one party requires to modify, suspend or terminate this Agreement for some reason, it shall be approved by the other party and sign another agreement. If this Agreement cannot be fulfilled due to default of one party, that party shall pay penalty to observant party at the rate of 30% of total contract amount and compensate the loss if caused.

9) Any dispute arising out of this Agreement shall be settled through friendly consultation between both parties; in case no settlement can be reached after consolation, the dispute shall be submitted to the court where the Purchaser’s Xiamen representative office is located.

 

Signature and Seal of Purchaser:

Signature of Legal Representative: /s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

Date:

 

4  
 

Signature and Seal of Supplier:

Signature of Legal Representative: /s/ Fujian Wei Ya Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

Date:

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

Agreement Number: Xia No.(BH/C/PDE/031/2017) Zi Document

Purchaser (Party A) : Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

Address: Floor 7, Tower C, Fengrun Financial Holding Group Building, No.1010 Anling Road, Huli District, Xiamen

 

Telephone: 0592-2280081

 

Mailbox: lcy@bluehatgroup.net

 

Principal: Danqing GAO

 

Supplier (Party B) : Dongguan Hou Jie Sheng Ping Toy Factory

 

Address: Erheng Road, Houjie Xitou Industrial Area, Dongguan

 

Telephone: 0769-83098688

 

Fax: 0769-83090158

 

Mailbox: wah@top-king.com.hk

 

Principal: Jianhua ZHOU 13724503658

   

Signing Date: June 8, 2017 Signing Place: Xiamen
Product Code Product Name Specification and Wrapping Quantity-PCS Unit Price (RMB) Total Price (RMB)
B010406B01 AR Racer - Lamborghini mixed stowage, 80 PCS/unit 75000 ¥ 12.00 ¥ 900,000.00
B010406B02 AR Racer - Land Rover 75000 ¥ 12.00 ¥ 900,000.00
B010406B03 AR Racer - Lincoln 75000 ¥ 12.00 ¥ 900,000.00
B010406B04 AR Racer -Buggati Veyron 75000 ¥ 12.00 ¥ 900,000.00
    Total Quantity: 300000 Total Amount (RMB) 3,600,000.00
Amount in Total (RMB): Three Million and Six Hundred Thousand

 

  1  

 

 

1.Basic Requirement: five-layer corrugated cardboard, the same material as the Supplier sent to the subsidiaries of Blue Hat. Four sides full version printing with two-color.

1) Customer Agreement Number: Xia No.(BH/C/PDE/031/2017) Zi Document

2) The Unit Price includes 17% value-added tax and packaging labor cost, excluding Nano absorbing sheet, color box packing material or master carton cost. The color, size and material of products shall be subject to production sample confirmed and signed by the Purchaser, and the material of master carton shall be five-layer A-grade.

3) Delivery Time: the specific delivery time shall be subject to the Purchaser’s shipping inform (S/I), the quantity of first batch order is 60000 PCS, and each type has 15000 PCS.

4) Delivery Method: the specific time and quantity shall be subject to the Purchaser’s shipping inform (S/I).

5) Shipment Schedule and Transportation Mode: shall be subject to shipping inform (S/I). Party B shall deliver by installment according to Party A’s practical requirement, and each batch of goods shall be delivered in one lot. The transportation cost of every batch is already included in the Unit Price. Damage, shortage or any other accidents occur during transportation shall be handled by Party B to negotiate and compensate, if there is any loss caused to Party A or breach of Party B, Party B shall take full responsibility to Party A.

6) Product Requirement: including packaging and master carton, the color, size and material of products shall be subject to pre-production sample confirmed and signed by the Purchaser.

7) Shipping Mark: shall be subject to shipping inform (S/I).

8) Pre-production Sample: the Supplier shall provide 3 sets of pre-production sample for each type, the Purchaser shall reply 1 set confirmation with signature, and the Supplier will produce according to the reply sample.

9) Pre-shipment Sample: before shipment, the Supplier shall freely provide 1 set of production sample for each type and production picture of front mark, side mark, sticker and products to the Purchaser for confirmation.

10) Examination Requirement: the Supplier shall submit inspection application to the Purchaser at least 7 days in advance, and the Purchaser will require for spot inspection. The products shall be 100% packaged while inspecting, and the Supplier shall freely provide 2 sets of QC production sample and send to the Purchaser’s company for each inspection. The Purchaser shall have the right to sample and test production the sample. If there is serious quality

 

  2  

 

 

problem and inconsistent with the sample, the Purchaser shall have the right to claim against the Supplier for all return of goods and full compensation for late delivery. The inspection personnel of Party A only conduct formal test, which cannot exempt Party B’s responsibility concerning product quality, safety and other guarantee liability under this Agreement and laws. The products shall conform with quality and safety technical standards agreed under this Agreement and stipulated by nation, local and trade, and shall be final inspected according to such standards. If there is any disqualification of quantity, specification, place of origin, quality grade, size, color, nameplate parameter, complete of packaging and identification, soundness and delivery detail, Party A shall have the right to reject, partly reject, return, partly return, terminate the Agreement and claim against Party B for compensation of loss including third party’s liquidated damage borne by Party A and rework of goods, etc.

11) Payment Term: prepay 20% as down payment (20% of shipment payment in S/I), after shipment, the Purchaser shall pay 80% payment (80% of shipment payment in S/I) within 7 days after receiving original Agreement with the Supplier’s stamp confirming, original copy of S/I with signature and seal of both parties, original copy of QC Qualified Report with signature of both parties and valid value-added tax invoice.

2.Basic Requirement of Goods:

1) All product material shall be environmental and harmless, conform with product quality and safety requirement stipulated by nation, local and trade, execute Product Quality Law of the People's Republic of China and Law of the People's Republic of China on the Protection of Rights and Interests of Consumers , use safe and qualified raw material to ensure safety, and the products shall conform with CCC Quality Standard and European Toy Quality Standard.

2) Product style and quality shall be subject to the sample confirmed by Party A. But if the sample provided by Party B disaccords with relevant national quality standard, even Party A confirm such sample and later provided by Party B with equal products which cause product quality problems, Party B cannot be exempted from liability and shall be responsible to the product quality.

3) No shipment is allowed without being inspected by inspection personnel appointed by Party A and issuance of QC report allowing for shipping. Party B shall inform for inspection at least 7 days in advance.

4) QC inspection shall be conducted according to AQL Standard, including inspection on product function, appearance, packaging, transportation, etc. Party B shall be full responsible for all consequences caused by the failure of inspection.

 

  3  

 

 

5) If there is any unconformity of quality between delivered product and the sample confirmed, including product variety, model, specification and color, Party A shall have the right to claim for free alter and change, or reject the goods.

3.Other Requirements:

1) Intellectual Property: All the property rights and intellectual property rights over technical information, design draft, product mold and sample provided by the Purchaser to the Supplier for the purpose of production shall belong to the Purchaser, and the Supplier shall not copy, re-provide or release any of such content to other parties in any form. If there is no renew after the termination of this Agreement, the Supplier shall have no right to continue using. The Supplier promises that without the authorization of the Purchaser, the Supplier shall not sell the products of the Purchaser. If the Purchaser, during sales process, find any suspected product which could be produced by the Supplier, both parties shall actively verify and investigate. Once verified that Party B has engaged in such behavior, Party A shall have the right to punished Party B for RMB 500,000 (Five Hundred Thousand) as penalty and claim for compensation of all economic loss. Meanwhile, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement unilaterally and pursue all responsibilities of Party B. Both parties promise that unless being agreed upon in writing by both parties or for the purpose of signing and performing this Agreement, neither party shall disclose or reveal the content of this Agreement to any third party outside this Agreement, except for the normal management activity of regulatory agency. The confidentiality obligation under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement until above information is known to the public.

2) All products under this Agreement shall provide sample pursuant to schedule required by the Purchaser, and complete production and shipment as required. Meanwhile, as part of after-sales service, Party B shall freely provide part of its products to Party A as compensation for damage happening in the transportation process, the compensation standard shall not exceed 2% of the purchased products’ total quantity.

3) If there is damage or loss of products caused by the Supplier’s packaging below the standard, the Supplier shall be responsible for compensation.

 

  4  

 

 

4) If Party B fails to deliver the goods to the place of delivery on the delivery date according to this Agreement, it will be regarded as delayed delivery. In this situation, Party B shall pay penalty to Party A at the rate of 0.5% of total contract amount for each day of delay, but the total penalty amount shall not exceed total contract amount. If Party B fails to deliver the products and evidentiary material according to this Agreement, Party A shall have the right to reject, and Party B shall pay penalty to Party B at the rate of 10% of total contract amount and compensate for all loss of Party A. If the amount of delivered product is less than that agreed in this Agreement, unless Party A affirmatively express it is unneeded, otherwise Party B shall resupply exactly the amount and the resupplying part will be regarded as delayed delivery; if Party B fails to resupply exactly the amount, besides returning corresponding price, it shall also pay penalty to Party A at the rate of 10% of total contract amount. If there is batching unqualified products from Party B during the inspection of Party A, Party B shall change such products into qualified products and the changing part will be regarded as delayed delivery. Party B shall freely resupply, change and/or repair defective products immediately after receiving Party A’s notice, and shall bear the transportation cost, risk and all other cost for such resupply, change and/or repair of defective products; if above reasons affect Party A’s supply to third party, Party A shall have the right to claim against Party B for compensation including anticipated profit loss, penalty of Party A to third party, etc. Party B’s actual commitment of liability for breach of contract due to delayed delivery or delayed performance of other contractual obligations shall not relieve or mitigate its continuing performance of other obligations under this Agreement, neither mitigate or exempt other liabilities for breach of contract of Party B under this Agreement. If there is bodily injury or property damage of Party A, Party A’s personnel or third party caused by quality problem of Party B’s product, Party B shall be responsible for all product quality tortious liability and liability for breach of contract, and shall pay penalty to Party A at the rate of 15% of total contract amount besides compensation for Party A’s other loss. In case of any of the following circumstances occurs, Party A shall have the right to relieve this Agreement unilaterally and claim against Party B for return of all paid payment and penalty at the rate of 50% of total contract amount: 1.delivery time expired, Party B fails to deliver the product or device and still fails to deliver within 5 days after Party A’s prompt; 2.the quality, quantity, specification and corresponding certification material of products provided by Party B are not conform with that agreed in this Agreement, and still fail to complete rectification within 5 days after Party A’s prompt; 3.after being inspected and appraised by state

 

  5  

 

 

authority, the product or device provided by Party B is disqualified or fails to pass fire protection acceptance; 4.Party B’s delayed performance of contractual obligations or other nonperformance which make the contract purpose unrealized; 5.other circumstances in which this Agreement could be relieved according to Contract Law, other laws and regulations.

5) If the inspection result is disqualified or the Purchaser is unable to inspect at the informed time due to delayed delivery, the Supplier shall bear the re-inspect fee for USD 150 each time.

6) This Agreement requires for value-added tax special invoice (17% tax rate) according to the requirement, every new Supplier shall provide following documents: 1) the hard copies with seal of duplicate copies of Business License, Tax Registration Certificate (National and Local) and Organization Code Certificate; 2) the opening bank, account number and account names of the Supplier.

7) Service Arrangement. Both parties affirm that the address specified in letterhead of this Agreement is effective for service. Notices and letters, which are sent by either party according that address, shall be deemed effectively serviced on the second day after the date on which they were mailed, regardless of being signed or rejected by who, and shall go into effect. Written notice shall be sent to the other party once there is change of above address, otherwise the changing party shall bear the unfavorable consequences. Both parties agree that the address specified in letterhead of this Agreement shall be the legal address for service of litigation document of people’s court or arbitration document of arbitral institution. Both parties accept the service effectiveness of any legal document sent to that address by people’s court or arbitral institution, and are willing to undertake resulted service consequence.

8) Both parties shall perform this Agreement truly and fully. If one party requires to modify, suspend or terminate this Agreement for some reason, it shall be approved by the other party and sign another agreement. If this Agreement cannot be fulfilled due to default of one party, that party shall pay penalty to observant party at the rate of 30% of total contract amount and compensate the loss if caused.

9) Any dispute arising out of this Agreement shall be settled through friendly consultation between both parties; in case no settlement can be reached after consolation, the dispute shall be submitted to the court where the Purchaser’s Xiamen representative office is located.

 

  6  

 

 

 

Signature and Seal of Party A:

 

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative (Signature and Seal):

 

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

Date:

 

Signature and Seal of Party B:

 

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative (Signature and Seal):

 

/s/ Dongguan Hou Jie Sheng Ping Toy Factory

 

Date:

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

July 2018 Version

 

 

Working Capital Loan Contract

No.: X.Y.X.D.Y.L.D.Z No. 2018308C

 

 

 

 

Lender: Xiamen Sub-branch , Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Industrial Bank Building No. 78, North Hubin Road, Xiamen

Legal representative/ person in charge: Hong Pipa

 

 

Borrower: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Room 402, 4F, Industry Design Center, Cross-Strait, Longshan Cultural & Creative Industrial Park, No. 84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen City

Legal representative/ person in charge: Chen Xiaodong

 

 

 

 

 

Contract signing place: Siming District/ County, Xiamen City

1  
 

 

Important Instruction for Contract Signing

To safeguard your interests and rights, please carefully read, check and confirm the following issues before signing this contract:

1. You shall be entitled to sign this contract, and if the consent of others is needed, you have been duly authorized;
2. You have carefully read and fully understand clauses of the contract. You have paid special attention to contents concerning the bearing of responsibilities, the exemption or restriction of responsibilities of Industrial Bank and contents in bold;
3. Your company and you have sufficiently understand meaning of contract clauses and corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept the agreement of such clauses;
4. The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is the sample text only. Blank space is reserved after related clauses, and additionally, the “supplementary provisions” are also set up at the end of the contact for the parties to make any modification, supplementation or deletion to the contract;
5. If you have any question about the contract, please consult Industrial Bank at any time.

 

2  
 

 

Upon the application of the borrower, the lender, upon examination, agrees to grant working capital loan to the borrower. This contract is hereby entered into by and between the borrower and the lender for joint observation in accordance with related laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China through equal consultation in order to specify rights and obligations of the two parties and to keep premises.

The borrower and the lender confirm that the loan under this contract belongs to the situation specified in item 2 below:

1. This contract is a sub-contract of the ____________ with the contract number of _____ signed by the borrower and the lender on ___________ (i.e., the master contract). The amount of loan under this contract will be counted in the credit quota under ________. The amount of loan granted in a foreign currency will be converted into RMB based on the middle price announced by the lender on the contract signing date before being counted into the credit quota.
2. This contract is an independent legal text signed by the borrower and the lender.

Article 1 Definitions and interpretations

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the two parties, terms under this contract shall be defined and interpreted as below:

1. “Working capital loan” refers to the loan in local or foreign currency granted by the lender upon the application of the borrower which will be used as working capital to support routine production and operation of the borrower.
2. “Creditor’s right”, or the main creditor’s right refers to the creditor’s right formed by the lender’s provision of financing services for the borrower upon the application of the borrower (the debtor) to the lender (creditor) and upon the examination and approval of the lender (including the principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damage, damage compensation, costs for the creditor to realize the creditor’s rights, etc.). The creditor’s right possessed by the creditor against the debtor hereunder shall be consistent with the contents of debt owed by the debtor to the creditor hereunder.

Costs for the creditor to realize the creditor’s right” refer to the litigation (arbitration) fee, attorney fee, travel expenses, execution fee, preservation fee and other costs for the realization of the creditor’s rights paid by the creditor when it makes efforts to realize the creditor’s rights by means of litigation, arbitration, applying for the execution order from the notary institution.

3. The terms below specified in Article 5 of the contract shall be defined and interpreted as below:

“Fixed interest rate” refers to the interest rate remained fixed in the term of the loan.

“Floating interest rate” refers to the interest rate which may change in the term of the loan based on the cycle and range agreed by the borrower and the lender.

3  
 

“Floating cycle” refers to the frequency for the change of the loan interest rate agreed by the borrower and the lender. The loan interest rate in a floating cycle will be calculated based on the benchmark interest rate and the pricing mode agreed in the contract; the interest rate of the loan will be remained fixed in a floating cycle. When entering the next floating cycle after the expiry of one floating cycle, the interest rate of the loan will be calculated based on the benchmark interest rate given for the new floating cycle and the pricing mode agreed in the contract; the interest rate of the loan will be remained fixed in a floating cycle.

“RMB loan benchmark interest rate of the Central Bank” refers to the RMB loan benchmark interest rate of the current day published by the People’s Bank of China.

“RMB deposit benchmark interest rate of the Central Bank” refers to the RMB deposit benchmark interest rate of the current day published by the People’s Bank of China.

“LPR” refers to the current day benchmark interest rate of the loan calculated and published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center based on the prime rate quoted by the quoting bank independently.

“SHIBOR” refers to the current day Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate calculated and published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center.

“LIBOR” refers to interbank offered rate at London market on day T-2; currencies include USD, EURO, YEN, etc.; where, “T” refers to the actual loan offering date; “T-2” refers to two working days before the actual loan offering date, the same below.

“HIBOR” refers to interbank HKD offered rate at Hong Kong financial market on day T-2.

The specific values of “LIBOR” and “HIBOR” shall be subject to the results of query in the core system of Industrial Bank.

4. The “major transaction” specified in Article 13 of the contract refers to (including but not limited to) any transaction which may or is confirmed to seriously affect the basic structure of the borrower’s company, the change of shareholders of the company, contingent liability, cash flow, profitability, core business secrets of the company, core competitiveness of the company, important assets of the company, major creditor’s rights and debts of the company, ability to repay liabilities and ability to perform this contract, or other transaction which is believed by the lender and/or the borrower to constitute a major transaction.
5. The “major event” specified in Article 13 of the contract refers to (including but not limited to) any event which may or is confirmed to seriously affect the work performance ability of the senior management in the company of the borrower, the employment and dismissal of employees engaged in core business of the company, core business secrets of the company, core competitiveness of the company, basic structure of the company, change of the company’s shareholders, contingent liability, the survival of the company, the legality of the company’s business, the stability and development of the company, profitability and liability repayment ability of the
4  
 

company, the ability to perform this contract, and other event which is believed by the lender and/or the borrower to constitute a major event.

6. For the purpose of this contract, the “working day” shall refer to the business day of the borrower’s bank. In the contract performance process, if a withdrawal date or a repayment date is a non-business day, it shall be postponed to the next business day.

Article 2 Loan amount

The lender agrees to offer the loan amounting to (currency) RMB (amount in words) FOUR MILLION AND FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND yuan only to the borrower.

Article 3 Purpose of the loan

The loan will be used to pay price for goods . Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not use the loan for other purpose.

Article 4 Term of the loan

1. The term of the loan is twelve months which will be from December 20, 2018 to December 19, 2019 .
2. For one-time loan release, the loan release date shall be subject to the actual loan release date recorded in the loan note or loan certificate. If the actual loan release date is later than the loan release date recorded in the previous paragraph, the expiry date of the loan shall be postponed accordingly.
3. Plan for the use of the loan in batches:

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

The borrower shall apply to the lender to handle loan withdrawal formalities three working days before each loan withdrawal date or the time otherwise required by the lender.

If the borrower fails to withdraw the loan based on the term for the use of the loan in batches, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to pay __ ‰ of the loan to be withdrawn in the current period as the liquidated damage.

4. Under the precondition agreed in Article 6 of the contract, the lender will pay the loan
5  
 

capital according to Article 7 of the contract.

5. The lender may adjust the plan for the use of the loan in batches based on whether the loan complies with related laws, regulations and policies as well as preconditions specific in the contract, the loan capital payment conditions, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to the contract and the time to handling related guarantee formalities as well as other factors the lender believes necessary.
6. If the loan is used in batches, the same expiry date will be applied. Namely, the expiry date recorded on the loan note or loan certificate issued for the first time loan release shall be used as the expiry date of loans released by various periods.
7. If the lender required repayment of the loan in advance according to provisions of this contract, it shall be regarded that the loan expiry date is advanced accordingly.

Article 5 Interest rate of the loan and the collection of interest

1. Interest rate of the loan
(1) The benchmark interest rate for pricing shall be implemented according to item c below:
a.   / period grade of RMB loan benchmark interest rate published by the Central Bank.
b.   / period grade of RMB deposit benchmark interest rate published by the Central Bank.
c. LPR ONE YEAR grade.
d. SHIBOR   / period grade.
e. LIBOR   / period grade.
f. HIBOR   / period grade.
(2) The loan interest rate pricing formula shall be subject to item a below:
a. Loan interest rate = pricing benchmark interest rate + 1.78 %.
b. Loan interest rate = pricing benchmark interest rate * _____.
(3) The loan interest rate (the annual interest rate, the same below) shall be implemented according to item b below:
a. Fixed interest rate. The loan interest rate will be determined based on the pricing benchmark interest rate on the actual loan release date and the pricing formula, and will be maintained fixed during the term of the loan.
b. Floating interest rate. The loan interest rate will be determined based on the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing formula on the actual loan release date and the interest rate adjustment date. The interest rate adjustment date will be implemented according to item (a) below: (a). The floating cycle is quarterly
6  
 

(monthly, quarterly/ half-an-year/ annual/ other cycle); as of the actual loan release date, the corresponding date for the expiry of each cycle shall be the contract interest rate adjustment date. If there is no such a day on the current month, the last day of the month shall be regarded as the corresponding date; (b)   / .

During the term of the loan, the borrow will not be otherwise informed if the benchmark interest rate is adjusted.

c. Other ways of interest rate:   / .
(4) The pricing benchmark interest rate for the loan used in batches under the contract shall be subject to the benchmark interest rate on each actual release date of the loan (or the interest rate adjustment date, if any).
(5) For the loan released under the contract, if the country cancels the benchmark interest rate of if the benchmark interest rate is no longer published on the market, the lender shall have the right to determine the new interest rate of the loan based on the national interest rate policy in the current stage in principle of fairness and good faith with reference to industrial practice, interest rate situation and other related factors and inform the borrower. If the borrower has any objection, it shall negotiate with the lender. If the two parties cannot an agreement within five working days as of the date when the notice is sent by the lender, the lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan in advance, and the borrower shall immediately repay the residual principal and interest of the loan.
2. Way of repayment of the loan principal and interest
(1) The calculation of the loan interest: Interest shall be accrued for the principal of loan in local or foreign currency as of the date when the principal is transferred by the lender to the bank account of the borrower. The daily interest of the loan= balance of the loan on the current day* daily interest rate. The conversion between the daily interest rate and the annual interest rate shall be implemented according to provisions of the People’s Bank of China and the international practice.
(2) The interest of the loan shall be repaid in the way as specified in item a below:
a. For the loan under this contract, it is agreed that the interest payment date shall be the 21 st day every month (month/ the last month of each quarter/ the last month of each half a year/ the last month of each year/ other period); the borrower shall pay the loan interest of the current period to the lender on the interest payment date; the residual loan principal and interest will be settled completely upon the expiry of the lease term.
b. As of the actual loan release date, the interest payment date for various periods shall be corresponding date at the expiry of each   / (month/ quarter, half-a-year/ year/ other period) (if the corresponding date does not exist on the current month, the last date of the month shall be the corresponding date). The borrower shall pay the loan interest of the current period to the lender on the interest payment
7  
 

date; the residual loan principal and interest will be settled completely upon the expiry of the lease term.

c. The first time interest payment date is ; as of the first time interest payment date, the interest payment date for various periods shall be corresponding date at the expiry of each / (month/ quarter, half-a-year/ year/ other period) (if the corresponding date does not exist on the current month, the last date of the month shall be the corresponding date). The borrower shall pay the loan interest of the current period to the lender on the interest payment date; the residual loan principal and interest will be settled completely upon the expiry of the lease term.
d. Other payment way: ___________________________________.
3. Penalty interest and compound interest
(1) If the borrower fails to use the loan based on the purpose agreed in the contract, since the date of embezzlement, the lender shall have the right to collect penalty interest for the loan being embezzled, and the penalty interest rate shall be 150 % of the loan interest rate; if the borrower fails to repay the loan as scheduled and fails to reach an agreement with the lender on the loan renewal, namely, if the loan becomes overdue, since the date of overdue, the lender shall have the right to collect penalty interest for the overdue loan, and the penalty interest rate shall be 130 % of the loan interest rate. For the interest not repaid as scheduled (including interest before and after the expiry of the loan, penalty interest for loan embezzlement and penalty interest for overdue loan), the lender shall have the right to collect compound interest based on the loan overdue penalty interest rate agreed herein. If the loan not only becomes overdue, but is also embezzled, the penalty interest will be collected in the way whichever is higher.
(2) If the fixed loan interest rate is adopted, the penalty interest will also be fixed; if the loan interest rate is floating, the penalty interest will also be floating; the floating cycle will be consistent with the floating cycle of the loan interest rate.
(3) The way to collect the penalty interest and the compound interest shall be implemented based on the loan interest repayment way agreed herein.

Article 6 Preconditions for loan withdrawal

I. The borrower shall meet various preconditions required by the lender for loan withdrawal before applying for a loan under the contract from the lender:
(I) The borrower has sent the following documents to the lender. Related situations specified in the documents are not changed and are continuously effective, or the bower has made interpretations and instructions to the satisfaction of the lender on the change;
1. Loan application, mainly including but not limited to the name of the loan project, amount, purpose, term, repayment plan, repayment source, etc.;
2. The legal and valid business license of the borrower, articles of association of the
8  
 

company, loan card and password/ credit code, the list of the legal representative and members of the board of directors, main persons in charge and the financial director registered at the administrative authority for industry and commerce for recording, samples of signatures, effective identity certificate documents of the legal representative or the authorized representative, and other documents of the company believed necessary by the lender;

3. The resolution of the board meeting or the shareholders’ meeting convened by the borrower according to the legal procedure which is adopted by the quorum of directors or shareholders by voting; the resolution shall be true, legitimate and effective and shall be about the agreement on applying for the loan under the contract from the lender, specify the purpose of the loan and accept various loan conditions proposed by the lender; or other document believed necessary by the lender.
4. The annual reports of the latest three years (attached with the auditor’s report and notes to the auditor’s report), financial statement of the latest period and the same period of the previous year; if the borrower has been established not more than three years, annual reports since the establishment shall be submitted.
5. Information about affiliated enterprises;
6. If temporary working capital loan is applied, the purchase contract, order contract, debt certificate and related contract, certificates or materials shall also be provided.
7. If pledge/ mortgage is to be adopted for guarantee, the certificate materials on the ownership of the pledge/ mortgage and the value appraisal reports shall be submitted. Besides, pledge/ mortgage registration formalities that shall be handled according to requirements of related laws and regulations shall have been properly handled. The original of related ownership certificate documents, registration certificate documents and others have been sent to the lender for preservation; if third-party guarantee is to be adopted, related guarantee materials based on requirements specified in item (2)~ (4) shall be provide and the guarantee contract has already taken effect; the aforesaid guarantee shall be continuously effective.
8. If the lender required to covering insurance for the pledge/ mortgage, insurance formalities with the lender as the primary beneficiary shall have been handled and the original of the insurance policy has been submitted to the lender for preservation; the insurance shall be continuously effective. If the pledge/ mortgage is provided by the borrower, the borrower herein transfers the insurance claim right upon the occurrence of insured event to the lender.
9. Enterprises in special industries shall provide the production and operation license for the special industry or the enterprise qualification level certificate issued by the authoritative authority.
10. If any party hereunder requires handle notary formalities, related notary formalities have been well handled.
11. The borrower has opened an account at the lender’s bank as required by the lender,
9  
 

and is willing to accept the lender’s credit supervision and payment and settlement supervision.

12. If the borrower applies for foreign exchange project loan, it must provide the effective foreign exchange loan purpose certificate and the approvals of related authorities, and shall comply with related foreign exchange management policies.
13. VAT, business license and income tax payment and declaration form required by the lender.
14. Other documents, reports, certificate and other materials required by the lender.
(II) The borrower is established according to the law; its production and operation complies with laws and regulations; it is cable for continuing operation and has legitimate source of repayment.
(III) The purpose of the loan is specific and compliant.
(IV) The statement and undertaking made by the borrower in Article 11 are true and effective; no violating event or potential violating event has occurred on and before the applied loan release date;
(V) The borrower has properly complete all loan notes and certificates related to loan release. Such notes and certificates shall be a part of the contract and shall have equal legal effect as the contract. In case of any inconsistency between loan amount, loan term, loan interest hereunder and the contents of the loan note or certificate, the contents of the loan note or certificate shall prevail.
(VI) The borrower has good credit situation and is free of major negative records; if the borrower is a newly established legal person, the controlling shareholder shall have good credit standing and shall be free of major negative records.
(VII) Other preconditions for loan withdrawal required by the lender.
II. The lender will perform its obligations under the contract under the premise that preconditions for loan withdrawal agreed herein are met. The lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to degrade or give up part of preconditions for loan withdrawal, and the borrower shall not take such conditions as the cause to plead against the lender.
III. The lender shall have the right to appropriately adjust the release of the loan based on whether the financing project meets related laws, regulations and policies, preconditions required by the lender, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to this contract, the time to handle guarantee formalities and other factors.
IV. The borrower herein agrees that after the signing of this contract, if the borrower fails to meet preconditions for loan withdrawal or the loan capital payment conditions for any time of loan withdrawal, the lender shall have the right to stop release the loan, stop paying loan capital or terminate the loan contract. Responsibilities or losses caused
10  
 

thereby shall be borne by the borrower. If the lender determines to terminate the contract, the lender shall inform the borrower and the period for the borrower to propose objection, if any, shall be five working days as of the date when the contract termination notice is delivered to the borrower in the way agreed herein. If the borrower does not propose any objection, the contract will automatically terminate upon the expiry of the objection proposing period. If the borrower has objection but the two parties fail to reach an agreement within five working days after the expiry of the objection proposing period, the lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule according to eth contract.

V. Upon the examination of the lender, the if borrower meets preconditions for loan withdrawal, the lender will pay the loan capital pursuant to Article 7 of the contract.

Article 7 Account monitoring and loan capital payment

I. Account monitoring

In accordance with related laws and regulations and requirements of the regulatory system, the borrower warrants that it has meet preconditions for loan withdrawal agreed herein before applying for loan release and agrees to accept supervision of the lender on the use of the loan according to the purpose specified herein. The lender shall have the right to monitor the basic deposit account, ordinary deposit account and special deposit account opened by the borrower, and to supervise and control the release and payment of the loan capital and repayment capital in the way agreed in the contract.

The borrower designates the following account as the special capital collection account, and will promptly provide the capital inflow and outflow situation of this account:

Account name: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number: 129500100100268671                                                           

Bank of account: Dongqu Sub-branch, Xiamen Branch, Industrial Bank            

The lender may otherwise sign an account management agreement with the borrower based on the borrower’s credit situation and financial situation, etc., specifying the management of capital inflow and outflow of the designated account. The lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule based on the borrower’s capital collection situation.

II. Payment of the loan capital
(I) The lender shall have the right to manage and control the payment of the loan capital by means of entrusted payment by the lender or independently payment by the borrower.
1. The entrusted payment by the lender means that the borrower authorizes the lender to pay the loan capital to the trading counterparty of the borrower in line with the loan purpose agreed herein.

If entrusted payment by the lender is adopted, the borrower shall provide related

11  
 

trading materials in line with the loan purposed agreed herein before loan capital release. Upon examination and approval by the lender, the loan capital will be promptly paid to the trading counterparty of the borrower from the account of the borrower.

In the mode of entrusted payment by the lender, after the loan capital is paid to the trading counterparty of the borrower, if the basic trading contract is revoked, terminated or becomes invalid and the loan capital is returned, the lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule according to Article 12 of the contract.

2. Independent payment by the borrower means that after the lender pays the loan capital to the account of the borrower, the borrower independently makes payment to the trading counterparty of the borrower in line with the loan purpose agreed herein.

In the mode of independent payment by the borrower, the borrower shall regularly summarize and report the loan capital payment situation to the lender. The lender shall have the right to check whether the use of the loan complies with the requirements of the contract through account analysis, certificate verification, site survey and other means.

(II) Entrusted payment

Under one of the following circumstances, the loan capital shall be paid in the mode of entrusted payment by the lender:

1. The credit business relationship between the borrower and the lender has been newly established, and the internal credit rating of the borrower in the bank of the lender is B3 or below. “New credit business relationship” means that it is the first time for the borrower and the lender to enter into the credit business relationship or it is the first time for the credit business relationship to have credit business relationship in 2 years;
2. Working capital loan for replacement;
3. The payment object is clear or the single time payment amount is more than RMB TEN MILLION yuan only (for the loan in foreign currency, convert based on the middle price published by the lender on the payment date);
4. Others:   / .
(III) During loan release and payment, if the borrower falls into one of the following situations, the borrower shall make up loan release and payment conditions according to requirements of the lender; the lender shall have the right to propose stricter loan release and payment conditions, and shall have the right to stop the loan release and payment. The lender may take appropriate measures according to clause II of Article 14:
1. Degradation of the credit situation;
12  
 
2. Poor profitability of the main business;
3. Abnormality for the use of the loan;
4. Other situation believed by the lender.

Article 8 Repayment of the principal and interest of the loan

I. The principal of the loan under this contract shall be repaid according to item 2 specified below:
1. The loan principal will be repaid by installments; the principal repayment amount and date are as below:

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

________________________________________________________________

If the lender adjusts the plan for the use of the loan in batches, the loan repayment date and amount agreed herein will not be changed, and the borrower shall repay loan principal as scheduled.

2. The loan principal will be repaid by one time upon the expiry of the term of loan.
3. Other way to repay loan principal: __________________________________

______________________________________________________________.

II. The borrower shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder to the lender on the loan repayment date and interest payment date agreed herein.
III. If the repayment date is not a business day of the lender, it will be postponed to the next business day of the lender for repayment, and this non-business day will be calculated into the total loan occupation period. When repaying the last period of loan principal, the borrower shall pay off the interest together with the principal, which will not be restricted by the interest payment date specified in Article 5 hereof.
IV. If the borrower fails to repay the loan under the contract as scheduled and needs to delay the repayment of the loan, it shall submit a written loan extending application to the lender ten working days prior to the expiry date of this period of loan. If the extension is agreed by the lender upon examination, the two parties will otherwise sign a Loan Extending Contract which will be used as a supplementary agreement of this contract.
13  
 
V. Advanced repayment

The borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan as scheduled in the contract.

If the borrower requires to repay the loan principal and interest ahead of schedule in full or in part, it shall inform the lender in writing ten working days in advance and obtain the lender’s written consent. Upon the consent of the lender, the borrower shall discuss with the lender and determine the repayment after advance repayment of part of loan principal and interest. Interest for the part of loan repaid in advance will be calculated based on the actual use period and the interest agreed herein. Loan interest already collected prior to advanced repayment will not be adjusted.

If the borrower requires advanced repayment, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to pay liquidated damage amounting to 0.05 % of the amount for advanced repayment.

VI. If the borrower fails to perform its obligations according to the contract, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment, and the borrower promises to provide all necessary cooperation.

Article 9 Guarantee

I. The guarantee contracts of this contract include without limitation the followings:
(I) The Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.B.Z No. 2018308 ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Xiamen Siming Technology Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. ;
(II) The Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.E.B.Z No. 2018308A ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Chen Xiaodong ;
(III) The Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.E.B.Z No. 2018308B ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Cai Juanjuan ;
14  
 
(IV) The Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.E.B.Z No. 2018308E ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Chen Yong ;
(V) The   / (contract name) with the number of   / ; mode of guarantee:   / , guarantor:   / ;
(VI) The   / (contract name) with the number of   / ; mode of guarantee:   / , guarantor:   / ;
II. In addition to aforesaid guarantee contracts which have been signed, in case of exchange rate fluctuation or any other event which as believed by the lender may affect the contract performance ability of the borrower or the guarantor, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to submit the cash deposit or provide new guarantee, and sign related guarantee contract. the borrower shall cooperate to meet the lender’s requirements.
III. The lender shall have the right to not perform its obligations hereunder, including loan release, before the completion of signing of guarantee contracts hereunder and the completion of guarantee formalities.

Article 10 Rights and obligations of the parties

I. Rights and obligations of the lender
(I) Rights of the lender:
1. Be entitled to ask the borrower to repay the principal and interest of the loan as scheduled;
2. Be entitled to ask the borrower to provide all materials related to the loan;
3. Be entitled to get to know the borrower’s production, operation and financial situation;
4. Be entitled to supervise the borrower to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein;
5. Be entitled to supervise the loan use situation and propose requirements;
6. Be entitled to directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related
15  
 

products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment;

7. The lender shall have the right to transfer creditor’s rights and guarantee interest hereunder to a third party in full or in part at any time and it’s unnecessary to obtain the borrower’s consent. If the lender transfers the loan and guarantee interest hereunder, the borrower shall still undertake all of its obligations under this contract;
8. If the borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest according to the contract or fails to implement loan principal and interest repayment affairs, the lender shall have the right to disclose in the credit reporting center of the credit investigation system established or approved by the People’s Bank of China, banking supervision institution or other governmental departments or the news media, and take legal measures, including collection, litigation, arbitration or applying for the execution order from a notary institution;
9. The lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule based on the capital return situation of the borrower;
10. In case of exchange rate fluctuation or other situation the creditor believes that it may affect the safety of the creditor’s right, the debtor shall be obliged to submit cash deposit and other pledge guarantee according to the creditor’s requirements, or take risk migrating measures approved by the creditor;
11. The lender shall have the right to enjoy other rights stipulated by laws, regulations and rules or other rights agreed in this contract.
(II) Obligations of the lender:
1. Release and pay the loan capital as agreed in this contract;
2. Keep confidential the borrower’s debt, finance production and operation situation except for the following situations:
(1) Provisions of the laws and regulations;
(2) Provisions or requirements of the regulators;
(3) Disclosure to the lender’s partners, etc.
II. Rights and obligations of the borrower:
(I) The borrower shall enjoy the following rights:
1. Be entitled to withdraw and use all the loan according to the contract;
2. Be entitled to ask the lender to keep confidential materials provided by the borrower pursuant to this contract.
(II) Obligations of the borrower:
1. The borrower shall provide document materials required by the lender according to the truth, and the information about all banks of accounts, account numbers and balance of deposit and loan, and cooperate with the lender’s investigation, review and
16  
 

inspection;

2. The borrower shall accept the lender’s supervision or inspection over its use of the loan and related production, operation and financial activities, and promptly take reasonable measures with regard to the lender’s suggestions or requirements;
3. The borrower shall use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein and shall not embezzle the loan. The borrower shall warrant that the loan will not be used for investment in fixed assets, the production and operation prohibited by the state, equity investment, trading of negotiable securities, futures, real estate, etc., and that the loan will not be used to mutual loan activities among enterprises and other illegal activities prohibited by the state; the borrower shall warrant that the loan will not be occupied or embezzled in any other way;
4. The borrower shall accept the lender’s monitoring of the borrower’s account and the management of the payment of the loan capital according to Article 7 of this contract;
5. The borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan in full as scheduled in the contract;
6. Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not transfer the debt hereunder to any third person in full or in part;
7. The borrower shall not reduce the registered capital in any form; without the lender’s written consent, the borrower shall not extend the registered capital subscription period;
8. In case of merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase of debt financing or other major events, the borrower shall inform the lender at least thirty working days in advance and obtain the lender’s written consent. The borrower shall actively take measures to guarantee full repayment of the loan principal and interest as scheduled. Aforesaid major events shall include without limitation:
(1) Apply for loan or liabilities from a third party, including the bank, or provide loan to a third party, provide guarantee for the liabilities of a third party or other substantial increase of liability financing, which will affect or is likely to affect the repayment of the loan principal and interest;
(2) Major equity change and business adjustment (including but not limited to sign a joint venture or cooperation contract with a foreign investor or an investor from Hong Kong, Macao or Taiwan; company revoking, closure, production stop, production transfer; splitting merger, acquisition or being acquired; restructuring, establishing or restructuring into a corporate enterprise; foreign investment; invest in a corporate company or investment company with real estate, machinery equipment, or other fixed assets or trademark, patents, proprietary technology, land use right and other intangible assets; trading on property rights or business rights by means of leasing, contracting, joint operation, trusteeship, etc.);
(3) Change of the equity up to / % (including but not limited to equity transfer,
17  
 

trusteeship, agent custody, pledge, etc.).

9. The borrower shall inform the lender in writing within 7 working days as of the date when the following situation occurs or likely to occur, and actively take measures to guarantee the take measures to guarantee full repayment of the loan principal and interest as scheduled according to the lender’s requirements:
(1) Major financial loss, asset loss or other financial crisis;
(2) Business stop, the business license being revoked or de-registered; applying for or being applied for bankruptcy, dissolution, or other situation;
(3) The controlling shareholder and other affiliated company have major crisis for operation or finance, which has affected its normal operation;
(4) Personnel change of the borrower’s legal representative, directors or senior management, which has affected its normal operation;
(5) Equity change of the guarantor up to / % (including but not limited to equity transfer, trusteeship, agent custody, pledge, etc.).
(6) Major connected transaction between the borrower and its controlling shareholder or other affiliated company, which has affected its normal operation;
(7) Any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty with major negative impact on its operation and financial situation;
(8) Any other major event likely to affect its debt repayment ability.
10. Upon the request of the lender (the lender shall inform the borrower in a reasonable way in advance except that advanced notice cannot be made due to the occurrence of breach of contract or potential breach of contract or the reason of the special environment), the borrower shall allow the representative of the lender to perform the following activities during normal working hours:
(1) Visit the site of the borrower for business activities;
(2) Check the site, facilities, plant and equipment of the borrower;
(3) Check the account records and all other records of the borrower;
(4) Inquire the borrower’s employees, agents, contractors and subcontractors familiar with or likely to be familiar with information required by the lender.
11. The borrower shall warrant to maintain the current assets, net asset value, asset-debt proportion, asset liquidity proportion and other financial situation in the following range required by the lender within the term of the loan: ________________.
12. The borrower must sign for receiving of the payment collection letter or payment collection document sent or delivered by other means by the lender and send the receipt to the lender.

Article 11 Statement and undertaking of the borrower

18  
 

The bidder voluntarily makes the following statement and undertaking, and is willing to bear legal liability for the authenticity of such contents:

I. The borrower is a legal organization established and surviving according to the laws of the People's Republic of China and has complete civil behavior ability. The borrower warrants that it will provide related certificates, license, evidences and other documents required by the lender.
II. The borrower has adequate ability to perform all of its obligations and responsibilities under the contract, and will not mitigate or exempt its repayment responsibilities due to any directive, change of financial situation or any agreement signed with any organization.
III. The borrower has adequate authorization and legal right to sign this contract, and has obtained and implemented all internal approvals and authorizations or other related formalities required for the signing and performance of the contract, and has obtained and implemented all approval, registration, authorization, permission, license or other related formalities from any governmental departments or other competent authority required for the signing and performance of the contract. Moreover, all approvals, registrations, consent, permission and authorization as well as other formalities necessary for the signing of the contract are adequately legitimate and effective.
IV. The borrower’s signing of this contract is completely in line with the borrower’s related articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of the board meetings and shareholder’s meetings. The borrower warrants that such internal decisions and the resolutions of the board meetings and shareholder’s meetings completely comply with provisions of state laws, regulations and the company’s articles of association, and none of them are invalid fault or revocable. This contract does not conflict with the borrowers’ articles of association, internal decisions, resolutions of the board meetings and shareholder’s meetings or the borrower’s policies.
V. The signing and performance of this contract is based on the borrower’s real intent. The debt financing meets requirements of laws and regulations. The signing and performance of this contract does not violate any law, regulation, rules or the agreement of the contract binding to the borrower. The contract is legal, effective and enforceable. If the contract becomes invalid due to defects of the rights of the borrower upon contract signing and performance, the borrower will immediately and unconditionally compensate all losses of the lender.
VI. All documents, financial statements and other materials submitted by the borrower to the lender hereunder are true, complete, accurate and effective, and all financial indexes required by the lender will be continuously maintained.
VII. The borrower agrees that the loan business hereunder shall be restricted by the lender’s provisions, practices and the actual situation. The lender may withdraw the loan ahead of schedule based on the capital return situation of the borrower.
19  
 
VIII. If the bidder fails to perform its obligations according to the contract, the borrower herein authorizes the lender to directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment; the borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.
IX. If the borrower submits specific transaction documents to the lender for review no matter before or after the signing of the contract, the borrower shall warrant the authenticity of all documents. The lender will only make decision on the surficial authenticity of the transaction documents. The lender does not participate in and is not aware of specific substantial transaction of the borrower and will not assume any responsibilities.
X. The borrower confirms that, except for situations already disclosed to the lender in writing, the borrower has not hidden any of the following events that has occurred or is to be occur which may cause the lender to disagree with the release of the loan hereunder:
(I) Debts and contingent debts borne by the borrower, including but not limited to any pledge, mortgage, lien or other debt burden set on the borrower’s assets or earning that has no be disclosed to the lender;
(II) Major discipline violation, law violation or claim for compensation events involving the borrower or major management staff of the borrower;
(III) Breach of contract by the borrower under any credit-debt contract concluded between the borrower and any other creditor;
(IV) The borrower is not subject to, or to the knowledge of the borrower, there is no litigation, arbitration or administrative penalty against the borrower or its property which is still pending or likely to occur. There are no procedures proposed for liquidation, business stop or others against the borrower no matter actively proposed or proposed by a third party.
(V) Any other situation likely to affect the borrower’s financial situation or repayment ability.
20  
 
XI. The borrower promises to use the loan according to the purpose specified in the contract and that the loan will not be embezzled or used for other purpose violating the agreement herein. The borrower will accept and cooperate with the borrower for loan payment management, post-loan management and related inspection at any time, and will cooperate with the lender on the supervision, inspection, counting and all other necessary or appropriate actions on the use of the loan by the borrower, the borrower’s production, operation and financial activities, inventory of materials, assets and liabilities, bank deposit, cash and others.
XII. The borrower shall provide the adequate and effective guarantee accepted by the lender or other guarantee believed suitable and acceptable by the lender. In case of real estate pledge involved hereunder, the borrower shall promptly perform the notification obligation to the lender when the borrower gets to know that the real estate is to be demolished. If the real estate for pledge is demolished, if property transfer compensation is adopted, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to repay debt ahead of schedule, or set up new pledge and sign a new pledge agreement. After the loss of the original pledged real estate and before the handling of new pledge registration, the borrower shall ask the pledger to continue provide guarantee or the main creditor’s rights with the real estate demolishing compensation through opening a special account for deposit or the deposit note.
XIII. The borrower shall not reduce registered capital in any form. Without the prior written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not transfer the debts hereunder to any third party in full or in part. Before full repayment of debts hereunder, the bidder shall not repay the borrower’s debt to another creditor ahead of schedule without the prior written consent of the lender (except for other branches of Industrial Bank).
XIV. In case of any major event negative to the borrower’s repayment ability, the borrower shall inform the lender in time. In case of company merge, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial of debt financing or other major events, the written consent of the lender shall be obtained.
XV. In case of any dispute between the lender and the borrower or any third party related to the borrower due to the performance of the lender’s obligations hereunder, due to which the lender is involved in any dispute between the borrower and a third party, the borrower shall bear all the litigation or arbitration fee, attorney fee and other expenses incurred to the lender therefore.
XVI. All settlement business under this contract shall be handled by the borrower through an account opened in the lender’s bank. The borrower shall accept the lender’s closed regulation on operation property income and expenditures.
XVII. The borrower warrants that information published in the national enterprise credit information publicity system is true, complete, legal and effective. The borrower warrants that it continuously agrees that the lender may query information of the company in the system no matter such information is public or not. If capital verification is required by the lender, the borrower agrees to perform capital
21  
 

verification according to the lender’s requirements and provide the capital verification report issued by a professional organization.

XVIII. The borrower herein declares and authorizes that the lender shall have the right to make necessary investigation of the borrower’s credit situation in accordance with the Credit Management Regulations and other related laws and regulations of the state, and that the lender may disclose and report information about this contract and other related information to the financial credit information basic database according to requirements of the governmental departments, bank regulators and the People’s Bank of China on the development of enterprise and individual credit work, as well as to the credit investigation system established or approved by the aforesaid organizations and institutions. The borrower herein allows that the related information can be legally queried.
XIX. If the borrower violates this article of this contract, or falls into any situation likely to endanger the lender’s realization of the creditor’s rights, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower’s shareholders to speed up their subscription and contribution obligation. The borrower warrants that its shareholders will promptly subscribe related capital according to the lender’s requirements. The lender shall have the right to require no dividend allocation to the borrower and its shareholders.
XX. The borrower warrants that the transaction background of this loan business is real and legitimate and is not used or any illegal purpose, such money laundering
XXI. Other statement and undertaking of the borrower: __________________________.

Article 12 Loan withdrawal ahead of schedule

I. During the lease term, if the borrower or the guarantor (including guarantor, pledger or mortgager, the same below) falls in one of the following circumstances, the lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to terminate paying the loan not used by the borrower yet and withdraw the loan principal and interest in full in part, and the loan for repayment by batches. If the lender withdraws the loan for any period ahead of schedule according to this contract, other undue debts will be deemed to become due ahead of schedule:
(I) Provide false materials or hide important operation and financial facts; any certificates or documents submitted to the lender and any item in the borrower’s statements and undertaking made in Article 11 are proven untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or deliberately leading misunderstanding;
(II) Privately change the loan purpose without the consent of the lender; embezzle the loan or use the loan for illegal or violating transaction;
(III) Make discount or pledge to the lender based on false contract with the affiliated party or any creditor’s rights such as receivable notes or receivables without actual trading background for the purpose of getting the lender’s capital or credit granting;
(IV) Refuse accepting the lender’s supervision and inspection on its credit loan use
22  
 

situation and related operation and financial activities;

(V) Have major events which are believed by the lender likely to affect the loan safety, such as merger, division, acquisition, restructuring, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase of debt financing, etc.;
(VI) Purposely escaping or invalidating the lender’s creditor’s rights through affiliated transaction;
(VII) Deterioration of the credit situation, obviously weakening of the repayment ability (including contingent liability);
(VIII) The borrower or the borrower’s affiliated company and guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliated company has cross violation of the contract as specified in Article 15 of the contract;
(IX) The borrower fails to repay loan principal and interest under the contract.
(X) The borrower stops its repayment or cannot or expresses its incapability to repay the debt due;
(XI) Business stop, closedown, being declared bankruptcy, dissolution, business license being revoked, the company being cancelled, financial status deterioration, etc.
(XII) The borrower fails to perform its obligations under Article 10 and Article 13 and other of its obligations agreed in the contract, or the guarantor fails to perform its obligations under the guarantee contract;
(XIII) The value of the mortgage or pledge for guarantee has reduced obviously, or the right of pledge must be realized before the expiry of the loan;
(XIV) Abnormal change, loss or being investigated or having personal freedom being restricted by juridical organ of the legal representative, main investors, directors, supervisors and senior management of the borrower or the guarantor, which has affected or may affect the performance of the borrower’s obligations hereunder;
(XV)The borrower/ guarantor or the controlling shareholders, actual controllers or affiliated personnel of the borrower/ guarantor is involved in major litigation, arbitration or other dispute, of their major assets being sealed, frozen, detained, disposed by mandatory execution, being taken with other measures with similar effect, which is likely to damage the lender’s equity.
(XVI) Any event otherwise agreed in the contract, any situation based on the borrower’s capital return situation, or other events affecting or damaging or likely to affect, damage the interest of the lender.
II. If the aforesaid situation for loan withdrawal ahead of schedule occurs, the lender may determine whether to offer certain grace period to the borrower based on the borrower’s production, operation and financial situation and capital return situation. If the grace period is offered and the borrower still fails to take remedial measures within the grace period or if the remedial measures taken fail to meet the lender’s
23  
 

requirements, the lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule. The lender may also not offer the grace period and directly determine to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule.

III. In case of loan withdrawal ahead of schedule, the lender shall have the right to take appropriate measures according to item II of Article 14.

Article 13 Obligation of the borrower to disclose major transactions and major events

I. The borrower shall promptly report major transactions and major events of the borrower to the lender in writing.
II. If the borrower is a group company, the borrower shall promptly report connected transaction amounting to more than 10% of the borrower’s net assets to the lender according to related provisions, including but not limited to:
(I) Affiliations among various transaction parties;
(II) Transaction projects and nature;
(III) Transaction amount or corresponding proportions;
(IV) Pricing policy (including transactions without price or only with symbolic amount).

Article 14 Liability for breach of contract

I. After the contract takes effect, both the borrower and the lender shall perform their obligations under the contract. Any party failing to perform or completely perform its obligations under the contract shall bear corresponding liability for breach of contract.
II. If the borrower fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in the contract, and fails to make payment of the loan capital in the way agreed herein, fails to observe its statements and undertaking, if the loan application documents are untrue, if the borrower fails to realize agreed financial indexes, if there is major cross contract breaking or if the borrower fails to perform any agreement in the contract, the lender shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures:
(I) Require correction of default within a given time period;
(II) Stop release the loan not released yet under the contract, and stop paying loan capital not paid yet under the contract;
(III) Ask the borrower to meet conditions for loan release or payment in line with the lender’s requirements, or cancel the qualification for the borrower to use the loan in independent payment way;
(IV) Unilaterally determine the advanced maturity of the loan in full or in part;
(V) Unilaterally terminate or release the contract and ask the borrower to repay loan principal and interest no matter they are due or not, and pay or compensate for related losses;
24  
 
(VI) In case of overdue loan, ask the borrower to pay overdue loan penalty interest; if the borrower embezzle the loan, ask the borrower to pay the penalty interest for loan embezzlement; ask the borrower to pay compound interest of pending interest (including interest before and after the expiry of the loan, penalty interest for loan embezzlement and overdue loan penalty interest);
(VII) Ask the borrower to add or replace the guarantor, mortgage, pledge/ pledge right;
(VIII) Implement or realize any right under the loan guarantee;
(IX) The lender may directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment.
(X) File a lawsuit, arbitration or apply for an execution order from a notary organ; ask the borrower to repay loan principal and interest; expenses for the creditor to realize the creditor’s right shall be borne by the borrower;
(XI) The lender shall have the right to detain, hold or taken other appropriate measures against any movable or real estate properties, tangible property or intangible property controlled or occupied by the borrower.
(XII) Any other measure stipulated by laws and regulations, agreed in this contract, or believed appropriate by the lender.
III. Under the premise of meeting preconditions for loan release and for loan capital payment agreed in the contract, if the lender fails to provide the loan according to the date and amount agreed herein, which results in the loss of the borrower, the lender shall compensate the borrower for direct economic losses caused therefore. Nevertheless, the lender will not compensate for any foreseeable or unforeseeable indirect losses suffered by the borrower therefore.
IV. During the performance of the contract, in case of wrong commissioned payment, untimely payment caused by untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or other defective materials provided by the borrower, independent payment by the borrower in violation of the contract or any other losses formed thereby, the lender will not assume any liability.
25  
 
V. If the loan receiving account or the account of the payment object is frozen under the contract or in case of loan release and payment dispute or other losses caused by other reason, the lender will not assume any liability.
VI. If the guarantor (i.e., the guarantor, pledger or the mortgager) under the contract falls into one of the following circumstances, the lender shall have the right to take measures according to item II of this article:
(I) The guarantor fails to perform agreement of the guarantee contract, the credit situation deteriorates, or the guarantee ability weakens;
(II) The mortgager fails to perform agreement of the mortgage contract, deliberately damage the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or have already decreased; or other events with prejudice to the lender’s mortgage rights occur;
(III) The pledger fails to perform agreement of the pledge contract, deliberately damage the pledge, or the value of the pledge may decrease or have already decreased; or other events with prejudice to the lender’s pledge rights occur;

Article 15 Cross contract breaking

When the borrower or the borrower’s affiliated enterprise or guarantor, or the guarantor’s affiliated enterprises fall into any of the following situations, it shall be deemed that the borrower has broken this contract. The lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule according to Article 12 of the contract, and ask the borrower to bear liability for breach of the contract according to Article 14 hereof:

(I) Any loan, financing or debt has or may have breach of contract, or is declared mature ahead of schedule;
(II) Any guarantee or similar obligation is not performed, or may not be performed;
(III) Fail to perform or violate legal documents or contract on liability guarantee and other similar obligations, or there is possibility of performance failure or violation;
(IV) Incapability to repay debt due or loan/ financing due appears or likely to appear;
(V) Be declared or to be declared bankruptcy by legal procedure;
(VI) The assets or properties are transferred to other creditors;
(VII) Other situation endangering the safety of loan principal and interest under this contract.

Article 16 Continuity of obligations

All of the borrower’s obligations under the contract shall be continuous and shall have complete and equal binding force over its successor, agent, receiver, assignee, and the entity after its merger, restructuring or name changing.

Article 17 Accelerated maturity of loan principal and interest

The borrower agrees that once the borrower fails to perform its statements and

26  
 

undertaking in Article 11 hereunder, or the borrower fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the lender shall have the right to determine that any other obligation of the borrower to the lender, including the mature or immature principal and interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) of the loan hereunder, may become mature immediately.

Article 18 Priority of Subrogation

 

The Borrower hereby represents that where the Borrower violates the Contract or fails to pay off the due debts (including the principal, interest and expense) and the Borrower itself doesn’t has sufficient property to repay the debt, the Lender shall have the priority to exercise the subrogation right for any creditor’s rights, account receivables and other property rights and interests possessed by the Borrower against any third party.

 

Article 19 Governing Law and Settlement of Dispute

 

I. The conclusion, effectiveness, performance, cancellation, interpretation of the Contract and the settlement of dispute shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Contract, the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region are excluded).
II. All disputes arising from or in connection with the performance hereof shall be settled by the Lender and the Borrower through friendly consultation; where no agreement can be reached, both parties agree to settle the dispute based on following method ( 2) :
(1) File a lawsuit in the people’s court in the place of the Lender.
(2) Apply to Xiamen Arbitration Committee for arbitration and settle the dispute according to the then valid arbitration rules at the time of arbitration by the Arbitration Committee. To the extent permitted by the arbitration rules, both parties agree to apply the summary procedure to complete the adjudication of case. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both parties. The place of court session of the arbitral tribunal is in Xiamen .
(3) Other methods: .
III. During the dispute period, the terms hereof that are not in dispute shall be performed continuously.

 

Article 20 Correspondence, Communication and Notification

 

I. The Borrower agrees and acknowledges that the following address is the address for service of the notification matters specified hereunder and legal instruments for relevant litigation (arbitration) and notarization at the time of dispute (including but not limited to the notifications and documents of the contracting parties; pleadings (or application for arbitration) and evidence, court summons, notice of respondence to action, notice of proof, notice of court session, payment command, written judgment (award), written verdict, mediation document, enforcement notice, notice of performance within time limit and other legal instruments for litigation or arbitration hearing, realization of security interest procedure and execution stage; various notifications and legal instructions served by the notary authority) served by the court or the arbitral tribunal:
(I) Address of the Borrower:
1. Name of the Borrower: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 402, 4F, Industrial Design Center, Longshan Cultural and Creative Industrial Park across the Strait, No. 84, Longshan South Road, Siming District, Xiamen ;

27  
 

Zip code: 361000 ; Contact number: 13826231872 ;

Contact person: He Caifan.

2. Name of designated recipient (if any): ;

Address of recipient: ;

Zip code: ; Contact number: .

(II) The Borrower agrees and confirms that the following electronic mailing address is the valid address of service:
1. Fax number: ;
2. Email address: plutus@bluehatgroup.net;
3. SMS number: 13925123166 ;
4. Wechat number: ;
5. QQ number: .
II. The application period for the address of service agreed in paragraph 1 of this article includes all stages such as non-judicial stage, first instance, second instance, retrial, execution and procedure of realization of security rights, supervisory proceedings and enforcement of notarization after judicial proceedings. In case of any change in the above address of service, the Borrower shall inform the Lender in writing in advance (during the litigation or arbitration period, a prior written notice shall be sent to the arbitral tribunal or court; where the enforcement of notarization has been handled, a written notice shall be sent to the original notary authority) to re-confirm the address of service and obtain the receipt. Where it fails to send a prior notice, such change shall be deemed to be invalid and corresponding legal consequence shall be borne by the Borrower. The address of service specified in first paragraph of this article shall remain unchanged as the valid address of service.
III. All documents, communications, notifications and legal instruments shall be deemed to have been served on the following date when they are sent to any of the address specified in first paragraph of this article (where the documents are delivered to the designated recipient, it shall be deemed to have been served to the concerned party):
(I) If delivered by mail (including the express mail service, ordinary mail and registered mail), it shall be deemed to have been served on the fifth working day after mailing date;
(II) If delivered by fax, email, SMS, Wechat, QQ or other electronic communication mode, it shall be deemed to have been served on the sending date;
(III) If delivered by personal service, it shall be deemed to have been served on the signing and receiving date of the recipient. Where the recipient refuses to receive the document, the server can record the process by taking photos and videos and keep the instrument properly. Upon completion of above procedure, it shall be deemed to have been served.
IV. The Borrower shall bear corresponding legal consequences if the service address provided or confirmed by the Borrower is inaccurate or untrue or the service address after change cannot be informed to the counterparty and the arbitration authority, people’s court and notary authority in time which results in failure in service and shall be deemed to have been validly served;
(I) If delivered by mail, the return date of the instrument shall be deemed to be the date of service;
(II) If delivered by personal service, the date on which the server indicates the specific
28  
 

condition on the receipt on site shall be deemed to be the date of service;

(III) If delivered by electronic way, the sending date shall be deemed to be the date of service.
V. The Lender treats the domicile listed in the Contract as the address of service. Where the Lender sends the notification by sending an announcement in the website, E-bank, telephone bank or sales network, the release date of the announcement shall be deemed to be the date of service. The Lender shall not bear any liability for the error, omission or delay in the transmission incurred by the mailing, fax, telephone or other communication system in any circumstance.
VI. The parties agree that the unit seal of the parties, office seal, special seal for finance, special seal for contractual use, receiving and sending seal and the special seal for the Lender’s credit business shall be the effective seals for the notifications or contacts, service of legal instruments and correspondence of the parties. All staff of the Lender shall be the authorized recipient for the correspondence, communication and notification.
VII. This provision shall be the independent provision in the Contract and shall not be affected by the validity of the Contract and other provisions hereof.

 

Article 21 Validity of Contract and Miscellaneous

 

I. The Contract shall come into force after being signed or sealed by the contracting parties.
II. Within the term of the Contract, any tolerance, grace or delay in exercise of the rights or benefits specified hereunder granted by the Lender to the Borrower and the Guarantor shall not damage, affect or restrict the Lender’s rights and benefits under the laws and regulations and the Contract and shall neither be deemed to be a waiver of the Lender for its rights and benefits under the Contract nor affect any obligation of the Borrower under the Contract.
III. In case of any change in the national laws, regulations or supervisory policies, which results in the nonconformance of the Lender’s performance of loan-making obligation specified hereunder with the laws and regulations or supervisory requirements, the Lender is entitled to arbitrarily terminate the Contract and declares the acceleration of maturity of all issued loans and the Borrower shall immediately repay the loans upon request of the Lender. Where the Lender fails to perform the Contract due to such reason, the Lender shall not bear any legal responsibility.
IV. Where the loans cannot be made or paid on time due to force majeure, communication or network failure and the Lender’s system failure, the Lender shall not bear any liability and shall inform the Borrower in time.
V. The Lender is entitled to authorize or entrust other branches of Industrial Bank to perform the rights and obligations under the Contract based on the operation and management demands (including but not limited to authorizing or entrusting other branches of Industrial Bank to enter into relevant contracts), or assign the loans under the Contract to other branches of Industrial Bank for management. The Borrower hereby acknowledges above provision and the above behaviors of the Lender require no separate consent of the Borrower.
VI. The Borrower agrees that the Lender is entitled to adjust, reduce or cancel the loan amount unused under the Contract based on the Borrower’s production and operation condition, repayment condition and the credit of other financial institutions. Where the Lender decides to adjust, reduce or cancel the loan amount, it shall send a notice to the
29  
 

Borrower five working days in advance, without the separate consent of the Borrower.

VII. Where any provision of the Contract is or becomes invalid or unenforceable at any time, the validity, effectiveness or enforceability of other provisions under the Contract shall not be affected or impaired.
VIII. The subheadings of the Contract are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing or interpreting the Contract or for other purposes.
IX. The appendixes to the Contract shall constitute an integral part of the Contract and shall have the same legal effect with the text of the Contract.
X. The Contract is made in triplicate , with the Lender holding two , the Borrower holding one and holding respectively. All copies shall have the same legal effect.

 

Article 22 Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Enforcement

 

I. Where either party of the Contract puts forward the notarization request, the other party agrees to carry out notarization in the notary authority specified by the country upon request of the other party.
II. The contract with enforcement of notarization shall have compulsory execution effect. Where the Borrower fails to perform or improperly performs the obligations or the Lender’s realization of the creditor’s rights under the laws, regulations and the Contract occurs, the Borrower agrees that the Lender is entitled to apply to the notary authority to issue the execution certificate with compulsory execution effect and the Borrower is willing to accept the compulsory execution measures directly applied by the Lender with the certificate to the competent people’s court and knows the corresponding legal consequences and the Borrower undertakes that it will not raise any objection or make any defense.
III. All parties hereto agree that: before the notary authority issues the certificate of execution, it shall be entitled to verify the relevant facts of breach by the Borrower such as objection to satisfy or improper satisfaction of the debts in any one or several ways such as mail, telephone, fax, E-mail, short message, We-chat, QQ, personal delivery and interview based on the clause of “Document Correspondence, Communication and Notice” as agreed herein. If the verification is made through telephone or interview, the documents will be deemed as already served upon the end of the interview or call; if the verification is made through mail, fax, E-mail, short massage, We-chat, QQ and personal delivery, then the documents shall be deemed as served as agreed in the clause of “Document Correspondence, Communication and Notice”.
IV. If the Borrower has any objection towards the above verified fact of breach, it shall, within five working days after the date of service, provide written proof and adequate evidences to the notary authority. If the proof has not been provided on time or if the notary authority believes that the evidences are not adequate to support the claim, then it will be deemed that the Borrower has confirmed relevant facts of breach such as objection to satisfy or improper satisfaction of the debts and has agreed that the notary authority may issue the certificate of execution based on the application submitted by the Lender. If the notary authority has otherwise stipulate the way of verification and the period for providing the proof, such stipulations shall prevail.

 

Article 23 Supplementary Clauses:

 

30  
 

 

This is the signing page of the Working Capital Borrowing Contract (X.Y.X.D.Y.L.D.Z No. 2018308C).

 

The Lender (corporate seal): Person in charge or authorized person (signature):

 

/s/ Xiamen Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

Specific Seal for Credit Contract for Xiamen Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. (seal)

Hong Pipa (signature)

December 20, 2018

The Borrower (corporate seal): Person in charge or authorized person (signature):

 

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

 

December 20, 2018

 

 

Verified by:

 

 

31  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

July 2018 Version

 

 

Working Capital Loan Contract

No.: X.Y.X.D.Y.L.D.Z No. 2018308D

 

 

 

 

Lender: Xiamen Sub-branch , Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Industrial Bank Building No. 78, North Hubin Road, Xiamen

Legal representative/ person in charge: Hong Pipa

 

 

Borrower: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Room 402, 4F, Industry Design Center, Cross-Strait, Longshan Cultural & Creative Industrial Park, No. 84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen City

Legal representative/ person in charge: Chen Xiaodong

 

 

 

 

 

Contract signing place: Siming District/ County, Xiamen City

1
 

 

Important Instruction for Contract Signing

To safeguard your interests and rights, please carefully read, check and confirm the following issues before signing this contract:

1. You shall be entitled to sign this contract, and if the consent of others is needed, you have been duly authorized;
2. You have carefully read and fully understand clauses of the contract. You have paid special attention to contents concerning the bearing of responsibilities, the exemption or restriction of responsibilities of Industrial Bank and contents in bold;
3. Your company and you have sufficiently understand meaning of contract clauses and corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept the agreement of such clauses;
4. The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is the sample text only. Blank space is reserved after related clauses, and additionally, the “supplementary provisions” are also set up at the end of the contact for the parties to make any modification, supplementation or deletion to the contract;
5. If you have any question about the contract, please consult Industrial Bank at any time.

 

2
 

 

Upon the application of the borrower, the lender, upon examination, agrees to grant working capital loan to the borrower. This contract is hereby entered into by and between the borrower and the lender for joint observation in accordance with related laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China through equal consultation in order to specify rights and obligations of the two parties and to keep premises.

The borrower and the lender confirm that the loan under this contract belongs to the situation specified in item 2 below:

1. This contract is a sub-contract of the ____________ with the contract number of _____ signed by the borrower and the lender on ___________ (i.e., the master contract). The amount of loan under this contract will be counted in the credit quota under ________. The amount of loan granted in a foreign currency will be converted into RMB based on the middle price announced by the lender on the contract signing date before being counted into the credit quota.
2. This contract is an independent legal text signed by the borrower and the lender.

Article 1 Definitions and interpretations

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the two parties, terms under this contract shall be defined and interpreted as below:

1. “Working capital loan” refers to the loan in local or foreign currency granted by the lender upon the application of the borrower which will be used as working capital to support routine production and operation of the borrower.
2. “Creditor’s right”, or the main creditor’s right refers to the creditor’s right formed by the lender’s provision of financing services for the borrower upon the application of the borrower (the debtor) to the lender (creditor) and upon the examination and approval of the lender (including the principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damage, damage compensation, costs for the creditor to realize the creditor’s rights, etc.). The creditor’s right possessed by the creditor against the debtor hereunder shall be consistent with the contents of debt owed by the debtor to the creditor hereunder.

Costs for the creditor to realize the creditor’s right” refer to the litigation (arbitration) fee, attorney fee, travel expenses, execution fee, preservation fee and other costs for the realization of the creditor’s rights paid by the creditor when it makes efforts to realize the creditor’s rights by means of litigation, arbitration, applying for the execution order from the notary institution.

3. The terms below specified in Article 5 of the contract shall be defined and interpreted as below:

“Fixed interest rate” refers to the interest rate remained fixed in the term of the loan.

“Floating interest rate” refers to the interest rate which may change in the term of the loan based on the cycle and range agreed by the borrower and the lender.

“Floating cycle” refers to the frequency for the change of the loan interest rate agreed by the borrower and the lender. The loan interest rate in a floating cycle will be calculated based on

3
 

the benchmark interest rate and the pricing mode agreed in the contract; the interest rate of the loan will be remained fixed in a floating cycle. When entering the next floating cycle after the expiry of one floating cycle, the interest rate of the loan will be calculated based on the benchmark interest rate given for the new floating cycle and the pricing mode agreed in the contract; the interest rate of the loan will be remained fixed in a floating cycle.

“RMB loan benchmark interest rate of the Central Bank” refers to the RMB loan benchmark interest rate of the current day published by the People’s Bank of China.

“RMB deposit benchmark interest rate of the Central Bank” refers to the RMB deposit benchmark interest rate of the current day published by the People’s Bank of China.

“LPR” refers to the current day benchmark interest rate of the loan calculated and published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center based on the prime rate quoted by the quoting bank independently.

“SHIBOR” refers to the current day Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate calculated and published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center.

“LIBOR” refers to interbank offered rate at London market on day T-2; currencies include USD, EURO, YEN, etc.; where, “T” refers to the actual loan offering date; “T-2” refers to two working days before the actual loan offering date, the same below.

“HIBOR” refers to interbank HKD offered rate at Hong Kong financial market on day T-2.

The specific values of “LIBOR” and “HIBOR” shall be subject to the results of query in the core system of Industrial Bank.

4. The “major transaction” specified in Article 13 of the contract refers to (including but not limited to) any transaction which may or is confirmed to seriously affect the basic structure of the borrower’s company, the change of shareholders of the company, contingent liability, cash flow, profitability, core business secrets of the company, core competitiveness of the company, important assets of the company, major creditor’s rights and debts of the company, ability to repay liabilities and ability to perform this contract, or other transaction which is believed by the lender and/or the borrower to constitute a major transaction.
5. The “major event” specified in Article 13 of the contract refers to (including but not limited to) any event which may or is confirmed to seriously affect the work performance ability of the senior management in the company of the borrower, the employment and dismissal of employees engaged in core business of the company, core business secrets of the company, core competitiveness of the company, basic structure of the company, change of the company’s shareholders, contingent liability, the survival of the company, the legality of the company’s business, the stability and development of the company, profitability and liability repayment ability of the company, the ability to perform this contract, and other event which is believed by the lender and/or the borrower to constitute a major event.
6. For the purpose of this contract, the “working day” shall refer to the business day of the borrower’s bank. In the contract performance process, if a withdrawal date or a repayment date is a non-business day, it shall be postponed to the next business day.
4
 

Article 2 Loan amount

The lender agrees to offer the loan amounting to (currency) RMB (amount in words) THREE MILLION yuan only to the borrower.

Article 3 Purpose of the loan

The loan will be used to pay price for goods . Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not use the loan for other purpose.

Article 4 Term of the loan

1. The term of the loan is twelve months which will be from December 20, 2018 to December 19, 2019 .
2. For one-time loan release, the loan release date shall be subject to the actual loan release date recorded in the loan note or loan certificate. If the actual loan release date is later than the loan release date recorded in the previous paragraph, the expiry date of the loan shall be postponed accordingly.
3. Plan for the use of the loan in batches:

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan; Date:   / , amount: RMB   / yuan;

The borrower shall apply to the lender to handle loan withdrawal formalities three working days before each loan withdrawal date or the time otherwise required by the lender.

If the borrower fails to withdraw the loan based on the term for the use of the loan in batches, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to pay __ ‰ of the loan to be withdrawn in the current period as the liquidated damage.

4. Under the precondition agreed in Article 6 of the contract, the lender will pay the loan capital according to Article 7 of the contract.
5. The lender may adjust the plan for the use of the loan in batches based on whether the loan complies with related laws, regulations and policies as well as preconditions specific in the contract, the loan capital payment conditions, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to the contract and the time to handling related guarantee formalities as well as other factors the lender believes necessary.
6. If the loan is used in batches, the same expiry date will be applied. Namely, the expiry date recorded on the loan note or loan certificate issued for the first time loan release shall be used as the expiry date of loans released by various periods.
7. If the lender required repayment of the loan in advance according to provisions of this
5
 

contract, it shall be regarded that the loan expiry date is advanced accordingly.

Article 5 Interest rate of the loan and the collection of interest

1. Interest rate of the loan
(1) The benchmark interest rate for pricing shall be implemented according to item c below:
a.   / period grade of RMB loan benchmark interest rate published by the Central Bank.
b.   / period grade of RMB deposit benchmark interest rate published by the Central Bank.
c. LPR ONE YEAR grade.
d. SHIBOR   / period grade.
e. LIBOR   / period grade.
f. HIBOR / period grade.
(2) The loan interest rate pricing formula shall be subject to item a below:
a. Loan interest rate = pricing benchmark interest rate + 1.78 %.
b. Loan interest rate = pricing benchmark interest rate * _____.
(3) The loan interest rate (the annual interest rate, the same below) shall be implemented according to item b below:
a. Fixed interest rate. The loan interest rate will be determined based on the pricing benchmark interest rate on the actual loan release date and the pricing formula, and will be maintained fixed during the term of the loan.
b. Floating interest rate. The loan interest rate will be determined based on the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing formula on the actual loan release date and the interest rate adjustment date. The interest rate adjustment date will be implemented according to item (a) below: (a). The floating cycle is quarterly (monthly, quarterly/ half-an-year/ annual/ other cycle); as of the actual loan release date, the corresponding date for the expiry of each cycle shall be the contract interest rate adjustment date. If there is no such a day on the current month, the last day of the month shall be regarded as the corresponding date; (b)   / .

During the term of the loan, the borrow will not be otherwise informed if the benchmark interest rate is adjusted.

c. Other ways of interest rate:   / .
(4) The pricing benchmark interest rate for the loan used in batches under the contract shall be subject to the benchmark interest rate on each actual release date of the loan (or the interest rate adjustment date, if any).
(5) For the loan released under the contract, if the country cancels the benchmark interest rate of if the benchmark interest rate is no longer published on the market, the lender shall have the right to determine the new interest rate of the loan based on the national interest rate policy in
6
 

the current stage in principle of fairness and good faith with reference to industrial practice, interest rate situation and other related factors and inform the borrower. If the borrower has any objection, it shall negotiate with the lender. If the two parties cannot an agreement within five working days as of the date when the notice is sent by the lender, the lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan in advance, and the borrower shall immediately repay the residual principal and interest of the loan.

2. Way of repayment of the loan principal and interest
(1) The calculation of the loan interest: Interest shall be accrued for the principal of loan in local or foreign currency as of the date when the principal is transferred by the lender to the bank account of the borrower. The daily interest of the loan= balance of the loan on the current day* daily interest rate. The conversion between the daily interest rate and the annual interest rate shall be implemented according to provisions of the People’s Bank of China and the international practice.
(2) The interest of the loan shall be repaid in the way as specified in item a below:
a. For the loan under this contract, it is agreed that the interest payment date shall be the 21 st day every month (month/ the last month of each quarter/ the last month of each half a year/ the last month of each year/ other period); the borrower shall pay the loan interest of the current period to the lender on the interest payment date; the residual loan principal and interest will be settled completely upon the expiry of the lease term.
b. As of the actual loan release date, the interest payment date for various periods shall be corresponding date at the expiry of each   / (month/ quarter, half-a-year/ year/ other period) (if the corresponding date does not exist on the current month, the last date of the month shall be the corresponding date). The borrower shall pay the loan interest of the current period to the lender on the interest payment date; the residual loan principal and interest will be settled completely upon the expiry of the lease term.
c. The first time interest payment date is ; as of the first time interest payment date, the interest payment date for various periods shall be corresponding date at the expiry of each / (month/ quarter, half-a-year/ year/ other period) (if the corresponding date does not exist on the current month, the last date of the month shall be the corresponding date). The borrower shall pay the loan interest of the current period to the lender on the interest payment date; the residual loan principal and interest will be settled completely upon the expiry of the lease term.
d. Other payment way: ___________________________________.
3. Penalty interest and compound interest
(1) If the borrower fails to use the loan based on the purpose agreed in the contract, since the date of embezzlement, the lender shall have the right to collect penalty interest for the loan being embezzled, and the penalty interest rate shall be 150 % of the loan interest rate; if the borrower fails to repay the loan as scheduled and fails to reach an agreement with the lender on the loan renewal, namely, if the loan becomes overdue, since the date of overdue, the lender shall have the right to collect penalty interest for the overdue loan, and the penalty interest rate shall be
7
 

130 % of the loan interest rate. For the interest not repaid as scheduled (including interest before and after the expiry of the loan, penalty interest for loan embezzlement and penalty interest for overdue loan), the lender shall have the right to collect compound interest based on the loan overdue penalty interest rate agreed herein. If the loan not only becomes overdue, but is also embezzled, the penalty interest will be collected in the way whichever is higher.

(2) If the fixed loan interest rate is adopted, the penalty interest will also be fixed; if the loan interest rate is floating, the penalty interest will also be floating; the floating cycle will be consistent with the floating cycle of the loan interest rate.
(3) The way to collect the penalty interest and the compound interest shall be implemented based on the loan interest repayment way agreed herein.

Article 6 Preconditions for loan withdrawal

I. The borrower shall meet various preconditions required by the lender for loan withdrawal before applying for a loan under the contract from the lender:
(I) The borrower has sent the following documents to the lender. Related situations specified in the documents are not changed and are continuously effective, or the bower has made interpretations and instructions to the satisfaction of the lender on the change;
1. Loan application, mainly including but not limited to the name of the loan project, amount, purpose, term, repayment plan, repayment source, etc.;
2. The legal and valid business license of the borrower, articles of association of the company, loan card and password/ credit code, the list of the legal representative and members of the board of directors, main persons in charge and the financial director registered at the administrative authority for industry and commerce for recording, samples of signatures, effective identity certificate documents of the legal representative or the authorized representative, and other documents of the company believed necessary by the lender;
3. The resolution of the board meeting or the shareholders’ meeting convened by the borrower according to the legal procedure which is adopted by the quorum of directors or shareholders by voting; the resolution shall be true, legitimate and effective and shall be about the agreement on applying for the loan under the contract from the lender, specify the purpose of the loan and accept various loan conditions proposed by the lender; or other document believed necessary by the lender.
4. The annual reports of the latest three years (attached with the auditor’s report and notes to the auditor’s report), financial statement of the latest period and the same period of the previous year; if the borrower has been established not more than three years, annual reports since the establishment shall be submitted.
5. Information about affiliated enterprises;
6. If temporary working capital loan is applied, the purchase contract, order contract, debt certificate and related contract, certificates or materials shall also be provided.
7. If pledge/ mortgage is to be adopted for guarantee, the certificate materials on the ownership
8
 

of the pledge/ mortgage and the value appraisal reports shall be submitted. Besides, pledge/ mortgage registration formalities that shall be handled according to requirements of related laws and regulations shall have been properly handled. The original of related ownership certificate documents, registration certificate documents and others have been sent to the lender for preservation; if third-party guarantee is to be adopted, related guarantee materials based on requirements specified in item (2)~ (4) shall be provide and the guarantee contract has already taken effect; the aforesaid guarantee shall be continuously effective.

8. If the lender required to covering insurance for the pledge/ mortgage, insurance formalities with the lender as the primary beneficiary shall have been handled and the original of the insurance policy has been submitted to the lender for preservation; the insurance shall be continuously effective. If the pledge/ mortgage is provided by the borrower, the borrower herein transfers the insurance claim right upon the occurrence of insured event to the lender.
9. Enterprises in special industries shall provide the production and operation license for the special industry or the enterprise qualification level certificate issued by the authoritative authority.
10. If any party hereunder requires handle notary formalities, related notary formalities have been well handled.
11. The borrower has opened an account at the lender’s bank as required by the lender, and is willing to accept the lender’s credit supervision and payment and settlement supervision.
12. If the borrower applies for foreign exchange project loan, it must provide the effective foreign exchange loan purpose certificate and the approvals of related authorities, and shall comply with related foreign exchange management policies.
13. VAT, business license and income tax payment and declaration form required by the lender.
14. Other documents, reports, certificate and other materials required by the lender.
(II) The borrower is established according to the law; its production and operation complies with laws and regulations; it is cable for continuing operation and has legitimate source of repayment.
(III) The purpose of the loan is specific and compliant.
(IV) The statement and undertaking made by the borrower in Article 11 are true and effective; no violating event or potential violating event has occurred on and before the applied loan release date;
(V) The borrower has properly complete all loan notes and certificates related to loan release. Such notes and certificates shall be a part of the contract and shall have equal legal effect as the contract. In case of any inconsistency between loan amount, loan term, loan interest hereunder and the contents of the loan note or certificate, the contents of the loan note or certificate shall prevail.
(VI) The borrower has good credit situation and is free of major negative records; if the borrower is a newly established legal person, the controlling shareholder shall have good credit standing
9
 

and shall be free of major negative records.

(VII) Other preconditions for loan withdrawal required by the lender.
II. The lender will perform its obligations under the contract under the premise that preconditions for loan withdrawal agreed herein are met. The lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to degrade or give up part of preconditions for loan withdrawal, and the borrower shall not take such conditions as the cause to plead against the lender.
III. The lender shall have the right to appropriately adjust the release of the loan based on whether the financing project meets related laws, regulations and policies, preconditions required by the lender, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to this contract, the time to handle guarantee formalities and other factors.
IV. The borrower herein agrees that after the signing of this contract, if the borrower fails to meet preconditions for loan withdrawal or the loan capital payment conditions for any time of loan withdrawal, the lender shall have the right to stop release the loan, stop paying loan capital or terminate the loan contract. Responsibilities or losses caused thereby shall be borne by the borrower. If the lender determines to terminate the contract, the lender shall inform the borrower and the period for the borrower to propose objection, if any, shall be five working days as of the date when the contract termination notice is delivered to the borrower in the way agreed herein. If the borrower does not propose any objection, the contract will automatically terminate upon the expiry of the objection proposing period. If the borrower has objection but the two parties fail to reach an agreement within five working days after the expiry of the objection proposing period, the lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule according to eth contract.
V. Upon the examination of the lender, the if borrower meets preconditions for loan withdrawal, the lender will pay the loan capital pursuant to Article 7 of the contract.

Article 7 Account monitoring and loan capital payment

I. Account monitoring

In accordance with related laws and regulations and requirements of the regulatory system, the borrower warrants that it has meet preconditions for loan withdrawal agreed herein before applying for loan release and agrees to accept supervision of the lender on the use of the loan according to the purpose specified herein. The lender shall have the right to monitor the basic deposit account, ordinary deposit account and special deposit account opened by the borrower, and to supervise and control the release and payment of the loan capital and repayment capital in the way agreed in the contract.

The borrower designates the following account as the special capital collection account, and will promptly provide the capital inflow and outflow situation of this account:

Account name: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number: 129500100100268671

Bank of account: Dongqu Sub-branch, Xiamen Branch, Industrial Bank

10
 

The lender may otherwise sign an account management agreement with the borrower based on the borrower’s credit situation and financial situation, etc., specifying the management of capital inflow and outflow of the designated account. The lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule based on the borrower’s capital collection situation.

II. Payment of the loan capital
(I) The lender shall have the right to manage and control the payment of the loan capital by means of entrusted payment by the lender or independently payment by the borrower.
1. The entrusted payment by the lender means that the borrower authorizes the lender to pay the loan capital to the trading counterparty of the borrower in line with the loan purpose agreed herein.

If entrusted payment by the lender is adopted, the borrower shall provide related trading materials in line with the loan purposed agreed herein before loan capital release. Upon examination and approval by the lender, the loan capital will be promptly paid to the trading counterparty of the borrower from the account of the borrower.

In the mode of entrusted payment by the lender, after the loan capital is paid to the trading counterparty of the borrower, if the basic trading contract is revoked, terminated or becomes invalid and the loan capital is returned, the lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule according to Article 12 of the contract.

2. Independent payment by the borrower means that after the lender pays the loan capital to the account of the borrower, the borrower independently makes payment to the trading counterparty of the borrower in line with the loan purpose agreed herein.

In the mode of independent payment by the borrower, the borrower shall regularly summarize and report the loan capital payment situation to the lender. The lender shall have the right to check whether the use of the loan complies with the requirements of the contract through account analysis, certificate verification, site survey and other means.

(II) Entrusted payment

Under one of the following circumstances, the loan capital shall be paid in the mode of entrusted payment by the lender:

1. The credit business relationship between the borrower and the lender has been newly established, and the internal credit rating of the borrower in the bank of the lender is B3 or below. “New credit business relationship” means that it is the first time for the borrower and the lender to enter into the credit business relationship or it is the first time for the credit business relationship to have credit business relationship in 2 years;
2. Working capital loan for replacement;
3. The payment object is clear or the single time payment amount is more than RMB TEN MILLION yuan only (for the loan in foreign currency, convert based on the middle price published by the lender on the payment date);
4. Others:   / .
11
 
(III) During loan release and payment, if the borrower falls into one of the following situations, the borrower shall make up loan release and payment conditions according to requirements of the lender; the lender shall have the right to propose stricter loan release and payment conditions, and shall have the right to stop the loan release and payment. The lender may take appropriate measures according to clause II of Article 14:
1. Degradation of the credit situation;
2. Poor profitability of the main business;
3. Abnormality for the use of the loan;
4. Other situation believed by the lender.

Article 8 Repayment of the principal and interest of the loan

I. The principal of the loan under this contract shall be repaid according to item 2 specified below:
1. The loan principal will be repaid by installments; the principal repayment amount and date are as below:

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

Repay RMB __________ on _________; Repay RMB __________ on _________;

________________________________________________________________

If the lender adjusts the plan for the use of the loan in batches, the loan repayment date and amount agreed herein will not be changed, and the borrower shall repay loan principal as scheduled.

2. The loan principal will be repaid by one time upon the expiry of the term of loan.
3. Other way to repay loan principal: __________________________________

______________________________________________________________.

II. The borrower shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder to the lender on the loan repayment date and interest payment date agreed herein.
III. If the repayment date is not a business day of the lender, it will be postponed to the next business day of the lender for repayment, and this non-business day will be calculated into the total loan occupation period. When repaying the last period of loan principal, the borrower shall pay off the interest together with the principal, which will not be restricted by the interest payment date specified in Article 5 hereof.
IV. If the borrower fails to repay the loan under the contract as scheduled and needs to delay the repayment of the loan, it shall submit a written loan extending application to the lender ten working days prior to the expiry date of this period of loan. If the extension is agreed by the
12
 

lender upon examination, the two parties will otherwise sign a Loan Extending Contract which will be used as a supplementary agreement of this contract.

V. Advanced repayment

The borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan as scheduled in the contract.

If the borrower requires to repay the loan principal and interest ahead of schedule in full or in part, it shall inform the lender in writing ten working days in advance and obtain the lender’s written consent. Upon the consent of the lender, the borrower shall discuss with the lender and determine the repayment after advance repayment of part of loan principal and interest. Interest for the part of loan repaid in advance will be calculated based on the actual use period and the interest agreed herein. Loan interest already collected prior to advanced repayment will not be adjusted.

If the borrower requires advanced repayment, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to pay liquidated damage amounting to 0.05 % of the amount for advanced repayment.

VI. If the borrower fails to perform its obligations according to the contract, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment, and the borrower promises to provide all necessary cooperation.

Article 9 Guarantee

I. The guarantee contracts of this contract include without limitation the followings:
(I) The Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.E.B.Z No. 2018308A ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Chen Xiaodong ;
(II) The Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.E.B.Z No. 2018308B ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Cai Juanjuan ;
(III) The Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (contract name) with the number of X.Y.X.D.Y.E.B.Z No. 2018308E ; mode of guarantee: warranty , guarantor: Chen Yong ;
13
 
(IV) The / (contract name) with the number of / ; mode of guarantee: / , guarantor: / ;
(V) The / (contract name) with the number of / ; mode of guarantee: / , guarantor: / ;
(VI) The / (contract name) with the number of / ; mode of guarantee: / , guarantor: / ;
II. In addition to aforesaid guarantee contracts which have been signed, in case of exchange rate fluctuation or any other event which as believed by the lender may affect the contract performance ability of the borrower or the guarantor, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to submit the cash deposit or provide new guarantee, and sign related guarantee contract. the borrower shall cooperate to meet the lender’s requirements.
III. The lender shall have the right to not perform its obligations hereunder, including loan release, before the completion of signing of guarantee contracts hereunder and the completion of guarantee formalities.

Article 10 Rights and obligations of the parties

I. Rights and obligations of the lender
(I) Rights of the lender:
1. Be entitled to ask the borrower to repay the principal and interest of the loan as scheduled;
2. Be entitled to ask the borrower to provide all materials related to the loan;
3. Be entitled to get to know the borrower’s production, operation and financial situation;
4. Be entitled to supervise the borrower to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein;
5. Be entitled to supervise the loan use situation and propose requirements;
6. Be entitled to directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment;
7. The lender shall have the right to transfer creditor’s rights and guarantee interest hereunder to a third party in full or in part at any time and it’s unnecessary to obtain the borrower’s
14
 

consent. If the lender transfers the loan and guarantee interest hereunder, the borrower shall still undertake all of its obligations under this contract;

8. If the borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest according to the contract or fails to implement loan principal and interest repayment affairs, the lender shall have the right to disclose in the credit reporting center of the credit investigation system established or approved by the People’s Bank of China, banking supervision institution or other governmental departments or the news media, and take legal measures, including collection, litigation, arbitration or applying for the execution order from a notary institution;
9. The lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule based on the capital return situation of the borrower;
10. In case of exchange rate fluctuation or other situation the creditor believes that it may affect the safety of the creditor’s right, the debtor shall be obliged to submit cash deposit and other pledge guarantee according to the creditor’s requirements, or take risk migrating measures approved by the creditor;
11. The lender shall have the right to enjoy other rights stipulated by laws, regulations and rules or other rights agreed in this contract.
(II) Obligations of the lender:
1. Release and pay the loan capital as agreed in this contract;
2. Keep confidential the borrower’s debt, finance production and operation situation except for the following situations:
(1) Provisions of the laws and regulations;
(2) Provisions or requirements of the regulators;
(3) Disclosure to the lender’s partners, etc.
II. Rights and obligations of the borrower:
(I) The borrower shall enjoy the following rights:
1. Be entitled to withdraw and use all the loan according to the contract;
2. Be entitled to ask the lender to keep confidential materials provided by the borrower pursuant to this contract.
(II) Obligations of the borrower:
1. The borrower shall provide document materials required by the lender according to the truth, and the information about all banks of accounts, account numbers and balance of deposit and loan, and cooperate with the lender’s investigation, review and inspection;
2. The borrower shall accept the lender’s supervision or inspection over its use of the loan and related production, operation and financial activities, and promptly take reasonable measures with regard to the lender’s suggestions or requirements;
15
 
3. The borrower shall use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein and shall not embezzle the loan. The borrower shall warrant that the loan will not be used for investment in fixed assets, the production and operation prohibited by the state, equity investment, trading of negotiable securities, futures, real estate, etc., and that the loan will not be used to mutual loan activities among enterprises and other illegal activities prohibited by the state; the borrower shall warrant that the loan will not be occupied or embezzled in any other way;
4. The borrower shall accept the lender’s monitoring of the borrower’s account and the management of the payment of the loan capital according to Article 7 of this contract;
5. The borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan in full as scheduled in the contract;
6. Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not transfer the debt hereunder to any third person in full or in part;
7. The borrower shall not reduce the registered capital in any form; without the lender’s written consent, the borrower shall not extend the registered capital subscription period;
8. In case of merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase of debt financing or other major events, the borrower shall inform the lender at least thirty working days in advance and obtain the lender’s written consent. The borrower shall actively take measures to guarantee full repayment of the loan principal and interest as scheduled. Aforesaid major events shall include without limitation:
(1) Apply for loan or liabilities from a third party, including the bank, or provide loan to a third party, provide guarantee for the liabilities of a third party or other substantial increase of liability financing, which will affect or is likely to affect the repayment of the loan principal and interest;
(2) Major equity change and business adjustment (including but not limited to sign a joint venture or cooperation contract with a foreign investor or an investor from Hong Kong, Macao or Taiwan; company revoking, closure, production stop, production transfer; splitting merger, acquisition or being acquired; restructuring, establishing or restructuring into a corporate enterprise; foreign investment; invest in a corporate company or investment company with real estate, machinery equipment, or other fixed assets or trademark, patents, proprietary technology, land use right and other intangible assets; trading on property rights or business rights by means of leasing, contracting, joint operation, trusteeship, etc.);
(3) Change of the equity up to / % (including but not limited to equity transfer, trusteeship, agent custody, pledge, etc.).
9. The borrower shall inform the lender in writing within 7 working days as of the date when the following situation occurs or likely to occur, and actively take measures to guarantee the take measures to guarantee full repayment of the loan principal and interest as scheduled according to the lender’s requirements:
(1) Major financial loss, asset loss or other financial crisis;
16
 
(2) Business stop, the business license being revoked or de-registered; applying for or being applied for bankruptcy, dissolution, or other situation;
(3) The controlling shareholder and other affiliated company have major crisis for operation or finance, which has affected its normal operation;
(4) Personnel change of the borrower’s legal representative, directors or senior management, which has affected its normal operation;
(5) Equity change of the guarantor up to / % (including but not limited to equity transfer, trusteeship, agent custody, pledge, etc.).
(6) Major connected transaction between the borrower and its controlling shareholder or other affiliated company, which has affected its normal operation;
(7) Any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty with major negative impact on its operation and financial situation;
(8) Any other major event likely to affect its debt repayment ability.
10. Upon the request of the lender (the lender shall inform the borrower in a reasonable way in advance except that advanced notice cannot be made due to the occurrence of breach of contract or potential breach of contract or the reason of the special environment), the borrower shall allow the representative of the lender to perform the following activities during normal working hours:
(1) Visit the site of the borrower for business activities;
(2) Check the site, facilities, plant and equipment of the borrower;
(3) Check the account records and all other records of the borrower;
(4) Inquire the borrower’s employees, agents, contractors and subcontractors familiar with or likely to be familiar with information required by the lender.
11. The borrower shall warrant to maintain the current assets, net asset value, asset-debt proportion, asset liquidity proportion and other financial situation in the following range required by the lender within the term of the loan: ________________.
12. The borrower must sign for receiving of the payment collection letter or payment collection document sent or delivered by other means by the lender and send the receipt to the lender.

Article 11 Statement and undertaking of the borrower

The bidder voluntarily makes the following statement and undertaking, and is willing to bear legal liability for the authenticity of such contents:

I. The borrower is a legal organization established and surviving according to the laws of the People's Republic of China and has complete civil behavior ability. The borrower warrants that it will provide related certificates, license, evidences and other documents required by the lender.
II. The borrower has adequate ability to perform all of its obligations and responsibilities under
17
 

the contract, and will not mitigate or exempt its repayment responsibilities due to any directive, change of financial situation or any agreement signed with any organization.

III. The borrower has adequate authorization and legal right to sign this contract, and has obtained and implemented all internal approvals and authorizations or other related formalities required for the signing and performance of the contract, and has obtained and implemented all approval, registration, authorization, permission, license or other related formalities from any governmental departments or other competent authority required for the signing and performance of the contract. Moreover, all approvals, registrations, consent, permission and authorization as well as other formalities necessary for the signing of the contract are adequately legitimate and effective.
IV. The borrower’s signing of this contract is completely in line with the borrower’s related articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of the board meetings and shareholder’s meetings. The borrower warrants that such internal decisions and the resolutions of the board meetings and shareholder’s meetings completely comply with provisions of state laws, regulations and the company’s articles of association, and none of them are invalid fault or revocable. This contract does not conflict with the borrowers’ articles of association, internal decisions, resolutions of the board meetings and shareholder’s meetings or the borrower’s policies.
V. The signing and performance of this contract is based on the borrower’s real intent. The debt financing meets requirements of laws and regulations. The signing and performance of this contract does not violate any law, regulation, rules or the agreement of the contract binding to the borrower. The contract is legal, effective and enforceable. If the contract becomes invalid due to defects of the rights of the borrower upon contract signing and performance, the borrower will immediately and unconditionally compensate all losses of the lender.
VI. All documents, financial statements and other materials submitted by the borrower to the lender hereunder are true, complete, accurate and effective, and all financial indexes required by the lender will be continuously maintained.
VII. The borrower agrees that the loan business hereunder shall be restricted by the lender’s provisions, practices and the actual situation. The lender may withdraw the loan ahead of schedule based on the capital return situation of the borrower.
VIII. If the bidder fails to perform its obligations according to the contract, the borrower herein authorizes the lender to directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or
18
 

other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment; the borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

IX. If the borrower submits specific transaction documents to the lender for review no matter before or after the signing of the contract, the borrower shall warrant the authenticity of all documents. The lender will only make decision on the surficial authenticity of the transaction documents. The lender does not participate in and is not aware of specific substantial transaction of the borrower and will not assume any responsibilities.
X. The borrower confirms that, except for situations already disclosed to the lender in writing, the borrower has not hidden any of the following events that has occurred or is to be occur which may cause the lender to disagree with the release of the loan hereunder:
(I) Debts and contingent debts borne by the borrower, including but not limited to any pledge, mortgage, lien or other debt burden set on the borrower’s assets or earning that has no be disclosed to the lender;
(II) Major discipline violation, law violation or claim for compensation events involving the borrower or major management staff of the borrower;
(III) Breach of contract by the borrower under any credit-debt contract concluded between the borrower and any other creditor;
(IV) The borrower is not subject to, or to the knowledge of the borrower, there is no litigation, arbitration or administrative penalty against the borrower or its property which is still pending or likely to occur. There are no procedures proposed for liquidation, business stop or others against the borrower no matter actively proposed or proposed by a third party.
(V) Any other situation likely to affect the borrower’s financial situation or repayment ability.
XI. The borrower promises to use the loan according to the purpose specified in the contract and that the loan will not be embezzled or used for other purpose violating the agreement herein. The borrower will accept and cooperate with the borrower for loan payment management, post-loan management and related inspection at any time, and will cooperate with the lender on the supervision, inspection, counting and all other necessary or appropriate actions on the use of the loan by the borrower, the borrower’s production, operation and financial activities, inventory of materials, assets and liabilities, bank deposit, cash and others.
XII. The borrower shall provide the adequate and effective guarantee accepted by the lender or other guarantee believed suitable and acceptable by the lender. In case of real estate pledge involved hereunder, the borrower shall promptly perform the notification obligation to the lender when the borrower gets to know that the real estate is to be demolished. If the real estate for pledge is demolished, if property transfer compensation is adopted, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower to repay debt ahead of schedule, or set up new pledge and sign a new pledge agreement. After the loss of the original pledged real estate and before the
19
 

handling of new pledge registration, the borrower shall ask the pledger to continue provide guarantee or the main creditor’s rights with the real estate demolishing compensation through opening a special account for deposit or the deposit note.

XIII. The borrower shall not reduce registered capital in any form. Without the prior written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not transfer the debts hereunder to any third party in full or in part. Before full repayment of debts hereunder, the bidder shall not repay the borrower’s debt to another creditor ahead of schedule without the prior written consent of the lender (except for other branches of Industrial Bank).
XIV. In case of any major event negative to the borrower’s repayment ability, the borrower shall inform the lender in time. In case of company merge, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial of debt financing or other major events, the written consent of the lender shall be obtained.
XV. In case of any dispute between the lender and the borrower or any third party related to the borrower due to the performance of the lender’s obligations hereunder, due to which the lender is involved in any dispute between the borrower and a third party, the borrower shall bear all the litigation or arbitration fee, attorney fee and other expenses incurred to the lender therefore.
XVI. All settlement business under this contract shall be handled by the borrower through an account opened in the lender’s bank. The borrower shall accept the lender’s closed regulation on operation property income and expenditures.
XVII. The borrower warrants that information published in the national enterprise credit information publicity system is true, complete, legal and effective. The borrower warrants that it continuously agrees that the lender may query information of the company in the system no matter such information is public or not. If capital verification is required by the lender, the borrower agrees to perform capital verification according to the lender’s requirements and provide the capital verification report issued by a professional organization.
XVIII. The borrower herein declares and authorizes that the lender shall have the right to make necessary investigation of the borrower’s credit situation in accordance with the Credit Management Regulations and other related laws and regulations of the state, and that the lender may disclose and report information about this contract and other related information to the financial credit information basic database according to requirements of the governmental departments, bank regulators and the People’s Bank of China on the development of enterprise and individual credit work, as well as to the credit investigation system established or approved by the aforesaid organizations and institutions. The borrower herein allows that the related information can be legally queried.
XIX. If the borrower violates this article of this contract, or falls into any situation likely to endanger the lender’s realization of the creditor’s rights, the lender shall have the right to ask the borrower’s shareholders to speed up their subscription and contribution obligation. The borrower warrants that its shareholders will promptly subscribe related capital according to the lender’s requirements. The lender shall have the right to require no dividend allocation to the borrower and its shareholders.
20
 
XX. The borrower warrants that the transaction background of this loan business is real and legitimate and is not used or any illegal purpose, such money laundering
XXI. Other statement and undertaking of the borrower: __________________________.

Article 12 Loan withdrawal ahead of schedule

I. During the lease term, if the borrower or the guarantor (including guarantor, pledger or mortgager, the same below) falls in one of the following circumstances, the lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to terminate paying the loan not used by the borrower yet and withdraw the loan principal and interest in full in part, and the loan for repayment by batches. If the lender withdraws the loan for any period ahead of schedule according to this contract, other undue debts will be deemed to become due ahead of schedule:
(I) Provide false materials or hide important operation and financial facts; any certificates or documents submitted to the lender and any item in the borrower’s statements and undertaking made in Article 11 are proven untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or deliberately leading misunderstanding;
(II) Privately change the loan purpose without the consent of the lender; embezzle the loan or use the loan for illegal or violating transaction;
(III) Make discount or pledge to the lender based on false contract with the affiliated party or any creditor’s rights such as receivable notes or receivables without actual trading background for the purpose of getting the lender’s capital or credit granting;
(IV) Refuse accepting the lender’s supervision and inspection on its credit loan use situation and related operation and financial activities;
(V) Have major events which are believed by the lender likely to affect the loan safety, such as merger, division, acquisition, restructuring, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase of debt financing, etc.;
(VI) Purposely escaping or invalidating the lender’s creditor’s rights through affiliated transaction;
(VII) Deterioration of the credit situation, obviously weakening of the repayment ability (including contingent liability);
(VIII) The borrower or the borrower’s affiliated company and guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliated company has cross violation of the contract as specified in Article 15 of the contract;
(IX) The borrower fails to repay loan principal and interest under the contract.
(X) The borrower stops its repayment or cannot or expresses its incapability to repay the debt due;
(XI) Business stop, closedown, being declared bankruptcy, dissolution, business license being revoked, the company being cancelled, financial status deterioration, etc.
(XII) The borrower fails to perform its obligations under Article 10 and Article 13 and other of its obligations agreed in the contract, or the guarantor fails to perform its obligations under
21
 

the guarantee contract;

(XIII) The value of the mortgage or pledge for guarantee has reduced obviously, or the right of pledge must be realized before the expiry of the loan;
(XIV) Abnormal change, loss or being investigated or having personal freedom being restricted by juridical organ of the legal representative, main investors, directors, supervisors and senior management of the borrower or the guarantor, which has affected or may affect the performance of the borrower’s obligations hereunder;
(XV) The borrower/ guarantor or the controlling shareholders, actual controllers or affiliated personnel of the borrower/ guarantor is involved in major litigation, arbitration or other dispute, of their major assets being sealed, frozen, detained, disposed by mandatory execution, being taken with other measures with similar effect, which is likely to damage the lender’s equity.
(XVI) Any event otherwise agreed in the contract, any situation based on the borrower’s capital return situation, or other events affecting or damaging or likely to affect, damage the interest of the lender.
II. If the aforesaid situation for loan withdrawal ahead of schedule occurs, the lender may determine whether to offer certain grace period to the borrower based on the borrower’s production, operation and financial situation and capital return situation. If the grace period is offered and the borrower still fails to take remedial measures within the grace period or if the remedial measures taken fail to meet the lender’s requirements, the lender shall have the right to unilaterally determine to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule. The lender may also not offer the grace period and directly determine to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule.
III. In case of loan withdrawal ahead of schedule, the lender shall have the right to take appropriate measures according to item II of Article 14.

Article 13 Obligation of the borrower to disclose major transactions and major events

I. The borrower shall promptly report major transactions and major events of the borrower to the lender in writing.
II. If the borrower is a group company, the borrower shall promptly report connected transaction amounting to more than 10% of the borrower’s net assets to the lender according to related provisions, including but not limited to:
(I) Affiliations among various transaction parties;
(II) Transaction projects and nature;
(III) Transaction amount or corresponding proportions;
(IV) Pricing policy (including transactions without price or only with symbolic amount).

Article 14 Liability for breach of contract

I. After the contract takes effect, both the borrower and the lender shall perform their obligations under the contract. Any party failing to perform or completely perform its
22
 

obligations under the contract shall bear corresponding liability for breach of contract.

II. If the borrower fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in the contract, and fails to make payment of the loan capital in the way agreed herein, fails to observe its statements and undertaking, if the loan application documents are untrue, if the borrower fails to realize agreed financial indexes, if there is major cross contract breaking or if the borrower fails to perform any agreement in the contract, the lender shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures:
(I) Require correction of default within a given time period;
(II) Stop release the loan not released yet under the contract, and stop paying loan capital not paid yet under the contract;
(III) Ask the borrower to meet conditions for loan release or payment in line with the lender’s requirements, or cancel the qualification for the borrower to use the loan in independent payment way;
(IV) Unilaterally determine the advanced maturity of the loan in full or in part;
(V) Unilaterally terminate or release the contract and ask the borrower to repay loan principal and interest no matter they are due or not, and pay or compensate for related losses;
(VI) In case of overdue loan, ask the borrower to pay overdue loan penalty interest; if the borrower embezzle the loan, ask the borrower to pay the penalty interest for loan embezzlement; ask the borrower to pay compound interest of pending interest (including interest before and after the expiry of the loan, penalty interest for loan embezzlement and overdue loan penalty interest);
(VII) Ask the borrower to add or replace the guarantor, mortgage, pledge/ pledge right;
(VIII) Implement or realize any right under the loan guarantee;
(IX) The lender may directly collect related payment from any account of the borrower opened at the bank of the lender or any other branch or subsidiary of Industrial Bank without going through any judicial procedure, including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damage, damage compensation, expenses for the lender to realize its creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees that the lender shall have the right to determine specific payment collection procedure. If the currency of the capital in the account is different from the loan currency, the lender shall have the right to convert related amount into the loan currency based on the middle price published by the lender on the day of payment collection. If any account agreed hereunder involved financial management products or structural deposit or other related products, the borrower herein irrevocably authorizes the lender to directly initiate the redemption application or take other necessary measures for such related products in order to ensure smooth collection of such payment.
(X) File a lawsuit, arbitration or apply for an execution order from a notary organ; ask the borrower to repay loan principal and interest; expenses for the creditor to realize the creditor’s right shall be borne by the borrower;
23
 
(XI) The lender shall have the right to detain, hold or taken other appropriate measures against any movable or real estate properties, tangible property or intangible property controlled or occupied by the borrower.
(XII) Any other measure stipulated by laws and regulations, agreed in this contract, or believed appropriate by the lender.
III. Under the premise of meeting preconditions for loan release and for loan capital payment agreed in the contract, if the lender fails to provide the loan according to the date and amount agreed herein, which results in the loss of the borrower, the lender shall compensate the borrower for direct economic losses caused therefore. Nevertheless, the lender will not compensate for any foreseeable or unforeseeable indirect losses suffered by the borrower therefore.
IV. During the performance of the contract, in case of wrong commissioned payment, untimely payment caused by untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or other defective materials provided by the borrower, independent payment by the borrower in violation of the contract or any other losses formed thereby, the lender will not assume any liability.
V. If the loan receiving account or the account of the payment object is frozen under the contract or in case of loan release and payment dispute or other losses caused by other reason, the lender will not assume any liability.
VI. If the guarantor (i.e., the guarantor, pledger or the mortgager) under the contract falls into one of the following circumstances, the lender shall have the right to take measures according to item II of this article:
(I) The guarantor fails to perform agreement of the guarantee contract, the credit situation deteriorates, or the guarantee ability weakens;
(II) The mortgager fails to perform agreement of the mortgage contract, deliberately damage the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or have already decreased; or other events with prejudice to the lender’s mortgage rights occur;
(III) The pledger fails to perform agreement of the pledge contract, deliberately damage the pledge, or the value of the pledge may decrease or have already decreased; or other events with prejudice to the lender’s pledge rights occur;

Article 15 Cross contract breaking

When the borrower or the borrower’s affiliated enterprise or guarantor, or the guarantor’s affiliated enterprises fall into any of the following situations, it shall be deemed that the borrower has broken this contract. The lender shall have the right to withdraw the loan ahead of schedule according to Article 12 of the contract, and ask the borrower to bear liability for breach of the contract according to Article 14 hereof:

(I) Any loan, financing or debt has or may have breach of contract, or is declared mature ahead of schedule;
(II) Any guarantee or similar obligation is not performed, or may not be performed;
24
 
(III) Fail to perform or violate legal documents or contract on liability guarantee and other similar obligations, or there is possibility of performance failure or violation;
(IV) Incapability to repay debt due or loan/ financing due appears or likely to appear;
(V) Be declared or to be declared bankruptcy by legal procedure;
(VI) The assets or properties are transferred to other creditors;
(VII) Other situation endangering the safety of loan principal and interest under this contract.

Article 16 Continuity of obligations

All of the borrower’s obligations under the contract shall be continuous and shall have complete and equal binding force over its successor, agent, receiver, assignee, and the entity after its merger, restructuring or name changing.

Article 17 Accelerated maturity of loan principal and interest

The borrower agrees that once the borrower fails to perform its statements and undertaking in Article 11 hereunder, or the borrower fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the lender shall have the right to determine that any other obligation of the borrower to the lender, including the mature or immature principal and interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) of the loan hereunder, may become mature immediately.

Article 18 Priority of Subrogation

 

The Borrower hereby represents that where the Borrower violates the Contract or fails to pay off the due debts (including the principal, interest and expense) and the Borrower itself doesn’t has sufficient property to repay the debt, the Lender shall have the priority to exercise the subrogation right for any creditor’s rights, account receivables and other property rights and interests possessed by the Borrower against any third party.

 

Article 19 Governing Law and Settlement of Dispute

 

I. The conclusion, effectiveness, performance, cancellation, interpretation of the Contract and the settlement of dispute shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Contract, the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region are excluded).
II. All disputes arising from or in connection with the performance hereof shall be settled by the Lender and the Borrower through friendly consultation; where no agreement can be reached, both parties agree to settle the dispute based on following method ( 2) :
(1) File a lawsuit in the people’s court in the place of the Lender.
(2) Apply to Xiamen Arbitration Committee for arbitration and settle the dispute according to the then valid arbitration rules at the time of arbitration by the Arbitration Committee. To the extent permitted by the arbitration rules, both parties agree to apply the summary procedure to complete the adjudication of case. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both parties. The place of court session of the arbitral tribunal is in Xiamen .
(3) Other methods: .
III. During the dispute period, the terms hereof that are not in dispute shall be performed continuously.

 

Article 20 Correspondence, Communication and Notification

 

25
 
I. The Borrower agrees and acknowledges that the following address is the address for service of the notification matters specified hereunder and legal instruments for relevant litigation (arbitration) and notarization at the time of dispute (including but not limited to the notifications and documents of the contracting parties; pleadings (or application for arbitration) and evidence, court summons, notice of respondence to action, notice of proof, notice of court session, payment command, written judgment (award), written verdict, mediation document, enforcement notice, notice of performance within time limit and other legal instruments for litigation or arbitration hearing, realization of security interest procedure and execution stage; various notifications and legal instructions served by the notary authority) served by the court or the arbitral tribunal:
(I) Address of the Borrower:
1. Name of the Borrower: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 402, 4F, Industrial Design Center, Longshan Cultural and Creative Industrial Park across the Strait, No. 84, Longshan South Road, Siming District, Xiamen ;

Zip code: 361000 ; Contact number: 13826231872 ;

Contact person: He Caifan.

2. Name of designated recipient (if any): ;

Address of recipient: ;

Zip code: ; Contact number: .

(II) The Borrower agrees and confirms that the following electronic mailing address is the valid address of service:
1. Fax number: ;
2. Email address: plutus@bluehatgroup.net;
3. SMS number: 13925123166 ;
4. Wechat number: ;
5. QQ number: .
II. The application period for the address of service agreed in paragraph 1 of this article includes all stages such as non-judicial stage, first instance, second instance, retrial, execution and procedure of realization of security rights, supervisory proceedings and enforcement of notarization after judicial proceedings. In case of any change in the above address of service, the Borrower shall inform the Lender in writing in advance (during the litigation or arbitration period, a prior written notice shall be sent to the arbitral tribunal or court; where the enforcement of notarization has been handled, a written notice shall be sent to the original notary authority) to re-confirm the address of service and obtain the receipt. Where it fails to send a prior notice, such change shall be deemed to be invalid and corresponding legal consequence shall be borne by the Borrower. The address of service specified in first paragraph of this article shall remain unchanged as the valid address of service.
III. All documents, communications, notifications and legal instruments shall be deemed to have been served on the following date when they are sent to any of the address specified in first paragraph of this article (where the documents are delivered to the designated recipient, it shall be deemed to have been served to the concerned party):
(I) If delivered by mail (including the express mail service, ordinary mail and registered
26
 

mail), it shall be deemed to have been served on the fifth working day after mailing date;

(II) If delivered by fax, email, SMS, Wechat, QQ or other electronic communication mode, it shall be deemed to have been served on the sending date;
(III) If delivered by personal service, it shall be deemed to have been served on the signing and receiving date of the recipient. Where the recipient refuses to receive the document, the server can record the process by taking photos and videos and keep the instrument properly. Upon completion of above procedure, it shall be deemed to have been served.
IV. The Borrower shall bear corresponding legal consequences if the service address provided or confirmed by the Borrower is inaccurate or untrue or the service address after change cannot be informed to the counterparty and the arbitration authority, people’s court and notary authority in time which results in failure in service and shall be deemed to have been validly served;
(I) If delivered by mail, the return date of the instrument shall be deemed to be the date of service;
(II) If delivered by personal service, the date on which the server indicates the specific condition on the receipt on site shall be deemed to be the date of service;
(III) If delivered by electronic way, the sending date shall be deemed to be the date of service.
V. The Lender treats the domicile listed in the Contract as the address of service. Where the Lender sends the notification by sending an announcement in the website, E-bank, telephone bank or sales network, the release date of the announcement shall be deemed to be the date of service. The Lender shall not bear any liability for the error, omission or delay in the transmission incurred by the mailing, fax, telephone or other communication system in any circumstance.
VI. The parties agree that the unit seal of the parties, office seal, special seal for finance, special seal for contractual use, receiving and sending seal and the special seal for the Lender’s credit business shall be the effective seals for the notifications or contacts, service of legal instruments and correspondence of the parties. All staff of the Lender shall be the authorized recipient for the correspondence, communication and notification.
VII. This provision shall be the independent provision in the Contract and shall not be affected by the validity of the Contract and other provisions hereof.

 

Article 21 Validity of Contract and Miscellaneous

 

I. The Contract shall come into force after being signed or sealed by the contracting parties.
II. Within the term of the Contract, any tolerance, grace or delay in exercise of the rights or benefits specified hereunder granted by the Lender to the Borrower and the Guarantor shall not damage, affect or restrict the Lender’s rights and benefits under the laws and regulations and the Contract and shall neither be deemed to be a waiver of the Lender for its rights and benefits under the Contract nor affect any obligation of the Borrower under the Contract.
III. In case of any change in the national laws, regulations or supervisory policies, which results in the nonconformance of the Lender’s performance of loan-making obligation specified hereunder with the laws and regulations or supervisory requirements, the Lender is entitled to arbitrarily terminate the Contract and declares the acceleration of maturity of all issued loans and the Borrower shall immediately repay the loans upon request of the Lender. Where the Lender fails to perform the Contract due to such reason, the Lender
27
 

shall not bear any legal responsibility.

IV. Where the loans cannot be made or paid on time due to force majeure, communication or network failure and the Lender’s system failure, the Lender shall not bear any liability and shall inform the Borrower in time.
V. The Lender is entitled to authorize or entrust other branches of Industrial Bank to perform the rights and obligations under the Contract based on the operation and management demands (including but not limited to authorizing or entrusting other branches of Industrial Bank to enter into relevant contracts), or assign the loans under the Contract to other branches of Industrial Bank for management. The Borrower hereby acknowledges above provision and the above behaviors of the Lender require no separate consent of the Borrower.
VI. The Borrower agrees that the Lender is entitled to adjust, reduce or cancel the loan amount unused under the Contract based on the Borrower’s production and operation condition, repayment condition and the credit of other financial institutions. Where the Lender decides to adjust, reduce or cancel the loan amount, it shall send a notice to the Borrower five working days in advance, without the separate consent of the Borrower.
VII. Where any provision of the Contract is or becomes invalid or unenforceable at any time, the validity, effectiveness or enforceability of other provisions under the Contract shall not be affected or impaired.
VIII. The subheadings of the Contract are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing or interpreting the Contract or for other purposes.
IX. The appendixes to the Contract shall constitute an integral part of the Contract and shall have the same legal effect with the text of the Contract.
X. The Contract is made in triplicate , with the Lender holding two , the Borrower holding one and holding respectively. All copies shall have the same legal effect.

 

Article 22 Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Enforcement

 

I. Where either party of the Contract puts forward the notarization request, the other party agrees to carry out notarization in the notary authority specified by the country upon request of the other party.
II. The contract with enforcement of notarization shall have compulsory execution effect. Where the Borrower fails to perform or improperly performs the obligations or the Lender’s realization of the creditor’s rights under the laws, regulations and the Contract occurs, the Borrower agrees that the Lender is entitled to apply to the notary authority to issue the execution certificate with compulsory execution effect and the Borrower is willing to accept the compulsory execution measures directly applied by the Lender with the certificate to the competent people’s court and knows the corresponding legal consequences and the Borrower undertakes that it will not raise any objection or make any defense.
III. All parties hereto agree that: before the notary authority issues the certificate of execution, it shall be entitled to verify the relevant facts of breach by the Borrower such as objection to satisfy or improper satisfaction of the debts in any one or several ways such as mail, telephone, fax, E-mail, short message, We-chat, QQ, personal delivery and interview based on the clause of “Document Correspondence, Communication and Notice” as agreed herein. If the verification is made through telephone or interview, the documents
28
 

will be deemed as already served upon the end of the interview or call; if the verification is made through mail, fax, E-mail, short massage, We-chat, QQ and personal delivery, then the documents shall be deemed as served as agreed in the clause of “Document Correspondence, Communication and Notice”.

IV. If the Borrower has any objection towards the above verified fact of breach, it shall, within five working days after the date of service, provide written proof and adequate evidences to the notary authority. If the proof has not been provided on time or if the notary authority believes that the evidences are not adequate to support the claim, then it will be deemed that the Borrower has confirmed relevant facts of breach such as objection to satisfy or improper satisfaction of the debts and has agreed that the notary authority may issue the certificate of execution based on the application submitted by the Lender. If the notary authority has otherwise stipulate the way of verification and the period for providing the proof, such stipulations shall prevail.

 

Article 23 Supplementary Clauses:

 

29
 

 

This is the signing page of the Working Capital Borrowing Contract (X.Y.X.D.Y.L.D.Z No. 2018308D).

 

 

The Lender (corporate seal): Person in charge or authorized person (signature):

 

/s/ Xiamen Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

Specific Seal for Credit Contract for Xiamen Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. (seal)

Hong Pipa (signature)

December 20, 2018

The Borrower (corporate seal): Person in charge or authorized person (signature):

 

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

 

December 20, 2018

 

 

Verified by:

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

General Contract for Highest Credit Granting

(Applicable to Xiamen GOLDORIGIN Guarantee Co., Ltd.)

Contract No.: SXZGBZ 2017120

Party A (debtor): Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Post code:

Legal representative (person in charge): Chen Xiaodong

Fax: Tel.:

Party B (creditor): Xiamen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Address: Post code:

Person in charge: Sheng Liurong

Fax:

Tel.:

 

Party A will apply and/or has already applied to Party B for credit granting based on business requirements within a certain period of time. To specify the rights and obligations of Party A and Party B, both parties hereto agree to reach the Contract for common compliance through consensus according to relevant laws, rules and regulations.

Article I Whereas Party A will apply and/or has already applied to Party B for credit granting continuously within a certain period of time, and one of the credit guarantee is the maximum guarantee provided by the third party (see details in Maximum Guarantee Contract , No.: ZGBZ 2017120 ), Party B may grant credits according to Party A's continuous applications under the guarantee as specified in the above Maximum Guarantee Contract on the premise that Party A meets relevant requirements of Party B, but the maximum principal balance of the credit granting shall not exceed (currency) RMB (amount) fourteen million only .

Article II For Party A's credit applications submitted to Party B under the guarantee in the above Maximum Guarantee Contract , Party B shall review and approve the applications according to national laws and regulations, policies and relevant provisions of Party B and the terms and conditions of credit granting of Party B. upon the review and approval of Party B, Party A may enter into credit subcontracts with Party B from April 18, 2017 to April 18, 2020 (including but not limited to RMB fund loan contracts, foreign exchange fund loan contracts, bank commitment agreements, letter of credit issuance contracts, letter of guarantee issuing agreements and/or other legal documents), the type, the use, currency, amount, duration, interest rate and other factors of credit granting and the terms of the specific legal rights and obligations of Party A and Party B shall be specified in the subcontract on credit granting separately signed by both parties.

Article III Party A shall provide Party B with relevant plans, statistics, financial statements, accounting statements, and materials concerning the production and operation state of Party A as required, and shall ensure the authenticity, integrity and validity of the provided materials and information. If Party A is a group customer, it shall report to Party B any transaction involved over 10% of its net assets promptly, specifying (1) the relation between the parties of the transaction; (2) the transaction project and the nature of the transaction; (3) the amount of the transaction or the corresponding proportion thereof; (4) the pricing policy (including transactions that involve no money or a nominal amount of money).

Article IV Party A shall accept and actively cooperate with Party B in the inspection and supervision of the production, operation, financial activities and utilization of the limit hereunder by Party A.

Article V When Party B considers that a certain circumstance may affect the normal production and operation of Party A, Party B is entitled to reject Party A’s application for credit granting.

Article VI Party A shall undertake not to sign with any other third party any contract that may impair the rights and interests of Party B hereunder.

Article VII Expenses

Party A shall assume any expenses (such as legal service, insurance, storage, appraisal and notarization) related to the guarantee of the Contract and under the Contract, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

Party A shall bear all expenses (including but not limited to legal costs, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, assessment fees, auction fees, notarial fees, delivery fees, announcement fees, attorney fees and other expenses actually incurred by Party B due to Party A's breach of contract) caused by Party A's violation of any agreement in the Contract.

  1  

 

 

Article VIII Use of Party A's Information

Party A agrees that Party B can inquire Party A's credit status through the credit database approved by the People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department or through relevant units and departments, and that Party B can provide Party A's information to the credit database approved by the People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department. Party A also agrees that Party B can reasonably use and disclose Party A's information for business needs.

Article IX Announcement for Collection

Party B has the right to notify relevant departments or units of Party A's any default on debt principal, interests, expenses or other default situations, and has the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

Article X Evidence effect of Party B's Records

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B's internal accounting records on principal, interests, expenses and repayment records, receipts and vouchers made or retained by Party B in the Party A's withdrawal, repayment, interest payment and other business processes and Party B's collection records and vouchers all constitute definite evidence to effectively prove the credit relationship between Party A and Party B. Party A cannot raise any objection only because the above records, receipts and vouchers are unilaterally made or retained by Party B.

Article XI Dispute Resolution

Disputes arising from the performance of the Contract shall be settled through negotiation, and it shall be solved by the people's court where Party B is located if the negotiation fails, unless both parties agree otherwise to apply other dispute resolution methods.

During dispute resolution, the clauses in the Contract that do not involve disputes shall still be performed.

  2  

 

 

Article XII Miscellaneous:

 

Article XIII The Contract shall come into effect after being signed and sealed by Party A's legal representative (person in charge) or authorized agent and Party B's person in charge or authorized agent.

Article XIV The Contract is in quintuplicate .

Party A (official seal):

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Seal: Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Legal representative (person in charge) or authorized agent (signature):

April 18, 2017

Party B (official seal):

 

/s/ Xiamen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Seal: Xiamen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Person in charge or authorized agent (signature):

April 18, 2017

 

  3  

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMB Working Capital

Loan Contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xiamen Branch

 

Revised in November 2014

(Printed in June 2017)

 
 

RMB Working Capital Loan Contract

 

 

Contract No.: HETO351980101201800038

 

Borrower (Party A): Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.
Address: Room 401-2, Industrial Design Center, No. 84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen
Legal representative (person in charge):                                   Post code: 361003
Fax:                                                                                    Tel.:

 

Lender (Party B): Xiamen Branch , China Construction Bank
Address:                                                                              Post code:
Person in charge:
Fax:                                                                                    Tel.:

 

  1  

 

 

In light of needs of routine operation turnover, Party A applies for the loan from Party B and Party B agrees to grant the loan to Party A. This contract is hereby entered into by and between Party A and Party B in accordance with pertinent laws, regulations and rules through consultation for joint observation.

General Terms

Article 1 Loan Amount

See specific amount and currency of the loan applied by Party A from Party B as shown in Article 1 of the special terms of contract.

Article 2 Loan Purpose and Source of Repayment

Party A shall use the loan for routine production and operation turnover.

See specific loan purpose, source of repayment and others hereunder in Annex 1 “Basic Information of the Loan”.

Article 3 Term of the Loan

See the term of the loan hereunder as shown in Article 2 of the Special Terms of Contract.

If the start date of the term of the loan hereunder differs from the loan transfer certificate (the receipt for a loan, the same below), the actual loan granting date specified on the loan transfer certificate for the first time loan granting shall prevail, and the due date of the loan agreed in Article 2 of the Special Terms of Contract shall be adjustment accordingly.

The loan transfer certificate shall be a part of the contract and shall have equal legal effect as the contract.

Article 4 Loan Interest Rate, Penalty Interest Rate, Interest Accruing and Settlement

1. Loan Interest Rate

The loan interest rate under this contract shall be annual interest rate which is specifically agreed by Party A and Party B in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract.

2. Penalty Interest Rate
(1) Where Party A fails to use the loan according to the loan purpose specified in the Contract or if the loan becomes overdue hereunder, the penalty interest rate will be specifically agreed by Party A and Party B in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract. The loan interest rate will be adjusted according to the contract and the penalty interest rate will be adjusted accordingly based on the adjustment of the loan interest rate and the floating rate.
(2) If overdue and embezzlement of the loan occur at the same time, penalty interest and compound interest shall be collected based on the situation whichever is heavier.
3. The value date in this clause refers to the date when the loan initially granted under this contract is transferred to the account for loan granting agreed under the contract (hereinafter referred to as the “account for loan granting”).

  2  

 

 

When first granting the loan under this contract, the benchmark interest rate shall refer to the loan interest rate of the same grade in the same period published and implemented by the People's Bank of China on the value date. Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the aforesaid agreement, the benchmark interest rate shall refer to the loan interest rate of the same grade and the same period published and implemented by the People's Bank of China on the day of the adjustment. If the People's Bank of China no longer announces the loan interest rate of the same grade in the same period, the benchmark interest rate shall refer to the interest rate of the loan of the same grade in the same period which is recognized by the other banks on the same day, or the normal one, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

The LPR interest rate hereunder is specified in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract.

4. The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is transferred to the account for loan granting. Interest for the loan under this contract is calculated on daily basis. The daily interest rate= annual interest rate/360. If Party A fails to pay the interest in accordance with the settlement date agreed herein, the interest shall be compounded from the next day.
5. Interest settlement
(1) If fixed interest rate is applied, interest shall be calculated based on the agreed interest rate upon interest settlement. If floating interest rate is applied, interest shall be calculated based on the interest rate in various floating periods; if there are multiple interest rates in a single interest settlement period, interest in various floating periods will be calculated first of all and the sum of interests in various floating periods will be paid on the interest settlement date.
(2) See the specific way for interest settlement under this contract in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract for details.

Article 5 Loan Granting and Payment

1. Preconditions for loan granting

Unless Party B waives all or part of the loan, Party B shall be obligated to make the loan only if it continues to meet all the following preconditions:

(1) Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan hereunder;
(2) If there is a guarantee under this contract, the guarantee meeting the requirements of Party B shall become effective and remain valid;
(3) Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;
(4) Party A does not have any breach of contract as agreed herein;
(5) Nothing herein agreed likely to endanger Party B’s creditor’s rights has occurred;
(6) Laws, regulations or competent authorities shall not prohibit or restrict Party B from issuing loans hereunder;
(7) Party A’s financial indicators shall continuously meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicators Constraint Clause”;
  3  

 

 

(8) Party A has submitted relevant documents before the loan issuance as agreed herein;
(9) The materials provided by Party A to Party B are legal, authentic, complete, accurate and effective and meet other requirements of Party B;
(10)For other preconditions for loan issuance agreed by both parties, please refer to Article 4 of the Special Terms of Contract.
2. Loan drawing plan

Loan drawing refers to the behavior that Party B transfers the loan to the account for loan granting according to Party A’s application and the agreement of this contract.

See the loan drawing plan agreed by the two parties as shown in Article 5 of the Special Terms of Contract.

3. Party A shall use the loan based on the loan drawing plan specified in Article 5 of the Special Terms of Article 5. Unless Party B agrees in writing, Party A shall not advance, delay, split or cancel the use of the loan.
4. Where Party A uses the loan in batches, the due date of the loan term shall be determined in accordance with Article 3 of General Terms hereof and Article 2 of Special Terms hereof.
5. Materials to be provided by Party A

Party A and Party B may choose to apply the following provisions regarding the materials provided by Party A, which shall be specified in Article 6 of the Special Terms hereof.

(1)

1)       Once the following conditions are met:

The amount of a single loan is more than RMB 10 million, and any planned external payment under the expenditure is more than RMB 10 million;

Other loan use/payment situation agreed in paragraph 1 of Article 6 in the Special Terms hereof.

Then, Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B no later than five working days before the drawing of a single loan:

a. The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A and the payment and settlement voucher signed and sealed by Party A;
b. Transaction materials (including but not limited to goods, services, capital contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the specific purpose of the loan funds);
c. For other materials, please refer to the paragraph 2 of Article 6 of the Special Terms of Contract.

  4  

 

 

Party A shall also provide other materials as required by Party B (including but not limited to the business license of Party A’s trading object, power of attorney, articles of association, resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or board meeting, etc.).

2)       In addition to the circumstances set forth in item 1) above, or where Party B considers that Party A is entitled to make its own payment as agreed in paragraph 7 hereof after reviewing the materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B no later than five working days prior to the single loan:

a. The loan use plan corresponding to the proposed loan (see Annex 3 for the loan use plan);

b. The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A;

c. For other materials, see paragraph 3 of Article 6 of the Special Terms of Contract for details.

Party A shall also provide other materials as required by Party B (including but not limited to the business license of Party A’s trading object, power of attorney, articles of association, resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or board meeting, etc.).

(2)

Regardless of the used amount of the single loan, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B no later than five working days prior to the use of a single loan:

1) The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A and the payment and settlement voucher signed and sealed by Party A;
2) Transaction materials (including but not limited to goods, services, capital contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the specific purpose of the loan funds);
3) For other materials, please refer to the paragraph 4 of Article 6 of the Special Terms of Contract.

Party A shall also provide other materials as required by Party B (including but not limited to the business license of Party A’s trading object, power of attorney, articles of association, resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or board meeting, etc.).

6.       Party B’s payment on commission

(1)       Situations applicable for Party B’s payment on commission

As long as the single loan is used in accordance with the following circumstances selected by both parties in Article 7 of the Special Terms of Contract, Party B shall make the payment on commission. Namely, Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan to Party A's transaction object. Party A shall not pay the above loan to the trading object or any other third party by itself.

1) The single loan drawing amount is more than RMB 10 million and there is any planned external payment from the loan is more than RMB 10 million; Party B considers that the information provided by Party A is in line with the feature of clear payment object;
2) Regardless of the amount of a single loan drawing, Party B’s payment on commission will be adopted.
  5  

 

 

3) As otherwise agreed by both parties, please refer to Article 7 of Special Terms of Contract.

(2)       In case of Party B’s payment on commission, Party B will transfer the loan fund to the account for loan granting and then, loan fund will be directly paid form the account for loan granting to the account of trading object. Party A shall not dispose loan capital in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

(3)       Party B shall, based on the information provided by Party A, conduct a formal review on the amount, time, object, method and handling account of the payment. After the completion of such formal review, if it is found that Party B’s requirements are met, the loan fund will be paid to Party A’s trading object. Once the loan fund enters the account of the trading object of Party A, Party B shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of payment on commission. Party A shall check whether the payment is successful or not within 1 working day after the date of payment, and notify Party B immediately if it is not successful. Party B shall ensure that the transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose and transaction information of the loan.

(4)       Party B's formal review of the above payment elements does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the transaction, nor does it mean that Party B is involved in any dispute between Party A and its trading object or any other third party or needs to assume any responsibility and obligation of Party A. Party A shall indemnify Party B for all losses suffered by Party B as a result of the payment on commission.

(5)       If the loan fund fails to be successfully paid or fails to be timely paid to the account of Party A’s trading object due to incomplete, untrue or inaccurate materials provided by Party A, inconsistent with the specific purpose of the loan, information conflict or other reasons not ascribed to Party B, the following provisions shall be followed for disposal.

1) Party A shall be liable for all consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to, all losses caused by the failure to pay the loan funds successfully or timely to the account of Party A’s trading partner.
2) Party A shall not dispose the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);
3) Party A shall, within five (5) working days upon request of Party B, perform its obligations of providing new materials and correcting materials, etc.;

If Party A violates any of the above provisions, Party B shall have the right to recover the loan funds in advance.

(6)       Party A shall be liable for the failure, error, delay and other risks, liabilities and losses of the loan payment not caused by Party B’s fault, and Party B shall not be liable. Party A shall indemnify Party B for all losses thus incurred.

7.       Independent payment by Party A

  6  

 

 

Where the drawing of a single loan does not comply with the situation described in item 1 of Article 6, independent payment by Party A may be adopted. Namely, Party B will, upon Party A’s loan drawing application, transfer the loan to the account for loan granting, and Party A will independently make payment to the trading object. Party A shall ensure that the trading object is consistent with the specific loan purpose and transaction materials.

8.       No matter Party B’s payment on commission or independent payment by Party A, once the loan fund is transferred to the account for loan granting, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed the loan granting obligation. Party A shall ensure that the account for loan granting is in normal state (including but not limited to not being frozen by a competent authority etc.). If loan fund is frozen, deducted by a competent authority after being transferred to the account for loan granting, associated risks, responsibilities and losses shall be borne by Party A. Furthermore, Party A shall also indemnify Party B for all losses thus incurred.

9.       Change of the payment term

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to change the payment term of the loan fund, including but not limited to adjusting the application of the payment on commission (such as adjusting the amount standard of the payment on commission), changing the payment term of a single loan, etc.;

(1) Party A has any of violations specified in the contract;
(2) Any situation which may endanger Party B’s creditor’s rights as agreed herein;
  7  

 

(3) Other circumstances in which Party B deems it necessary to change the payment term of the loan funds.

If Party B changes the payment term, Party A shall perform the obligation of resubmitting documents and other obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof and Party B's requirements.

Article 6 Account Use and Supervision

1. Account for loan granting

The account for loan granting hereunder shall be determined as follows, except that another account is agreed by both parties in Article 8 of the special terms hereof:

Within three (3) business days from the effective date hereof and prior to the first loan issuance, Party A shall open a special loan issuance account with Party B, which shall be exclusively used for the issuance and payment of all loans hereunder.

2. Capital withdrawal account
(1) Except that another account is agreed by both parties in Article 8 hereof for capital withdrawal, Party A shall open a capital withdrawal account in Party B within three working days upon the effective date hereof for capital withdrawal.
(2) Party A shall, on a quarterly basis, regularly summarize and report to Party B the inflow and outflow of funds in the withdrawal account. Party A shall, no later than ten (10) working days from the beginning of each cycle, summarize and report to Party B the fund inflow and outflow of the account in the previous cycle.
(3) Party B shall have the right to manage the inflow and outflow of the collected funds in the account, as specified in Article 8 of the Special Terms hereof.

Article 7 Repayment

1. Repayment principle

Party A’s repayment hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the following principles:

Party B shall have the right to use Party A’s repayment first to repay all the expenses agreed herein, which shall be borne by Party A and paid by Party B in advance, as well as the expenses of Party B's realization of the creditor's rights. The residual will be repaid in principle of repaying interests before principal and complete repayment of interest and principal simultaneously. However, for loan and interests overdue for more than 90 days, the loan failed to be recovered after 90 days of delay or loans applicable for otherwise provisions of laws and regulations, Party A’s repayment shall be used to, after repayment of aforesaid costs, repay principal before interest.

  8  

 

 

2. Payment of interest

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the interest settlement date. The first payment day is the first interest settlement day after the loan is issued. On the last payment, the interest will be fully settled along with the principal.

3. Principal repayment plan

Party A shall repay the loan principal in accordance with the schedule set forth in Article 9 of the Special Terms hereof.

4. Repayment method

Party A shall, before the repayment date agreed herein, make full provision of the amount payable in the current period in the capital withdrawal account or other accounts opened by Party B and transfer the amount to repay the loan by itself (Party B is also entitled to transfer the amount to repay the loan from such account), or transfer the amount to repay the loan from other accounts on the repayment date agreed herein.

5. Advanced repayment

In case of advanced repayment, Party A shall submit a written application to Party B thirty (30) working days in advance. With the consent of Party B, Party A may repay part or all of the principal in advance.

When Party A make advanced repayment, interest shall be calculated according to the actual number of days for loan use and the loan interest rate agreed herein.

If Party B agrees to Party A’s advanced repayment, it shall have the right to collect compensation from Party A. The amount of compensation shall be determined according to the following standards: compensation amount= principal for advanced repayment × number of months for advanced repayment × compensation rate (see Article 9 of the Special Terms herein). Odd days less than a month will be counted as a month. Party A and Party B may otherwise agree on the standard for the calculation of the compensation amount.

In case of repayment by installment, if a part of loan principal is repaid in advance, the reversal order against the repayment plan should be followed. After advanced repayment, the loan interest rate agreed herein shall still be followed for loan not repaid yet.

Article 8 Rights and Obligations of Party A

1. Party A’s rights
(1) Be entitled to ask Party B to grant the loan as agreed in the contract;
(2) Be entitled to use the loan according to the purpose agreed in the contract;
(3) Be entitled to apply for loan extension to Party B under the premise of meeting Party B’s conditions;
(4) Be entitled to ask Party B to keep confidential for financial materials and production and operation related business secrets provide for Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations and rules, or otherwise required by the competent authority or agreed by both parties;
(5) Be entitled to refuse bribe extorting by Party B or Party B’s employees; be entitled to report to related authorities for above behavior or Party B’s other behavior violating relevant national laws and regulations on credit interest rates and service charges.

2.       Party B’s obligations

(1) Withdraw the loan and pay off the principal and interest of the loan according to the contract; bear all expenses agreed herein;
(2) Provide financial and accounting materials, information about production and business operation conditions according to Party B’s requirements, including but not limited to providing the balance sheet of the previous quarter and the income statement (the income and expense statement for a public institution) by the end of the last quarter within the first ten working days of the first month in each quarter; promptly providing cash flow statement of the current year at the end of the year, and ensure all materials provided are legitimate, true, complete, accurate and effective; do not provide false materials or conceal important facts on operation and finance.
(3) Where Party A has any serious adverse event affecting its solvency or other situations endangering Party B’s creditor’s rights, or has change of its name, legal representative (person in charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital, or the articles of association of the company (enterprise) and other industrial and commercial registration issues, Party A shall inform Party B within three workings days in writing and provide Party B with related materials.
  9  

 

 

(4) Party A shall use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein and shall not occupy, embezzle or use bank loan to be engaged in illegal transactions, not use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity or others, not use the loan for production and operation fields or purpose prohibited by the state, not replace debt generated due to Party A’s investment in fixed assets or equity; Party A shall cooperate and accept Party B’s inspection and supervision of its production, operation and financial activities as well as the loan use and payment hereunder, and cooperate and accept Party B’s post-loan management; Party A shall not withdraw capital, transfer assets or use affiliated transaction to avoid debt to Party B; Party A shall not obtain bank fund or credit granting based on the false contract concluded with the affiliated party based on notes receivable, receivables and other creditor’s rights without actual trade background for bank discount or pledge. Party A shall pay loan fund according to the contract and shall not avoid Party B’s payment on commission by breaking up the whole into parts.
(5) If Party A uses the loan hereunder for manufacturing, it shall comply with the relevant national regulations on environmental protection;
(6) Before paying off the principal and interest of Party B's loan, Party A shall not provide guarantee for any third party with the assets formed by the loan hereunder without obtaining the consent of Party B;
(7) If Party A is a group customer, it shall timely report to Party B the related transactions of more than 10% of Party A's net assets, including :(1) the relationship between the parties involved; (2) transaction items and transaction nature; (3) transaction amount and corresponding proportion; (4) pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or only symbolic amount);
(8) Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B before the merger, split-up, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase of financing and other major matters. However, Party B's written consent shall not affect Party B's right to take the remedies agreed herein in the future when Party B believes that such acts may endanger the security of Party B's creditor's rights;
(9) If independent payment by Party A is adopted, Party A shall repot the loan use and payment situation every month. Party A shall report to Party B the loan use and payment situation in the previous month no later than the first ten working days within every month, and submit the list of loan use until the full payment of the loan. See Annex 4 for the format of the summary report.

Article 9 Rights and Obligations of Party B

1. Party B shall have the right to request Party A to repay the loan principal and interests and fees, to manage and control the payment of the loan fund, to monitor the dynamics of Party A’s overall cash flow, to recover the loan ahead of time based on the capital collection of Party A, to exercise the other rights agreed herein, and to require Party A to perform its obligations hereunder;

2. Party B shall have the right to participate in Party A’s large-amount financing (the determination criteria for large-amount financing are specified in Article 10 of the Special Terms hereof), asset sales, merger, split-up, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities, to maintain its creditor's rights. The specific mode of participation shall be agreed by both parties in Article 10 of the Special Terms hereof;

3. Party B shall release the loan as agreed herein, except for delay or failure caused by Party A or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

  10  

 

4. Party B shall keep confidential of relevant financial data and trade secrets on production and operation provided by Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations and rules, or required by competent authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties;

5. Party B shall not offer or solicit or accept bribes from Party A or its employees;

6. Party B shall not act in bad faith to damage the legitimate interests of Party A.

Article 10 Liability for breach of contract and remedial measures in case of any circumstance jeopardizing the creditor’s rights of Party B

1. Party B’s breach of contract and liabilities

(1) If Party B fails to release the loan as agreed herein without any justified reasons, Party A may require Party B to release the loan as agreed herein;
(2) If Party B collects interests and fees that should not be charged from Party A in violation of the prohibitive provisions of national laws and regulations, Party A shall have the right to ask Party B to return such fees;

2. Party A’s breach of contract

(1) Party A violates any provision hereof or violates any legal obligation;
(2) Party A expressly states or indicates by its conduct that it will not perform any of its obligations hereunder.

3. Circumstances that may jeopardize the creditor’s rights of Party B

(1) Under any of the following circumstances, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor's rights hereunder: Party A is in the state of contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system reform, reduction in its registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, acquisition, restructuring, split-up, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase in debt financing, filed for or forced suspension of business for rectification, filed for dissolution, revoked, filed for or forced bankruptcy, change of the controlling shareholder/actual controller or material assets transfer, shut down, closure of business, heavy fine imposed by authorities, cancellation of registration, revoke of the business license, involved in major legal disputes, serious production and operation difficulty or deterioration of financial position, deterioration of credit, inability of legal representative or principal to perform their duties;
(2) Under any of the following circumstances, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor’s rights hereunder: Party A fails to perform other matured debts (including the matured debts of the institutions at all levels of China Construction Bank or other third parties), transfers assets at a low price or without compensation, reduces or cancels the debts of any third party, delay in exercise of its creditor’s rights or other rights, or provides guarantees for any third party; Party A’s financial indicators fail to continuously meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicators Constraint Clause”; abnormal changes of funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the capital collection account and other monitoring accounts of Party B); major cross default event by Party A; weak profitability of Party A’s main business; abnormal use of loan funds;
  11  

 

 

(3) Party A’s shareholders abuse the independent legal person status of the company or the limited liability of shareholders to evade debts, which Party B believes may jeopardize its creditor’s rights hereunder;
(4) Any of the preconditions for releasing the loan agreed herein are not continuously met;
(5) Under any of the following circumstances of the Guarantor, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor’s rights hereunder:
1) The Guarantor violates any agreement or statement of the Guaranty Contract, and there are any false facts, errors or omissions in comparison with guaranteed matters;
2) The Guarantor is in the state of contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system reform, reduction in its registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, acquisition, restructuring, split-up, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase in debt financing, filed for or forced suspension of business for rectification, filed for dissolution, revoked, filed for or forced bankruptcy, change of the controlling shareholder/actual controller or material assets transfer, shut down, closure of business, heavy fine imposed by authorities, cancellation of registration, revoke of the business license, involved in major legal disputes, serious production and operation difficulty or deterioration of financial position, deterioration of credit, inability of legal representative or principal to perform their duties, which may affect the ability of the Guarantor to undertake the guaranty obligation;
3) Other circumstances in which the ability of guaranty is lost or may be lost;

(6) In case of any of the following circumstances occurs in mortgage or pledge, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor's rights hereunder:

1) Damage, loss or reduction in value of the mortgaged or pledged property due to the act of any third party, state expropriation, confiscation, requisition, expropriation without compensation, demolition, change of market conditions or any other reasons;
2) The mortgaged or pledged property is sealed up, seized, frozen, deducted, retained, auctioned or supervised by an administrative organ, or with its ownership under disputes;
3) The mortgagor or the pledgor violates any agreement or statement of the Mortgage or Pledge Contract, and there are any false facts, errors or omissions in comparison with guaranteed matters;
4) Other circumstances that may jeopardize the realization of the mortgage or pledge right of Party B;

(7) If the guaranty is not established or doesn’t come into effect, or the guaranty is invalid, cancelled or relieved, the Guarantor breaches the contract or expressly or by its behavior indicates that the it will not perform its guaranty obligation, or the Guarantor loses all or part of the guaranty ability, or the value of the guaranty decreases or other circumstances, which Party B believes may jeopardize the creditor’s rights hereunder; or

(8) Other circumstances that Party B considers may jeopardize its creditor's rights hereunder.

  12  

 

 

4. Remedies of Party B

In case of any of the circumstances set forth in Clause 2 or 3 of this Article, Party B shall have the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

(1) Stop releasing loans;
(2) Supplement conditions for release and payment of the loans;
(3) Change the payment method of the loans as agreed herein;
(4) Declare that the loan is due immediately and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all the matured and unmatured debts hereunder;
(5) If Party A fails to use the loan as agreed herein, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to pay liquidated damages, and have the right to refuse Party A to use the undrawn amount hereunder. Liquidated damages payable by Party A = amount not used as agreed herein × rate of liquidated damages (see Article 11 of the Special Terms hereof for details);
(6) If Party A fails to use the loan for the purposes agreed herein, Party A shall pay interest and compound interest for the amount misappropriated by Party A calculated based on the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed herein from the date of using the loan for the purposes other than that as agreed herein to the date of full repayment of principal and interest;
(7) If the loan is overdue, for the loan principal and interest not paid off on time by Party A (including all or part of the loan principal and interest that has been declared to be due in advance by Party B), Party A shall pay interest and compound interest calculated based on the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed herein from the date of using the loan for the purposes other than that as agreed herein to the date of full repayment of principal and interest. Overdue loan means that Party A fails to repay the loan on time or Party A fails to repay the loan in stages as agreed herein.

Before the maturity of the loan, for the interest not paid by Party A on time, Party A shall pay the compound interest calculated based on the loan interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed herein.

(8) Other remedies include but are not limited to:

1) Party B may deduct corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank, without prior notice to Party A;
2) Party B may require exercise of guaranty rights;
3) Party B may require Party A to provide new guaranty for all debts hereunder in accordance with Party B's requirements;
4) Party B may refuse to allow Party A to dispose the deposit of corresponding amount in the account (including but not limited to the capital collection account) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank;
5) Party B may cancel the Contract.

  13  

 

Article 11 Other Clauses

1. Payment of fees

The attorney fees, insurance premium, custody fees, appraisal fees, notarization fees, taxes, technical fees, environmental protection fees, payment and settlement handling fees, etc. related to the Contract and the guaranty hereunder shall be borne by Party A, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

All fees incurred by Party A in violation of any agreement herein (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees, etc.) shall be borne by Party A.

2. Use of Party A’s information

Party A agrees that Party B may check the credit status of Party A with the credit database established by the People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department, or related offices or departments, and Party B may provide Party A's information to the credit database established by the People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A's information for business purposes.

3. Announcement for collection of loans

In case that Party A defaults on the loan principal and interest or in case of any other breach of contract by Party A, Party B shall have the right to notify the relevant department or unit, and shall have the right to make public announcement through the news media for collection of loans.

4. Evidence validity of Party B's records

Unless there are reliable and hard evidences to the contrary, the internal accounting records of Party B related to the principal, interest, fees and repayment history, documents and vouchers made and kept by Party B when Party A handles withdrawals and repayment, pays interest and handles other businesses, and records and certificates of Party B for loan collection constitute valid hard evidence proving the obligatory relationships between both parties. Party A shall not raise any objection merely because the aforesaid records, documents and vouchers are produced or retained by Party B unilaterally.

5. Reservation of right

Party B's rights hereunder shall not affect or exclude any of its rights under laws, regulations and other contracts. Any rights that tolerate, allow extended time on or give preference to the defaults or delays or delay exercise of any right hereunder shall not be deemed as waiver of rights and interests hereunder or permission or approval of any acts that violate hereof, and shall not limit, stop and obstruct continuous exercise of such rights or other rights, or result in Party B's obligations and responsibilities for Party A.

  14  

 

 

6. In case that Party A has other matured debts owing to Party B except for the debts hereunder, Party B shall have the right to deduct the among in RMB or other currencies in the accounts opened by Party A in China Construction Bank to pay off any matured debts, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection.

7. In case of any changes to Party A's mailing address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and any loss caused by untimely notification shall be borne by Party A.

8. Collection of payables

For all of Party A’s amounts payable under the Contract, Party B shall have the right to collect corresponding Renminbi amounts or the amounts in other currencies from Party A’s account opened in China Construction Bank, without a prior notice to Party A. In case the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sales or foreign exchange purchase and sales are needed, Party A shall be obligated to assist in those procedures and assume exchange rate risks.

9. Settlement of disputes

Any dispute arising from or during the performance of the Contract may be settled through mutual negotiation. Should such negotiation fail, the dispute may be referred to the people’s court in the place where Party B resides, unless both parties have agreed on other means to settle disputes.

During settlement of disputes, the provisions of the Contract irrelevant to the disputes must be performed.

10. Where the special terms and conditions of the Contract change or supplement the general terms and conditions, the Special Terms and Conditions shall prevail.

11. Effectiveness

The Contract shall come into effect when Party A’s and Party B’s legal representatives (the persons in charge) or authorized agents have signed and affixed official seals to it.

The attachments under the Contract shall be an integral part of the Contract, having equal legal force.

Special Terms and Conditions

Article 1 The loan under the Contract is (in word) SIX MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND YUAN ONLY .

Article 2 The term of loan hereunder commences from Mar. 2, 2018 and expires on Mar. 1, 2019 .

Article 3 The loan interest rate, penalty interest rate, interest accrual and interest settlement

1. The loan interest rate under the Contract is

The fixed interest rate, which is LPR rate plus the basis point of 135.5 (1 basis point=0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) and stays unchanged during the term of loan.

2. The penalty interest rate under the Contract is:
(1) In case Party A uses the loan not for the purpose stated in the Contract, the penalty interest rate shall be the loan interest rate plus 100 %.
  15  

 

(2) In case of overdue loan hereunder, the penalty interest loan shall be the loan interest rate plus 50 %.
3. LPR rate under the Contract

When the loan is offered for the first time under the Contract, LPR rate refers to the one-year Renminbi loan basic loan prime rate (China Construction Bank LPR) of China Construction Bank one business day before the value day; after that, when the loan interest rate is adjusted as agreed above, LPR rate refers to the one-year Renminbi loan prime rate of China Construction Bank one business day before the adjustment day.

4. Interest settlement of the loan under the Contract

Monthly interest settlement, the day of interest settlement is fixed in the 20 th day each month.

Article 4 Other prerequisites of offering a loan as agreed by both parties:

Party B has received the Notice of Approving the Handling of Credit Extension issued by the guarantee Goldorigin Guarantee.

Article 5 Specific plans of drawing on the loan under the Contract:

1. During Mar. 2, 2018 to March 31, 2018 , the amount of SIX MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND YUAN ONLY will be drawn on;

Article 6 Both parties agree to choose the provision about Party A providing materials as agreed in subparagraph (2) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract.

1. Other cases of drawing on/paying loan agreed by Party A and Party B:   /
2. Other materials agreed in item 1 (3), subparagraph (1) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract:   /
3. Other materials agreed in item 2 (3), subparagraph (1) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract:      /
4. Other materials agreed in item 3, subparagraph (2) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract:   /

Article 7 In terms of subparagraph 1 of paragraph 6 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract, both parties agree to choose the cases listed in item (2).

Article 8 Both parties agree to use Party A’s other account (account number: 35101535001059889999 ) opened in Party B as the account to issue the loan.

Both parties agree to use Party A’s existing account (account number: 35101535001059889999 ) opened in Party B as the account for withdrawal of fund.

Party B shall have the right to manage the fund withdrawn in the account for withdrawal of fund, with the details stated as follows:   /

Article 9 Party A shall repay the principal of the loan as schedule below:     /

  16  

 

Both parties agree that the compensatory payment rate for Party A’s prepayment of the loan principal is 0.1% .

Article 10 The wholesale funding referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 9 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract means the financed amount over RMB 100 million or the equivalent amount in other foreign currencies.

The way Party B participates in Party A’s wholesale funding, asset sales and merger, separation, shareholding reform and bankruptcy liquidation: where Party A carries out wholesale funding, asset sales and merger, separation, shareholding reform and bankruptcy liquidation, Party B’s prior written approval shall be obtained. If Party B approves the activities mentioned above with strings attached, Party A shall implement the prerequisites required by Party B; otherwise, Party A shall be deemed as breaching the Contract. In this case, Party B has the right to take the remedies for breach as agreed herein.

Article 11 The interest rate of liquidated damages as agreed in paragraph 4 of Article 10 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract is   / .

Article 12 Other matters agreed by both parties:

1. The fees and additional charges under the Contract shall be the tax-inclusive value including VAT, unless otherwise specified by both parties.
2. Invoice
(1) Party B shall issue invoices an agreed in paragraph 1) listed below:
1) Where Party A requires invoices to be issued, Party B shall issue VAT invoice for the amount paid as required by laws upon receiving Party A’s payment.
2) Other agreements:   /
(2) Billing information provided by Party A

Name of company (full name): Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Taxpayer’s registration number: 9135020069304817XF

Bank account: 424758367893 Bank of deposit: Bank of China Xiahe Branch

Address: Room 401-2, Industrial Design Center, No. 84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen, Fujian Province

Tel.: 0592-2280081

(3) In case there is a need to cancel an invoice or issue a credit note, Party A shall provide Party B with assistance in time if required. Where the invoice fails to be cancelled or the credit note cannot be issued due to Party A’s reason, Party A shall compensate Party B’s total losses, including taxes, additional fees, penalty sum and overdue fine.
  17  

 

3. If Party A is an entity outside of People’s Republic of China and the price and additional charges under the Contract are entitled to preferential taxes and need taxation filing in accordance with China’s laws, regulations, rules and relevant authorities’ regulations, Party A shall provide Party B with sufficient and accurate materials of preferential VAT tax filing to assist Party B in completing taxation filing.
4. The notices, demands and related legal instruments of suits and arbitration relevant to the Contract between both parties shall be sent to the address/domicile/locations of the parties stated in the cover/front of the Contract, and shall be deemed duly served when they are sent out. In case either party’s address/domicile/location changes, a notice shall be sent to the other party and relevant departments without delay. Before receipt of valid notice of change, the address/domicile/location stated in the Contract shall be the valid addresses for notice delivery of the parties.

Article 13 The Contract shall be made in quadruplicate.

 

Annex 1:

Basic Condition of the Loan

1. The loan hereunder is specially used for the following purposes:

(1) procuring the materials; (2) paying the daily operation management fees; (3) paying the taxes and salaries.

Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the specific purpose of the loan.

2. The sources for repaying the loan hereunder are as follows:

The raised funds and all assets of the Borrower

Party A shall ensure that the sources of repayment are real and legal and the cash flow for repayment is stable and adequate.

3. Others:   /

 

  18  

 

Annex 2:

Restrictive Clauses regarding the Financial Index

 

The financial index of Party A shall constantly satisfy the following restriction:

This Clause shall not be applicable.

After notifying Party A one working day in advance, Party B shall be entitled to modify the above restrictions. The relevant financial indexes shall be subject to the latest financial statement affixed with the official seal of Party A as received by Party B.

 

  19  

 

Annex 3

Disbursement Plan

Contract number /
Date of withdrawal /
Number Planned purpose Estimated payment Estimated target for payment (if any) Remark
1 / / / /
2 / / / /
Total           /           yuan (in words:                 yuan)
Name of the Borrower (seal):   /
           

 

  20  

 

 

Annex 4

Summary of Independent Payment

Contract number /
Date of submission /
Number Actual purpose Target of payment Amount Evidential materials Whether planned issue or not
1 / / / / /
2 / / / / /
Total           /           yuan (in words:                 yuan)
Name of the Borrower (seal):           /         
Conclusion of internal review Customer manager (signature):             /              
Post of review over the release and payment (signature):            /         
             

 

  21  

 

 

Clauses of the Declaration

I. Party A has clearly known the scope of business and limit of authorization of Party B.

II. Party A has read all clauses of the Contract. Upon the request of Party A, Party B has make due explanations over corresponding clauses with regard hereto. Party A has completely known and fully understood the meanings and corresponding consequences of the clauses hereof.

III. Party A’s conclusion and performance of the obligations hereunder meet the provisions in the laws, administrative regulations, rules and articles of association or internal organizational documents of Party A and have been approved by the internal competent agencies of the company and/or competent national authorities.

IV. Party A carries out production and operation in accordance with the laws and regulations;

V. Party A has sustainable operation ability, with legal source for repayment;

VI. Party A undertakes all loans hereunder are based on the actual demand for specific purpose of the loans, without exceeding the actual demand.

VII. Party A and the holding shareholders have good credit standing, without significant adverse records.

VIII. Party B shall be entitled to authorize other branch of CCB to release the loan hereunder and exercise and perform the rights and obligations of Party B hereunder and Party A has no objection thereto.

IX. Party A declares that, when signing the Contract, it and the important affiliates thereof has not involved in any act or circumstance of violating the environment and social risk management laws, regulations and rules and undertakes to strengthen the environment and social risk management of itself and important affiliates thereof and strictly obey the relevant laws, regulations and rules related to environment and social risk management, avoid causing danger and relevant risks to the environment and society during the construction, building and operating activities (including without limitation to power consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, immigrant allocation, ecological protection, energy saving and emission reduction, climate change and other relevant environmental and social problems). Party A acknowledges that, Party B shall be entitled to supervise the environmental and social risk management of Party A and to require Party A to submit the environmental and social risk report. If the above declarations of Party A are false or the above commitments are not performed or if Party A may possibly cause environmental and social risks, Party B shall be entitled to stop extending the credit to Party A (including without limitation to rejection to release the loan, provide the finance and open a guarantee or letter of credit or banker’s acceptance bill), or declare that the principal and interest of the financial claims (including without limitation to loan, financing or the already or possibly caused advance) are matured in advance, or adopt other remedial measures agreed in the Contract or allowed by the laws.

  22  

 

 

 

Party A (official seal):

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Legal representative (person in charge) or authorized agent (signature):

March 1, 2018

Party B (official seal):

/s/ Xiamen Branch, China Construction Bank

Xiamen Branch, China Construction Bank (seal)

Person in charge or authorized agent (signature):

March 1, 2018

 

  23  

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMB Working Capital

Loan Contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xiamen Branch

 

Revised in November 2014

(Printed in June 2017)

 
 

RMB Working Capital Loan Contract

 

 

Contract No.: HETO351980101201800037

 

Borrower (Party A): Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.
Address: Room 401-2, Industrial Design Center, No. 84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen
Legal representative (person in charge):                                   Post code: 361003
Fax:                                                                                     Tel.:

 

Lender (Party B): Xiamen Branch , China Construction Bank
Address:                                                                               Post code:
Person in charge:
Fax:                                                                                     Tel.:

 

  1  

 

 

In light of needs of routine operation turnover, Party A applies for the loan from Party B and Party B agrees to grant the loan to Party A. This contract is hereby entered into by and between Party A and Party B in accordance with pertinent laws, regulations and rules through consultation for joint observation.

General Terms

Article 1 Loan Amount

See specific amount and currency of the loan applied by Party A from Party B as shown in Article 1 of the special terms of contract.

Article 2 Loan Purpose and Source of Repayment

Party A shall use the loan for routine production and operation turnover.

See specific loan purpose, source of repayment and others hereunder in Annex 1 “Basic Information of the Loan”.

Article 3 Term of the Loan

See the term of the loan hereunder as shown in Article 2 of the Special Terms of Contract.

If the start date of the term of the loan hereunder differs from the loan transfer certificate (the receipt for a loan, the same below), the actual loan granting date specified on the loan transfer certificate for the first time loan granting shall prevail, and the due date of the loan agreed in Article 2 of the Special Terms of Contract shall be adjustment accordingly.

The loan transfer certificate shall be a part of the contract and shall have equal legal effect as the contract.

Article 4 Loan Interest Rate, Penalty Interest Rate, Interest Accruing and Settlement

1. Loan Interest Rate

The loan interest rate under this contract shall be annual interest rate which is specifically agreed by Party A and Party B in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract.

2. Penalty Interest Rate
(1) Where Party A fails to use the loan according to the loan purpose specified in the Contract or if the loan becomes overdue hereunder, the penalty interest rate will be specifically agreed by Party A and Party B in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract. The loan interest rate will be adjusted according to the contract and the penalty interest rate will be adjusted accordingly based on the adjustment of the loan interest rate and the floating rate.
(2) If overdue and embezzlement of the loan occur at the same time, penalty interest and compound interest shall be collected based on the situation whichever is heavier.
3. The value date in this clause refers to the date when the loan initially granted under this contract is transferred to the account for loan granting agreed under the contract (hereinafter referred to as the “account for loan granting”).

  2  

 

 

When first granting the loan under this contract, the benchmark interest rate shall refer to the loan interest rate of the same grade in the same period published and implemented by the People's Bank of China on the value date. Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the aforesaid agreement, the benchmark interest rate shall refer to the loan interest rate of the same grade and the same period published and implemented by the People's Bank of China on the day of the adjustment. If the People's Bank of China no longer announces the loan interest rate of the same grade in the same period, the benchmark interest rate shall refer to the interest rate of the loan of the same grade in the same period which is recognized by the other banks on the same day, or the normal one, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

The LPR interest rate hereunder is specified in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract.

4. The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is transferred to the account for loan granting. Interest for the loan under this contract is calculated on daily basis. The daily interest rate= annual interest rate/360. If Party A fails to pay the interest in accordance with the settlement date agreed herein, the interest shall be compounded from the next day.
5. Interest settlement
(1) If fixed interest rate is applied, interest shall be calculated based on the agreed interest rate upon interest settlement. If floating interest rate is applied, interest shall be calculated based on the interest rate in various floating periods; if there are multiple interest rates in a single interest settlement period, interest in various floating periods will be calculated first of all and the sum of interests in various floating periods will be paid on the interest settlement date.
(2) See the specific way for interest settlement under this contract in Article 3 of the Special Terms of Contract for details.

Article 5 Loan Granting and Payment

1. Preconditions for loan granting

Unless Party B waives all or part of the loan, Party B shall be obligated to make the loan only if it continues to meet all the following preconditions:

(1) Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan hereunder;
(2) If there is a guarantee under this contract, the guarantee meeting the requirements of Party B shall become effective and remain valid;
(3) Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;
(4) Party A does not have any breach of contract as agreed herein;
(5) Nothing herein agreed likely to endanger Party B’s creditor’s rights has occurred;
(6) Laws, regulations or competent authorities shall not prohibit or restrict Party B from issuing loans hereunder;
(7) Party A’s financial indicators shall continuously meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicators Constraint Clause”;
  3  

 

(8) Party A has submitted relevant documents before the loan issuance as agreed herein;
(9) The materials provided by Party A to Party B are legal, authentic, complete, accurate and effective and meet other requirements of Party B;
(10) For other preconditions for loan issuance agreed by both parties, please refer to Article 4 of the Special Terms of Contract.
2. Loan drawing plan

Loan drawing refers to the behavior that Party B transfers the loan to the account for loan granting according to Party A’s application and the agreement of this contract.

See the loan drawing plan agreed by the two parties as shown in Article 5 of the Special Terms of Contract.

3. Party A shall use the loan based on the loan drawing plan specified in Article 5 of the Special Terms of Article 5. Unless Party B agrees in writing, Party A shall not advance, delay, split or cancel the use of the loan.
4. Where Party A uses the loan in batches, the due date of the loan term shall be determined in accordance with Article 3 of General Terms hereof and Article 2 of Special Terms hereof.
5. Materials to be provided by Party A

Party A and Party B may choose to apply the following provisions regarding the materials provided by Party A, which shall be specified in Article 6 of the Special Terms hereof.

(1)

1)       Once the following conditions are met:

The amount of a single loan is more than RMB 10 million, and any planned external payment under the expenditure is more than RMB 10 million;

Other loan use/payment situation agreed in paragraph 1 of Article 6 in the Special Terms hereof.

Then, Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B no later than five working days before the drawing of a single loan:

a. The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A and the payment and settlement voucher signed and sealed by Party A;
b. Transaction materials (including but not limited to goods, services, capital contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the specific purpose of the loan funds);
c. For other materials, please refer to the paragraph 2 of Article 6 of the Special Terms of Contract.

  4  

 

 

Party A shall also provide other materials as required by Party B (including but not limited to the business license of Party A’s trading object, power of attorney, articles of association, resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or board meeting, etc.).

2)       In addition to the circumstances set forth in item 1) above, or where Party B considers that Party A is entitled to make its own payment as agreed in paragraph 7 hereof after reviewing the materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B no later than five working days prior to the single loan:

a. The loan use plan corresponding to the proposed loan (see Annex 3 for the loan use plan);

b. The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A;

c. For other materials, see paragraph 3 of Article 6 of the Special Terms of Contract for details.

Party A shall also provide other materials as required by Party B (including but not limited to the business license of Party A’s trading object, power of attorney, articles of association, resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or board meeting, etc.).

(2)

Regardless of the used amount of the single loan, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B no later than five working days prior to the use of a single loan:

1) The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A and the payment and settlement voucher signed and sealed by Party A;
2) Transaction materials (including but not limited to goods, services, capital contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the specific purpose of the loan funds);
3) For other materials, please refer to the paragraph 4 of Article 6 of the Special Terms of Contract.

Party A shall also provide other materials as required by Party B (including but not limited to the business license of Party A’s trading object, power of attorney, articles of association, resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or board meeting, etc.).

6.       Party B’s payment on commission

(1)       Situations applicable for Party B’s payment on commission

As long as the single loan is used in accordance with the following circumstances selected by both parties in Article 7 of the Special Terms of Contract, Party B shall make the payment on commission. Namely, Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan to Party A's transaction object. Party A shall not pay the above loan to the trading object or any other third party by itself.

1) The single loan drawing amount is more than RMB 10 million and there is any planned external payment from the loan is more than RMB 10 million; Party B considers that the information provided by Party A is in line with the feature of clear payment object;
2) Regardless of the amount of a single loan drawing, Party B’s payment on commission will be adopted.
  5  

 

3) As otherwise agreed by both parties, please refer to Article 7 of Special Terms of Contract.

(2)       In case of Party B’s payment on commission, Party B will transfer the loan fund to the account for loan granting and then, loan fund will be directly paid form the account for loan granting to the account of trading object. Party A shall not dispose loan capital in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

(3)       Party B shall, based on the information provided by Party A, conduct a formal review on the amount, time, object, method and handling account of the payment. After the completion of such formal review, if it is found that Party B’s requirements are met, the loan fund will be paid to Party A’s trading object. Once the loan fund enters the account of the trading object of Party A, Party B shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of payment on commission. Party A shall check whether the payment is successful or not within 1 working day after the date of payment, and notify Party B immediately if it is not successful. Party B shall ensure that the transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose and transaction information of the loan.

(4)       Party B's formal review of the above payment elements does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the transaction, nor does it mean that Party B is involved in any dispute between Party A and its trading object or any other third party or needs to assume any responsibility and obligation of Party A. Party A shall indemnify Party B for all losses suffered by Party B as a result of the payment on commission.

(5)       If the loan fund fails to be successfully paid or fails to be timely paid to the account of Party A’s trading object due to incomplete, untrue or inaccurate materials provided by Party A, inconsistent with the specific purpose of the loan, information conflict or other reasons not ascribed to Party B, the following provisions shall be followed for disposal.

1) Party A shall be liable for all consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to, all losses caused by the failure to pay the loan funds successfully or timely to the account of Party A’s trading partner.
2) Party A shall not dispose the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);
3) Party A shall, within five (5) working days upon request of Party B, perform its obligations of providing new materials and correcting materials, etc.;

If Party A violates any of the above provisions, Party B shall have the right to recover the loan funds in advance.

(6)       Party A shall be liable for the failure, error, delay and other risks, liabilities and losses of the loan payment not caused by Party B’s fault, and Party B shall not be liable. Party A shall indemnify Party B for all losses thus incurred.

7.       Independent payment by Party A

  6  

 

Where the drawing of a single loan does not comply with the situation described in item 1 of Article 6, independent payment by Party A may be adopted. Namely, Party B will, upon Party A’s loan drawing application, transfer the loan to the account for loan granting, and Party A will independently make payment to the trading object. Party A shall ensure that the trading object is consistent with the specific loan purpose and transaction materials.

8.       No matter Party B’s payment on commission or independent payment by Party A, once the loan fund is transferred to the account for loan granting, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed the loan granting obligation. Party A shall ensure that the account for loan granting is in normal state (including but not limited to not being frozen by a competent authority etc.). If loan fund is frozen, deducted by a competent authority after being transferred to the account for loan granting, associated risks, responsibilities and losses shall be borne by Party A. Furthermore, Party A shall also indemnify Party B for all losses thus incurred.

9.       Change of the payment term

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to change the payment term of the loan fund, including but not limited to adjusting the application of the payment on commission (such as adjusting the amount standard of the payment on commission), changing the payment term of a single loan, etc.;

(1) Party A has any of violations specified in the contract;
(2) Any situation which may endanger Party B’s creditor’s rights as agreed herein;
(3) Other circumstances in which Party B deems it necessary to change the payment term of the loan funds.

If Party B changes the payment term, Party A shall perform the obligation of resubmitting documents and other obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof and Party B's requirements.

Article 6 Account Use and Supervision

1. Account for loan granting

The account for loan granting hereunder shall be determined as follows, except that another account is agreed by both parties in Article 8 of the special terms hereof:

Within three (3) business days from the effective date hereof and prior to the first loan issuance, Party A shall open a special loan issuance account with Party B, which shall be exclusively used for the issuance and payment of all loans hereunder.

2. Capital withdrawal account
(1) Except that another account is agreed by both parties in Article 8 hereof for capital withdrawal, Party A shall open a capital withdrawal account in Party B within three working days upon the effective date hereof for capital withdrawal.
(2) Party A shall, on a quarterly basis, regularly summarize and report to Party B the inflow and outflow of funds in the withdrawal account. Party A shall, no later than ten (10) working days from the beginning of each cycle, summarize and report to Party B the fund inflow and outflow of the account in the previous cycle.
  7  

 

 

(3) Party B shall have the right to manage the inflow and outflow of the collected funds in the account, as specified in Article 8 of the Special Terms hereof.

Article 7 Repayment

1. Repayment principle

Party A’s repayment hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the following principles:

Party B shall have the right to use Party A’s repayment first to repay all the expenses agreed herein, which shall be borne by Party A and paid by Party B in advance, as well as the expenses of Party B's realization of the creditor's rights. The residual will be repaid in principle of repaying interests before principal and complete repayment of interest and principal simultaneously. However, for loan and interests overdue for more than 90 days, the loan failed to be recovered after 90 days of delay or loans applicable for otherwise provisions of laws and regulations, Party A’s repayment shall be used to, after repayment of aforesaid costs, repay principal before interest.

2. Payment of interest

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the interest settlement date. The first payment day is the first interest settlement day after the loan is issued. On the last payment, the interest will be fully settled along with the principal.

3. Principal repayment plan

Party A shall repay the loan principal in accordance with the schedule set forth in Article 9 of the Special Terms hereof.

4. Repayment method

Party A shall, before the repayment date agreed herein, make full provision of the amount payable in the current period in the capital withdrawal account or other accounts opened by Party B and transfer the amount to repay the loan by itself (Party B is also entitled to transfer the amount to repay the loan from such account), or transfer the amount to repay the loan from other accounts on the repayment date agreed herein.

5. Advanced repayment

In case of advanced repayment, Party A shall submit a written application to Party B thirty (30) working days in advance. With the consent of Party B, Party A may repay part or all of the principal in advance.

When Party A make advanced repayment, interest shall be calculated according to the actual number of days for loan use and the loan interest rate agreed herein.

If Party B agrees to Party A’s advanced repayment, it shall have the right to collect compensation from Party A. The amount of compensation shall be determined according to the following standards: compensation amount= principal for advanced repayment × number of months for advanced repayment × compensation rate (see Article 9 of the Special Terms herein). Odd days less than a month will be counted as a month. Party A and Party B may otherwise agree on the standard for the calculation of the compensation amount.

  8  

 

In case of repayment by installment, if a part of loan principal is repaid in advance, the reversal order against the repayment plan should be followed. After advanced repayment, the loan interest rate agreed herein shall still be followed for loan not repaid yet.

Article 8 Rights and Obligations of Party A

1. Party A’s rights
(1) Be entitled to ask Party B to grant the loan as agreed in the contract;
(2) Be entitled to use the loan according to the purpose agreed in the contract;
(3) Be entitled to apply for loan extension to Party B under the premise of meeting Party B’s conditions;
(4) Be entitled to ask Party B to keep confidential for financial materials and production and operation related business secrets provide for Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations and rules, or otherwise required by the competent authority or agreed by both parties;
(5) Be entitled to refuse bribe extorting by Party B or Party B’s employees; be entitled to report to related authorities for above behavior or Party B’s other behavior violating relevant national laws and regulations on credit interest rates and service charges.

2.       Party B’s obligations

(1) Withdraw the loan and pay off the principal and interest of the loan according to the contract; bear all expenses agreed herein;
(2) Provide financial and accounting materials, information about production and business operation conditions according to Party B’s requirements, including but not limited to providing the balance sheet of the previous quarter and the income statement (the income and expense statement for a public institution) by the end of the last quarter within the first ten working days of the first month in each quarter; promptly providing cash flow statement of the current year at the end of the year, and ensure all materials provided are legitimate, true, complete, accurate and effective; do not provide false materials or conceal important facts on operation and finance.
(3) Where Party A has any serious adverse event affecting its solvency or other situations endangering Party B’s creditor’s rights, or has change of its name, legal representative (person in charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital, or the articles of association of the company (enterprise) and other industrial and commercial registration issues, Party A shall inform Party B within three workings days in writing and provide Party B with related materials.
(4) Party A shall use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein and shall not occupy, embezzle or use bank loan to be engaged in illegal transactions, not use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity or others, not use the loan for production and operation fields or purpose prohibited by the state, not replace debt generated due to Party A’s investment in fixed assets or equity; Party A shall cooperate and accept Party B’s inspection and supervision of its production, operation and financial activities as well as the loan use and payment hereunder, and cooperate and accept Party B’s post-loan management; Party A shall not withdraw capital, transfer assets or use affiliated transaction to avoid debt to Party B; Party A shall not obtain bank fund or credit granting based on the false contract concluded with the affiliated party based on notes receivable, receivables and other creditor’s rights without actual trade background for bank discount or pledge. Party A shall pay loan fund according to the contract and shall not avoid Party B’s payment on commission by breaking up the whole into parts.
  9  

 

(5) If Party A uses the loan hereunder for manufacturing, it shall comply with the relevant national regulations on environmental protection;
(6) Before paying off the principal and interest of Party B's loan, Party A shall not provide guarantee for any third party with the assets formed by the loan hereunder without obtaining the consent of Party B;
(7) If Party A is a group customer, it shall timely report to Party B the related transactions of more than 10% of Party A's net assets, including :(1) the relationship between the parties involved; (2) transaction items and transaction nature; (3) transaction amount and corresponding proportion; (4) pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or only symbolic amount);
(8) Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B before the merger, split-up, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase of financing and other major matters. However, Party B's written consent shall not affect Party B's right to take the remedies agreed herein in the future when Party B believes that such acts may endanger the security of Party B's creditor's rights;
(9) If independent payment by Party A is adopted, Party A shall repot the loan use and payment situation every month. Party A shall report to Party B the loan use and payment situation in the previous month no later than the first ten working days within every month, and submit the list of loan use until the full payment of the loan. See Annex 4 for the format of the summary report.

Article 9 Rights and Obligations of Party B

1. Party B shall have the right to request Party A to repay the loan principal and interests and fees, to manage and control the payment of the loan fund, to monitor the dynamics of Party A’s overall cash flow, to recover the loan ahead of time based on the capital collection of Party A, to exercise the other rights agreed herein, and to require Party A to perform its obligations hereunder;

2. Party B shall have the right to participate in Party A’s large-amount financing (the determination criteria for large-amount financing are specified in Article 10 of the Special Terms hereof), asset sales, merger, split-up, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities, to maintain its creditor's rights. The specific mode of participation shall be agreed by both parties in Article 10 of the Special Terms hereof;

3. Party B shall release the loan as agreed herein, except for delay or failure caused by Party A or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

  10  

 

4. Party B shall keep confidential of relevant financial data and trade secrets on production and operation provided by Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations and rules, or required by competent authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties;

5. Party B shall not offer or solicit or accept bribes from Party A or its employees;

6. Party B shall not act in bad faith to damage the legitimate interests of Party A.

Article 10 Liability for breach of contract and remedial measures in case of any circumstance jeopardizing the creditor’s rights of Party B

1. Party B’s breach of contract and liabilities

(1) If Party B fails to release the loan as agreed herein without any justified reasons, Party A may require Party B to release the loan as agreed herein;
(2) If Party B collects interests and fees that should not be charged from Party A in violation of the prohibitive provisions of national laws and regulations, Party A shall have the right to ask Party B to return such fees;

2. Party A’s breach of contract

(1) Party A violates any provision hereof or violates any legal obligation;
(2) Party A expressly states or indicates by its conduct that it will not perform any of its obligations hereunder.

3. Circumstances that may jeopardize the creditor’s rights of Party B

(1) Under any of the following circumstances, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor's rights hereunder: Party A is in the state of contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system reform, reduction in its registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, acquisition, restructuring, split-up, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase in debt financing, filed for or forced suspension of business for rectification, filed for dissolution, revoked, filed for or forced bankruptcy, change of the controlling shareholder/actual controller or material assets transfer, shut down, closure of business, heavy fine imposed by authorities, cancellation of registration, revoke of the business license, involved in major legal disputes, serious production and operation difficulty or deterioration of financial position, deterioration of credit, inability of legal representative or principal to perform their duties;
(2) Under any of the following circumstances, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor’s rights hereunder: Party A fails to perform other matured debts (including the matured debts of the institutions at all levels of China Construction Bank or other third parties), transfers assets at a low price or without compensation, reduces or cancels the debts of any third party, delay in exercise of its creditor’s rights or other rights, or provides guarantees for any third party; Party A’s financial indicators fail to continuously meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicators Constraint Clause”; abnormal changes of funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the capital collection account and other monitoring accounts of Party B); major cross default event by Party A; weak profitability of Party A’s main business; abnormal use of loan funds;
  11  

 

(3) Party A’s shareholders abuse the independent legal person status of the company or the limited liability of shareholders to evade debts, which Party B believes may jeopardize its creditor’s rights hereunder;
(4) Any of the preconditions for releasing the loan agreed herein are not continuously met;
(5) Under any of the following circumstances of the Guarantor, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor’s rights hereunder:
1) The Guarantor violates any agreement or statement of the Guaranty Contract, and there are any false facts, errors or omissions in comparison with guaranteed matters;
2) The Guarantor is in the state of contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system reform, reduction in its registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, acquisition, restructuring, split-up, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase in debt financing, filed for or forced suspension of business for rectification, filed for dissolution, revoked, filed for or forced bankruptcy, change of the controlling shareholder/actual controller or material assets transfer, shut down, closure of business, heavy fine imposed by authorities, cancellation of registration, revoke of the business license, involved in major legal disputes, serious production and operation difficulty or deterioration of financial position, deterioration of credit, inability of legal representative or principal to perform their duties, which may affect the ability of the Guarantor to undertake the guaranty obligation;
3) Other circumstances in which the ability of guaranty is lost or may be lost;

(6) In case of any of the following circumstances occurs in mortgage or pledge, Party B believes that it may jeopardize its creditor's rights hereunder:

1) Damage, loss or reduction in value of the mortgaged or pledged property due to the act of any third party, state expropriation, confiscation, requisition, expropriation without compensation, demolition, change of market conditions or any other reasons;
2) The mortgaged or pledged property is sealed up, seized, frozen, deducted, retained, auctioned or supervised by an administrative organ, or with its ownership under disputes;
3) The mortgagor or the pledgor violates any agreement or statement of the Mortgage or Pledge Contract, and there are any false facts, errors or omissions in comparison with guaranteed matters;
4) Other circumstances that may jeopardize the realization of the mortgage or pledge right of Party B;

(7) If the guaranty is not established or doesn’t come into effect, or the guaranty is invalid, cancelled or relieved, the Guarantor breaches the contract or expressly or by its behavior indicates that the it will not perform its guaranty obligation, or the Guarantor loses all or part of the guaranty ability, or the value of the guaranty decreases or other circumstances, which Party B believes may jeopardize the creditor’s rights hereunder; or

(8) Other circumstances that Party B considers may jeopardize its creditor's rights hereunder.

  12  

 

4. Remedies of Party B

In case of any of the circumstances set forth in Clause 2 or 3 of this Article, Party B shall have the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

(1) Stop releasing loans;
(2) Supplement conditions for release and payment of the loans;
(3) Change the payment method of the loans as agreed herein;
(4) Declare that the loan is due immediately and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all the matured and unmatured debts hereunder;
(5) If Party A fails to use the loan as agreed herein, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to pay liquidated damages, and have the right to refuse Party A to use the undrawn amount hereunder. Liquidated damages payable by Party A = amount not used as agreed herein × rate of liquidated damages (see Article 11 of the Special Terms hereof for details);
(6) If Party A fails to use the loan for the purposes agreed herein, Party A shall pay interest and compound interest for the amount misappropriated by Party A calculated based on the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed herein from the date of using the loan for the purposes other than that as agreed herein to the date of full repayment of principal and interest;
(7) If the loan is overdue, for the loan principal and interest not paid off on time by Party A (including all or part of the loan principal and interest that has been declared to be due in advance by Party B), Party A shall pay interest and compound interest calculated based on the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed herein from the date of using the loan for the purposes other than that as agreed herein to the date of full repayment of principal and interest. Overdue loan means that Party A fails to repay the loan on time or Party A fails to repay the loan in stages as agreed herein.

Before the maturity of the loan, for the interest not paid by Party A on time, Party A shall pay the compound interest calculated based on the loan interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed herein.

(8) Other remedies include but are not limited to:

1) Party B may deduct corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank, without prior notice to Party A;
2) Party B may require exercise of guaranty rights;
3) Party B may require Party A to provide new guaranty for all debts hereunder in accordance with Party B's requirements;
4) Party B may refuse to allow Party A to dispose the deposit of corresponding amount in the account (including but not limited to the capital collection account) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank;
5) Party B may cancel the Contract.

  13  

 

Article 11 Other Clauses

1. Payment of fees

The attorney fees, insurance premium, custody fees, appraisal fees, notarization fees, taxes, technical fees, environmental protection fees, payment and settlement handling fees, etc. related to the Contract and the guaranty hereunder shall be borne by Party A, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

All fees incurred by Party A in violation of any agreement herein (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees, etc.) shall be borne by Party A.

2. Use of Party A’s information

Party A agrees that Party B may check the credit status of Party A with the credit database established by the People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department, or related offices or departments, and Party B may provide Party A's information to the credit database established by the People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A's information for business purposes.

3. Announcement for collection of loans

In case that Party A defaults on the loan principal and interest or in case of any other breach of contract by Party A, Party B shall have the right to notify the relevant department or unit, and shall have the right to make public announcement through the news media for collection of loans.

4. Evidence validity of Party B's records

Unless there are reliable and hard evidences to the contrary, the internal accounting records of Party B related to the principal, interest, fees and repayment history, documents and vouchers made and kept by Party B when Party A handles withdrawals and repayment, pays interest and handles other businesses, and records and certificates of Party B for loan collection constitute valid hard evidence proving the obligatory relationships between both parties. Party A shall not raise any objection merely because the aforesaid records, documents and vouchers are produced or retained by Party B unilaterally.

5. Reservation of right

Party B's rights hereunder shall not affect or exclude any of its rights under laws, regulations and other contracts. Any rights that tolerate, allow extended time on or give preference to the defaults or delays or delay exercise of any right hereunder shall not be deemed as waiver of rights and interests hereunder or permission or approval of any acts that violate hereof, and shall not limit, stop and obstruct continuous exercise of such rights or other rights, or result in Party B's obligations and responsibilities for Party A.

  14  

 

6. In case that Party A has other matured debts owing to Party B except for the debts hereunder, Party B shall have the right to deduct the among in RMB or other currencies in the accounts opened by Party A in China Construction Bank to pay off any matured debts, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection.

7. In case of any changes to Party A's mailing address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and any loss caused by untimely notification shall be borne by Party A.

8. Collection of payables

For all of Party A’s amounts payable under the Contract, Party B shall have the right to collect corresponding Renminbi amounts or the amounts in other currencies from Party A’s account opened in China Construction Bank, without a prior notice to Party A. In case the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sales or foreign exchange purchase and sales are needed, Party A shall be obligated to assist in those procedures and assume exchange rate risks.

9. Settlement of disputes

Any dispute arising from or during the performance of the Contract may be settled through mutual negotiation. Should such negotiation fail, the dispute may be referred to the people’s court in the place where Party B resides, unless both parties have agreed on other means to settle disputes.

During settlement of disputes, the provisions of the Contract irrelevant to the disputes must be performed.

10. Where the special terms and conditions of the Contract change or supplement the general terms and conditions, the Special Terms and Conditions shall prevail.

11. Effectiveness

The Contract shall come into effect when Party A’s and Party B’s legal representatives (the persons in charge) or authorized agents have signed and affixed official seals to it.

The attachments under the Contract shall be an integral part of the Contract, having equal legal force.

Special Terms and Conditions

Article 1 The loan under the Contract is (in word) SEVEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND YUAN ONLY .

Article 2 The term of loan hereunder commences from Mar. 2, 2018 and expires on Mar. 1, 2019 .

Article 3 The loan interest rate, penalty interest rate, interest accrual and interest settlement

1. The loan interest rate under the Contract is

The fixed interest rate, which is LPR rate plus the basis point of 135.5 (1 basis point=0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) and stays unchanged during the term of loan.

2. The penalty interest rate under the Contract is:
(1) In case Party A uses the loan not for the purpose stated in the Contract, the penalty interest rate shall be the loan interest rate plus 100 %.
  15  

 

(2) In case of overdue loan hereunder, the penalty interest loan shall be the loan interest rate plus 50 %.
3. LPR rate under the Contract

When the loan is offered for the first time under the Contract, LPR rate refers to the one-year Renminbi loan basic loan prime rate (China Construction Bank LPR) of China Construction Bank one business day before the value day; after that, when the loan interest rate is adjusted as agreed above, LPR rate refers to the one-year Renminbi loan prime rate of China Construction Bank one business day before the adjustment day.

4. Interest settlement of the loan under the Contract

Monthly interest settlement, the day of interest settlement is fixed in the 20 th day each month.

Article 4 Other prerequisites of offering a loan as agreed by both parties:

Party B has received the Notice of Approving the Handling of Credit Extension issued by the guarantee Goldorigin Guarantee.

Article 5 Specific plans of drawing on the loan under the Contract:

1. During Mar. 2, 2018 to March 31, 2018 , the amount of SEVEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND YUAN ONLY will be drawn on;

Article 6 Both parties agree to choose the provision about Party A providing materials as agreed in subparagraph (2) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract.

1. Other cases of drawing on/paying loan agreed by Party A and Party B:  /
2. Other materials agreed in item 1 (3), subparagraph (1) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract:  /
3. Other materials agreed in item 2 (3), subparagraph (1) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract: /
4. Other materials agreed in item 3, subparagraph (2) of paragraph 5 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract:  /

Article 7 In terms of subparagraph 1 of paragraph 6 of Article 5 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract, both parties agree to choose the cases listed in item (2).

Article 8 Both parties agree to use Party A’s other account (account number: 35101535001059889999 ) opened in Party B as the account to issue the loan.

Both parties agree to use Party A’s existing account (account number: 35101535001059889999 ) opened in Party B as the account for withdrawal of fund.

Party B shall have the right to manage the fund withdrawn in the account for withdrawal of fund, with the details stated as follows:  /

  16  

 

 

Article 9 Party A shall repay the principal of the loan as schedule below:

 /

Both parties agree that the compensatory payment rate for Party A’s prepayment of the loan principal is 0.1% .

Article 10 The wholesale funding referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 9 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract means the financed amount over RMB 100 million or the equivalent amount in other foreign currencies.

The way Party B participates in Party A’s wholesale funding, asset sales and merger, separation, shareholding reform and bankruptcy liquidation: where Party A carries out wholesale funding, asset sales and merger, separation, shareholding reform and bankruptcy liquidation, Party B’s prior written approval shall be obtained. If Party B approves the activities mentioned above with strings attached, Party A shall implement the prerequisites required by Party B; otherwise, Party A shall be deemed as breaching the Contract. In this case, Party B has the right to take the remedies for breach as agreed herein.

Article 11 The interest rate of liquidated damages as agreed in paragraph 4 of Article 10 in General Terms and Conditions of the Contract is  / .

Article 12 Other matters agreed by both parties:

1. The fees and additional charges under the Contract shall be the tax-inclusive value including VAT, unless otherwise specified by both parties.
2. Invoice
(1) Party B shall issue invoices an agreed in paragraph 1) listed below:
1) Where Party A requires invoices to be issued, Party B shall issue VAT invoice for the amount paid as required by laws upon receiving Party A’s payment.
2) Other agreements:    /
(2) Billing information provided by Party A

Name of company (full name): Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Taxpayer’s registration number: 9135020069304817XF

Bank account: 424758367893 Bank of deposit: Bank of China Xiahe Branch

Address: Room 401-2, Industrial Design Center, No. 84, South Longshan Road, Siming District, Xiamen, Fujian Province

Tel.: 0592-2280081

(3) In case there is a need to cancel an invoice or issue a credit note, Party A shall provide Party B with assistance in time if required. Where the invoice fails to be cancelled or the credit note cannot be issued due to Party A’s reason, Party A shall compensate Party B’s total losses, including taxes, additional fees, penalty sum and overdue fine.
  17  

 

3. If Party A is an entity outside of People’s Republic of China and the price and additional charges under the Contract are entitled to preferential taxes and need taxation filing in accordance with China’s laws, regulations, rules and relevant authorities’ regulations, Party A shall provide Party B with sufficient and accurate materials of preferential VAT tax filing to assist Party B in completing taxation filing.
4. The notices, demands and related legal instruments of suits and arbitration relevant to the Contract between both parties shall be sent to the address/domicile/locations of the parties stated in the cover/front of the Contract, and shall be deemed duly served when they are sent out. In case either party’s address/domicile/location changes, a notice shall be sent to the other party and relevant departments without delay. Before receipt of valid notice of change, the address/domicile/location stated in the Contract shall be the valid addresses for notice delivery of the parties.

Article 13 The Contract shall be made in quadruplicate.

 

Annex 1:

Basic Condition of the Loan

 

1. The loan hereunder is specially used for the following purposes:

(1) procuring the materials; (2) paying the daily operation management fees; (3) paying the taxes and salaries.

Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the specific purpose of the loan.

2. The sources for repaying the loan hereunder are as follows:

The raised funds and all assets of the Borrower

Party A shall ensure that the sources of repayment are real and legal and the cash flow for repayment is stable and adequate.

3. Others: /

  18  

 

Annex 2:

Restrictive Clauses regarding the Financial Index

 

The financial index of Party A shall constantly satisfy the following restriction:

This Clause shall not be applicable.

After notifying Party A one working day in advance, Party B shall be entitled to modify the above restrictions. The relevant financial indexes shall be subject to the latest financial statement affixed with the official seal of Party A as received by Party B.

  19  

 

 

Annex 3

Disbursement Plan

Contract number /
Date of withdrawal /
Number Planned purpose Estimated payment Estimated target for payment (if any) Remark
1 / / / /
2 / / / /
Total           /           yuan (in words:                 yuan)
Name of the Borrower (seal):   /
           

 

  20  

 

Annex 4

Summary of Independent Payment

Contract number /
Date of submission /
Number Actual purpose Target of payment Amount Evidential materials Whether planned issue or not
1 / / / / /
2 / / / / /
Total           /           yuan (in words:                 yuan)
Name of the Borrower (seal):           /         
Conclusion of internal review Customer manager (signature):             /              
Post of review over the release and payment (signature):            /         
             

 

  21  

 

Clauses of the Declaration

I. Party A has clearly known the scope of business and limit of authorization of Party B.

II. Party A has read all clauses of the Contract. Upon the request of Party A, Party B has make due explanations over corresponding clauses with regard hereto. Party A has completely known and fully understood the meanings and corresponding consequences of the clauses hereof.

III. Party A’s conclusion and performance of the obligations hereunder meet the provisions in the laws, administrative regulations, rules and articles of association or internal organizational documents of Party A and have been approved by the internal competent agencies of the company and/or competent national authorities.

IV. Party A carries out production and operation in accordance with the laws and regulations;

V. Party A has sustainable operation ability, with legal source for repayment;

VI. Party A undertakes all loans hereunder are based on the actual demand for specific purpose of the loans, without exceeding the actual demand.

VII. Party A and the holding shareholders have good credit standing, without significant adverse records.

VIII. Party B shall be entitled to authorize other branch of CCB to release the loan hereunder and exercise and perform the rights and obligations of Party B hereunder and Party A has no objection thereto.

IX. Party A declares that, when signing the Contract, it and the important affiliates thereof has not involved in any act or circumstance of violating the environment and social risk management laws, regulations and rules and undertakes to strengthen the environment and social risk management of itself and important affiliates thereof and strictly obey the relevant laws, regulations and rules related to environment and social risk management, avoid causing danger and relevant risks to the environment and society during the construction, building and operating activities (including without limitation to power consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, immigrant allocation, ecological protection, energy saving and emission reduction, climate change and other relevant environmental and social problems). Party A acknowledges that, Party B shall be entitled to supervise the environmental and social risk management of Party A and to require Party A to submit the environmental and social risk report. If the above declarations of Party A are false or the above commitments are not performed or if Party A may possibly cause environmental and social risks, Party B shall be entitled to stop extending the credit to Party A (including without limitation to rejection to release the loan, provide the finance and open a guarantee or letter of credit or banker’s acceptance bill), or declare that the principal and interest of the financial claims (including without limitation to loan, financing or the already or possibly caused advance) are matured in advance, or adopt other remedial measures agreed in the Contract or allowed by the laws.

  22  

 

 

 

Party A (official seal):

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

/s/ Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

Legal representative (person in charge) or authorized agent (signature):

March 1, 2018

Party B (official seal):

Xiamen Branch, China Construction Bank (seal)

/s/ Xiamen Branch, China Construction Bank

Person in charge or authorized agent (signature):

March 1, 2018

 

  23  

Exhibit 21.1

 

   

BLUE HAT INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT TECHNOLOGY

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
     
Brilliant Hat Limited  

British Virgin Islands

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Co. Ltd.   Hong Kong

 

Xiamen Duwei Consulting Management Co., Ltd.

 

 

China

 

Name of Variable Interest Entity

 

Fujian Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology Ltd.

 

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

China

Name of Subsidiary of Variable Interest Entity

 

Hunan Engaomei Animation Culture Development Co., Ltd.

 

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

China

Shenyang Qimengxing Trading Co., Ltd.

 

  China

Chongqing Lanhui Technology Co. Ltd.

 

  China
Pingxiang Blue Hat Technology Co. Ltd.   China
       

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology and Subsidiaries on Form F-1 of our report dated November 19, 2018, except for Note 14 and Note 16 which are dated January 15, 2019, with respect to our audits of consolidated financial statements of Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology and Subsidiaries as of and for the years then ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

 

New York, New York

March 4, 2019

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

January 15, 2019

 

VIA EDGAR

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Division of Corporation Finance

100 F. Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

     
Re: Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology
  Draft Registration Statement on Form F-1
  Request for Waiver and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology, a foreign private issuer organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), is submitting this letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the Company’s draft registration statement on Form F-1, as amended, initially submitted for confidential review on November 19, 2018 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to a proposed initial public offering and listing in the United States of the Company’s ordinary shares.

 

The Company has included in the Registration Statement its audited consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2018 and for each of the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.

 

The Company respectfully requests that the Commission waive the requirement of Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which states that in the case of a company’s initial public offering, the registration statement on Form F-1 must contain audited financial statements of a date not older than 12 months from the date of the offering (the “12-Month Requirement”). See also Division of Corporation Finance, Financial Reporting Manual , Section 6220.3.

 

The Company is submitting this waiver request pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which provides that the Commission will waive the 12-Month Requirement “in cases where the company is able to represent adequately to us that it is not required to comply with this requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with this requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.” See also the 2004 release entitled International Reporting and Disclosure Issues in the Division of Corporation Finance (available on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/internatl/cfirdissues1104.htm) by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission at Section III.B.c, in which the staff notes that:

“the instruction indicates that the staff will waive the 12-month requirement where it is not applicable in the registrant’s other filing jurisdictions and is impracticable or involves undue hardship. As a result, we expect that the vast majority of IPOs will be subject only to the 15-month rule. The only times that we anticipate audited financial statements will be filed under the 12-month rule are when the registrant must comply with the rule in another jurisdiction, or when those audited financial statements are otherwise readily available.”

   

 

 

In connection with this waiver request, the Company represents to the Commission that:

1. The Company is not currently a public reporting company in any jurisdiction.

 

2. The Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to prepare consolidated financial statements audited under any generally accepted auditing standards for any interim period.

 

3. Full compliance with Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F at present is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company.

 

4. The Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 will be available until April 2019.

 

5. In no event will the Company seek effectiveness of the Registration Statement if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

The Company will file this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Xiaodong Chen

Xiaodong Chen, Chief Executive Officer and Director